ML20107J284
| ML20107J284 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Arkansas Nuclear  |
| Issue date: | 08/29/1984 |
| From: | ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT CO. |
| To: | |
| References | |
| PROC-840829-05, NUDOCS 8411090481 | |
| Download: ML20107J284 (748) | |
Text
{{#Wiki_filter:1 c7 l n u ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY ! umsm Arkansas Nuclear One TITLE: DELETION OF PROCLDURES FORM NO. 1013.02N REV. Il 20 PC II Arkansas Nuclear One Arkansas Russellville'4 Date 8/29/8 MEMORANDUM T0: [h[* M C M ,. RETURN TO: ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control l ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE - DELETION OF PROCEDURES PROCEDURE NUMBER 1901.72 REVISION NUMBER 1 PEM1ANENT CHANGE TEMPORARY CHANGE PROCEDURE TITLE: ST. MIRV'9 Hn9PTTAT.
--RFMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & DELETED PROCEDURE--
PROCEDURE NUMBER lon, 7, REVISION NUMBER n PERE \NENT CHANGE TEMPORARY CHANGE PROCEDURE TITLE: MILLARD-HENRY CLINIC j
' --R1NOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & DELETED PROCEDURE--
F PROCEDURE NUMBER--1903.74 REVISION NUM m --Q
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & DELETED YKOCEDURE-- {I*
PROCEDURE TITLE--POPE COUNTY A?fBULANCE SERVICE l PROCEDURE HAS BEEN REMOVED FROM YOUR SET OF THE PLANT MANUAL. I[ l
]
1 % PROCEDURE SHOULD BE REMOVED FROM YOUR SET OF THE PLA " i , SIGNATURE /DATE UPDATED 8411090481 840829 PDR ADOCK 03000313 p PDR
1 i 41 ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY A!s m-- Arkansas Nuclear One TITLE: TRANSMITTAL l FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC # Arkansas Nuclear One . Russellville, Arkansas Date 8/29/84 MEMORANDUM T0: / h NO h . RETURN T0: " ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Document Control Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.61 REV. # 6 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE C050fUNICATIONSEQUIPMENTTESTS
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & OLD REVISION--
PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.62 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE CO>SfUNICATIONS SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE
].
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE--
Q PROCEDURE NUMBER A 1903.78 REV. # 0 PC # TC # (k j PROCEDURE TITLE M RGENCY RESPONSE SUPPORT #
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE -
The following personal privacypages of the indicated or proprietary material. procedure (c) contains items which involve PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCU}ENT ROOMS, ETC.PLEASE REMOVE PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) ! l l PROCEDURE (S) HAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE PLA l PROCEDURE (S) SHOULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE PL SIGNATURE DATE LEDATED
4L 1 r y ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY tuh L Arkansas Nuclear One TITLE: TRANSMITTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC # Arkansas Nuclear One . Russellville Arkansas Date 8/29/E4 - MEMORANDU11 T0: _10fr- UX.c Iluui. RtTuRx T0: - anNSAS xUCtta ONE FROM: ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Document Control Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NU}!BER 1903.52 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE CO>ctAND AND CONTROL
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE--
PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.53 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDUPI TITLE LOGISTICAL SUPPORf
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE --
PROCEDUPI NUMBER 1903.60 REV. # 10 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE vvFRGENCY SUPPLIES & EOUIPMENT l.
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & OLD REVISION--
_. j The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve j personal privacy or proprietary material. PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT PLEASE REMOVE ROOMS, ETC. TIIE INDICATED MATERIAL ,\ < ij PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) l d l l PROCEDURE (S) HAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE PLANT l l [ PROCEDURE (S)SHOULDBEPLACEDINYOURSETOFTHE SIGNATURE DATE
21 [,h*rh ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY L. Arkansas Nuclear One mLE: TRANSMITTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. Il 20 PC // Arkansas Nuclear One o Russellville, Arkansas Date a f 9a fg4 MEMORANDUM T0: hb((C h . RETURN T0: ~ ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Document Control Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 1904.02 REV. # 3 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE nFF9TTP DOSE PROJECTIONS - POCKET COMPUTER wTunn (REMOVE EFF. DATE NOTIc" & OLD REVISION) PROCEDUPI NUMBER ,ont_ns REV. # 2 PC # TC # PROCEDUPI TITLE 3.rvnspnFRF STABILITY CLASS DETERMINATION
--RFMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & OLD REVISION--
PROCEDUPI NUMBER REV. # PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE The following personal pages privacy of the indicated or proprietary procedure (s) contains items which involve material. PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, ETC.PLEASE REMOV PROCEDUPI(S) PAGE(S) I 1
- l PROCEDURE (S) HAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE PLANT MA' l
8 PROCEDURE (S) SHOULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE SIGNATURE DATE i UPDATED ~ f
l 4L p fa ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY t Arkansas Nuclear One ums m Tm.E: TRANSMITTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC # Arkansas Nuclear One Russellville, Arkansas Date 8/29/84 MEMORANDUM T0: /df- M d , RETURN T0: ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDUPI NUMBER 1905.31 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE AIRBORNE 10 DINE-131 DETERMINATION USING AN RM-14/HP-210
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE--
PROCEDURE NUMBER 1905.32 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE USE OF THE ND-60 MULTICHANNEL ANALYZER
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE--
PROCEDURE NUMBER REV. # PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or proprietary material. PLEASE REMOVE THE INDICATED MATERIAL PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, ETC. PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) l l PROCEDURE (S) IIAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TIIE PLANT MANUAL. I I l PROCEDURE (S) S!iOULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TIIE PLANT MANUAL. SIGNATURE DATE UPDATED a _. _ _ _ .
ri ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY
]TD mte TRANSMITTAL Arkansas Nuclear One FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC #
Arkansas Nuclear One Russellville, Arkansas Date 8/29/84 MEMORANDUM T0: b [ - M d ( [Ma d k RETURN T0: ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control
..ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
AN0 MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.02 REV. # 5 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE ASSIGNMENT OF PLANT EMERGENCY TEAM / GROUP MEMBERS
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & OLD REVISION--
PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.12 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE EOFS NOTIFICATIONS
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE--
PROCEDURE NUMBER REV. # PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve ~ personal privacy or proprietary material. PLEASE REMOVE THE INDICATED MATERIAL PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, ETC. PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) l l PROCEDURE (S) HAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE PLANT MANUAL. l 4 PROCEDURE (S) SHOULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE PLANT MANUA r SIGNATURE DATE I UPDATED i
1
- " ~
m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g TITLE: TRANS11ITTAL Arkansas Nuclear One FORM NO. 1013.0211 REV. # 20 PC # Arkansas Nuclear One Russellville, Arkansas Date 8/29/84 p fs
, MEMORANDUM T0: /M- M[C NM4M, RETURN T0: AEANSAS NUCLEAR 01.1 FROM: Document Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT ?!ANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.20 REV. # 1 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE toxic cAS RELEASE
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & OLD REVISION--
PROCEDURE NUtlBER 1903.21 REV. # 2 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE ARKLA NATURAL GAS LINE RUPTURE
--RDIOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & OLD REVISION--
PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.23 REV. # 8 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE PERSONNEL EMERGENCY
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & OLD REVISION--
~
The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or proprietary material. PLEASE ret!0VE THE INDICATED MATERIAL PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCL?IENT ROOMS, ETC. PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) l l l l l l l PROCEDURE (S) IIAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TifE PLANT ?!ANUAL. l [ PROCEDURE (S) SIIOULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TifE PL\N SIGNATURE DATE 1 UPDATED l l
.~~
y' - ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY t 72 i MB Arkansas Nuclear One mLE: TRANSMITTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC # Arkansas Nuclear One Russellville, Arkansas Date 8/29/84 MEMORANDUM T0: [d[-M[C /MMM, RETURN TO: ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control ANO DOCDIENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.35 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE ADMINISTRATION OF POTASSIUM IODIDE
--RDt0VE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE--
PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.42 REV. # 6 PC #_ TC # PROCEDURE TITLE DUTIES OF THE EMERGENCY MEDICAL TEAM
--RDiOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & OLD REVISION--
PROCEDURE NUMBER REV. # PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or proprietary material. PLEASE REMOVE Tile INDICATED MATERIAL PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, ETC. PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) l
.a l
l PROCEDURE (S) IIAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TIIE PLANT MANUAL. l l
#fPROCEDURE(S)SIIOULDBEPLACEDINYOURSETOFTilE SIGNATURE !
DATE UPDATED I
. a T ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY l
l fl !
,g Arkansas Nuclear One l TITLE: TRANSillTTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC #
Arkansas Nuclear One Russellville, Arkansas Date 8/29/84 MEMORANDUM TO:
/[)[ - /IdC ddeO [. RETURN T0: ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NW1BER 1903.71 REV. # 2 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE poPr cotJNTY SHERIFF'S DEPARTME!TT
--RDIOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & OLD REVISION--
PROCEDURE NElBER ioni.77 REV. # I PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE n1 anyy corps or gncinEgRS
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & OLD REVISION--
PROCEDURE NUMBER REV. # PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or pr sprietary material. PLEASE REMOVE Tile INDICATED MATERIAL l PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, ETC. PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) l l PROCEDURE (S) HAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF Tile PLANT MANUAL. l [ PROCEDURE (S)SHOULDBEPLACEDINYOURSETOFTHEPLANTMA SIGNATURE DATE UPDATED
1 42
'a Tu ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY c:smi 4 Arkansas Nuclear One l TITLE: TRANSMITTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. // 20 PC d Arkansas Nuclear One .
Russellville, Arkansas Date g/99/g4 MEMORANDUM T0: ) [- kk hM, RETURN T0: ~ ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUtlBER ig0s.01 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE nevynrycY RADTOLOGICAL CON 7ROLS
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE --
PROCEDURE NUMBER ions n7 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE nrrwrr rwncrncy MONITORINc
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE--
PROCEDUPI NUMBER 1905.30 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDUPI TITLE AIRBORNE I-131 DETERMINATION USING MS-2/ SPA-3
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE--
~
l The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or proprietary material. PLEASE REMOVE THE INDICATED MATERIAL PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, ETC. PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) l l PROCEDURE (S) 1[AS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE PLANT MANUAL. I PROCEDURE (S) SHCULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE PLANT MANUAL. SIGNATURE DATE l UPDATED
e p fo ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY a hi m o Arkansas Nuclear One TITLE: DEI.ETION OF FROCEDURES FORM NO. 1013.02N REV. # 20 PC # Arkansas Nuclear One Russellville, Arkansas Date 8/29/84
?!Et!0RANDUM T0: / -
(.hh. RETURN TO: ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE Document Control FROM: ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE - DELETION OF PROCEDURES PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.34 REVISION NUMBER 0 PERMANENT CIIANGE TEttPORARY CIIANGE PROCEDURE TITLE: ADMINISTRATIVE OF POTASSIUM IODIDE
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & DELETED PROCEDURE--
PROCEDURE NUMBER REVISION NUMBER e PER't\NENT CIIANGE TE!!PORARY CllANGE PROCEDURE TITLE: ' L l l PROCEDURE IIAS BEEN ret 10VED FRO:1 YOUR SET OF Tl[E PLANT tIANUAL. l /l PROCEDURE Sil0ULD BE ret 10VED FR0!! YOUR SET OF TIIE PLANT MANUAL. SIGNATURE /DATE UPDATED
o.
/. ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY asu - Arkansas Nuclear One TITLE: nu\NSMITTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC #
Arkansas Nuclear One Russellville, Arkansas Date 8/29/84 MEMORANDUM T0: , ((- ((( /1/ . RETURN T0: ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Document Control Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.",1 REV. # 3 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE TURNOVER OF RESPONSIBILITY
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & OLD REVISION-- 5 4
PROCEDURE NUMBER REV. # PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE l ri . PROCEDURE NUMBER q REV. # PC # TC # n PROCEDURE TITLE The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or proprietary material. PLEASE REMOVE THE INDICATED MATERIAL PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, ETC. PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) l l PROCEDURE (S) HAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE PLANT MANUA l
/fPROCEDURE(S)SHOULDBEPLACEDINYOURSETOFTHEPLANTMANUAL.
SIGNATURE DATE UPDATED
- M ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY
~
O ^ ' " "" * " " '**' "* TITLE: DELETION OF PROCEDURES FORM NO. 1013.02N REV. # 20 PC # 4 Arkansas Nuclear One Russellville, Arkansas Date 8/29/84 MEMORANDUM [{l5 ^ ,
'/[f' Mdb
; T0: -
RETURN T0: ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE l & Document Control FROM: ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL l Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE - DELETION OF PROCEDURES PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.70 REVISION NUMBER 1 PERMANENT CIIANGE TEMPORARY CIIANGE PROCEDURE TITLE: i RUSSELLVILLE FIRE DEPART! TENT O Fd --REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & DELETED PROCEDURE-- PROCEDURE NU}!BER REVISION NUMBER PERMANENT CIIANGE TEMPORARY CIIANGE PROCEDURE TITLE: l l l l PROCEDURE IIAS BEEN REMOVED FROM YOUR SET OF TIIE PLANT MANUAL. IM PROCEDURE Sif0ULD BE RE!!0VED FR031 YOUR SET OF Ti!E PLANT MANUAL. SIGNATURE O uPDanD
/DATE 4
+.t '
u ui ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY l m y Arkansas Nuclear One TITLE: IRANSMITTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC 11 Arkansas Nuclear One , ssellvh'4 8 Arkansas MEMORANDU11 a T0:
)((-MkC k .
RE W T0-
~
ARENSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.01 REV. # 5 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE ORGANIZATION AND USE OF THE EMERGENCY PL\N IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES (REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE.
& OLD-REV! FIN)
PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.10 REV. # 14 PC # TC #
, PROCEDUPI TITLE DfERGENCY ACTION LEVEL RESPONSE / NOTIFICATION
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & OLD REVISION--
PROCEDUPI NUMBER ion, 99 _ REV. # 7 PC # TC #_ PROCEDURE TITLE ving nn vyprosroy
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & OLD REVISION--
The following personal privacypages of the indicated or proprietary material. procedure (s) contains items which involve PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCIRIENT ROOMS, ETC.PLEASE REMOVE PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) l(( PROCEDURE (S) IIAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TIIE P 1 l _ l PROCEDURE (S) Sl(OULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE SIGNATURE DATE UPDATED ~ l e
i 91 e ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY e m' TITLE: TRANSMITTAL Arkansas Nuclear One FORM NO. 1013.02ii REV. # 20 PC # Arkansas Nuclear One . Russellville, Arkansas . Date 8/29/84 IEMORANDL11 T0: _
"" N bM. RETURN T0: ' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control ANO DOCL?ENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE ND!EER l ont 14 REV. // o PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE myncrycy comnm1carrong
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE--
PROCEDURE NUMBER REV. # PC # TC #
- PROCEDUPI TITLE PROCEDURE NElBER REV. # PC # TC #
PROCEDURE TITLE The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or proprietary material. PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT PLEASE ROOMS, retETC. 10VE TIE INDICATED MATERIAL PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) l l PROCEDURE (S) IIAS BEEN PLACED I" YOUR SET OF TIE PLANT MANUAL. lgf PROCEDURE (S) Sif0CD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TIE PLAST ttANUAL. SIGNATURE DATE UPDATED l
/
- e
_ _ _ _ _ _ . - - - - - - -c
- 1. ,
9x l m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT' COMPANY l l 39 Arkansas Nuclear One i TITLE TRANSMITTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC (1 Arkansas Nuclear One . Russellville, Arkansas . Date 8-24-84 MEMORANDUM T0: _ /b - db hM , RETURN T0: ' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
AN0 MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER i on t i t. REV. # o PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE n<rncrncy cowimicATIONS PROCEDURE NUMBER REV. # PC # TC # PROCEDLTI TITLE PROCEDURE NUMBER REV. # PC # TC # PROCEDUPI TITLE The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which invc1ve personal privacy or proprietary material. PLEASE REMOVE THE INDICATED MATERIAL PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, ETC. PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) 7 l l PROCEDURE (S) HAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET 0F THE PLANT MANUAL. l M PROCEDURE (S) SHOULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TifE PLANT MANU5L. SIGNATURE DATE UPDAfED
= - . .
e ., O ATTENTI0N THEATTACHEDPROCEDUREl903,ld REY. O SHOULD BE PLACED IN UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE 7 - A9 - %- PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE 6M M BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE. O O-
+-__,--,----n-, -
-,,,,,-,---n---- - - , , , , ---- w- ---,,,v--- -,--,-- ,,-------.----,--,,,-y an -~,- - - -,,----e, ,
m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g y@$. Arkansas Nuclear One
. A *% W W RECORD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS F0" "U 1000.06A
},,;I[IERpENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REV. #12 FC #
D EMERGENCY ComIUNICATI0llS k W 1903.14 REV. O i UN',n:1trrJad !! air # /d PAGE REV PC/f l PAbE REV PCI[ PAGE REV PC// PAGE REV PC// PAGE REV PC# 1 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 4 13 0 14 0 15 0 16 0 17 0 APPROVED BY: APPROVAL DATE
/ ,
,,f [f A -
Q IRED EFFECTIVE DATE:
// (. / (General Manager) g
s
. e ggggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS f 1903.14
-s PAGE 1 05 l' 4
ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE oars u u/ a DATE 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides guidance for coordination and distribution of public information releases concerning serious events at Arkansas Nuclear one. The objective of this procedure is to provide prompt, accurate and understandable information and establish central control over information releases in order to minin:ize contradictions and confusions. 2.0 SCOPE The directions in this procedure apply to emergency communications fol-lowing activation of the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) due to an incident at Unit One and/or Unit Two.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Procedure Preparation: 3.1.1 Emergency Plan 3.2 References Used in Conjunction with this Procedure s 3.2.1 1903.50, " Emergency Response Organization" I )
~ ~ '
3.3 Related ANO Procedures: 3.3.1 1000.21, "Public Communications" 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this procedure: None 4.0 DEFINITIONS Mone 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The Communications Manager serves as the central control point for all AP&L information releases regarding an incident. All AP&L information re-leases regarding an incident shall be approved by the Emergency Operations Facility Director (EOFD). 5.2 The Communications Liaison provides technical information to the communi-cations Manager and should be consulted regarding the technical accuracy i of all AP&L information releases. l ) gS 5.3 AP&L employees should be straight forward in their responses to requests l ( ) for information, but should not speculate on the causes or consequences of i the incident. Individuals requesting information should be directed to the Communications Manager for a full response.
~
l ( gggAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY COMMUhICATIONS ,- 1903.14 cs . PAGE 2 GN l' ~~J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE oars u '< ' u' a+ DATE 5.4 All AP&L information releases should be coordinated through the Communica-tions Manager until such time as the Communications Manager provides gui-dance on the items which require or do not require his review. 5.5 The prinary responsibilities within the Emergency Response Organiza-tion for providing information to external groups are shown in At-tachment 2. 5.6 The EOFD is responsible for assuring that AP&L information releases and press conferences are coordinated when practical with Federal, State, and local representatives to prevent confusion and contradic-tions. 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Duties of the Emergency News Center Staff l NOTE: l l During the early stages of an emergency situation, the l l General Manager or his designee (Emergency Coordinator) l l and/or the Communications Manager are responsible for dis-l l seminating all information and data to the news media. ! ,s - l Normally during a protracted emergency situation, the l () l Emergency Operations Facility Director or the Communica- 1 l tions Liaison will be the company spokesman. l As appropriate to the situation, the Communications Manager may. designate coordinators of the following areas to assist him/her in meeting the emer-gency communications objectives: News Center Operations, Media Relations, Internal Communications, Governmental Communications, Utility Communica-tions, Local Communications and Rumor Control. The following duties of the spokesman, Communications Manager and desig-nated coordinators are specific where possible, but not all inclusive. Additional duties may be required of all positions depending on the nature of the emergency.
- All personnel will maintain a message log of all incoming and outgoing communications.
When activated, all personnel will notify the Little Rock Support Center of their location or changes in their location. 6.1.1 Spokesmen A. The primary spokesman will be the Emergency Operations Facility Director (EOFD), or his designee. Only those per-sons authorized by the EOFD will make puo' lic comments on (^ the emergency. The Communications Liaisen may provide media (_-) status reports, as directed.
. s gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS . f 1903.14 PAGE A Of A' U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE - aevisiON CHANGE o o^ s DATE t""i + B. While enroute to the EOF, the Communications Manager stays in contact with the EOFD through secure mobile radio channels and/or mobile telephone located in his/ her automobile. The Communications Manager also main-tains contact with the communications staff at the Corporate office or the EOF through the mobile tele-phone. In the event an information release is required while the EOFD and/or the Communications Manager are enroute to the EOF, the following steps should be followed:
- 1. Coordinate via secure radio channels with the EOFD for proper response.
- 2. Notify the designee for internal communications, or media communications at the Corporate Communi-cations office and the designee for News Center Operations or the Media Relations Coordinator at the ENC to make a simultaneous oral news briefing explaining in briefest terms possible the nature of the emergency and what is being done to cor-rect the problem. The spokesperson at the EOF
,--)
is is to coordinate with available State and Federal officials before making the briefing. C. All spokesmen must complete a training course er.. media re-lations, unless exemr ted by the Communications Manager or the EOFD. D. To the extent possible, spokesmen will make maximum use of visual aids in explaining the emergency conditions. E. All comments will follow the corporate guidelines of being accurate, prompt, and credible. F. The spokesman will coordinate with State and Federal officials prior to news conferences to ensure the consis-tency of information released. 6.1.2 Communications Manager A. Management of Communications
- 1. Upon notification of the ANO Emergency Plan activation, l coordinate plans with the EOFD and the Communications Liaison for the initial raeponse.
(~h l \~-) l
1 1 gggygTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS ,- 1903.14
,_s PAGE O 0N 'I L)
ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavisiON u oATE v ' < "' o
- CHANGE DATE
- 2. Evaluate level of media and information response.
- 3. Activate the communications staff.
- 4. Assign personnel to interface with Federal and State spokesmen.
- 5. Prepare statements for transmittal to elected state and local officials and the financial community with the approval of the EOFD and release them to the appro-priate individuals for further distribution.
- 6. Provide the initial news release to the local Communi-cations coordinator for release to local media.
- 7. Formulate plans for follow-up information releases and news conferences. Coordinate release with involved Federal and State organizations, including input from the coordinators for government communications and local communications, as appropriate.
- 8. Arrange for recording the public conversations of the
() EOFD, Communications Manager and Communications Liai-son.
- 9. Issue memorandum within AP&L, with the approval of the EOFD, as to who can serve as company spokesmen to the media.
- 10. Arrange for staff to record all broadcasts made regard-ing the incident.
- 11. Notify the communications staff upon termination of the AP&L Emergency Response.
- 12. Cancel Company advertising, especially those relating to nuclear operation, if necessary.
, 13. Determine whether to run special advertising regard- ! ing the accident.
- 14. Coordinate with the NRC, state, and other agencies, as appropriate, prior to all news conference or public announcements, to ensure the consistency of information released.
l l O Lj \ -
. . s l
l gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS f 1903.14 PAGE D OI l' O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE o*Te DATE v"'" B. Media Relations The Communications Manager may designate an individual on the communications staff to coordinate the media relations task as follows:
- 1. Perform or direct notification of media, as early as practical, as directed by the Communications Manager. Assist Communications Manager in fur-ther notification of those to whom he is to sup-ply information.
- 2. When decision is made to move the news center to the Emergency Operations Facility, notify media representatives that all further spot news from AP&L will be from that location and that only what is released at Russellville will be avail-able for release by AP&L representatives at the Little Rock General Office.
- 3. Coordinate with security personnel in admission of media representatives to company facilities during an emergency.
t,')'
- 4. Direct the distribution of news releases, both initially at Little Rock and later at Russellville, and telefax or send via the EOF IBM 5520 printer the following information to the coordinator for internal communications, (1) new releases, (2) status reports.
- 5. Assign AP&L communications personnel to interface with the media.
- 6. Provide input and assistance to the Communications Manager for preparation of news releases to be made by AP&L, as required.
- 7. Schedule news conference (s) for the EOFD, as directed.
- 8. Provide an estimate of the number of media personnel expected at A!!O and Russellville to the local commun-ication coordinator.
- 9. Notify media of emergency status, change, or termination, as appropriate.
l g) C/ O
. . s gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS f 1903.14 ,s PAGE O ON 1# f) ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE o*T= DATE v""u'
- C. Internal Communications The Communications Manager may designate an individual on the communications staff to coordinate the internal com-munications tasks as follows:
- 1. After being notified of the declaration of an emer-gency class at Arkansas Nuclear One, the Internal Communications Coordinator wills
- a. Establish a line of communications with the Media Relations Coordinator,
- b. Receive Company news releases via the LR Support Center IBM 5520 printer or telecopier and dis-tribute them to Company officers, Rumor Control Coordinator, MSS, and sister companies.
- c. Update AP&L Today and the Exciter (more detailed description below).
- 2. Initial duties of the Internal Communications Coordi-nator O
- a. Alert the Divisional Services office that the Teleprocessing System will be needed to transmit messages periodically to AP&L business. offices.
- b. Notify the coordinator to be prepared to send messages via " NETWORK" to the utility industry (EEI, IMPO, AIF, etc.).
- c. As appropriate, alert Middle South Services Cor-porate Communications Department that additional communications staff may be needed at ANO and Little Rock; ask them to alert other MSU com-panies.
- d. Notify the Communications Director of the Institute of Huclear Power Operations of the situation and inform her that messages will be arriving periodically over "HETWORK" on the IMPO Hotline.
- e. Notify the Little Rock Division Customer Ser-vices Department to be ready to respond to calls from the general public.
(O_,)
- f. Keep the Rumor Control Coordinator informed of all activities, news releases, briefings, and conferences.
- c
v
> s gggALgTION:
y PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS f 1903.14
,, PAGE ' 05 l'
( J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u o*T= """"'" CHANGE DATE
- 3. Duties of the Internal Communications coordinator when a news release is received from Communica-tions Manager or Media Relations Coordinator r
- a. Provide one copy to each person in the Cor-porate Communications office (two copies for the Internal Communications Coordinator),
Company Officers and Rumor Control Coordina-tor.
- b. Dispatch runners to distribute major news re-leases to the news media in Little Rock.
- c. Prepare Exciter Update heading on major re-leases and have them printed and distributed to AP&L employees.
- d. Provide a short version of the news release to Divisional Services for them to place on the customer Services Department Teleprocess-ing System.
e. () Place a short version of the news release on AP&L Today,
- f. Telefax news releases concerning the emer-gency to Middle South Services, Inc. and the Miodle South operating companies.
D. Governmental Communications
- 1. Receive inquiries from appropriate state and federal elected officials not directly involved in response to the incident. Maintain liaison with these officials, keeping them informed, screening their requests and forwarding the in-quiries to the Communications !!anager or, as directed, to the appropriate department for re-sponse.
- 2. Provide input to the EOFD through the Communica-tions !!anager on how elected officials will re-spond to possible AP&L actions and statements.
I ' b) x_-
gghgAggTION: PROCEDUREAVORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. E!!ERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS 1903.14
~
PAGE O 05 l' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioa u CHANGE o^ta v " "v'o* DATE
- 3. Notify individuals contacted in D.1 upon termination of the emergency.
- 4. As a minimum, keep the following state and federal officials informed of states of emergency:
- e. . Governor's Office,
- b. Arkansas Congressional delegation.
- c. Legislators in Johnson, Logan, Pope, Conway, and Yell ecunties.
Coordinate with the Local Communications Coordi-nator on contacting state legislators in Johnson, Logan, Pope, Conway and Yell counties. E. Utility Communications
- 1. Establish and maintain contact with other utili-ties, providing them with periodic information releases.
O ( ,/ 2. Ensure that the various service organizations, such as EPRI, AIF, EEI, NUS-LIS, and INPO, are kept informed of the events occurring at ANO.
- 3. Notify other utilities and service organizations of emergency terminations.
- 4. Tell LIS to refer all requests to them for information to NETWORK.
- 5. Use NETWORK as the primary communications medium with other organizations.
- 6. Accomplish items in Position Guide R, Task R-5 of Pro-cedure 1903.50.
- 7. All information released to other utilities and nuclear industry organizations must be approved by the Communi-cations !!anager and the EOFD. Communications Liaison should be consulted for input.
F. Local Communications
- 1. Contact radio station and newspaper in Russellville and 1 Atkins with the initial media release provided by the ;
(~T !!edia Relations Coordinator. U
. . 1 l
M5M4NTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS 1903.14 PAGE ') of As ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE an=~ " oar = " " " ' " CHANGE DATE
- 2. Inform the mayorc of Russellville, London, Dover, Dardanelle, Atkins, Paris, Morrilton, Danville, and Clarksville of the emergency status.
- 3. Upon requests by the counties, dispatch individuals to act as liaison at Pope, Yell, Logan, Conway and Johnson county Emergency Operations Centers.
- 4. As appropriate, contact county officials and state representatives who live in the Russellville area.
Coordinate with the Government Communications per-sonnel on contacting state senators and representa-tives. G. Emergency News Center (ENC) The Communications Manager may designate an individual on the communication staff to coordinate the ENC operations.
- 1. Manage the preparation and operation of the ENC and the alternate ENC.
7- 2. Maintain a system of locating ENC staff members during (j protracted operations.
- 3. Manage the clerical support and video production func-tions of the ENC.
- 4. Notify the Communications Hanager of arrival at the ENC, sta,tus of the preparation of the ENC and if any media representatives have already arrived.
- 5. Designate a media representative, technical briefer, or clerical personnel, as appropriate, to monitor the local radio and television broadcasts.
6.2 Emergency News Center Operations 6.2.1 Activation Procedures A. The Emergency News Center is activated at the Site Area Emergency Class and stays activated (1) through recovery operations, (2) until the emergency is over, or (3) until media interest subsides to the point that information can better be distributed through the corporate headquarters. The Emergency News Center may be opened at lower levels of emergency action, if deemed appropriate by the Communica-tions Manager and the EOFD. Such conditions include unusual 73 media or public interest in the emergency.
ghgAp[,gTION: PROCEDunE/ WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: It!PLE!!ENTING PROC. E!!ERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS 1903.14 PAGE AV 05 A' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE at=~ CHANGE v oarm DATE v'"um B. After the ENC is staffed, all requests for information at the Little Rock General Office will be directed to the ENC. 6.2.2 News Releases A. Initial Release
- 1. The ANO General Manager, Duty Emergency Coordi-nator or Emergency coordinator are authorized to release information to the public in those inci-dents where an immediate release of information is prudent or necessary and the Communications
!!anager, EOFD, Communications Liason or communi-cations staff are in transit to the EOF or other-wise unavailable. The preferred spokesperson under these circumstances is the Media Relations Manager. The information release should be co-ordinated through the Corporate Communications staff on duty in the Corporate off .e.
- 2. The EOFD shall evaluate the severity of an incident at ANO and determine whether it is necessary to acti-
,s vate the Communications Itanager in order to issue in-('~' ) formation releases regarding the incident. The EOFC makes the determination of whether the incident is of an importance that requires an immediate release, or if the release can wait until normal working hours.
Attachment 1 provides guidance for this determination.
- 3. When an information release is appropriate. the Communications Itanager is responsible for activat!m!
sufficient members of the ERO communications staff to support the information needs of the emergency re-sponse.
- 4. The Communications itanager is responsible for the preparation of the initial AP&L information release regarding the incident and for obtaining EOFD approval of this release prior to issuance. The Communications
!!anager and the EOFD should jointly t'etermine appro-priate distribution for the release. Responsibilities for the distribution of information releases are shown in Attachment 2.
B. Follow-on Releases
- 1. The Communications llanager with the assistance of the communications Liaison shall assist the EOFD in the gS formulation of an information release program for the
,j incident.
l l gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS 1903.14 PAGE 11 Of Al O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN u CHANGE o*TE DATE v'/eu'a*
- 2. The Communications Manager, with concurrence of the EOFD, should establish communications with NRC and State public information officials to ensure mutual review and coordination of information releases in order to minimize contradiction and confusion.
- 3. At an appropriate time into the incident, the Communi-cations Manager should prepare, with the approval of the EOFD, a memorandum which authorizes greater flexi-bility on who can serve as Company Spokesmen and on which subjects. Until such time, all requests for in-formation and all information releases should be coordinated through the Communications Manager or the Communications Liaison.
C. Preparation of News Releases
- 1. A dedicated telephone line and another line equipped with telecopier facilities connect the Media Relations staff in the Emergency News Center with the Internal Communication Coordinator in the First Commercial Building (Little Rock).
() 2. News releases are prepared at least once daily and as often as necessary during fast moving events.
- 3. News releases are prepared under the direction of the Communications Manager with the assistance of the Communications Liaison and approved by the EOFD.
- 4. The Communications Manager obtains his information from Company operating personnel on duty at the center, and confirms that information with the communications Liaison.
- 5. The Media Relations Coordinator sends the approved news release via the EOF IBM 5520 printer or tele-copier to the Internal Communications Coordinator.
- 6. The release sent to the Internal Communications coordinator is informational and for distribution to Company, industrial, or news reporters who may need to be informed of changing situations from the General Office.
- 7. The Communications Manager distributes the release aftet it has been sent to the Internal communications Coordinator. The Communications Manager at the ENC is
,es3 authorized to give final approval to the wording and
(_,/ content of the news release.
1
. 1 ghgAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS 1903.14 PAGE 14 OI Al . O_ ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE o*Te DATE u'/"u* l
- 8. After the ENC is operational, all news releases will be issued from that location. Copies telefaxed to the Internal Communications Coordinator may be retyped if necessary for reproduction, however, wording must be identical.
- 9. News releases will be coordinated with state and federal officials prior to their public release in an attempt to ensure consistency of information released.
6.2.3 Format of News Releases A. All releaes will be on AP&L News Release letterhead. B. All releases note the time and day (e.g. 10:00 AM, March 19, 1984) the release is issued and the number sequence in which it was issued. The release should also note at what time the information was current. C. All information is attributed to either the company or an employee of the Company. Designated spokesmen in the ENC and officers of the Company are the only Company per-s sonnel whose names are used in releases. D. Names of Company employees must be used when statements are important, represent significant changes, or are in-tended to correct misinformation. E. When names of employees are used, the release must further identify the employee by normal corporate title and by explanation of the employee's emergency duties. F. If a release is to contain information from any agency other than the Company, permission should be obtained from that agency by the Communications Manager or Media Relations Coordinator. G. Releases should be as concise as possible, and yet cover the necessary information. At least once per day, a summary news release will be iscued reviewing all events to that point. H. All releases must be double spaced, with generous margins, and typed on one side only. After the title page, subse-quent pages should be slugged (AP&L-ANO Emergency) in the upper left-hand corner with the page number in the upper right-hand corner (e.g. Page 2). l l _ _ . . ~
gggygTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS 1903.14 PAGE 14 v5 l' 1
'J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisiON u CHANGE o*TE DATE v"eu/"
I. Samples of prepared news releases for different types of emergencies will be maintained by the AP&L Corporate Communications Department. Such planned news releases may be of value in speeding the initial announcement of an emergency. However, the very nature of accidents pre-cludes the possibility of elaborate preparation of language. News releases will have to be written and approved rapidly and accurately as the accident and recovery develop. 6.2.4 News Conferences and Briefings A. The initial news conference may be held in the 23rd floor conference room of the First Commercial Building. Followup conferences may be held in the 2nd floor auditorium at the Emergency Operations Facility. B. The Communications Manager presides at the news breifings. The principal Company spokesperson will be designated in advance and given appropriate speaker training. Other Company spokesmen will be used at briefings when their particular expertise is needed. () C. Federal and State agencies are invited to have spokesmen present at all news breifings. They are invited to answer ' questions or to comment. If state / city / county officials choose to have a separate briefing facility, AP&L will make provisions for communications between centers and have a person at the other media center to monitor statements. D. To the extent possible, written statements, along with charts and diagrams, will be distributed to the news media representatives at the briefings. E. The official Company spokesman will be the EOFD, or his designee, who can respond to technical as well as company policy questions. The Communications Liaison may give status briefings and/or updates. F. Television recordings and radio tapings are permitted throughout the briefings. G. Video Productions personnel will videotape all conferences. Transcripts will be prepared from the tapes, as appropriate. The tapes and transcripts will become a part of the official file. H. Briefings will be held as necessary. If there is a dramatic change in the emergency situation, a special briefing will be arranged.
- ~ .
ggggygTION: PROCEDUREAVOAK PLAN TITL E: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS 1903.14
PAGE 14 OI l'
- ~; ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE Tevision u o*TE v'<eu'a*
CHANGE DATE I. The time for news conferances will be posted outside the auditorium door. Addit anally, ten minutes before each news conference, a message :nnouncing the time of the next news conference will be broadcast over the building public ad-dress system. J. Company media representatives will make copies of all news releases available on a table outside the auditorium. K. If evacuation from the EOF is required, alternate media centers may be established in the Russellville High School on Highway 7T or the Russellville Gardner Junior High School Auditorium. 6.3 Rumor Control During a nuclear emergency, the flow of factual information to employees and the general public become critical. This is especially true in the immediate area around the plant site. To assure the employees and public are informed of the actual conditions, the following procedures will be set into operation when the Emergency Media Center is activated or earlier, if deemed necessary by the Communications Manager and the EOFD. fx l -) 6.3.1 Local radio stations in the Russellville, Dardanelle and Little Rock areas will be monitored. 6.3.2 Televison stations in the Little Rock area will be monitored. 6.3.3 The Division Services Department will be responsible for desig-nating a Rumor Control Coordinator. This person will collect and consolidate all rumors company wide and provide them to the Communications Manager for response. A standard form will be used to relay information to the Communica-tions Manager. 6.3.4 A message to all employees will be distributed via Exciter Update, AP&L Today, and the customer services teleprocessing system asking them to advise the Rumor Control Coordinator of all rumors concerning the emergency. 6.3.5 The Rumor Control Coordinator will notify the Communications Manager of all rumors by either telephone, telefax equipment at the Emergency Media Center, or runner. 6.3.6 Upon receipt of the rumor by the Communications Manager or his designee, the request for information will be sent to the EOFD for response. The request will be time dated. A V
l gggAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS 1903.14
,x PAGE 15 OI l' C ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision u CHANGE oATE DATE v'/ev/a*
6.3.7 When the EOFD, or his designee, has responded to the information request, the Communications Manager will determine what action should be taken to respond to the rumor. 6.3.8 The Internal Communications coordinator will promptly make avail-able to the Rumor Control Coordinator a copy of all news releases or information updates. 6.3.9 The primary system of notifying business offices will be the Customer Services teleprocessing system. The alternate system will be by calling division administrators, who will then notify district offices. 6.3.10 The Rumor Control Coordinator will distribute approved informa-tion releases to all business offices via the Customer Services teleprocessing system. 6.3.11 The Internal Communications Coordinator will prepare Exciter Updates and AP&L Today messages for all employees. 6.3.12 The Company Media Representatives will serve as the communica-tions link between the ENC and the Rumor Control Coordinator. 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1 " Guidance for Determining the Need and Magnitude of the Public Information Response" 7.2 Attachment 2 " Responsibilities for Distribution of Information Releases and for Information Interfaces" O(N _ _ _ _. -- . ~ .
ggguggTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS 1903.14 fs PAGE 10 uf 1# U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE o*TE v " "u'
- DATE ATTACHMENT 1 GUIDANCE FOR DETERMINING THE NEED AfID MAGNITUDE OF THE PUBLIC INFORMATION RESPONSE Notification of Unusual Event An immediate news release may or may not be necessary. However, some type of news release should be issued no later than the next nor.J.al working day. Activation of the Communications Liaison and the Communications Manager and members of the ERO reporting under him is optional.
Alert The Communications Liaison and the Communications Manager should be activated and consulted as to whether an immediate news release is necessary. The news release should not be delayed to later than early the next working day. In addition to the Communications Manager, the Local Communications coordinator should be activated and used to provide a liaison to the county emergency operations centers if requested by the county. Appropriate distribution of the information release should be de-termined based on the severity of the incident. () Site Area Emergency The Communications Manager shall activate full staffing in preparation for assuming responsibilties for distribution of information releases. Information releases should be immediately prepared and issued to all groups on Attachment 2. General Emergency Same Response as for Site Area Emergency. O
. . s gggAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS / 1903.14
~~~ ,_x PAGE Al OI il U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE oars DATE ul/eu/**
ATTACHMENT 2 RESPONSIBILITIES FOR DISTRIBUTION OF INFORMATION RELEASES AND FOR INFORMATION INTERFACES l Arkansas l , l l ,l l ,l l l Nuclear l Inputs l EOFD l Information l President l l Governor - l l One l Release AP&L l l l l l Arkansas l l Inputs Inputs 1
/ l Public Service Commission l
/ u l l l l l Communications l_ l Communications l l Liaison l l Manager l l l 1 l l Information l Release I +
1 & & I 4 i {T s~ l Media l l l l lll l l Finance l l l l Governmental l l Utility lll Local l l Regulation andl l Relations l l Communications] l Communications lll Communications l l Legal Services l 1
-National -Arkansas -INFO l -ANO Area -Financial Media Congressional -AIF l Media Community
-State Media Delegation -EPRI/NSAC 1 -KARV -Company
-Ark. Gaz. -Elected State -EEI l -KCAB Attorneys
-Ark. Dem. Officials -Utilities l -Russellville -Public
-TV Stations -LIS l Courier Service
-News Bureau l Democrat Commission
-AP l -Dardanelle -Company
-UPI l Post-Dispatch Insurers l -ANO Area -NELPIA l Local -NEIL l Elected l Officials l -County EOC's E
l Internal Communications l
-APL Today
-Exciter
-Middle South
-AP&L Employees ----Initial Contact
7I m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g Arkansas Nuclear One TITLE: TRANSMITTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC # Arkansas Nuclear One = Russellville, Arkansas Date 8-24-84 HEMORANDUM T0: /h[-N( [,(foA ,. RETURN TO: ~ ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 1904.02 REV. # 3 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE nFF9TTF DOSE PROJECTIONS - POCKET COMPUTER vvTHon PROCEDURE NUMBER iona.ns RE7. # 2 PC # TC # l PROCEDURE TITLE m nRPHFRF STABILITY CLASS DETERMINATION PROCEDURE NUMBER REV. # PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or proprietary material. PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, PLEASE ETC. REMOVE TIE INDICATED MATERIAL PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) l l PROCEDURE (S) HAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE PLANT MANUAL. l gPROCEDURE(S)SHOULDBEPLACEDINYOURSETOFTI[EPLANTMANUAL. SIGNATURE DATE UPDATED
,. _ . . _ _ _ - . . , ._ -.. , ,.c -
T O ATTENTI0N THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE ' @ 4.02 REV. 3 SHOULD BE PLACED IN FRONT OF CURRENT PROCEDURE UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE TO9 - N PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CURRENT REVISION d BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE. O i J l I N [ l O
- I i
ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY ~ 7., 1% Arkansas Nuclear One AO 1 RECORD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS ON NO. 1000.06A EPIRMeFFSITEDOSEPROJECTIONS REV. #12 PC f / kk 0FFSITEDOSEPROJECTIONS-POCKETCOMPUTE"fdk
- h. 4'- 1904.02 V. 3 g 1 . J <
PAGE REV PC/l PAGE lhV PC// PAGE REV PC/[ PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3
,6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 3 15 3 O 16 17 3
3 18 3 19 3 20 3 21 3 22 3 23 3 24 3 25 3 26 3 27 3 28 3 29 3
)
30 3 31 3 32 3 33 3 34 3 35 3 APPROVED BY: O c APPROVAL DATE
%%pe .4 xd&_
l 4
// ' -
(General Manager) Mu'atoterectiveo^rt: g
{gyTtoggTION: )ppgugggTgg _ ' NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS ?O.CKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 . r- PAGE A V5 35 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 3 CHANGE oaTE DATE ud**/o* 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide an initial estimate of the radiological conditions at the ANO Exclusion Area Boundary, provide in-formation to determine the' Emergency Action Level, define the offsite area (s) potentially affected by an airborne radiological release, provide an estimate of the whole body and child thyroid dose rates and refine pro-jections based on available field monitoring data, using a hand-held com-puter to perform the necessary calculations. 2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure is applicable to airborne radioactive releases from ANO, Units One and Two as indicated by the ventilation system stack monitors (i.e. the SPII;G monitors of the GERM System). 2.2 If the monitors are off scale, refer to 1904.03, " Auxiliary Building Ventilation Exhaust Emergency Radiation Monitor". 2.3 This procedure does not take into account effects caused by precipi-tation.
~
2.4 To use the LFE Trapelo or Westinghouse effluent monitors, (normal k_)3 range monitors) refer to procedure 1904.04 " Estimating Airborne Release Rates". 2.5 If releases are occurr'.ng from steam vents or from an unmonitored re-lease point, determine the release rates by procedure 1904.04, "Esti-mating Airborne Release Rates".
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Procedure Preparation: 3.1.1 Emergency Plan 3.1.2 " Manual for Protective Actions, Appendix D", Environmental Protection Agency 3.1.3 " Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates", U.S. Depart-ment of Health, Education and Welfare 3.1.4 Memoranda Numbers CL-1460, CL-1571, CL-1735, and CL-2115 (By A. L. Smith) 3.1.5 Radio Shack TRS-80 Pocket Computer User's Manual 3.1.6 Radio Shack Minisette-9 Owner's Manual p (/ ! l 1 s
fMFWMNfrion: 3ppgmuBMMMMiS - NO: J~ DOSE PROJECTIONS 30CKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02
-s PAGE 2 ON JD U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision "
CHANGE oats "'/**'
- DATE 3.2 References Used in Conjunction with this Procedure:
3.2.1 1903.10, " Emergency Action Level Response / Notifications" 3.2.2 1903.43, " Duties of the Emergency Radiation Team" 3.2.3 1904.01, "Offsite Dose Projections - GERMS Computer Graphics Method" 3.2.4 1904.03, " Auxiliary Building Ventilation Exhaust Emergency Radiation Monitor" 3.2.5 1904.04, " Estimating Airborne Rel' ease Rates" 3.2.6 1904.05, " Atmospheric Stability Class Determination" 3.2.7 1904.06, " Radiological Plume Tracking and Dose Intergration" 3.2.8 1904.07, " Protective Action Recommendations" 3.2.9 1904.08, "Use of the WSI Weather Informatien Service" 7-s 3.3 Related ANO
References:
(_ None 3.4 Regulatory. correspondence containing NRC commitments which are imple-mented in this procedure: 3.4.1 QCAN128211, Item 45 3.4.2 Secticn 7.3.2 (pCAN128010, Paragraph III.A.2) 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 00 (sigma theta) - The standard deviation (net change) of the hori- ; zontal wind direction over time. 4.2 At (delta t) - The vertical temperature differential between the upper and lower temperature sensors on the meteorological tower (in degrees Centigrade). 4.3 X/Q - The ratio of the concentration of radioactive material (at a specific location) to the release rate (at the origin) in units of pCi/cc/Ci/sec which is equivalent to units of secs /m3 . 4.4 [] - Brackets represent a labeled computer button.
- (s 4.5 Abbreviations l \
4.5.1 C.T. = Child Thyroid Dose Rate l
(MpTMggTION: yP gyggUggrypgTy}gg _ NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS ?OCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 es J I OD C ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aavision " CHANGE o*Te DATE u'/22/** 4.5.2 W.B. = Whole Body Dose Rate 4.5.3 OK = "Non-radiological" Incident 4.5.4 DEF = Define Mode 4.5.5 PRO = Program Mode 4.5.6 RES = Reserve Mode 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The Shift operetions Supervisor is responsible for determining if an unplanned gaseous release to the environment is indicated by symptoms such as high stack monitor readings, area radiation monitor alarms or other indications. 5.2 The Duty Emergency Coordinator, or his designee, is responsible for performing the magnitude of release calculations. 5.3 The Shift Operations Supervisor / Duty Emergency Coordinator is re-I sponsible for notifying appropriate groups per 1903.10, " Emergency s l Action Level Response / Notifications". 5.4 The Offsite Radiological Monitoring Section of the Emergency Radiation Team is responsible for measuring offsite radiological hazards per 1903.43, " Duties of the Emergency Radiation Team". 6.0 LIMITS AND PRECAUTIONS
?
6.1 Procedure 1904.01, "Offsite Dose Projections - GERMS Computer Graphics Methods" should be utilired in lieu of this procedure whenever the GERMS computer is available. 6.2 This procedure provides an initial projection of the radiological conditions; field monitoring is necessary to determine the actual conditions. 6.3 Actual terrain and weather conditions will generally limit the ac-curacy of the projected doses at a specific location. 6.4 The diffusion overlays used in this procedure represent long-term average conditions for a ground level release.
; 6.5 When performing manual or programmed calculations, the computer should be in the RUN Hode.
6.6 When entering data in scientific notation (E-Format), be sure to use (~] [EXP] key, rather than the [E] key. Otherwise, spurious data will s- result. e
ggTMggTION: g g ggRgggTgg, NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS POCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 , PAGE '* O I JD 7s U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE nevisioN 3 CHANGE o*TE DATE v'/ii/a4 7.0 DETERMINATION OF EXISTING METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS l NOTE: l l Use Par. 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3' for the determination of meterological con-l [ ditions. l 7.1 Site meteorological data may be obtained at the TSC, EOF, or other locations from GERMS (chromatics) terminals. 7.1.1 Start the terminal, establish contact with a GERMS ND6650, and sign-on as a general display user as described in Pro-cedure 1904.01, Section 7.0. 7.1.2 Type " JOB AUTO. MET,,, TTY [ Return]". A display of the most recent " data date" and the corresponding data will appear. If " INVALID DATA" messages ; occur, the data is not stored in the GERMS computers. In this case, exit the program with a series of carriage returns and resort to Step 7.2. f 7.2 Recorders WDR 9300, WSR 9300, and AAR 9300 may also be used to obtain 1 . meterological data from control room locations. 7.3 If the on-site meteorological system is out of service, limited meteoro-logical data may be obtained from the following sources. 7.3.1 The WSf weather information service, Procedure 1904.08. 1 7.3.2 National Weather Service (Meteorologist-in-Charge) [834-030S or 7.3.3 KARV Radio (968-1184) 7.3.4 MSS Dispatcher - Request data for Arkansas Zone five. 7.3.5 The stability category may be calculated from causative factors j (see procedure 1904.05, " Atmospheric Stability Class Determination"). 7.4 Enter data on Form 1904.02A to record the current meteorological I conditions. I 7.4.1 If data is obtained from GERMS, convert wind speed from m/sec to mph (m/sec x 2.238 = mph), then enter on Form A. 8.0 DETERMINATION OF THE AIRBORNE RELEASE PATHS l NOTE: l l If the GERMS detectors are out of service for a normal release path l ( l which is discharging substantial amounts of radioactive material, l l refer to procedure 1904.04 " Estimating Airborne Release Rates". l l
~
l L
gT biggTION: )ppgy{gU g g g g 3 _ NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS ?OCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 l PAGE 50535 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision " CHANGE o^re DATE-
"'/22/
- 8.1 Normal Release Paths:
8.1.1 At the Eberline Control Terminal (CT), insert the key into the " keyboard" switch and activate the control terminal. 8.1.2 Set the History Format select knob to " Release Rate." 8.1.3 Depress the [ PRINT], then the [ FILE], then the [1] and then the [ ENTER] pushbuttons. A printout with the "10-minute" averaged release rates for each SPING will appear followed by the Site Total Release Rates. 8.1.4 Record the radioactive iodine and noble gas release data as indicated on the Eberline CT-2 printout for each of the SPING monitors that are in service on Form 1904.02B. (For purposes of this procedure, disregard the particulate channel). Any negative values should be entered as zero. Record the noble gas data from the lowest range channel which gives valid, enscale data. Data is valid if either " NORMAL" or any of the following alarms are displayed beside each parameter. If other alarms are displayed, the channel should not be considered valid. () p "TND ALM" (Trend Alarm)
" ALT ALM" (Alert Alann)
"HI ALM" (High Radiation Alarm) 8.1.5 Record the site total release rates for noble gas (using the lowest numbered channel with valid data) and iodine that appears at the bottom of the CT-2 printout.
l NOTE: l l If the sping noble gas data was not all taken using l [ the same noble gas monitor range (i.e., low, med. or i i high), then the site total noble gas release rate l l must be calculated by hand. ] 8.2 Unmonitored Release Paths: 8.2.1 If a release is occurring from an unmonitored location and field monitoring data is not available, refer to procedure 1904.04 " Estimating Airborne Release Rates", and enter the estimated release rates on Form 1904.02B as "Other Releases". 8.2.2 If field monitoring data is available, complete sections 9.0, 10.0, and 12.0 using assumed initial release rates of 1.0 Ci/sec. for both iodines and noble gases. The scale factors determined in section 12.0 can then be used with the assumed release rates to produce relatively accurate l g(-s_) 3 offsite dose projections by repeating procedure sections
- 9.0 and 10.0.
t -
I gpT htggTION: 3ppggUgggTgg , NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS POCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 D OI 33 U, ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision 3 o^re v"22'a* CHANGE DATE 9.0 DETERMINATION OF DOSE RATES AND MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE CONCENTRATION 9.1 Obtain the computer, overlays and map from the appropriate emergency kit: 9.1.1 Control Room 9.1.2 Technical Support Center 9.1.3 Emergency Operations Facility 9.2 Complete Form 1904.02A through step 5.0 to determine the following infor-mation: 9.2.1 Whole body dose rate at the indicated distances. 9.2.2 Child thyroid dose rate at the indicated distances. 9.2.3 The ratio of the projected to the maximum permissible con-centration of Xe-133 at the site boundary, assuming " annual average" meteorology. 9.3 If an Emergency Action Level is NOT indicated, return to Section 7.0. () New data should be taken as specified by the Duty Emergency Coordina-tor or the Dose Assessment Supervisor. 10.0 PLUME DEFINITION l NOTE: l l The attachments contained in this procedure are provided for ILLU- l l STRATION ONLY. The correctly scaled overlays and maps are located l l in the emergency kits. l 10.1 Select the overlay (Attachments 1-7) which corresponds to the existing atmospheric stability category (Form 1904.02A), 10.2 Place the selected overlay on the ANO area map (Attachment 8) with the origin directly over the ANO site center and align the plume cen-terline with the downwind direction (from Form 1904.02A). 10.3 To locate the plume boundary line on the overlay, obtain the plume bounding X/Q from Form 1904.02A Section 4.0 and determine its location on the appropriate overlay. If the bounding X/Q falls between two existing X/Q lines on the overlay, select the outward of the two lines as the plume boundry. Any sub-sectors which are contained (or partially contained) with the plume boundary line should be designated as af-fected. Record this information on Section 6.0 of Form 1904.02A. 10.3.1 Account for the uncertainty in the local wind near Mt. Nebo/ gs Spring Mountain: V
ggtpT WAgggTION: ggggggTgg , NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS POCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 . PAGE ' 05 45 (J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE asvision " o^te "'/22/a* CHANGE DATE A. If the plume centerline lies in sector 10 and the plume boundary extends beyond 6 miles, the affected area should also include sectors 9, 10 and 11 (from sub-sector G to the projected extent of the plume). B. If the plume centerline lies in sector 11 and the plume boundary extends beyond 6 miles, the affected area should also include sectors 10, 11 and 12 (from sub-sector G to the projected extent of the plume). f' 11.0 NOTIFICATIONS AND PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS ( 11.1 If a Notification of Unusual Event, Alert, or Site Area Emergency has been declared, proceed directly to Section 11.2. If a General Emergency has been declared, make the following recommendation to the Arkansas Department of Health: 11.1.1 As a minimum, recommend sheltering within a 2-mile radius of the plant and 5 miles in the downwind direction (i.e. down-wind sector plus the two adjacent sectors). 11.1.2 If it has been determined that personnel beyond the Exclusion Area Boundary could receive a dose greater than or equal to (~)S (_ 1R Whole Body or SR Child Thyroid, a Protective Action Rec-ommendation to evacuate the affected sectors shall be issued to the Arkansas Department of Health. l NOTE: l l In order to select the appropriate protective action,l l State officials should be given an estimate of the l l expected release duration. This is especially im- l l portant if the release duration is expected to be l l less than 2 hours (puff releases). l 11.1.3 Upon activation of the TSC/ EOF, additional protective ac-tion recommendations should be evaluated using procedure 1904.07, " Protective Action Recommendations". These eval-uations should be made under the supervision of the Techni-cal Analysis Superintendent and/or the Dose Assessment Supervisor. 11.2 Provide radiological release information to appropriate groups per 1903.10, " Emergency Action Level Response / Notifications". 11.3 The Emergency Radiation Team shall be dispatched to obtain field radio-logical data whenever an Emergency Class has been declared based on offsite radiological releases. If the Emergency Radiation Team is dispatched. refer to Section 12.0. (^T (_/ 11.4 Recurn to Section 7.0 of this procedure. New data should be taken as specified by the Duty Emergency Coordinator / Dose Assessment Supervisor. 1 l
. I
L fMYNbPthffE" afPWrN#fWdAYfWsS - N0: DOSE PROJECTIONS POCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 , f s PAGE O OI OD U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision a o^re O'/
- 2 / "
4 CHANGE DATE j l 12.0 VERIFICATION OF PROJECTED DOSE RATES BY FIELD MEASUREMENT 12.1 Whenever an Emergency Class has been declared due to offsite radiological releases, the Duty Emergency Cootdinator/Offsite Monitoring Supervisor shall, based on wind ' direction, dispatch offsite radiological monitoring teams to sample the plume to determine the magnitude and extent of the radiation fields. 12.1.1 Radiation surveys at specific locations should include a direct exposure rate measurement (mR/hr) anc an air sample to determine iodine concentration (yCi/cc). 12.1.2 As the survey teams approach assigned survey locations, continuous measurements should be taken to identify the location of the highest radiation level for a particular downwind distance. 12.2 Scale Factor Determination-12.2.1 Accurate scale factors may be calculated only by comparing measured plume centerline conditions with projected plume centerline conditions for corresponding time periods and
<T downwind distances.
Ns) 12.2.2 When field monitoring data becomes available for a plume centerline location, select one set of data and complete Form 1904.02C to calculate whole body and child thyroid dose rate scale factors. The calculation on 1904.02C should be performed no more than once per run of the dose calculation program. 12.3 Return to section 7.0 of this procedure. New data should be taken as specified by the Duty Emergency Coordinator / Dose Assessment Super-visor. 13.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS 13.1 Form 1904.02A - EAL/Offsite Dose Projection Worksheet 13.2 Form 1904.02B - Airborne Release Rate Worksheet 13.3 Form 1904.02C - Scale Factor Worksheet 13.4 Attachment 1 - Diffusion Overlay (Atmospheric Stability Category A) 13.5 Attachment 2 - Diffusion Overlay (Atmospheric Stability Category B) 13.6 Attachment 3 - Diffusion Overlay (Atmospheric Stability Category C) bs/ 13.7 Attachment 4 - Diffusion Overlay (Atmospheric Stability Category D)
g})Th4ggTION: gyppggUgggTf}gjg _ NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS 'OCKET COMPUTER METF0D 1904.02 PAGE S 05 JU C'- ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN
- o*TE v"**/ * !
CHANGE DATE 13.8 Attachment 5 - Diffusion Overlay (Atmospheric Stability Category E) 13.9 Attachment 6 - Diffusion Overlay (Atmospheric Stability Category F) 13.10 Attachment 7 - Diffusion Overlay (Atmospheric Stability category G) 13.11 Attachment 8 - Area Map 13.12 Attachment 9 - Keyboard Layout 13.13 Attachment 10 - Battery Replacement 13.14 Attachment 11 - Program Loading / Verification 13.15 Attachment 12 - Program Listing 13.16 Attachment 13 - Memory Contents O i O l l _ _ . ip
I m ggt ktAgggTION: 3ppggJgg g g gg. NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS POCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 . N ON N O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE 4 PAGE aevision " o*Te v"**<+ - - CHANGE DATE l ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
- FAL/0FFSITE DOSE PRO TFt'TYON knRKqrFET l "" inM _ nn REV. # 2 FC #
i.o i n ci t uc.a Fage 1 of 2 1.0 Press the [0N] button. 1.1 If a dot is ny visible in the upper right hand corner of the display, replace the batteries per Attachment 10 - Battery Replacement. 2.0 Press the [ MODE] button repeatedly, as necessary, until the word "RUN" is indicated in the upper portion of the display. NOTE: At least one test case contained in Attachment 11 - Program Loading / Varification should be performed prior to initial use. Initials 3.0 Type RW (followed by [ ENTER}) 4.0 Enter data and record results in the appropriate space below: l TIME l l l l l l INPUT l l l l l l Wind Direction (10 min. average) { h I Wind Speed (10 min. average)
*l_ Stability Class l
l l i l l l I l l Q-Gas (From 1904.028) l l l l- l l l "l ( l l Q-Iodine (From 1904.028) l -l l l l
**l -
WB Scale Factor l l l l l
**l CT Scale Factor l l l l l l OUTPUT l l l l l j l EAL l l l l l l l Downwind Direction l l l l l i, l X/Q: Plume Bdy. l l l l l l .65 mi. Avg. HPC l l l l l
l l .65 mi. WB (arem/hr) l l l l l l .65 mi. CT (mrem /hr) l l l l l l I mt. VB (mrem /hr) l l l l l l 1 mi. CT (mrem /hr) l l l l l l 2 mi. WB (mrem /br) { l l l l l 2 mi. CT (mrem /hr) l l l l l l 5 mt. WB (mrem /hr) l l l l l l 5 mi. CT (mrem /hr) l l. l l l l 10 mi. WB (mrem /hr) l l l l l l 10 mt. CT (mrem /hr) l l 1 l l l Initials l l l l l
- Atmospheric ' -
Stability Category c0 at
! A >22.5* <-0.87*
; B 17.5* to 22.5* -0.87* to -0.78*
C 12.5* to 17.5* -0.78* to -0.69* D 7.5* to 12.5* -0.b9* to -0.23* CTa, E 3.8* to 7.5* -0.23* to -0.69* F 2.l* to 3.8* +0.69* to +1.8* G <2.1* >l.8* O ** Enter 1.0 in the absence of useable field data. w
% - I 1 & [ ,E
i 1 m gpTMggTION: g gUgg g4g gg. NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS ?CCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 ('g PAGE AA 05 N V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE avmoa 3 oars v'/22' + -
-l CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One c.,m m t+r ener nnn minv mevemTT I '0"" "0 t o% m REV. #3 PC #
Fage 4 ot 4 5.0 To facilitate review, record the program input variables as they are displayed on the calculator: l TIME l l l t l l INPUT l l l l l l Wind Direction (10 min. average) l l l l l l Wind Speed (10 min. average) l l l l l l Stability Class l l l l l 6 l Q-Gas (From 1904.028) l l l l l l Q-Iodine (From 1904.02B) l l l l l l WB Scale Factor l l l l l l CT Scale Factor l l l l l l Initials l l l l l 6.0 AITECTED SUB-SECTORS (From Step 10.0 of this procedure): 7.0 The dose rates at any field location may be estimated if requested by the following method. 7.1 Interpolate the X/Q value from the appropriate overlay for the desired i location. 1) 2) 3) 4) i i l 7.2 Type the value obtained in Step 7.1 followed by pressing the [SHIFTl B [ ENTER) keys. The computer will display the projected whole body dose ' rate (mR/hr) for that location.
- 1) 2) 3) 4) 7.3 Press [ SHIFT) X [ ENTER]. The computer will then display the projected child thyroid dose rate for the same location.
- 1) 2) 3) 4) l NOTE- l
] Data may be reviewed by the toIlowing: l OTHER RESERVE KEY FUNCTIONS l Key Sequence l Function i Purpose i l I I i l [ SHIFT) V [ ENTER] l Run 390 l Review Output Variables j b.-
1 I 1 l l . I i l l [SHIFTl A lLNTER] l Run 560 l Review Input Variables l 1 1 I I Performed By / c--=- Initials Time Reviewed Ry k l
m ggTktgggTION: )ppgg g g g gg_ NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS POCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 . O " Of N 'd ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aavision 3 oa's ""22' * ' - CHANGE DATE I ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
- AIFnoPW FEY.EME RATF kmycurrT MM o7R REV. # 2 PC f l Release Rates (Ci/sec.) l l Monitor i Unit / l Iodine Noble Gases l l Number ! Designation l (Chan. 03) (Circle Chan.) I i l l . I LOW MED HI i l l 001 l 1/ Cont. Purge [ 'l 05 07 09 l l l l l 1 1 I l 002 l 1/Radwaste l 1 05 07 09 l i l l I I l !
l 003 l 1/ Fuel Hd. l l 05 07 09 i ! I I I I I l l 004 l 1/ Pen. & H 2PRG l i 05 07 09 l l 1 i i i i i I 005 l 2/ Cont. Purge f l 05 07 09 l l 1 1 I I I I l 006 l 2/Radwaste l l 05 07 09 l l l 1 I i l 007 2/ Fuel Hd. l 1 05 07 09 1 008 l 2/ Pen. & If 2PRG l l 05 07 09 l l 1 1 I I l 009 l PASS Bldg. I i 05 07 09 l 1 1 I I I l 010 l 2/ Aux. Bldg. Ext. l l 05 07 09 I I I I I , l Site Totals From GERMS (Ci/sec.) l IXXXTXXXXXXXXXXXXI { 1 l Releases Not Monitored by SPINGS l Release Rates (Ci/sec.) l l Iodine l INoble Gases I Steam Releases (Ci/sec.) Totals from i I I l 1904.04G Columns 8 & 10 l IXXXXXXXXTXXXXXXXl 1 I I I l Other Releases (Ci/sec.) 1904.03 l lXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXI I I I I l Other Releases (Ci/sec.) 1904.04 l lXXXXXXLTXXXXXXXXl l I I I I Other Releases (Ci/sec.) 1904.04 l lXXXXXXXXXXXXIXXXl l I I i l Other Releases (Cifsec.) 1904.04 l [XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXI L_ l I i l l Site Totals (Monitored & Unmonitored) l lXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXl Performed By / Initials Time Reviewed By ~ O
% m k .f I
& b r
m gT MggTION: gggUggggTf}gg _ NO: 1 DOSE PROJECTIONS ?OCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 1 p 1A 05 45 ) PAGE U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 3 o*Te u'/**'* ' - CHANGE DATE i m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g N Arkansas Nuclear One ccur n rTno pneveurry l FORM NO.,g REV. # 2 FC # 1.0 Record the following raw data: 1.1 Measurement Time 1.2 Measurement Location (sub-sector) 1.3 Downi.ind Distance (mi) 1.4 Measured khole Body Dose Rate (record in column 1, line a) below) 1.5 Measured Radioiodine Concentration (pCi/cc) 2.0 Multiply line 1.5 by 5.6E8 (ar/hr per pCi/cc) to convert the radioiodine concentration to the equivalent child thyroid dose commitment rate (record in column 1, line b) below). 3.0 Project the radiological conditions for the measurement location: Q V 3.1 X/Q at measurement location (from stability class nverlay) = (sec/m3 ) 3.2 Type the value obtained in step 3.1 followed by pressing the [SHIFTl B [ ENTER] keys. The computer will display the projected whole body dose rate (mR/hr) for that location. Record in column 2a below. 3.3 Press [SHIFTl X [ ENTER]. The computer will then display the projected child thyroid dose rate for the same location. Record this value in column 2b below. 3.4 Transcribe the previous scale factors used for these dose rate pro-jections from form 1904.02A Section 4.0 to column 3 below. 4.0 Calculate the current scale factors: Column 4 = (column I + column 2) x column 3 l Column 1 l Column 2 l Column 3 i Column 4 l l Measured l Projected l Previous l Current I mR/hr mR/hr Scale Factors l a) bhole Body Scale Factors l j b) Child Thyroid (WWl t (CTTI Performed By / Initials Time Reviewed By CU o l
~
C ~r . _ _ . - L - . _ _ _ _ r i N
q O O O RANGE (MI.) CENTERLINE (X/0) 0.65 7.39 E-6 i - 1.0 1.87 E- 6 IE-8[ D $$ 7.80 E-7 , "' ? 2.0 3 s 'E 5.0 3.40 E-7 10.0 1.90 E -
> 8EE 3M
~ SE-8 2 -3 (n 8% y m 5
!r I E (n 1
Z mv 2E-7 _ C 63 , M N DOWNWINT - O m Ci t g 8 66 i ys f< 5 > 4
/ W f i z i
-5E-6 %2 "0
=
j$
;l; ,
Z M Es; IE-6 m 8g w E a 7 *
- .. E s 2 o
m 6 e
- g l .
CLASS "A" STABILITY u 2. . X/Q OVERLAY (I MPH) , c 0 0 i .
' ATTACHMENT I . 5 5 8:
l , SCALE: I"= I MILE 1
- E G i t 2 "$
! f f f 1 1 t I j
q O o O r i 4 i i RANGE (MI.) CENTERLINE (X/0) ICLASS "B" STABILITY i 0.65 4.10 E-5 X/Q OVERLAY (1 MPH) a2 8
"' 5 I.O 1.68E-5 . '.
2.0 4.18 E- 6 ATTACHMENT 2 ! 3 y cj 5.0 7.30 E-7 SCALE: I"= l MILE 7 10.0 2.51 E-7 IE-8 ' > N3 z @5 U) "e e
- r
> -8 u)
I E ' = E as ci e
~ 3E-7 # 5 O nm 1 S E--7 IE-6 DOWNWIND g m l e ., s ejs .s , e , ,
5 e m O a I E- 5 2 fm m 8g 5E-6 E 982 ..- EsE
" gg bt Oi g Ni OO ,
-4 mm 1
5 mg 2
>.t h
l . -
O O C,) F7 l RANGE (Ml_) CENTERLINE (X/0) : 1 CLASS "C" STABILITY . U O.65 1.05E-4 X/Q OVERLAY (1 MPH) t 1.0 4.64E- 5 ga
* ~.
2.0 1.41E - 5 ATTACHMENT 3
.U
#1h 5.0 me 2.63E SCALE: I"= 1 MILE jl X 10.0 7.74E-7 - - '
> EEd$
IE-8 ' 2 h y g tr
-l E 2 8%
= C g ;g I 6 E O 'O N 1 2 E- 6 DO M I
, , \ . .
j *M 4
- b 5 3
h
= 0 gg SE-5 Z sr
! IE-5 - m sh4uc j SE-6 g g g i
- . E $ e 2 9 t.* O N ,
b i " M M < . 5
$b I .
O i , r. i .i
q o o o V 1 E!I RANGE (MI.) CENTERLINE (X/0) GLASS "D" STABILITY
> N8g5 0.65 2.87 E-4 'l 1.0 1.38 E-4 .X/Q OVERLAY (1 MPH) 20 6.64 E-5 ' !
3 ;a 5 50 ATTACHMENT 4 : X 1.31 E- 5 83 10.0 4.83 E- 6 SCALE: I"= 1 MILE 2 > yus 2 U) g$. z - I I E- 8 ~
> "5 y) -
-lE-7 Z g4
-lE-6 = OE 1
g g a gg r SE F g3
--l E- 5 DOWNWIN6 N m
. ~ . . m ..
s ;
y: N o ;5
' 7' ' -
. si D' g=
IE-4 O l-5 E-5 2 Ob m 8g . O '3 '*1 g
- Z r"n o s m g L iIl L
gg o,
., M N 1
E
~.
ag o ..
> ek 5
O g- ~ l f i f 1 ' ! I'. I ,
q O O O h , I RANGE (MI.) CENTERLINE (X/0) dLASS "E" STABILITY ! o. 0.65 4.84 E-4 X/Q OVERLAY (1 MPH) 8l5 l.0 2.62 E-4 p "' 1 2.0 1.02 E-4 ' 3 5.0 2.92 E-5 ATTACHM,ENT 5 : 7 yci i SCALE: I = 1 MILE y l;; a! 10.0 1.14 E- 5 gg 4 g CD 8 "I I
~
> "i
, .-lE -IE 2 B P.
C og
'l IE-5 DOWNt NI r- h
~m w
=
t> n m u- 2 s IE- 4 ~~
=.= O =
5 E- 5 2 2E-5 0 i . -- m 8g j G a s , , O 8 e z a - O'O C i I P i
-4
. = =
c O s o -
$ e d
I'. I
q O O O r , i RANGE (MI.) CENTERLINE (X/0) . ,.g I O.65 CLASS "F" STABILITY 8.37 E- 4 l.O 5.Ol E-4 X/Q OVERLAY (1 MPH) > N@*; 2.0 3 25 2.22 E-4 ATTACHMENT 6 '
'X 5.0 7.23 E-5 ed 10.0 3.05 E- 5 SCALE : I"= 1 MILE > 3@;
Z g$. (n 2 -
;p > "
M
+
IE-8 z mm
! , plE-6 plE-7 g C 83 gm l1 r
3 r N@ DOWNWIND g m g
~= m:, ~ . , ,,,
y g
/ b d 3 E SE-4 ~
=
O :: I E- 4 "2 3 E,- 5 ' m ffl > '
. E $ a o a i&
L.>ci i i i E E w el Ri E
~. o -$
l ., i ~ . o O, y Z . I'. I ,
l q O O O 7 ,
; I RANGE (MI.) CENTERLINE (X/Q) CL ASS "G" STABILITY l o 0.65 Z.06 E- 3 X/Q OVERLAY (1 MPH) i 82 l.O 9.61 E- 4 (
2.0 4.78 E-4 ATTACHMENT 7 j 3 jj 5.0 1.72 E-4 SCALE: I = 1 MILE ' 7 y ;;; 4 10.0 7.46 E-5 i z @g"- CD 8-p. g " .!. t-l E - 8 Z g4 FIE-7 \ C g3 7.lE- 5 FI E-6
.1 r
> nT em Ws -" ' g> ag m
,, p g#g
_, 9 % W M IE-3 5 E- 4 IE-4 7E-5 DOWNWIND z 5-
. m og ., cr m
E s a R g r b s C l i
? ? u MM il e : 8
- .j? -
t o S T f f *
\
l'. l. m
fMPWthMEMN: gpggggggg,pg1[gg _ NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS POCKET CO?'? UTER METHOD 1904.02 ,, S PAGE k ON N ' U . ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisios " o*Ts
* / * * / o '* -- -
CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 8
%:< 2.iE: < M '.'}e &d. ' . * .
wT p4- .;,i W'." g e ,c g , gggAenAp .... . .- l g4 . pI.f. 2.- Q.cc W .4 . - x . e ,m.s rm- ,J- (L..4.t% %:.,L.
,g. ;n 6 - ..,e 4 . .!
k},^ - 1 ,*
%y RM ;& lfyl ni i
a . ;., d[ q. . ps - . ~..>. "! x .' q ';
.M,.'c. "*"
i q " - --'
-. , -~- - - - * - I
_ , _ . _ , m . ., ~ c:. . y 3 cye
.fh?'{ Yt\ ':iL*W -.(' h' W. W.e, -
iI l ft S"' $ *'{i [ , k ) l'.%l-.' 3'
@'~ k g.,
3.c @+g&:rj[.;;- - ,/ v 'c,.v vy ,2-g-~r5 -
*' N --2
-e 5 %&&;.h i t -
.a -
lj .&,,:[g.e . b%;b g -
}6. . ..
k q Shl Q'l V .{l ..]hyf :* ':-a,D.' h ?._ J.. g-7.' w Ifa.; ,
._. q'j, ;&' b -c T & I'
]*b'~ C,"'.1.
- 3. .-+- '
1 -,.s*
,~4... )M
/b- >W N_
w. i ,
+4.; , y) w, a,:g} **a s.
a V- - *--**~- .. t . . gQ . pG )< 3
' -f, pf-ys. .h. <c .;& m y =w .
3 . t s,.
.p.-.
us.,
.+ }. .
l x-~.-A-'4sr \r. . -'l v.,_ .v. ' r '. c: s . W 4--} -q- -
- i. . . . .-
3 c'- ,. n . %---.?._..._. as f.c M,M . 2 d h...
. ph-T Y,.L. &. . ,g M',ygl% .
., Q
- " * 'p sa
' f.
'--{>
2._ W '. ;e g. e. ~% p .Q t
~*'f, ,., V Y [.,.
k-jlf'}(,hn
, ; \_~'T Y
,, . ap ..g 5.ycv.. :.. . < . ;,g ' l..'.)*. p p , , , t
. q. '; d
.. i,
'Q,,
3 N.b
- i. 'D 2 ; '..$2.$ @ . hr p y7 4;-i, b,[I p,y
,. - ! R g5 , .- y
.,w .y - -
h
-e 4,1.c
_ s r-sy . ff[. g .s
,J
.) ,
h.
' ~ '
7 s, '
;g .'
n . V N 'h ' J;~Q-( ',
^;
p F E" D '- jC[ B / },*' [h ply h -@.
$ j},-
!g : ;- ,. ,V&
Yo E$$ ( ~> b.h-
- . . . ~
g-q
' 'A
.-s Nf fl, c
.m _ ;--
, , v--
, - o,~U " ,, u 3 cu W, ,v. 3f
- pg 7 <v__.. -- s cQ . f^/q,, ,,q
. M U G b 'if - 7 '_m. h, P; 6 - S h uB ^_ //- / j.c ' ' m[ : .f-
.h
$ 7, i2 ,'*
*h.,.)
p j),$ p,7 b.kh .s - . _3 . , A i (,
, g>,,-
[h g., _w, ..::.:. Q,7. .
/g ,' J' . b. ,y' *~"~,.
T c, q
-,( := f"fU g. '
g { j'5%Ql P-*i,
-c
'S J.L G ~( , ; i -+; [ 4 s_b d: ,. a j- v-y Q '
e ,/ % "
")
r- . . 7-^i-
,1 __Q
.M-g{f e]y ,%' _,M
.>.4f q
~
f'. f[t,
- n y}( .
' ' - ll' y ; . . . Q. J - p hl 3 - d N j' ' 63D7 .. ~ "~
, ^,kf* . . h ' I ). S' t ' ~ 4 d[Q'ON 4'~,Q)Al %,I,','c.
f' ~. i I? - "5 ' Y 24-% "
;l(' \.
.J u.
% ;,f' '
- hg A,T l ) . . tq
- m*, -t" g
._32 gL. ~'y- . ,.f_.l..kl -
,v
/
'3 - 'df k 3
;' *, x ,- .- , '. , ,
'. u . }[< . { s ,.
^1 %.' .
s ' f M-'. w&....;--* i' T [! g.. ~-M's .
. S,. ,.
6.
.k3 p . ...-. _ . . ' ?"" m.- c .~ .. ..knr-c. 9 l Pu.
. -. _7
. ;s,1' .. N
-. s.
3 m
.. L,;$ c.:
i a.
; . ,, .. .tf-. ._,,3[,c.j,. '. (T.;.a, ,, L ; J .u
;y: j, 17 ,
IX.:%" .f, , s< -t{l.t*--_ _ --p_-a. - - p... . ) y.. __ _ _ _ n.. .
- .jl;
- y. .
c=- a.
.l !- - -
ln ;;p . ,. :.. .
>: . .. g a g , ;;
v/ --......__ ~. . . _ . . - . . . . . . . . - . _ _ ......_.;_>....r_.o . .. ., u-w - I N
{g WgggTION: 3ppggggggg , NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS POCKET COMPUTER HETHOD 1904.02 . S 05 35 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aavision 3 oare v"**'* I l CHANGE DATE
)
ATTACHMENT 9 KEYBOARD LAYOUT ' i
.....n...,.. -.
-<:~a< M c N 8NhMN.-ev-AF_M m yN-y.p d,i O//l M ~0,u Vf1;4 , D F#Wf.bLa>2
_...w,- w- _ = _ == = m w - .r m a.+- .-~ _ _ i Display
). 7 =
-_.,,. _ _ L L.. _...,.. - -
. g.- --- . ... ; -
,6 0: A=AEx':'y'=5000: Od5UB 2E'Ih_h mwmmw_ _ _. _ ..
___. _ _ __m. h."b3.* _ . _ . _ - mm. If
@-h N. Q' ~&' & b O
~
o_o cia _e-
~
o o o o m,seme oe o e o o t2a ai ~ _ . .., G i j E. Power OFF key Power ON key Reservable keys ENTER key arithmetic (Executes calculation keys calculations er . - ~ enters programs) 4 I I 1 O G i
l gTLAggTION: gggUgggggy}$3 _ NO: l DOSE PROJECTIONS : POCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 l ,N PAGE AA 5 35 !J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision 3 o*TE "/**i64 CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 10 Page 1 of 2 BATTERY REPLACEMENT 1.0 COMPUTER l NOTE l l This computer uses Type 675 batteries; mercury batteries should be l l used when possible. l 1.1 Press the [0FF] button. l NOTE l l Two (2) types of screws hold the back cover in place. l 1.2 Remove the screws from the back cover. l NOTE l pss,,) l Use a dry cloth to wipe off the surface of the new batteries l l before installing. l 1.3 Replace the batteries, placing the "+" side up. 1.4 Hook the tabs on the back cover into the slots on the computer. 1.5 Push the back cover in slightly while replacing the screws. l NOTE l l Do not use a pencil. I 1.6 Using a hard, pointed object, carefully push the Reset switch on the back cover to clear the computer. 1.7 Press the [0FF) and then [0N] button to clear the computer. l NOTE l l When the batteries are correctly installed "> der '0DE) . l l will be displayed. , l 2.0 CASSETTE INTERFACE
)
(-')
~-
l NOTE l This device uses Type AA batteries; alkaline batteries should be l l l l used when possible. I 1 l
gg MggpTION: )ppggg g g g gg. NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS ?OCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 . rw PAGE 44 ON JD U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 3 o*Te v'/**/o* CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 10 Page 2 of 2 2.1 Remove the sliding door located on the underside of the interface. I 2.2 Replace the batteries as indicated on the interface. 3.0 CASSETTE TAPE RECORDER l NOTE l l An optional AC adapter may be used, as necessary, if battery re- l l placement is not feasible. I a) Press down on the battery compartment cover (on the back) and remove. b) Replace the batteries as indicated on the recorder. c) Replace the battery cover. O l 1 i O l l l
fMWO WP1Nf " aff9ffRuBWiPWd#t4 mis - NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS ?OCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 PAGE AU 05 JU U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision 3 o*Ta v"22* CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 11 Page 1 of 5 PROGRAM LOADING / VERIFICATION 1.0 CONNECTING THE POCKET COMPUTER TO THE CASSETTE INTERFACE l NOTE l l Before attaching or removing the Computer from the Interface, be l i sure to turn off the computer with the [0FF] key. If the computer l l is connected or disconnected with power ON, all keys may become in- l l operative. In this case, press the ALL RESET switch on the back of l l the Computer. This will clear the entire Computer (including pro- l l grams stored in memory). l 1.1 Press the [0FF] button. 1.2 Remove the cover from the left side of the computer. It may be snapped into place on the bottom of the Cassette Interface, if desired. 1.3 Fit the projecting parts on the Cassette Interface in the grooves of the Computer. ,A \_] l HOTE l l If parts do not mate properly, do not force them. Carefully l l shif t the Computer left or right to be sure the mating surfaces l l are correctly aligned. l 1.4 Slide the Computer carefully to fit securely onto the Cassette Interface. 2.0 CONNECTING THE CASSETTE INTERFACE TO A TAPE RECORDER 2.1 Connect red plug into the MIC jack on the Cassette Recorder. 2.2 Connect gray plug into the EAR phone jack cn the Recorder. 3.0 LOADING A PROGRAM FROM A MAGNETIC TAPE 3.1 Load tape in the tape recorder. 3.2 Rewind the tape completely; connect the black plug into the REHOTE jack on the Recorder. 3.3 Press the [0N] button. 3.4 Press the (MODE] button repeatedly, as necessary, until the word "Run" is indicated in the upper portion of the display. 3.5 Push the PLAY button on the tape recorder. 3.6 Set the VOLUME control to approximately 3/4 of its full ,: ale value. l 1
fMPWthfffmn: 3ppgggguBWFWd#&IWS - NO: l DOSE PROJECTIONS ?OCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 . ,m PAGE NO N U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision " o*Te u'/**'" CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 11 Page 2 of 5 3.7 Set Tone to maximum treble (if this option is available). 3.8 Type Ny [ ENTER). 3.9 Press the [ MODE] button repeatedly until the word " RESERVE" is indi-cated in the upper portion of the display. 3.10 Type NEW [ ENTER). 3.11 Press the [ MODE] button repeatedly until the word "RUN" is indicated in the upper portion of the display. I NOTE l l When the program has been transferred, the Computer will auto- l l matically ston the tape motion and display the PROMPT (>) l l symbol. l 3.12 Type CLOAD " PRO /ING" [ ENTER] 3.12.1 If an error occurs (error code "5" is displayed), start over t'T from the beginning. If the error continues, adjust volume up (_ / or down slightly and repeat steps 3.1 to 3.12. 3.12.2 If the error code is not displayed but tape motion continues, transferring is improper. Press [0N] key to stop the tape. Repeat steps 3.1 to 3.12. 3.12.3 If the error remains or the tape continues to run after several attempts to correct the problem, try cleaning or demagnetizing the Recorder's tape head. 3.13 Type INPUT # "MEM/ING" [ ENTER]. 3.14 Press the [ MODE] button until the word " RESERVE" appears in the upper portion of the display. 3.15 Type CLOAD "RES/ING" [ ENTER]. 3.10 Stop the recorder. 3.17 Press the [ MODE] button repeatedly, as necessary, until the word "RUN" appears in the upper portion of the display. l NOTE l l The following methods may be used to indicate that the program l l has been loaded correctly. The first method causes the Com- l /~ 1 puter to automatically search for the specified file name and j k ]/
~
l compare the contents on tape with the contents in memory. The l l second method checks the general program operation by inputing l l given initial data and manually comparing the output data to l l the calculated resul.a. l
ggMgggTION: gggggg3 NQ DOSE PROJECTIONS POCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 .
.s- 4' ON Jb U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision 3 o^re v'/22'a+
CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 11 Page 3 of 5 4.0 PROGRAM TESTS 4.1 Comparison Method. 4.1.1 Disconnect the black plug from the Remote jack and completely rewind the tape. 4.1.2 Reconnect the black plug to the Remote jack. 4.1.3 Press the PLAY button of the recorder. 4.1.4 Type CLOAD? " PRO /ING" [ ENTER] A. If the programs are verified as beino identical, the prompt symbol (>) will be displayed. B. If the programs differ, execution will be interrupted and an Error Code 5 will be displayed. If this occurs, you may try again to either reload or re-verify the pro-grams. A slight adjustment in the recorder volume level (~3 may improve the transfer.
\_/
l NOTE l l Ensure that the computer is turned 0FF prior to l l removing it from the interface. I C. Upon completion, the computer may be removed from the interface, as appropriate. 4.2 Test Cases 4.2.1 Using the general operational method described in Sections 3.0 to 7.0 of 1904.02A, enter the appropriate input data from at least one of the following test cases. Compare the output data with the indicated results. l 6
MDM1fpTION: S gyppggUgggg}{fjg _ M DOSE PROJECTIONS 70CKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 ,w 40 OI 33 PAGE V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 3 o*Te u'/22'"* CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 11 Page 4 of 5 TEST CASE # 2 3 4 5 l INPUT: l l l l l l l Wind Direction l 17 l 215 l 100 l 360 1 180 l 1 Wind Speed l 4.5 l 3 l 18 l 6 1.5 l l l Stability Class l A l C l D l E l G l l Q-Gas l SE-3 l 0.15 l 1.9 l 6.8 l 20 l l Q-Iodine l 6E-6 l SE-4 l 4E-3 l SE-3 l 6E-3 l l WB Scale Factor l 0.9 l 1.1 l 0.6 l 0.99 l 1.9 l l CT Scale Factor l 0.7 l 1.5 l 0.3 l 0.88 l 1.7 l I l l l l l l l l l Notification l l l l l RESULTS: l l Of Unusual l l Site Area l General l l EAL l 0.K. l Event l Alert l Emergency l Emergency l l Downwind Dir. I 197 l 35 l 280 l 180 l 0 l l X/Q: Plume Bdy. l 3.68E-4 l 8.70E-6 l 9.65E-6 l 6.09E-7 l 4.93E-8 l l .65 mi Avg. MPC l 5.98E-2 l 2.19E O l 1.51E 1 l 8.95E 1 l 5.05E 2 l l .65 mi WB l 1.00E-3 l 6.02E-1 l 1.48E O l 3.96E 1 l 2.08E 3 l l .65 mi CT l 3.86E-3 l 1.47E 1 1 1.07E 1 l 1.98E 2 l 7.84E 3 l l 1 mi WB l 2.53E-4 l 2.66E-1 l 7.14E-1 l 2.14E 1 l 9.74E 2 l gg i 1 mi CT l 9.77E-4 l 6.49E O l 5.15E O l 1.07E 2 l 3.65E 3 l (_,/ l 2 mi WB 1.05E-4 8.09E-2 3.43E-1 8.36E O l 2 mi CT l 4.07E-4 l l l l 4.84E 2 l l l 1.97E O l 2.47E O l 4.18E 1 l 1.82E 3 l l 5 mi WB l 4.61E-5 l 1.51E-2 1 6.78E-2 l 2.39E O l 1.74E 2 l l 5 mi CT ! 1.77E-4 l 3.68E-1 l 4.89E-1 l 1.19E 1 1 6.54E 2 [ l 10 mi WB l 2.57E-5 l 4.44E-3 l 2.50E-2 l 9.34E-1 1 7.56'i1 l l 10 mi CT l 9.93E-5 1.08E-1 1.80E-1 4.68E O 1 1 l l l l 2.84E 2 l l l l l l l INPUT: l l l l l l l Local X/Q l 1E-7 l 1.9E-7 l 3.9E-7 l 1.2E-6 l 8.08E-9 l I I I l l l l l RESULTS: l l l l l l l Local WB l ~1.22E-5 l ~0.0012 l ~1.21E-3 l ~9.74E-2 l ~1.56E-2 l l Local CT l ~3.66E-5 l ~0.0399 l ~4.37E-3 l ~4.34E-1 l ~0.0523 l O v
EMVN6M%METION: 3ppgggUggggdg@l[ Igg 3 NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS POCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 . y O 05 45 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision " oarE v " 12 / " CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 11 Page 5 of 5 A. If the data compares favorably, then,the overall program is operatin'g properly. B. If the data does not compare, you may try to reload or reverify the pregram. A slight adjustment in the recorder volume level may impt c re the transfer. l NOTE l l Ensure that the computer is turned 0FF prior to l l removing it from the interface. l C. Upon completion, the computer may be removed from the interface, as appropriate. O l O l
Wff ^MhffPON: 0$ Ni3iT E T bOE M 6NS - NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS POCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 r"% PAGE 30 5 33 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE revima 3 DaTE 67/11/34 CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 12 Page 1 of 2 PROGRAM LISTING 110 Input " Wind Direction (From)?"; C 120 Input "Windspeed (MPH)?"; D 122 Input " Stability Class (A-G)?"; Y$ 123 B = 1: IF Y$ = "A" GOTO 140 124 B = 2: IF Y$ = "B" GOTO 140 125 B = 3: IF Y$ = "C" GOTO 140 126 B = 4: IF Y$ = "D" GOTO 140 127 B = 5: IF Y$ = "E" GOTO 140 128 B = 6: IF Y$ = "F" GOTO 140 129 B = 7: IF Y$ = "G" GOTO 140 130 GOTO 122 140 Input "Q-Gas (Ci/Sec)?"; E 150 Input "Q-Iodine (Ci/Sec)?"; G 170 Input "WB Scale Factor?"; F 180 Input "CT Scale Factor?"; A 200 H = C - 180 210 IF H<0 Let H = C + 180 215 K = E
- 13.3
- F r~
'3 225 X = A (B + 32) \m / 230 M = A
- G
- 5.6E8
- X/D 245 L = 1.74E5
- E
- F
- A (B + 25)
- X/D 294 IF ((M< = 500) * (L< = 250)) GOTO 298 296 Print " General Emergency": GOTO 314 298 IF ((M< = 150) * (L< = 50)) GOTO 302 l 300 Print " Site Area Emergency": GOTO 314 302 IF (K< = 10) GOTO 306 304 Print " Alert": GOTO 314 306 IF (K< = 1) GOTO 310 l 308 Print " Notification of Unusual Event": GOTO 314 310 Print "0.K."
314 W = X * .05/L 316 FOR N = 1 TO 4 313 A (14 + N) = A (7
- N + B + 32)
- L/X 320 A (18 + N) = A (7
- N + B + 32)
- M/X 330 Next N 390 Print Using; " Downwind Direction ="; H 400 Using "#.## ^^"
405 Print "X/Q: Plume Bdy ="; W 430 Print ".65 mi Avg. MPC ="; K 440 Print ".65 mi WB ="; L 450 Print ".65 mi CT="; M 478 Print "I mi WB ="; 0 480 Print "I mi CT ="; S 490 Print "2 mi WB ="; P () 500 Print "2 mi CT ="; T l
{ gh{ ggggRyg@(({gg _ NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS PCCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 rT PA E 31 05 33 t v' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 3 oarE will/34 CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 12 Page 2 of 2 PROGRAM LISTING 510 Print "5 mi WB ="; Q 520 Print "5 mi CT ="; U 530 Print "10 mi WB ="; R 540 Print "10 mi CT ="; V 560 Print Using; " Wind Direction (From) ="; C 570 Print "Windspeed ="; D 580 Print " Stability ="; Y$ 590 Using "#.## ^^" 600 Print "Q-Gas ="; E 610 Print "Q-Iodine ="; G 620 Print "WB Factor ="; F 630 Print "CT Factor ="; A 999 END O O
~
I l
--_,.._-...--.___..__._..___,_._._..-__-.I.-.__.._ - . - _ - - - - - _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ - . . _ , . . _ - , . .
1 1 1 1 fMV*&thMETION: )ppggggggRgfg(Tygg _ NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS POCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 ' PAGE 44 05 OD .Cs ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision > o^te v"2 /a* i CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 13 Page 1 of 4 MEMORY CONTENTS Memory Variable Location Name Description Value 1 A Child Thyroid Scale Factor (NOTE: The 2 B Stability Class No. memory contents 3 C Wind Direction of locations 4 D Wind Speed 1-25 depend 5 E Q-Gas upon program 6 F Whole Body Scale Factor input.) 7 G Q-Iodine 8 H Downwind Direction 9 I Not Used 10 J Not Used 11 K Line 10a) 0.65 MPC (ANN) 12 L " " W.B. (REAL) 10e) 13 M " " 10c) C.T. (REAL) 14 N Loop Counter 15 0 1 mi W.B. 16 P 2 mi W.B. 17 Q 5 mi W.B. 18 - T 10 mi W.B. 19 S 1 mi C.T. 20 T 2 mi C.T. 21 U 5 mi C.T. 22 V 10 mi C.T. 1 i 1
ggyTtoAppgyTION: ggggggRggTgg _ NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS POCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 , PAGE UA 05 35 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN 3 oaTE v"22'a* CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 13 Page 2 of 4 HEMORY CONTENTS Memory Variable Location Name Description Value 23 W X/Q for .05 MR/hr 24 X Current 1 MPH X/Q @ 0.65 mi 25 Y$ Literal Stability Class 26 Fin. Plume C.F. (A) 0.78 27 " " " (B) 0.72 28 " " " (C) - 0.60 29 " " " (D) 0.47 30 " " " (E) 0.42 31 " " " (F) 0.35 32 " " " (G) 0.23 33 0.65 mi X/Q (A) 7.39E-6 34 " " " (B) 4.10E-5 35 " " " (C) 1.05E-4 36 " " " (D) 2.87E-4 37 " " " (E) 4.84E-4 38 " "' " (F) 8.37E-4 39 " " " (G) 2.06E-3 40 1.0 mi X/Q (A) 1.87E-6 41 " " " (B) 1.68E-5 42 " " " (C) 4.64E-5 O 1 I e
, , _ , , _ . -. --w- ' ---
7- - - - -'-'---'-
fMyrumffgTION: )ppggggUgggdggg . N2 DOSE PROJECTIONS ?OCKET COMPUTER HETHOD 1904.02 jx PAGE b '* N UU U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE a evisto a " uare v"*** CHANGE DATE ATTACE: MENT 13 Page 3 of 4 MEMORY CONTENTS Location Description Value 43 1.0 mi X/Q (D) 1.38E-4 44 " " " (E) 2.62E-4 45 " " " (F) 5.01E-4 46 " " " (G) 9.61E-4 47 2.0 mi X/Q (A) 7.80E-7 48 " " " (B) 4.18E-6 49 " " " (C) 1.41E-5 50 " " " (D) 6.64E-4 () 51 " " " (E) 1.02E-4 52 " " " (F) 2.22E-4 53 " " " (G) 4.78E-4 54 5.0 mi X/Q (A) 3.40E-7 55 " " " (B) 7.30E-7 56 " " " (C) 2.63E-6 57 " " " (D) 1.31E-5 58 " " " (E) 2.92E-5 59 " " " (F) 7.23E-5 60 " " " (G) 1.72E-4 , 61 10.0 mi X/Q (A) 1.90E-7 62 " " " (B) 2.51E-7 63 " " " (C) 7.74E-7 64 " " " (D) 4.83E-6
gggT tdgggTION: )ppggggggggg . NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS POCKET COMPUTER METHOD 1904.02 , l f.% UU U UU U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE acvision 3 oarE o""'"* CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 13 Page 4 of 4 MEMORY CONTENTS Memory Location Description Value { 65 10.0 mi X/Q (E) 1.14E-5 66 " " " (F) 3.05E-5 67 " " " (G) 7.46E-5 O 4 O
-----r- - * ~ - ' ' ' * " ~ ~ - ' ' ' " ' ' ' " " ~ ' ' ' ' ~ ~ ' ' ' " ' ' ' ' ' ^ ^ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ' ' ' ' ~
i O - ATTENTI0N
- THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE 1904.0 5 REV. 2 SHOULD BE PLACED IN FRONT OF CURRENT PROCEDURE UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE.
EFFECTIVE DATE T - d9 - Wr PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CURRENT REVISION BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE.
?
I a
- O i
l l
. (
s ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g yg Arkansas Nuclear One s N+. @ RECORD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS OW NO. 1000.06A EPIP40FEj9ITE DOSE PROJECTIONS REV. #12 FC # f
- t+% '
ATMOSPHERICSTABILITYCLASSDETERMIA!bI 1904.05 REV. 2
# lof s
sf( PAGE REV Pb/ llN-Rnemlleri PAGE REV PC# ha PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# l 1 2 2 2 3 2
'4 2 l
5 2 6 2 7 2 O v 8 2 APPROVED BY:, O APPROVAL DATE l
^
94.e ,, w. .e .44u RE-mcT1Ve - no.nn.1 n...E o e/2,)gy 1
MF9^MkffPON: gggyfgOgygggggE: NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS CLASS DETERMINATION 1904.05 PAGE A "E b U<~x ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision 2 oaTE '3/2o/3' CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to allow determination of the atmospheric stability category based upon the position of the sun, the wind speed, and cloud conditions. 2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure should be used when 00 and AT information from the onsite meteorological tower are unavailable or are known to be inac-curate. 2.2 This procedure may be used to check stability class projections made from the onsite meteorological tower.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Procedure Preparation 3.1.1 Personal Communication from Lee Harrison of the National Weather Service in North Little Rock, Arkansas (Lee Harrison to J. Tim Pugh, 3/26/82) O) (_ 3.1.2 U.S. Department of Transportation / Federal Highway Admini-stration, Region 15, Demonstration Project No. 38 3.1.3 Smithsonian Meteorological Tables, List, Sixth Revised Edition 3.1.4 "A Diffusion Model for an Urban Area", D.B. Turner, 1964, Journal of Applied Meteorology, February 1964, p. 91 3.2 References Used in Conjunction with this Procedure None 3.3 Related ANO References 3.3.1 1904.02, "Offsite Dose Projections, Pocket Computer Method" 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this procedure: 3.4.1 OCAN128211 Item 46 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Total Cloud Cover - Fractional portion of the sky obscured by clouds, D expressed in tenths (including clouds at all altitudes). O t
. .a PL ANT MANUAL SECTION: R CFAQRE/ WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
EPIP - 0FFSITE A SenRIC STABILITY DOSE PROJECTIONS CLASS DETERMINATION 1904.05
N .' PAGE 2 of 8 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aE<isioN 2 oATE oaf 20fs.
CHANGE DATE 4.2 Ceiling - Height above the surface (in feet) of the bottom of the lowest layer of clouds, smoke, etc.,'which contributes to obscuring the sky. 4.3 Solar Declination - The angle of the sun north (+) or south (-) of the equator. 4.4 Solar Angle - The compound angle of the sun above the horizon. 4.5 Insolation Class - The relative strength of sunlight falling at a i location, based upon the solar angle and assuming clear skies. 4.6 Net Radiation Index - A measure of the net heat gain (+) or loss (-) by the earth's surface, based upon the insolation class and cloud con-ditions. 4.7 Nighttime - The period from one hour ~ before sunset to one hour after sunrise. i 5.0 CALCULATION OF THE SOLAR ANGLE 5.1 For nighttime conditions, the solar angle need not be calculated and () the user can proceed directly to Section 6.0. 5.2 Enter the current standard (i.e. not daylight) time on Form 1904.05A line 1.1 in 24-hour format (i.e. 18:00 is equivalent to 6 p.m.) 5.3 Complete Form 1904.05A to compute the solar angle. ? 6.0 DETERMINATION OF THE NET RADIATION INDEX AND STABILITY CLASS 6.1 Obtain the wind speed from the Corps of Engineers and the ceiling height (in feet) for the Russellville area from the National Weather Service. 6.1.1 The Corps of Engineers ph. 968-5008 6.1.2 The National Weather Service in North Little Rock, ph. 834-0308 cr W e l NOTE: l l To convert"from knots (nautical miles per hour) to MPH l l (statute miles per hour), multiply the wind speed in knots l l by 1.15. The ceiling height can be estimated, if neces- l l sary. l 6.2 The fractional cloud cover may be estimated by onsite or offsite O x_/ personnel having a clear view of the sky. 6.3 Complete Form 1904.05B to calculate the net radiation index and the atmospheric stability class. 1 -
EWF"^WfbWe* A'IE5@EdOSY1biNkE: NQ 8 DOSE PROJECTIONS CLASS DETERMINATION 1904.05 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE "5'sion a CHANGE e o*TE DATE vo/2"/a4 7.0 ATTACIRIENTS AND FORMS 7.1 Form 1904.05A " Calculation of the Solar Angle" 7.2 Table A-1 " Solar Declination vs. Date" 7.3 Form 1904.05B " Determining the Net Radiation Index" 7.4 Table B-1 " Stability Class vs. Net Radiation Index and Wind Speed" O O
- - - - - ~ - - . . . - - - - - - - , - - ,
***E :
PLANT MANUAL SECTION: PROCEDUREMIORK PLAN TITLE: NO: EPIP - 0FFSITE ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY DOSE PROJECTIONS CLASS DETERMINATION 1904.05 PAGE 4 of 8 gC ) ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE _ REvislON CHANGE 2 DATE DATE 08/20/84 - -- ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY [ Arkansas Nuclear One
- ru rt'T atiny or Ttre coi W avnf r l 1"M Mi REV. # 1 FC #
NOTE: This form should only be completed fer daytime hours (i.e. one hour af ter sunrise to one hour before sunset). 1.0 Convert the present time (Central Standard Time) to the number of hours past midnight: 1.1 Enter the present time (Central Standard Time) as hours and minutes past midnight (i.e., Military Time): hours minutes. 1.2 Convert the minutes to fractional hours by dividing the number of miautes indicated in Step 1.1 by 60: minutes /60 min / hour = hours 1.3 Add the number of hours indicated in Step 1.1 and the fractional hours indicated in Step 1.2 to obtain the total number of hours past midnight: hours + fractional hours = hours past midnight 2.0 Subtract 12 hours from the number of hours past midnight obtained in Step 1.3 to obtain the (positive or negative) hours past noon: hours past midnight - 12 hours = hours past noon 3.0 Multiply the hours past noon (positive or negative) obtained in Step 2.0 by 15 deg./ hour to obtain the hour angle (6): 0= hours past noon
- 15 deg./hr. = decrees 4.0 From Table A-1, obtain the solar declination (6) for the date nearest the present:
6= degrees 5.0 Compute the solar angle (a) using the following formula: a ASN ((0.578
- sin 6) + (0.816
- cos 6
- ros 0)) = degrees NOTE: The TRS-80 should be used for this calculation. With the TRS-80 in the Rt;N mode, type in the expression as above using values from 3.0 and 4.0 above. Be sure y enter a 1 parentheses. The notation ASN is equivalent to sin I
FERFORMED BY: / Initials Time REVIEWED BY: C""E O V s
l lbip " M IT F' ": dB89RN1?TflaftflVE: NO: ) DOSE PROJECTIONS : LASS DETERMINATION 1904.05 /~1 PAGE U Of 5 1J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 2 DATE 63/2'/34 CHANGE DATE TABLE A-1 SOLAR DECLINATION VS. DATE l l Declination ll l Declination ll l Declination l l Date l (Degrees) ll Date l (Degrees) ll Date l (Degrees) l l Jan. 1 l -23.07 ll May 1 l 14.83 ll Sep. 1 l 8.58 l l 5 l -22.70 ll 5 l 16.03 ll 5 1 7.12 l l 9 l -22.22 ll 9 l 17.15 ll 9 l 5.62 l l 13 l -21.62 ll 13 l 18.18 ll 13__l 4.10 l l 17 l -20.90 ll 17 l 19.15 ll 17 l 2.57 l l 21 l -20.08 ll 21 l 20.03 ll 21 l 1.02 l l 25 l -19.15 ll 25 l 20.82 ll 25 l -0.53 l l 29 l -18.13 ll 29 l 21.50 ll 29 l -2.10 l l Feb. 1 l -17.32 ll June 1 l 21.95 ll Oct. 1 l -2.88 l l 5 l -16.17 ll 5 l 22.47 ll 5 l -4.43 l l 9 l -14.92 ll 9 l 22.87 ll 9 l -5.97 l l 13 l -13.62 ll 13 l 23.17 ll 13 l -7.48 l l 17 l -12.25 ll 17 l 23.37 ~ll 17 l -8.97 l l 21 l -10.83 ll 21 l 23.45 ll 21 l -10.42 l l 25 l -9.38 ll 25 l 23.42 ll 25 l -11.83 l (~] l l ll 29 l 23.28 ll 29 l -13.20 l \/ l Mar. 1 l -7.88 ll July 1 l 23.17 ll Nov. 1 l -14.18 l l 5 l -6.35 ll 5 l 22.87 ll 5 l -15.45 l l 9 l -4.80 ll 9 l 22.47 ll 9 l -16.63 l l 13 l -3.23 ll 13 l 21.95 ll 13 l -17.75 l l 17 l -1.65 ll 17 l 21.35 ll 17 l -18.80 l l 21 l -0.08 ll 21 l 20.63 ll 21 l -19.75 l l 25 l 1.50 ll 25 l 19.83 ll 25 l -20.60 l l 29 l 3.07 ll 29 l 18.95 ll 29 l -21.35 l l_E A r. 1 l 4.23 ll Aug. 1 l 18.23 ll Dec. 1 l -21.68 l l 5 l 5.77 ll 5 l 17.20 ll 5 l -22.27 l l 9 l 7.28 ll 9 l 16.10 ll 9 l -22.75 l l 13 l 8.77 _ ll 13 l 14.92 ll 13 l -23.10 l l 17 l 10.20 __ll 17 l 13.68 ll 17 l -23.33 l l 21 l 11.35 ll 21 l 12.38 ll 21 l -23.43 l l 25 l 12.93 ll 25 l 11.03 ll 25 l -23.42 l l 29 l 14.22 ll 29 l 09.65 ll 29 l -23.28 l (v~)
m I A$1NNYkNNb DOSE PROJECTIONS CLASS DETERMINATION 1904.05 p PAGE () 01 8 v ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 2 oArc 08f20/84 - - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One DETFR?IVING TIT NET RADTATTOV TV0FX l FORM NO.9gn4,g$p REV. # 0 PC # Page 1 of 2 1.0 Based upon information available (National Weather Services, Corps of Engineers) or direct observation, enter the following information: 1.1 Ceiling Height it. 1.2 Fractional Cloud Cover (in tenths) 2.0 For Overcast: If the fractional cloud cover is 10/10 and the ceiling is less than 7000 feet, enter night). net radiation index equal to 0 on line 5.0 (whether day or 3.0 For Nighttime: 3.1 O 3.2 If total on line cloud 5.0. cover {4/10, enter net radiation index equal to -2 If total on line cloud 5.0. cover >4/10, enter net radiation index equal to -l 4.0 For Daytime 4.1 Select the insolation class number as a function of the solar angle (Form 1904.05A, line 5.0) from the table below: SOLAR ANGLE INSOLATION (a) INSOIATION CLASS Nt21BER a > 60' Strong 4 35' ( a { 60' Mode ra t e 3 15'(a{35* Slight 2 a { 15' Weak I i l Insolation Class Number ' - l i CE l O l i w - Q [ V V
m Et W M^th % 1 E S ": AYlRffa H f6 M M 11 F *: DOSE PROJECTIONS CLASS DETERMINATION 1904.05 m PAGE A 05 5 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision 2 oaTE osi ois' ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One ertreu r=:r. c tur =." nin r itim Y=:rry No. , n r ., REV. # 2 PC # Page 2 of 2 4.2 If total cloud cover f5/10, enter a net radiation index on line 5.0 1 numerically equal to the insolation class number on line 4.1. 4.3 If cloud cover >5/10, modify the insolation class number on line 4.1 l by following these five steps: NOTER Keep a running total on the lines along the right margin. 4.3.1 Ceiling (7000 ft., subtract 2. 4.3.2 Ceiling}7000ft.but(16000ft., subtract 1. ( 4.3.3 Total cloud cover equal 10/10, subtract 1. (This will only apply to ceilings >7000 ft.) 4,3.4 If modified insolation class number is less than 1, let it equal 1.
- f. 3.5 Enter a net radiation index on line 5.0 cor-responding to the modified insolation class number on line 4.3.4.
$.0 Net Radiation Index 6.0 Enter the wind speed from the Corps of Engineers.
Wind Speed a sph 7.0 Apply the wind speed and net radiation index listed above to Table B 1 to obtain the atmospheric stability class and record heret Atmospheric Stability Class = Performed By / Initials Time Reviewed By: C - i l l CU t o - m w - k [ I _' _" _ . _ - - - . . - - - - -
. . e o
EVI"e"^8FME" " ": dE18Md MARIW5: DOSE PROJECTIONS CLASS DETERFIINATION 1904.05 (N PAGE 8 of 8
^J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavisioN 2 oA1E 08/20f84 CHANGE DATE TABLE B-1 STABILITY CLASS VS. NET RADIATION INDEX AND WIND SPEED l Wind Speed l Net Radiation Index l l (?!Pil) l 4 l 3 l 2 l 1 l 0 1 -1 l -2 l l l l l l l l l l l 0 - 2.3 l A l A l B l C l D l F l G l l l l l l l l l l l 2.3 - 4.6 l A l B l B l C l D l F l G l l l l l l l l l l l 4.6 - 6.9 l A l B l C l D l D l E l F l l l l l l l l l l l 6.9 - 8.1 l B l B l C l D l D l E l F l l l l l l l l l l l 8.1 - 9.2 l B l B l C l D l D l D E l l l l l l l l l l l l 9.2 - 11.5 l B l C l C l D l D i D l E l l l l l l l l l l l 11.5 - 12.7 l C l C l D l D l D l D l D l I I I l l l l l l l 12.7 - 13.8 l C l C l D l D l D l D l D
\ l l l l l l l l l l l >13.8 l C l D l D l D l D l D l D l O
. 1
e m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT' COMPANY g Arkansas Nuclear One mLE: TRANS!!ITTAL FORM NO. 1013.021! REV. # 20 PC # Arkansas Nuclear One . Russellville, Arkansas Date 8-24-84 MEMORANDU!! T0: /d[- A)kC Y . RETURN T0: " ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FRO?!: Document Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.61 _ REV. # 6 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE c030fUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT TESTS PROCEDURE NU!!BER 1903.62 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE c03etuNicATIONS SYSTDI OPERATING PROCEDURE PROCEDURE NU11BER 1903.78 REV. # o PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE DfERCENCY RESPONSE SUPPORT The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or proprietary material. PLEASE RE!!0VF. TIIE INDICATED MATERIAL PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCU!!ENT R00 !S, ETC. PROCEDURE (S) PACE (S) l l PROCEDURE (S) !!AS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TIIE PLANT MANUAL. lJ PROCEDURE (S) Sl!0ULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF Tile PLANT !!ANtfAL. SIGNATURE _. DATE ! UPDATED l l
L [ l l lO l l l ATTENTION THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE A D 3.6 l REV. b SHOULD BE PLACED IN FRONT OF CURRENT PROCEDURE UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE 3-201-D-PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CURRENT REVISION N- BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE. O 4 i + 4 0
-O
ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY O A 4% *%"
?N$P ^ ' " * " * * * " " ' * * ' "*
MM RECORD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS FOW NO. 1000.06A
'>EHERG,ENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REV. f12 PC # /
g - 'n ' l Safety Related YES U NO O
- b. ,' COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT TESTS t M 1903.61 REV. 6
'p$ ll[lOnn UN b Jind % my 4A /dP PAGE REV PC/l PAdF)0RN l'PC#l -PAGE REV PCIl idfPldddREhNPdfdIfPAGdKr.v rur 1 6 2 6
, 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 10 6 s APPROVED BY:
APP OVAL DATE
' <$/23f8Y jg 7j [h REQUIRED EFFECTIVE DATE:
a v <c - e M - ,.., s/24y
.+-w- '---"'"ve
e . ggggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT TESTS 1903.61 PAGE A OI AU l O~~ ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision o CHANGE o^Ts '"'""'"* DATE 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide the requirements for testing the emergency communications equipment and to identify the necessary roster / call lists that must be verified periodically. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to communications systems and roster / call lists that would be used during an emergency situation at ANO. This procedure does not contain monitoring requirements for assessing conformance with limiting conditions for operations of Unit 1 or Unit 2 Technical Speci-fications.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Procedure Preparation l 3.1.1 Emergency Plan 3.2 References Used in Conjunction with this Procedure fs 3.2.1 None ( ) s_ / 3.3 Related ANO Procedures 3.3.1 1903.62, " Communications System Operating Procedure" 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this procedure include: 3.4.1 Section 7.1.4 (0CAN128010, Section III.A.2) 4.0 DEFINITIONS None 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The ANO Emergency Planning Coordinator is responsible for coordinat-ir.g tests of emergency communications equipment at ANO and the Emer-gency Operations Facility as required by this procedure. 5.2 The Corporate Emergency Planning Coordinator is responsible for co-ordinating tests of emergency communications equipment at the corpor-ate offices in Little Rock as required by this procedure.
6.0 DESCRIPTION
/^\ (_) 6.1 The following communications equipment / systems are available for use during an emergency: 6.1.1 Continental Telephone system
gggAgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEME!4 TING PROC. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT TESTS 1903.61 ,x PAGE 4 Of 10 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN CHANGE DATE va/ua/a* DATE 6.1.2 ANO plant phone system 6.1.3 Gai-tronics paging system 6.1.4 ANO radio system 6.1.5 NRC ENS (Hotline) phone 6.1.6 NRC HPN phone 6.1.7 AP&L Microwave 6.2 The following roster / call lists are maintained in each Control Room for use during an emergency: 6.2.1 Duty Emergency Coordinator Roster 6.2.2 Staff Augmentation Group Rester / Call List 6.2.3 Plant Beeper Assignment List A. To ensure that appropriate plant staff personnel can respond within the time limits required, periodic un-O announced drills will be conducted. l 6.3 A copy of 1903.13, " Notification of Little Rock Corporate Official", is maintained in the Little Rock Control Center. 7.0 INSTRUCTIONS 7.1 The following items shall be accompidshed on a monthly basis by the l ANO Emergency Planning Coordinator or a designee: 7.1.1 Verify the operability of the direct continental Telephone lines to each Control Room. 7.1.2 Verify the operability of the radios located in at least one of the following areas: A. Unit One Control Room B. Unit Two Control Room C. Technical Support Center D. Emergency Operations Facility E. Site Vehicles (except Security vehicles) O N/ F. Communicatior.s Equipment Locker G. AP&L Local Office l t
ggggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT TESTS 1903.61 7x PAGE 5 Of 'U V c ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision CHANGE o*Te DATE v + 7.1.3 Verify the operability of the NRC-HPN phones in each one of the following locations: A. Unit One Control Room B. Technical Support Center C. Emergency Operations Facility 7.1.4 Verify the telephone numbers for the following groups: A. Nuclear Regulatory Commission B. Arkansas Department of Health C. Little Rock Control Center D. County Warning Points E. National Weather Service 7.1.5 Verify the placement and correctness of the roster / call lists maintained in the following locations: N _/ A. Unit One Control Room B. Unit Two Control Room 7.1.6 The following communications equipment / systems do not re-quire additional testing due to the indicated reasons: A. NRC-ENS (Hotline) phone located in each Control Room (used daily by the Shift Supervisors). B. ANO plant phone system, AP&L microwave system and the Gai-tronics paging system (used as a part of normal plant operation). C. Early Warning System (tested by the State of Arkansas). 7.2 The following items shall be accomplished on a quarterly basis by the Corporate Emergency Planning Coordinator or a designee: 7.2.1 Verify the operability of pagers, radios and mobile tele-phones assigned to the following positions: A. Emergency Operations Facility Director 3 B. Communications Liaison (d C. Support Manager t
l l gggygTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT TESTS 1903.61 l PAGE
- ON AU j Os ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision oars u 'u 'a*
CHANGE DATE D. Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager E. Communications Manager 7.2.2 Verify that Form 1903.13B, " Notification Scheme for Cor-porate Emergency Response Checklist" is updated and a copy available in the Little Rock Control Center. 7.3 Form 1903.61A, "ANO Monthly Communications Testing Record", and Form 1903.61D, " Corporate Monthly Communications Testing Record", shall be completed to document the performance of monthly tests by the Emergency Planning Coordinators or designees. 7.4 Communications links between the plant, federal, state and local emergency operation centers and field assessment teams shall be tested annually (this may be done as a part of the plant's annual exercise). Testing of these communications links is the responsi-bility of the ANO Emergency Planning Coordinator. Form 1903.61B should be completed to document this test. 7.5 Form 1903.61C, " Duty Roster Notification Drill" shall be completed to document the performance of periodic unannounced beeper drills by the 7-~g
.[ Emergency Plan Coordinator or designees.
V 8.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 8.1 Tests shall be carried to a conclusion such that the test is adequate to verify equipment operability. 8.2 Upon discovery of inoperable emergency communications equipment, ac-tion shall be taken to initiate repair of the equipment. l NOTE: l l If loss of radio communication with offsite agencies oc- l
] curs, then a Notification of Unusual Event Emergency Classi l must be declared per procedure 1903.10, " Emergency Action l l Level Response / Notification". I 8.3 Emergency communications equipment shall be tested following repairs to ensure that the repair effort was successful.
9.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS l 9.1 Form 1903.61A, "ANO Monthly Communications Tasting Record" 9.2 Form 1903.61B, " Annual Communications Testing Record" 9.3 Form 1903.61C, " Duty Roster Notification Drill" (_/ f 9.4 Form 1903.61D, " Corporate Monthly Communications Testing Record"
M ggggApgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT TESTS 1903.61 PAGE b 05 AU C) ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevsoa care u /u lo* ' - CHANGE DATE I ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One I
"Avn unmny rewtNirATYONS TESTING FECORD lF0"Na1903.61A REV. # 0 PC #
Page 1 of 2 1.0 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT OPERABILITY TEST Date 1.1 Direct Continental Telephone Line l l l l Location l Results l
- l. ANO-1 l l l ANO-2 l l 1.2 ANO Radios l l l l l Location l Channels Tested i Results l 1.2.1 l ANO-l/ANO-2/ l 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 l l l l TSC/ EOF l 1,2,3,4,5,6 l l 1.2.2 l ANO Van l 1,2,3 l l C)'s 1.2.3 l ANO Pickup l 1,2,3 l l 1.2.4 l GM Car l 1,2,3 l l 1.2.5 l 4WD Vehicle l 1,2,3 l l 1.2.6 IPortable Radios:l l l l Unit 1,2,3 l l l 1,2,3 l Unit l l l l Unit 1,2,3 l l l l tit l 1,2,3 l l l Unit 1,2,3 l l l 1,2,3 l Unit l l l 1,2,3 l Unit l l l 1,2,3 l Unit l l l 1,2,3 l Unit l l l 1,2,3 l Unit l l l l Unit l Ig,3 l l 1,2,3 l Unit l l l 1.2.7 l SCBA Bone l l l l Phones l l l l (4 Total) l NA l l 1.3 NRC-HPN Phones I I I t
l Location l. Results l CM l ANO-1/TSC/ EOF l l l I i i (C~ ~
.C t [ ,,
l
. . M gggigTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT TESTS 1903.61 6 ui AU O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aEvision 6 CHANGE o*TE 66/u i * ' - DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One ANO MONTHLY COTflNICATIONS TESTING RECORD l FORM NO. 1903.61A REV. # U PC # Page 2 of 2 1.4 Key Button Phones l Location l Lines Tested l Nesults l 1 I I i 1.4.1 lANO-1(Sta. }l l l 1 1 I i 1.4.2 lANO-2(Sta. }l l l l l 1 l 1.4.3 (Sta. lTSC }l l l 1 l l I 1.4.4 (Sta. l EOF }l l l 2.0 TELEPHONE NLafBER VERIFICATION I I I
- l. Agency l Phone No.
O 2.1 2.2 2.3 l NTC [ Department of Health l j I l l l Ltttle Rock Control Center l l 2.4 l National Weather Service l l 2.5 i Pope County Sheriff l l 2.6 l Yell County Shertff l l 2.7 l Johnson County Sherif f I l 2.8 l Logan County Sheriff l l 2.11 l Pope Co. Ambulance Service l l 2.12 l Russellville Fire Department l l 2.13 l St. Mary's Hospital l l 2.14 l hillard Henry Clinic l l 2.15 l Babcock & Wilcox { l 2.16 l Combustion Engineering l l 3.0 ROSTER / CALL LIST VERIFICATION I I I i l List l ANO-1 l ANO-2 l 3.1 l Duty Emergency Coordinator l l l 3.2 l Staff Augmentation Group: .. l l l l Engineering (T.S.) I l l l Health Phystes l l l k 3.3 l Beeper Assignment List l l l 4.0 CCRRECTIVE ACTION REQUIRED (IF ANY): I I I I c=-= I l , Performed By O m l l l b F
m ggggApgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT TESTS 1903.61 PAGE I Of AO O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 6 CHANGE oars DATE
" iu i * ' -
ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One ! W hNNUAL COMMINICATION TESTING RECORD l FORM No.1903.61B REV. #" PC f Date l I l l l Location l Pnone No. l Results l 1 1 I i l Pope County EOC 1 l 1 1 I I I l Yell County EOC I I l 1 1 I I l Logan County EOC l l l l 1 l l l Johnson County EOC ] l l I I I I l Conway County EOC l [ l I I I l 1 TOCC l l l Performed By I O* CT1 O [ t
. . M gggygTICA: PF40CEDUREJWORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT TESTS 1903.61 PAGE 6ds O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision CHANGE o*Te v ' u / '* -=' DATE 1 m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g "E Arkansas Nuclear One
'm r nm,r onsTrp NnTTrimTTrw mit T REV. # $ PC #
Page 1 of 2
1.0 INSTRUCTIONS
1.1 At approximately hours on (date), the SAA from Unit One/Two is instructed to contact each of the three individuals listed on the Duty Roster for the current week. The preferred method of contact is via telephone. If telephone contact cannot be estab-lished, activate the appropriate beeper and record the response time below (elapsed time from beeper activation to the return call by that individual). When transmitting the message via beeper, use the fol-lowing statement: (NAME) call the Unit (1 OR 2) Control Room. This is a drill". 1.2 If contact cannot be established with the individual (s) listed on the Duty Roster for the current week, the following actions should be taken: 1.2.1 Make contact with one of the remaining individuals listed on the Duty Roster.
'1.2.2 Document your actions in the comments section.
1.3 Additionally, the following two groups should be contacted and provided with the information on Form 1903.10I, steps 1-6: 1.3.1 Arkansas Department of Health 1.3.2 Little Rock Control Center 2.0 DLTY EMERGENCY COORDINATOR , (NAME) (TIME) Check One: 2.1 O Initial contact made via telephone. NOTE; If initial contact is made via telephone, perform a test of the beeper to verify operability. Beeper Operable: YES or NO (Circle one) 2.2 O Initial contact made via beeper. 2.2.1 Elapsed Time minutes 2.3 O Unable to establish contact. COMMENTS: k _ 3.0 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH 3.1 Provide the information on Form 1903.101, steps ?-6. Be prepared to authenticate. Begin and end each transmission with "This is a drill." 3.1.1 Message received by CD (NAME) (TIME) O i - .
gggygTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT TESTS 1903.61 ! PAGE 's oI Au O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN CHANGE o*TE u ' us'
- DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY F Arkansas Nuclear One
= --,_.,..-,,...-s. - , . . I 'o" * - ,-
REV. # g 'PC M Page 2 of 2 4.0 HEALTH PHYSICS SECTION (NAME) (TIME) Check One: 3.1 O Initial contact made via telephone. NCTE: If initial contact is made via telephone, perform,a test of the beeper to verify operability. Beeper Operable: YES or NO (Circle One) 3.2 0 Initial contact made via beeper. 3.2.1 Elapsed Time minutes 3.3 0 Unable to establish contact. COMMENTS: O 5.0 ENGINEERING / TECHNICAL G7 PORT SECTION (NAME) (TIME) Check One: 4.1 O Initial contact made via telephone. NOTE: If initial contact is made via telephone, perform a test of the beeper to verify operability. Beeper Operable: YES or NO (Circle One) 4.2 0 Initial contact made via beeper. 4.2.1 Elapsed Time minutes 4.3 0 Unable to establish contact. COMMENTS: 6.0 LITTLE ROCK CONTROL CENTf.'t 6.1 Provide the information on Form 1903.101, steps 1-6. Begin and end
~
each transmission with "This is a drill." 6.1.1 Message received by _ (NAME) (TIME) 7.0 Please forward completed forms to the Emergency Planning Coordinators. SAA Signature eg. Date/ Time / Reviewed By
- O ,
b C,
~
l . Lm . . -.
. m
. - m ggggygTION: PRCCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIFMENT TESTS 1903.61 PAGE 10 05 10 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision CHANGE o*Te uo'ua' ' ' - DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One nitkORPORATE MONTHLY CC!TUNICATIONS f FOW No. 1903.61D l IESTING RECORD REV. #
- PC f 1.0 COMMUNICATION 3 EQUIPMENT CPERABILITY TEST 1.1 Pagers l Pager No./ Position l Results l I I I IEmergency Operations Facility Director I l 1 1 ^l (Communications Liaison i l i I I l Support Manager l l 1 I i
[ Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager l l l 1 I l Communications Manager l l l l l 1.2 Mobile Telephones i A,ssigned Individuals l Results 1 I I I IJohn Griffin i I I I I l Don Reuter l l I I i 1.4 ANO Radios l Unit / Assigned Individual l Results I I I I l Unit 3 - Jonn Griffin l l 1 1 I JUnit 5 - Don Reuter l l 1 l l l Unit 1 - l l 1 1 I 2.0 CALL LIST VERIFICATION 2.1 Form 1903.61D Results CL Date Ferformed By: O k p i k _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , , _ _ _ _ _ w
l O l ATTENTI0N THE ATTACllED PROCEDURE N O S lo 2 REV. O SHOULD BE PLACED IN UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE 9 M PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE :e:..4=- - -- - -- '- Oh 9"IM- BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE. O O 1 1
. - - - - _ __-_----L---- - - - . - - - - - - - -
rs . ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY A ^ ' " * " * * * " " '**' "* O *
" N RhbdkD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS FORM NO.
1000.06A EMERGENCKPI AN IMPLE!!ENTING PROCEDURE REV. # 12 PC # /
- f. ,,h -
h COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE A% ff' ', g4
- 1903.62 REV. O M 70 k9( hhN -
'~
PAGE REV PC# PAGEREN YN hd#N/2hdG'Ed RE N N/$>l i PAGE Rt.v Ftu RAGE REV PC# 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 13 0 l APPROVED BY: l pd APPROVAL DATE
- n A ss i/ . V//,7 h// l 1 ,
le
- l
< G..n. v n... . o ej,ggy t
gggygTION: gggygygTg NO: IMPLENENTING PROC. OPERATING PROCEDURE 1903.62
,s_
PAGE '" AA (')
' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision "
CHANGE o*Te DATE v'm/* 1.0 PURPOSE To provide general information and instruction in the operation of the Arkansas Nuclear One Communication System. 2.0 SCOPE The ANO Communication System is a subset of the AP&L Communication System. It consists of two intertied telephone systems, the AP&L telephone system and the public telephone system. These are intended to serve as the primary means of communication during normal operation and emergencies. Mobile telephones are available to certain members of the Emergency Response Organization. Communication with the NRC in emergencies is possible through the NRC Emergency Notification System (ENS or "NRC HOTLINE") and the NRC Health Physics Net-work (HPN). The Plant Intercom System (GAI-TRONICS) is an industrial communication system independent of off-site communication. The ANO Radio System consists of three UHF repeaters, seven 8-channel control consoles, and numerous portable vehicle radios. 7s d
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References used in procedure preparation: 3.1.1 AP&L Communication Equipment Manual 3.1.2 Operating Practices for Mobile Radio 3.1.3 1903.10, " Emergency Action Level Response / Notifications" 3.2 References used in conjunction with this procedure: None 3.3 Related ANO procedures: 3.3.1 1903.61, " Communication Equipment Test" 3.4 Reguletory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemet ced in this procedure: 3.4.1 Section 11.0 (Letter OCAN098106, Item 2.C) 4.0 DEFINITIONS None O, t
fhtEthWMag- eagasuay1 mens: ~o: IMPLEMENTING PROC. OPERATING PROCEDURE 1903.62 PAGE 4 05 1A Os ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision u o*Te v'<u"<o* CHANGE DATE 5.0 PRECAUTIONS 5.1 Refer to operating practices for mobile radio and two-way radio. 5.2 Use of portable two-way radios is not permitted in the following areas: 5.2.1 Unit I and Unit II control rooms. 5.2.2 Unit I and Unit II cable spreading rooms. 5.2.3 Unit I and Unit II reactor building electrical penetration rooms. 5.2.4 Unit I and Unit II computer rooms. 5.2.5 Integrated Centrol System Room (ICS or Relay Room) 5.2.6 Unit II CEDMCS Room. 5.2.7 Unit II Core Protection Calculator room. 6.0 AP&L TELEPHONE SYSTEM ( (_) The AP&L Telephone System allows for interconnection between key AP&L locations without dependence on the public telephone system. ANO site communications are provided by a computerized branch exchange (CB;:', system of in-plant remote telephones and a paging (PA) system of loudspeakers and paging headsets, connec-ted to and controlled by a computerized switch. The ANO CBX switch is connected to the Emergency Operations Facility CBX switch by a fiberoptics link and to the Little Rock CBX switches by a microwave link. The CBX system is powered by 120 volt A.C. circuit fed by an uninterruptable power source, Y-27. Inverter Y-27 is normally fed by the administration build-ing Panel DP-14 (brkr. 6-Normal, brkr 5-Alt. Source) and is backed up by the security system battery bank. 6.1 Private Calls The AP&L Telephone System is accessed by simply dialing the four digit extension number of the desired AP&L telephone. 6.2 Paging Dial 197 and initiate message. 6.3 Conference Line Each party who desires to participate in the conference call must dial 111. t
gggUgTION: gg g ggPgTg ' NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. OPERATING PROCEDURE 1903.62 PAGE J uf 14 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u o^re v ' / " "' *
- CHANGE DATE 6.4 For further information on CBX features, see the AP&L Communication Equip-ment Manual, Section III. A.
7.0 PUBLIC TELEPHONE SYSTEM 7.1 From an AP&L telephone, the public telephone system is access by dialing 9 followed by the desired seven digit telephone number. 7.2 The public telephone system can be used to access ANO and EOF numbers by dialing 964- and the desired AP&L extension. 7.3 Public telephone numbers to the control rooms and technical support centers may be found in the Emergency Telephone Directory. 8.0 NRC EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (ENS OR NRC " HOTLINE") The NRC " HOTLINE" telephones are red telephone sets with no dialing features. They are dedicated emergency phones; when the receiver is picked up, the tele-phone in the NRC Headquarters Operations Center in Bethesda, Maryland rings automatically. The NRC " HOTLINE" is intended for use as the primary means for the site to report emergencies and other significant events to NRC/IE Head-quarters. When the NRC Operations Center is activated in response to an emergency at ANO, the phone becomes the dedicated and continuous line to the k,)g NRC for the transmission of operational data. l NOIE l l Upon loss of Emergency Notification System, refer to procedure l l 1000.08, "NRC Reporting and Communications" for reportability re- l l quirements. l 9.0 NRC HEALTH PHYSICS NETWORK (HPN) The NRC Health Physics Network (HPN) connects all nuclear power plants and fuel facilities to NRC Regional Offices and to NRC Headquarters Operations Center. Its primary purpose is to support the Health Physics operation during a nuclear incident by providing voice coordination between the affected site, the Regional Office and HRC Headquarters Operations Center. Daily administrative and fac-simile traffic will also be sent over the network. The NRC Headquarters Operations Center, the Regional Office, Power Plants, and Fuel Facilities are connected on a type of " Party Line". Calling may either be station-to-station, group, or broadcast to all stations. For information and instruction on the use of the HPU, refer to the AP&L Communication Equipment Manual, Section III.A.4. 10.0 ANO PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM (GAI-TRONICS) The GAI-TRONICS System is an industrial communication system designed to pro-vide voice communication between two or more locations, even in areas of ex-5O teme noise.
Ef!h.gggygTION: ggg g gTg NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. OPERATING PROCEDURE 1903.62 s PAGE E 05 AU V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision U oarE o'i"/" CHANGE DATE 10.1 To operate; select party line, depress paging push-button to page, then release for private conversation. 11.0 RADIO SYSTEMS The AP&L Radio System for ANO is a secure UHF system that is usually oper-ated in the coded (scrambled) mode, but can be operated in the uncoded mode. The ANO radio system has three sets of frequencies, designated as the Main-tenance, Security and Emergency frequencies. The ANO Radio System also pro-vides for interties with the OES high band and the Sheriff's low bard fre-quencies. The ANO Radio System includes seven multi-channel control consoles, each of which has eight channels. They are located as follows: (1) Unit I Control Room (Haster Control Console), (2) Unit II Control Room, (3) Central Alarm Station, (4) Secondary Alarm Station, (5) Technical Support Center, (6) EOF Command Room (Room 258) and (7) The Offsite Field Team Dispatch Area (EOF Room 260). () The Unit I console can switch off the channel of any other console if it is improperly used. For more specific information on the Radio Consoles, consult the AP&L Communication Equipment Manual, Section III.B. 11.1 Master Console in Unit One Control Room 11.1.1 Operation A. To use the radio, select the desired channel, press the transmit button on the microphone and give message. 11.1.2 Frequency Selection A. To select a channel, depress the switch. FREQUENCIES CALL SIGUS Channel 1 Maintenance KMF 327 Channel 2 Security KMF 327 Channel 3 Emergency WQQ 840 Channel 4 Emergency (L.R.) WQQ 839 Channel 5 Spare ,
- Channel 6 Office of Emergency Services WFR 476
- Channel 7 Sheriff's frequency KUFL 479 l Channel ; Spare 1
(~) l N/ i l l l l
I gggAgTION: gegggg NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. OPERATING PROCEDURE 1903.62
,s PAGE D Of 14 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE o^re DATE v"u"'s+
- Transmission on these frequencies require " scrambler off".
When communicating with Corps of Engineer personnel at the Dardanelle Dam, utilize Channel 3 with " scrambler off".
. Transmissions on the OES frequency require the acti-vation of the OES repeating network. Either single tene #1 (Ozark repeater) or #2 (Mt. Nebo repeater) may be selected. When using any channel other than 6, the single tones must be selected to "off".
B. Above each selection button are 2 lights. The busy light indicates that channel is in use. The other light indicates the channel selected by your station. 11.1.3 Repeater Disable (Control Room Only) This switch disables the repeater and inhibits transmission CAUTION .
. CAUTION SHOULD BE EXERCISED WITH THIS FUNCTION AS .
. IT AFFECTS ALL RADIOS USING REPEATERS.
O If a decision is made by the Arkansas Department of Health to activate the Early Warning System, the SAA will receive the fol-lowing message via telephone:
"This is . I am the Arkansas Department of Health Staff Duty Officer for the week. I am re-questing that you disable the emergency radio repeater on Mt.
Nebo in order to allow activation of the Early Warning System. Please stand by for notification of completion of system acti-vation." Ensure that the Unit 1 Master Radio Console is selected to Chan-nel 3 and then depress the pushbutton switch labeled " repeater". The SAA should maintain an open line of telephone communication with the Staff Duty Officer until the following message is re-ceived:
" Activation is complete, return system to prior status" (If the TSC and/or EOF is activated, SAA shall notify TSC or EOF commun-icator, as appropriate, that this step has been completed).
r
l
, 1 gggAggTION: g g g ggg NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. OPERATING PROCEDURE 1903.62 1 PAGE u v5 13 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN u oars u'/u'i
- CHANGE DATE 11.1.4 Intercom A. When depressed, it cuts off all transmitters except for the control room. The intercom is still operational.
B. The intercom does not key the transmitter. 11.1.5 All Call This function is used to transmit all channels at once. To use, just depress the All Call Button and give your message. 11.1.6 Tone Alert This is used to call attention to a forthcoming message. It pro-duces an audible tone in receivers selected to your channel. 11.1.7 Mute This fun: tion is used to temporarily lower the volume for busi-ness discussions, etc. It only affects the receiving end with the Mute Button depressed. 11.1.8 Channel Guard With C.G. selected, you can only communicate with persons equipped with C.G. Everyone on your frequency can hear you, but you will only receive from those with C.G. selected. 11.1.9 Clock To set the clock, remove the face. At the bottom, there are three small round buttons labeled "F", "S" and "H". "F" drives the clock fast, "S" drives the clock faster than normal but at a pace more suitable for adjusting time for small changes. "H" stops or holds the time. 11.1.10 Paging Encoder A. To Page:
- 1. Select correct channel on the radio console (channel 1 or 3 depending on the pager to be activated).
- 2. Depress " scrambler off" switch.
- 3. Enter pager number into pager touch pad.
- 4. Depress "P" on the pager touch pad.
{}
fhtN5M e F 4 M frTION: ggggggTg NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. OPERATING PROCEDURE 1903.62 s PAGE # v5 15 t) ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision u CHANGE care v ' < u "'
- DATE
- 5. After the tone is transmitted (i.e., the "Vu" meter pegs and returns to normal), depress the transmit switch on the microphone and state the message. There is no time limit for the message. The message will be received by the pager holder until the reset bar (on the pager itself) is depressed. The person you call can hear you, but cannot talk back to you.
B. If you press the wrong code, press "R' (reset) button and start over. Do not use pencils or other sharp objects to press the buttons on the encoder. 11.1.11 For more information, refer to the AP&L Communication Equipment manual, Section III.B.3. 11.2 Single Channel Consoles The ANO Radio System includes four single channel consoles located in the Little Rock Control Center, the FCB Building, the State Health Department, and the Russellville National Guard Armory. The LRCC and FCB consoles select the emergency set of frequencies tran mitted in Little Rock, while the state Health Dept and Nat. Guard consoles select one of the emer-s gency frequencies transmitted by the early warning transceiver in Russ-s_) ellville. The primary function of this channel is to activate the voice command radio and early warning siren system. For more information, refer to the AP&L Communication Equipment Manual, Section III.B.4. 11.3 Vehicle Radios Four channel radios are provided in selected ANO and Little Rock vehicles. The seven Little Rock vehicles have a special coding feature so that they may communicate between themselves without being overhead anywhere else in the system. 11.3.1 Turn off/ volume switch on. Select desired channel. 11.3.2 Remove microphone from hanger or turn private line off. Listen to avoid interfering with communications that are tone coded. 11.3.3 Depress pushbutton on microphone to transmit. Release push-button to receive. 11.3.4 For more information, refer to AP&L Communication Equipment Manual, section III.B.S.
. l l
\
gggypfgTION: ggggg NO: 1 IMPLEMENTING PROC. OPERATING PROCEDURE 1903.62 PAGE O OI 14 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE oAre u'/u"/O+ i l DATE 11.4 Hand-Held Radios 11.4.1 Maintenance Portables There are 15 two-channel portable radios assigned to ANO Main-tenance and Operations. They are kept and issued by the ANO Storeroom. Channel 1 on these radios selects the maintenance set of frequencies. This channel is repeated, so communication is possible throughout the coverage of the Maintenance repeater antenna. When using Channel 2 on these radios, coverage is limited to approximately line of sight, since the repeater is not used. Transmission to a console is not possible on Channel 2, although transmissions from the console can continue to be received. 11.4.2 Security Portables There are 50 radios assigned to the ANO Security Guard Force; kept and issued by each guard station. Channel 1 on these radios is repeated, Channel 2 is not. Thus, the portables may communi-cate freely with each other and with a console if channel 1 is selected. Channel 2 is provided to allow a limited amount of (_s) communication should the radio repeater fail. 11.4.3 Emergency Portables There are 25 four channel portable radios assigned to the Emer-gency Planning Coordinator for use in the event of an emergency. They are stored in key locations at ANO and not used during nor-mal operations. 11.4.4 For operating information, see the AP&L Communication Equipment Manual, Section III.B.6. 11.5 Dardanelle Dam Radio A single channel base station is located at the Dardanelle Dam Site. This radio utilizes the emergency set of frequencies in the uncoded mode only. Communications with the Dardanelle Dam radio can be established only if Channel 3 on an ANO console is selected. For more information, see the AP&L Communication Equipment Manual, Section III.B.7. 11.6 AP&L Russellville District Office Radio A three channel base station has been provided in the AP&L Russellville s District Office. Channel 1 accesses the maintenance set of frequencies, ! Channel 2 accesses the security set of frequencies, and Channel 3 accesses I the emergency set of frequencies. Unlike the ANO consoles this station (_)s cannot access the OES frequency, the Sheriff's frequency, or the standby l transceiver for the emergency set of frequencies. Also, this station does not provide an intercom link with any other console.
gg[gygTION: g g g gTg NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. OPERATING PROCEDURE 1903.62 y V 05 AJ PAGE O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE oATE v " u"< a
- DATE For more information, see the AP&L Communication Equipment Manual, Section III.B.S.
11.7 Pagers Pagers (Beepers) are assigned to key members of the AP&L organization in order that they may be reached when away from telephones or radios. One set is operated by the ANO Radio System and one set by the Little Rock System. The ANO pagers can be activated from the Control Room of either Unit using the emergency set of frequencies. To reach individuals wearing ANO pagers in the Russellville area, either Channel 1, 3 or 5 on the Control Room con-sole must be selected and a two tone code transmitted to activate the pager. When individuals wearing ANO pagers are in the Little Rock area, they may be reached by selecting Channel 4 on the Control Room Console and transmitting the appropriate two tone code. Channel 4 on the Con-trol Room consoles selects the set of emergency frequencies transmitted in the Little Rock area. ANO pagers are permanently assigned to the following people: General Manager ID
~
Shift Technical Advisor Duty Emergency Coordinator (DEC) Staff Augmentation Group: (SAG) Health Physics Supervisor Engineering Technical Support Group 11.7.1. Instructions for Pager Operation A. Operation
- 1. Rotate the volume control clockwise toward the reset bar to turn the pager on.
- 2. While holding the reset bar depressed, adjust the volume control by rotating it clockwise to a ccmfor-table listening level. It may be necessary to readjust the volume when a voice signal is present.
- 3. Hold the reset bar depressed for approximately five seconds and listen to the background noise. Replace or recharge the battery if the noise begins to fade.
r l i
gggAggTION: ggggggg: NO-IMPLEMENTING PROC. OPERATING PROCEDURE 1903.62 rs PAGE Au 5 14 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision u oarn v '/ u"'
- CHANGE DATE
- 4. When a page is received, the unit will emit the alerting tone, followed by a voice message. The level of both the alerting tone and voice message can be adjusted by rotating the volume control.
After receiving the message, depress and release the reset bar to be ready to receive the next page. l NOTE: l l If the reset bar is accidentally depressed l l while receiving a message, all or part of 1 l the message will be lost, unless the bar isl l held down until the end of the message. l
- 5. To test your pager, call either Control Room and ask them to page you.
- 6. When an ANO pager is activated, the wearer should return a call to the Control Room designated in the message.
- 7. For more information, see the AP&L Communication Equipment Manual, Section III.B.9.
B. Pattery Information
- 1. Rechargeable Batteries - The pager is designed to operate with a rechargeable, N-size, nickel-cadmium battery (Hotorola type NLN6965A). This battery pro-vides up to 36 hours of normal operation per 12-hour charge. The pager may be left on while it is in the charger, or it can be charged for less than the 12-hour period. The following table provides a useful guide to the number of operating hours that may be expected from other charging times:
l HOURS OF OPERATION l l RECHARGE l PAGER "OFF" l PAGER "ON" l l TIME (HOURS)l IN CHARGER l IN CHARGER l l 12 l 36 l 29 l l 5 l 18 l 14.5 l l 3 l 9 l 7 l l 2.5 l 7 l 5.5 l l 1 I I
- 2. For pager malfunctions or battery replacements, contact the Emergency Planning Coordinator.
i
I fMEWRYHAfPON: gggggfQgjgp g gp NO: l IMPLEMENTING PROC. OPERATING PROCEDURE 1903.62 ,g PAGE 'A "N AU U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision " orTe " ' / " "' '- CHANGE DATE 11.7.2. Guidance for Pager Usage by DEC/ SAG Personnel A. When to carry pager
- 1. In transit to and from work.
- 2. During off normal working hours when you are away from your home phone.
- 3. In areas of the plant where it is difficult to hear the PA system.
l NOTE: l l Turnover time for DEC/ SAG personnel is 0800l l each Monday morning. Control Room person- l l nel from BOTH units must be notified of anyl l deviations from the published schedule. I B. Charger Usage
- 1. The charger should be kept at home during the week g-' you are assigned duty.
- 2. While you are at home, the pager should be kept in the charger in the "on" position.
C. Range of Pager - The repeater for activation is located on Mt. Nebo with an effective coverage radius of 25 miles. This range may be extended if a direct line of sight exists between your location and Mt. Nebo. D. Periodic Drills - Periodir unannounced drills shall be conducted per procedure 1903.61 " Communications Equipment Tests". 12.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS 12.1 Attachment 1 - 10 Signals O
EkWWat9HARN eBEWftWP8MWsftW t NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. OPERATING PROCEDURE 1903.62
,_s 12 05 14 D PAGE ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision "
CHANG 2 o*Te u ' < v "'
- DATE ATTACHMENT 1 Page 1 of 2 10 Signals 10 signals which may be used at ANO for radio communications:
10- 1 Receiving poorly. 10- 2 Receiving well. 10- 3 Stop transmitting. 10- 4 Message received ok. 10- 5 Relay. 10- 6 Busy, 10- 7 Out of service or off duty. 10- 8 In service or on duty. 10- 9 Repeat. 10- 10 out of service--subject to call. 10- 12 officials or visitors present. 10- 13 Advise road-weather conditions. 10- 14 Convoy or escort. 10- 15 Suspect in custody. 10- 17 Pick up papers or packages. 10- 18 Complete assignment A.S.A.P. 10- 19 () In route to or go to. 10- 20 What is your location? 10- 21 Call by telephone. 10- 22 Disregard last information. 10- 23 Standby until no interference. 10- 24 Trouble at , all units report at once at 10- 25 Do you have contact with ? 10- 27 Any answer that number? 10- 28 Check with local Law Enforcement Agency for registration. 10- 30 Does not conform to rules and regulations. 10- 33 Emergency traffic. 10- 34 Clear all stations on this leg. 10- 35 Confidential information. 10- 36 Correct time. 10- 37 Operator on duty. 10- 42 now at his home. 10- 44 Station has traffic for your station. 10- 49 Pick up party at . 10- 50 Traffic check or no traffic. 10- 51 Request.. approval for visitor. 10- 52 Request approval for vehicle. 10- 53 Is (vehicle) on LDV list? 10- 63 Net is directed. 10- 64 Net is free. 10- 77 No response. 10- 82 Reserve room at . s e
l l {QgggygTION: ggggggggTg.: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. OPERATING PROCEDURE 1903.62 F N 5U C ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision " CHANGE o^re DATE
"'/u"i
- 1 l
ATTACHMENT 1 Page 2 of 2 10- 88 Advise telephone number . 10- 97 Arrived at scene. 10- 98 Finished with last assignment. 10-100 Request restroom break. CODES Code designations are dependent upon the receiving party and, therefore, will not be listed in this procedure. O l l t O l l l I t
l O . ATTENTI0N THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE 903.79 REV. O SHOULD BE PLACED IN UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE T-S9_PL(- PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE V BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE.
, O .
, O
l
,, : ? . .
1 ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g agD$ [@k. NLE Arkansas Nuclear One FORM NO. RECORD OF CilANGES AND REVISIONS 1000.06A EMERGEl(,CY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REV. #12 PC # ,
- l Safety Related YES tf NO O EMERGENCY RESPONSE SUPPORT 1
3 h; 3903.78 REV. 0
.I O.Uh70 A .' OEM .!d PAGE REV /k 'PAbY,)ddhdNCNbNPAbE'hNhbhdf/f PkbE v rCP" -
PAGE REV PCIl 1 0 , 2 0
)
O APPROVAL DATE
/Mt/ /h/ -
'f___ REQb D FFECTIVE DATE:
u- <c - c.1 n...,ee, g 2,7,,
ggggygTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE SUPPORT 1903.78 fm PAGE 1 OI 4 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u oaTE v '/ iie " CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure references prearranged support agreements between Architect-Engineers, NSSS Vendors, utility organizations, and other agencies and AP&L for emergency assistance. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to requests for emergency response support for Unit 1 and/or Unit 2.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Developing this Procedure: 3.1.1 Memorandum ANO-83-080 from J. F. Cuvelier to J. M. Griffin regarding B&W's Emergency Response Center. 3.1.2 Bechtel Power Corporation Emergency Response Plan in Suppor t of Arkansas Power and Light Company (AP&L) Arkansas Nuclear One Unit 1 and 2, Rev. 1, October 28, 1981. f- 3.1.3 CE Nuclear Emergency Response Plan Activation Procedure ls,j for the Utility, Rev. 1, November 4, 1981. 3.1.4 Nuclear Power Plant Emergency Response Voluntary Assistance Agreement, Contract No. I-047-A, July 1, 1982. 3.1.5 U.S. Department of Energy, Oak Ridge Operations Office, Material and Services Order, Post Accident Analytical Services, ERO-81-116, January 8, 1981. 3.1.6 Mutual Assistance Plan, Arkansas Power and Light Company, Gulf States Utilities Company, Louisiana Power and Light Company, Mississippi Power and Light Company, Middle South Services, Inc., July, 1982. 3.1.7 Emergency Plan 3.1.8 Annex V to the Arkansas Emergency Operations Plan, Radiological Emergency Response Plan for Nuclear Power Reactors, December 18, 1980. 3.2 References Used in Conjunction with this Procedure: , 3.2.1 1903.54, " Requests for Additional Personnel" (O_./
)
i J
j gggygTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE SUPPORT 1903.78 PAGE 2 54 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision " CHANGE oarE v '/ 21/ a DATE 3.3 Related ANO Procedures: None 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments 'shich are implemented in this procedure: - None 4.0 DEFINITIONS None 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The Shift operations Supervisor, Duty Emergency Coordinator, Emer-gency Coorcinator, and Emergency Operations Facility Director are authorized to approve requests for emergency response support in accordance with the Emergency Plan. 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 The following support organizations agreements and summaries are () located in the energency response centers (i.e. Control Rooms, Technical Support Center, Emergency Operations Facility). Organization Babcock & Wilcox Bechtel Combustion Engineering INPO Oak Ridge Mutual Assistance Plan 7.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS None l l t
41 m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY 5tg Arkansas Nuclear One 6 mLE: TRANSMITTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC # Arkansas Nuclear One Russellville, Arkansas . Date 8-24-84 MEMORANDUM T0: Idh" hNC h RETURN T0: " ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 3903.33 REV. # 2 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE nvvnTny GUIDELINES PROCEDURE NUMBER iont u REV. # o PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE ruvncvMcV OPERATIONS FACILITY EVACUATION PROCEDURE NUMBER ign, sn REV. # 8 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE g n.u cv,:cy nvquonse oncAntzATION
~
The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or proprietary material. PLEASE REMOVE TIE INDICATED MATERIAL PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, ETC. PROCEDLTE(S) PAGE(S) l l PROCEDURE (S) HAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE PLANT MANUAL. l 4 PROCEDURE (S) SHOULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF Tl[E PLANT MANUA SIGNATURE DATE UPDATED -
O A T T E N T I'0 N THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE ROS.33 REV. O SHOULD BE PLACED IN FRONT OF CURRENT PROCEDURE UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE 2-ROl -N PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CURRENT REVISION l BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE, O i l O
~ s l
s pho[kARKANSAS Arkansas NuclearPOWER One& LIGHT CO
%)3 d k RECORD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS OW NO.
1000.06A EME{tGENC(4 PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REV. # 12 PC # / r,;' l Safety Related YES d NO O
? v REENTRY GUIDELINES *P; PAGE REV PC#
llN-ennirnEF"%vN # PAGE RbV P$[/ PA E REV Pb/
/or PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC#
1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 O l APPROVED BY: APPROVAL DATE 77 54r/g f T ffh- [f f- j REQUIRED EFFECTIVE DATE: y (General Manager) yg
a ggAggTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. REENTRY GUIDELINES 1903.33 ,_s PAGE A N U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision ' o*Te ' " " ' " CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidance to ANO personnel in per-forming reentries into hazardous areas. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure is applicable to emergency situations involving Unit one and/ or Unit Two.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Procedure Preparation: 3.1.1 Emergency Plan 3.1.2 NCRP Report No. 39, " Basic Radiation Protection Criteria", Paragraph 258 3.1.3 EPA-520/1-75-001, " Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents" 3.2 References used in Conjunction with this Procedure O None
~
3.3 Related ANO Procedures: None 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this procedure: None 4.0 DEFINITIONS None 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The Emergency. Coordinator is responsible for coordinating reentry operations and shall select individuals with appropriate qualifica-tions in health physics, first aid, operations, or maintenance for specialized recovery groups. 5.2 The Duty Emergency Coordinator shall have the responsibility of the Emergency Coordinator in his absence. 5.3 The Onsite Radiological Monitoring Section of the Emergency Radiation Team is responsible for providing monitoring assistance during the initial entry of specialized recovery groups and subsequent entries until radiation areas have been properly marked.
. . 1
, l g3gygTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. REENTRY GUIDELINES 1903.33
,~s y PAGE 4 Of
- U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aewsion e CHANGE o*Te DATE v"iu'
- 5.4 The Duty Emergency Coordinator / Emergency Coordinator is responsible for forming specialized groups to perform reentry operations.
5.5 The appointed group leader shall be re consible for accountability of recovery personnel during reentry oper.tions. 6.0 GUIDELINES 6.1 When making plans to reenter the plant following a radiological inci-dent, the Duty Emergency Coordinator / Emergency Coordinator shall form specialized groups composed of individuals best suited to evaluate unknown conditions that may be encountered. 6.2 The appointed team leader and Health Physics Superintendent shall make every effort to minimize reentry personnel exposure. 6.3 Guidelines have been established for the following emergency situations: 6.3.1 Under emergency conditions not requiring action to prevent serious injury, recovery personnel exposure should not exceed the limits of 10 CFR 20. The Duty Emergency Coordinator / Emergency Coordinator may authorize exceeding the limits of 7-s 10 CFR 20, i.e., in excess of 5 R, whole body exposure, under (, ,) the following conditions: 6.3.2 Under emergency conditions where it is imperative to enter a hazardous area in order to protect the facilities, elim-inate further escape of effluents, or to control fires, the Duty Emergency Coordinator / Emergency Coordinator may autho-rize exceeding 5 R whole body exposure within the following guidelines: A. Personnel performing the planned action should be volunteers, familiar with exposure consequences; B. Women capable of reproduction shall not take part in these actions; C. Planned whole body dose shall not exceed 25 R; D. Planned dose of hands and forearms shall not exceed 100 R; E. Internal exposure shall be minimized by respiratory protection and contamination controlled by the use of protective clothing; and F. Normally, exposures under these conditions shall be limited to once in a lifetime. O V
gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: l IMPLEMENTING PROC. REENTRY GUIDELINES 1903.33 PAGE A ON
- O-s ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aews" '
CHANGE o^Te " " " ' *
- DATE 1 6.3.3 Under emergency conditions where the mission is to search for and remove injured personnel or to prevent conditions that would probably endanger human life or safety, the Duty Emergency Coordinator / Emergency Coordinator may approve the following exposures under the guidelines given:
A. Personnel performing the planned action should be vol-unteers, familiar with the exposure consequences; B. Women capable of reproduction shall not take part in these actions; C. Other things being equal, volunteers above the age of 45 should be selected; D. Planned whole body shall not exceed 75 R; E. Planned dose of hands and forearms shall not exceed 200 R; F. Internal exposure should be minimized by the use of the best available respiratory protection and contamination 3 should be controlled by the use of available protection (_-s) clothing. G. Exposure under these conditions shall be limited to once in a lifetime. 6.4 The recovery personnel shall perform their duties in the most safe and efficient manner possible. Once their operations have been completed, the recovery personnel shall follow self-monitoring and personnel decontamination procedures as specified by the Health Physics Super-intendent. 7.0 INSTRUCTIONS 7.1 Personnel selected for the groups should be notified (by the most ex-pedient method available) of the location to which they shall report (this location should be the first floor payroll office area unlets otherwise directed). 7.2 The recovery group leader shall function under the direction of the Duty Emergency Coordinator / Emergency Coordinator. 7.3 Immediate Actions 7.3.1 Reentry operations shall take place only on the authority of the Duty Emergency Coordinator / Emergency Coordinator. k__
a gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: l IMPLEMENTING PROC. REENTRY GUIDELINES 1903.33
- uN
- O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevisioN e o*TE vAu/o+
CHANGE DATE 7.3.2 The recovery group shall be briefed regarding the following subjects: A. Duties and actions to perform. B. Expected dose rates and stay times. C. Other information as applicable. 7.3.3 The recovery group shall be accompanied by a member of the Emergency Radiation Team during initial entry and subsequent reentries into plant areas until radiation areas have been marked. 7.3.4 If the situation requires reentry for the purpose of search and rescue, personnel frcm the Emergency Medical Team and Emergency Radiation Team shall be assigned to the recovery group. 7.4 Followup Actions The recovery group shall report and function as directed by the Duty Emergency Coordinator / Emergency Coordinator. l O 8.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS None i i I 1
O ATTENTI0N THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE NOS.34 REV. O SHOULD BE PLACED IN UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE 9s - 2 9 - N PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE N D e y BEFORE 4 EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE. O O
, , - . , , - , _ . _ , , ,, _ . - - - . . _ . . , , , _ _ _ , - , _ . _ , _ _ , ,.,..,,-,,._--_,.,,.,n, --_,_..,n,, - ., , , , , .,
x ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPAN'Y O N ^'"*"*** "" '**' "*
^Y _ ME FORM NO.
RECORD OF Cl{ANGES AND REVISIONS 1000.06A
, {MERGENpY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REV. # 12 FC # ,
g-% l Safety Related YES d NO O EMERGFNCYOPERATIONSFACILITYEVACUATIJ1 PAGE REV PC// h(b PAGE REV PC[ 3 PAGE REV PC// PAGE REV PCC PAGE REV PCIf 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 i 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0
~
10 0 11 0 12 0 1 13 0 14 0 15 0 l APPROVED BY: APPROVAL DATE 1
,/f +,pyh ,[, /ht[fg
.ySr/s4 l
REQUIRED EFFECTIVE DATE:
/ fGeneralManager)
{
gggAgTION: Pgggggy g gg NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. FACILITY EVACUATION 1903.34 PAGE A v5 15 O,s ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision u oarr u'/u"/
- CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is_to address the activities related to the relocation of the Emergency Response Organization to an alternate emergency response facility in the event that evacuation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) is necessary.
2.0 SCOPE This procedure is applicable to emergency si+ tations involving Unit One and/or Unit 2 for which EOF evacuation is required. In general this pro-cedure provides guidance for determining the necessity for EOF evacuation, for maintaining command and control continuity, and for re-establishing a functional emergency center at the back-up facility.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References used in procedure preparation: 3.1.1 Emergency Plan 3.2 References used in conjunction with this procedure None 3.3 Related ANO procedures: No'ne 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this procedure: None 4.0 DEFINITIONS None 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The responsibd'.Aty for declaring an EOF evacuation rests with the Emergency Operations Facility Director (EOFD), or with the Duty Emergency Coordinator / Emergency Coordinator (DEC/EC) in the absence of the EOFD. l O V w
s g 3 g g g T10 R Ppgggggg g g[$ M IMPLEMENTING PROC. FACILITY EVACUATION s- 1903.34
'm 4 "I 10 PAGE /
ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE o*TE DATE
"'/u"/**
6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 The mechanism for evacuating the EOF is based on the following con-cepts: 6.1.1 The EOF has been fully activated by the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) and/or the Secondary Technical Support Center has been established at the EOF. 6.1.2 The decision for EOF evacuation is based on the considera-tion of protective actions as a result of offsite dose pro-jections and/or EOF radiation alarms. 6.1.3 Unless an immediate evacuation is required due to a rapid deterioration of conditions, the EOF evacuation would usually occur in stages. Media and non-essential personnel in the Media Center and radiologically uninhabitable areas may be required to evacuate first, followed by a secondary ERO group, and then a primary ERO group thus completing the EOF evacuation. The EOFD, DEC, or the EC, as appropriate, will determine the exact schedules, priorities, and the de-signation of groups and/or selection of personnel affected (-) \_) by the EOF evacuation declaration. 6.1.4 Transportation te the alternate EOF will be via personal and available AP&L vehicles. Special transportation needs
, should be directed to the EOF Support Superintendent.
6.1.5 Media personnel are to relocate to the announced assembly area as designated by the Communications Manager or desig-nated coordinator for media relations. If an alternate facility is to be used, the alternate location should be coordinated in advance with the Arkansas Department of Health. 6.1.6 ERO personnel are to relocate to the AP&L Russellville District Office unless otherwise instructed by the EOFD. The alternate to the AP&L District Office is the Little Rock Support Center. 6.2 EOF Evacuation Criteria 6.2.1 Guidance for determining the necessity for EOF evacuation is provided in Attachment 1. 6.2.2 Normal evacuation is a stepwise relocation of the ERO such that the Alternate EOF is activated and partially staffed /~' before complete EOF evacuation. Attachnents 2 and 3 pro-vide checklists for evacuation of the EOF and activation of the alternate EOF. 6.2.3 An immediate evacuation is a rapid and complete evacuation of the entire EOF at once without delays.
s OfkNhMYEftgTION: ' Pgggggyggg NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. FACILITY EVACUATION - t 1903.34 -s PAGE J J5 10 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE o*TE DATE v " u"' o* 6.3 Responsibilities / Implementation 6.3.1 Declaration of an EOF evacuation and subsequent actions are to be determined by the EOFD, DEC or the EC as appropriate, after considering .he 'ollowing: f A. The specific conditions that exist; B. Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager's recom-mendation for action based upon trends / projections of conditions; and the guidance of Attachment 1. C. Dose Assessment Supervisor's report on the radiological habitability of the Alternate EOF based upon offsite dose projections and/or area survey measurements; and D. Any alternate or additional actions that otherwise may be appropriate based on professional judgment. 6.3.2 The EOFD shall determine the exact schedules, priorities, and selection of personnel affected by the EOF evacuation declaration, dependent upon the situation. He may consider the following actions: A. Direct the Support Manager to relocate to the Alter-nate EOF if habitable, and activate the Alternate EOF
~ with the assistance of the designated coordinator for local communications.
B. After consultation with the Emergency Coordinator and corporate security, determine minimal ERO personnel staffing to temporarily continue emergency support activities. C. Direct all EOF personnel, except those designated for any necessary minimal support effort, to evacuate and take essential materials and equipment to the Alternate EOF. D. The EOFD should temporarily transfer his duties to the Emergency Coordinator to ensure continuity of ERO con-trol responsibilities while he is in transit to the Alternate EOF. E. After the Alternate EOF has become operational, in-struct the remaining EOF minimal support personnel to evacuate and secure the area.
, , , *-w
gggAgTION: Pg g gOgpgAggg: NO: l IMPLEMENTING PROC. FACILITY EVACUATION f 1903.34 I m y PAGE '* O f i U U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisica u oATE v'euv'o* CHANGE DATE 6.3.3 The EOFD should ensure that the Emergency Coordinator is advised when the EOF may be evacuated. If the Secondary Technical / Operational Support Center is operational, the Emergency Coordinator shall instruct the TSC/OSC staff to gather plant drawings,~ maps, logbooks, 5520 status reports, and other essential technical materials and portable equip-ment or instrumentation (e.g. TRS-80 pocket computers, GERMS terminal and modem, etc.) in preparation for evacuation. The Emergency Coordinator should advise the Shift Operations Supervisor when the EOF may be evacuated. 6.3.4 The Support Manager should ensure that the designated coordinator for local communications is advised when the EGF may be evacuated. The designated coordinator for local communications is responsible for preparing the Alternate ECF (Russellville District Office) to receive the ERO. 6.3.5 The Support Manager should ensure that corporate security is advised when the EOF may be evacuated. Corporate sec-urity is responsible for ensuring that r~S A. EOF security personnel implement evacuation procedures. Q B. State / local law enforcement is advised, and traffic control is requested when necessary. C. Security is established and maintained at the Alter-nate EOF, utilizing security personnel. D. Accountability of ERO personnel is performed at the Alternate EOF. E. The EOF and plant site is adequately secured after evacuation. 6.3.6 The Support Manager should ensure that the Communications Manager or his designee is advised of the necessity for the news media to relocate to an alternate location. The Communications !!anager or his designee shall be responsible for implementing evacuation of the media and coordinating with the State for activating the backup media center. 6.3.7 The Support Manager should ensure that an announcement is made to advise all personnel of the situation and the actions to be tsken upon EOF evacuation. 6.3.8 The Support Manager should ensure that the NPC and State / (~] A/ local Emergency Operations Centers are advised when the EOF may be evacuated.
e gggAgTION: FgggggJg NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. FACILITY EVACUATION - f 1903.34 s PAGE D "N A5 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE o^re v '/ u"'" DATE 6.3.9 The Support Manager should ensure that the designated coor-dinator for telecommunications is advised when the EOF may be evacuated. Telecommunications personnel shall be respon-sible for. ensuring that communication links between the Alternate EOF and the control Room are operational. 6.3.10 The designated coordinator for purchasing and procurement should coordinate with the designated coordinator for local communications and corporate security in order to support any special needs for the transport of evacuees and/or for the operation of the Alternate EOF (e.g., office trailers, supplies, etc.). 6.4 Alternate EOF 3 6.4.1 The Alternate EOF is the AP&L Russellville District Office located at 305 South Knoxvi.lle Street, Russellville. As-signed ERO work areas are identified in Attachment 4. A map showing routec to the Alternate EOF is provided in At-tachment 5. 6.4.2 Upon declaration of an EOF evacuatioa, the designated coor-g3 dinator for communications should ensure the following: V A. All non-essential Russellville District Office per-sonnel clear their work areas and vacate the building. B. Coordinate with corporate security to establish area security control. C. Utilize staff assistance as required to prepare the facility for use by ERO personnel and to maintain com-munications with ANO and the EOF. D. Convey to the Support Manager any problems and/or requests for additional assistance in activating the Alternate EOF. 6.4.3 The Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager chould instruct the EOF HP Supervisor to implement the following actions: A. A radiological survey of the Alternate EOF is per-formed to confirm adequate habitability; D. Establish health physics teams at Alternate EOF entry points to perform radiological monitoring of personnel prior to entry and vehicle contamination monitoring; l [s-
I ggggA),gTION: Pggggggg NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. FACILITY EVACUATION .e' 19'03.34 ,
. -m PAGE D OI 1;)
U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u o*Te v'/ov'o* [ CHANGE DATE C. Establish a decontamination team, as required, at the Alternate EOF to perform personnel and vehicle decon-tamination actions; and D. Direct' radiation and airborne survey measurements of the Alternate EOF to be periodically taken, recorded, and monitored. 6.4.4 After arrival at the Alternate EOF, the EOFD should: A. Ascertain the operational status of the Alternate EOF. B. Reassume EOFD duties and obtain a briefing from the Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager or Emergency Coordinator and the support Manager. C. When appropriate, instruct any remaining EOF minimal support staff to relocate to the Alternate EOF. D. Ensure that the Shift Operations Supervisor and Federal, State, and local emergency operation centers are advised of the relocation to and operational status of the Alter-nate EOF.
)
6.4.5 Upon the conclusion of the emergency, ensure the Alternate EOF is deactivated and returned to normal operations. 7.0 ATTACH!iENTS A!!D FORMS 7.1 Attachment 1 " EOF Evacuation Guidance" 7.2 Attachment 2 " Emergency Operations Facility Evacuation Checklist" 7.3 Attachment 3 " Alternate EOF Activation Checklist" 7.4 Attachment 4 " Alternate EOF Work Areas and Room Assignments" 7.5 Attachment 5 " Directions to Alternate EOF" \ (-) s_
s l di g g g u g Tiott gggggg[g: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. FACILITY EVACUATION . f 1903.34 PAGE ' 05 15 L) ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE - asvision " CHANGE o*Te v "u"<a* DATE
, ATTACHridNT 1 Page 1 of 2 EOF EVACUATION GUIDANCE CONDITION REC 0!! MENDED AC110NS
- 1. Plant Evacuation declared, EOF Consider relocation of media and/or Evacuation li' ely to occur. non-essential AP&L personnel if addi-tional EOF space is needed to process plant evacuees.
- 2. Exclusion Area and/or Area Consider protective action for media Evacuation declared and/or non-essential AP&L personnel consistent with the protective action recommendations made for the general public per the applicable EPIP.
- 3. Area Survey Measurements Consider evacuation of all non-Exceed 2.5 mr/hr in Unpro- essential personnel from the unpro-tected Areas of EOF tected areas of the EOF.
- 4. EOF Protected Area Radiation
() Monitor Warning Alarm (1 mr/hr) Verify EOF ARM alarm. Conduct area radiation survey of unpro-tected areas of EOF and evacuate all
. personnel in those areas if necessary.
Consider having all ERO personnel, other than activated Emergency Response Teams, to remain sheltered in the pro-tected area of the EOF, unless other-wise instructed by the EOFD.
- 5. EOF Protected Area Radiation Verify EOF ARM alarm Monitor alarms Hi (2.5 mr/hr) and/or iodine concentration Consider evacuation of all non-essential exceeds 5 x 10l" pCi/cc. personnel from the protected areas of the EOF.
All ERO personnel should remain shel-tered in the EOF r.rotected area. Increase frequency of airborne and direct radiation monitoring of EOF, insure EOF filtered ventilation is op-erational; record MPC hours. (3 o r
g PLANT MANUAL SECTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: 1 EMERGENCY PLAN EMERGENCY OPERATIONS IMPLEMENTING PROC. FACILITY EVACUATION - t 1903.34 fm., PAGE 8 of 15 V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN o oaTE 07/o9/84 CHANGE DATE ATTACIDLNT 1 Page 2 of 2 EOF EVACUATION GUIDANCE CONDITION RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
- 6. EOF Protected Area radiation If conditions are estimated to be tem-levels exceed 100 mr/hr but porary (less than 30 minutes), continue less than 1 /R/hr, and/or on-going protective actions.
iodine concentration exceeds 1 MPC (9 x 10-9 pCi/cc). If conditions are estimated to be long-term (greater than 30 minutes), init-iate EOF evacuation.
- 7. EOF Protected Area radiation Immediate evacuation of the EOF is levels exceed 1 R/hr, and/or required.
iodine corcentration exceeds 4 MPC. ( l l O
- -- , , _ _ _ . - . _ - _ - . _ _ ..v,- - , . .---
EN2dd^hgg TION: P g g g g g g: NO: IMPLEMENTING FROC. FACILITY EVACUATION 1903.34 V 05 N () PAGE ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE o*Te v " u "' " DATE l ATTACHMENT 2 Page 1 of 2 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY EVACUATION CHECKLIST Emergency Operations Facility Director Actions Initial
- 1. Determine the need for EOF evacuation after considering the follow-ing inputs
- a. The specific conditions that threaten the habitability of the EOF,
- b. Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager's recommenda-tion for action based upon trends / projections of conditions and probability of situation improvement,
- c. Dose Assessment Supervisor's report on offsite dose projections and/or area survey measurements.
- 2. If deemed necessary, declare a normal evacuation or an immediate evacuation and take the following actions: ~
p
- a. Select the Alternate EOF facility:
(l') Russellville District Office if habitable based on Dose Assessment Supervisor's report; (2) Otherwise, the Little Rock Support Center.
- b. Determine relocation schedules, priorities, personnel assign-ments, and other logistical actions as necessary to implement an orderly evacuation.
- 3. Advise the Eraergency Coordinator of the EOF evacuation declaration.
- 4. Direct the support Manager to advise the follow!pg personnel of an
- EOF evacuation
- a. Designated coordinator for communications
- b. Corporate security personnel
- c. Designated coordinator fot media relations
- d. State /1,ocal liaison
, e. USNRC
- f. Telecommunication e
~
EftggAj,gTION: Pgggg g 1{W g g y NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. FACILITY EVACUATION / 1903.34 /~^. PAGE Au "5 15 J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavisioN v oATE " ' e u "' a* CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 2 Page 2 of 2 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY EVACUATION CHECKLIST Emergency Operations Facility Director Actions Initial
- 5. Ensure that an announcement is made to advise all EOF personnel of the situation, and actions to be taken.
- 6. Direct the Support Manager to relocate to the Alternate EOF if habitable, and activate the Alternate EOF with the assistance of the designated coordinator for local communications.
- 7. After consultation with the Emergency Coordinator and corporate security, determine minimal ERO personnel staffing to temporarily continue emergency support activities, and advise designated per-sonnel accordingly.
- 8. . Direct all EOF personnel, exce ,t those designated for any necessary
(~' minimal support effort, to evacuate and take essential materials ( and equipment to the Alternate EOF at the appropriate time.
- 9. Temporarily transfer your duties to the Radiological / Environmental Assessm,ent Manager or the Emergency Coordinator as deemed appro-pr.iate.to ensure continuity of ERO control responsibilities while -
in transit to the Alternate EOF.
- 10. After arrival at the Alternate EOF, the EOFD should:
- a. Obtain a briefing from the Radiological / Environmental Assess-
' ment Manager or Emergency Coordinator and the Support Manager and reassume the EOFD's duties,
- b. Ascertain the operational status of the Alternate EOF.
- c. If the Alternate EOF has become operational, instruct the remaining EOF minimal support personnal to secure their areas and evacuate to the Alternate EOF.
- d. Make certain the Shift Operations Supervisor and Federal, State, and local emergency operation centers are advised of the relo-cction to and operational status of the Alternate EOF.
- 11. Upon the conclusion of the emergency instruct appropriate personnel to deactivate the Alternate EOF and return to normal operations.
ggggAgTION: P g g gy C g g }{: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. FACILITY EVACUATION 1903.34 . PAGE 11 05 15 O_ ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisica v CHANGE a4TE v " u"<o* DATE ATTACHMENT 3 Page 1 of 2 ALTERNATE EOF ACTIVATION CHECKLIST (Russellville District Office) Initial A. Designated coordinator for local communications actions:
- 1. Upon being advised that activation of the Alternate EOF is necessary, take the following actions:
- a. Utilize staff assistance as required to prepare the facility for use by ERO personnel and to maintain _
communications with ANO and the EOF.
- b. Advise all office field personnel to return and secure their vehicles and equipment.
- c. Instruct all non-essential Russellville District Office personnel to clear their work areas and vacate the build-(-)
'~' ing. Suspend all customer service activities, but main-tain minimal line crew for emergency repair capability.
- d. Coordinate with corporate security to establish area security control.
- e. Check operational status of office communication systems (ANO radio and telephones).
- f. Convey to the Support Manager any problems and/or requests for additional assistance in activating the Alternate EOF.
- g. Upon arrival by the Support Manager provide follow-on assistance that is determined necessary.
- 2. Upon termination of the emergency, return facilities and office operaticus to normal status.
B. Support Manager Actions
- 1. Upon being advised by the EOFD that an EOF evacuation to the Russellville District Office is necessary, take the following actions:
- a. Confer with the REAM / Dose Assessment itpervisor to obtain l g- status of offsite radiological habitability in the area ~-~
l (_,)e of the Alternate EOF, and to ensure that monitoring tasks will be performed. l
~
ghgApgTION: Pggggy g gg NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. FACILITY EVACUATION 1903.34 PAGE AA 5 15 U(N ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u o*Te v '/ u"' o* CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 3 Page 2 of 2 ALTERNATE EOF ACTIVATION CHECKLIST (Russellville District Office) Initial
- b. Confer with the designated coordinator for local communi-cations and ensure that he has been advised to begin activating the Alternate EOF.
- c. Obtain support personnel as necessary, and relocate to the Alternate EOF.
- d. After arrival at the Alternate EOF, obtain activation status report from the designated coordinator for local communications,
- e. Advise Telecommunications of any communication system problems.
O
\_) f. Advise the Emergency Operations Facility Maintenance Coordinator of problems with any other facility equipment.
- g.
- Advise the designated coordinator for purchasing and pro-curement of the need for additional operational support, as necessary.
- h. Prepare to brief the EOFD upon his arrival as to the opera-tional status of the Alternate EOF.
- 2. Upon termination of the emergency, coordinate with the designated coordinator for local communications to assist in returning the facility to normal operations.
l ! ()
. s
. P' 11 '
f}ftMDM4L ggTION:s Pggg g g gg NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. FACILITY EVACUATION 1903.34
. j.
PAGE N 05 N O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 6 CHANGE oara DATE
" " "i * ' -
ATTACHMENT 4 Page 1 of 2 AL M NATE EOF WORK AREAS AN6 ROOM ASSIGNMENTS ' t ( M' _-
!2 2
- l 2 i : r-w"
# :)
2
*' '----3 ----,--w 0 0,,
s t 's
- 2!' l3 =:1i ::'
li8 [ 2 ll g; , I ,, , i
> I- h a
. 5 h .
l O M< _m w'e r' ___.v . . C j l 1: I w h l__,2
' p l 2 g
=
y i [T 0r- 11.. l { !*<'1 e-A ., 6 I l*, : m L' '1
- l. I b'I l i
s c. C 3: . -i , i l - - lV,. I 3 ,; = . . . - _ . _ _
. [ Il yy;l,;
er tl l} l C .
. .s Li t.
l >' ( ,.
, I CL 4
uno -. . -, O A See following page for room assignments. k I k V _ _ _._ ,____.___. [ r _ _ _ _
gggyggTION: Pgg g yg g g NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. FACILITY EVACUATION 19'03.34 I p 19 OI 10 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE __ PAG E aevision u o*TE v'/ uvea
- CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 4 Page 2 of 2 ALTERNATE EOF WORK AREAS AND ROOM ASSIGNMENTS POSITION ROOM NUMBER Communications Manager 1 Media Personnel 1 USNRC 2
Emergency Operations Facility Director 3 Communications Liaison 3 Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager 4 Support Manager 4 Dose Assessment Supervisor 5 GERMS 5 Offsite Monitoring Supervisor 6 Telecommunications Personnel 6 Security Coordinator 7 Security Personnel 7 ERO Support Staff 8 Electrical / Maintenance /I&C Support 9 Vendor Engi:.tering Support O Emergency Coordinator Administrative Manager 9 10 10 Operations Manager 10 Engineering and Technical Support Manager 10 Technical Analysis Superintendent 10 HP Superintendent 10 Maintenance Manager 10 Offsite Monitoring Team Staging Area 11 Recovery Personnel 11 EOF HP Supervisor 12 Chemistry and Radiochemistry Support 12 Radvaste Support 12 Arkansas Department of Health 13 LRSC Superintendent 14 EOF Support Superintendent 15 Office Services 15 EOF Maintenance Coordinator 15 O
- .~ , _ _ . - -
. m gggggygTION: Pggggggggg NO: 1 IMPLEMENTING PROC. FACILITY EVACUATION 1903.34 y Ib N Ib PAGE O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision 6 CHANGF oat = 6 'i"* / b'*
DATE ATTACHMENT 5' DIRECTIONS TO ALTERNATE EOF
\
e.
\ l' l I I
I I I l l. l* 0-ly 'q% RUSSELLVILLE DISTRICT OFFICE l I
. l *=* -
I le- . a, - m . s .,,. g t lW p* 9. l ' .* os l
- i. n .
. ,) ye &- l i
l%.%%' ,
&y BW@W - . i lO ;g ' *-
1 .. . s(d: s; $' W . Y. ; n.ll
-=>. . ... . . , I i 1AnoANttte - *7 ++ ' .3
( l ? I l
,h * ' % , **88#g'**O o !
2 ,,.
, T. . A.TE
. . . . . . . .PARM . .
y , I
-~ u-uc:,
.r b . sa .. L
, s.1,,
i p06' 1 : y,
="1y m i
ca - i l
'+c - !;rd5
, l f e,..O(.-
~- k .#it fusSELLV:LLE 4 th ->
l %.m perer.r ex ,,'N %?B,"?: sn f '; "(.!,,'t,;'!,to',,i, {t.t l
- l s s o., ,. .,
[9 g(gs.gg eu o.M-Q i, > , [f %.c.,: I i h '
; [; ,
..I
^"
l , g% %,.3 .. . . a isrrg f,ja ej l n. pg,w l p%g.,%.Ah 1 l n! i Directions w ' I I I 1 From ANO take Highway 33) northeast to Highway 64. Travel east on Highway 64l l to Highway 7T (Knoxville Street) and turn south. Travel on 7T south for I 1 approximately three blocks. The Russellville District Of fice will be on l l the east side of the street. (305 South Knoxville $treet) l C l l
==
. i i i i I i ' I O m k [ [
- _~-____._-._
4 ++4 + at u a a - +
~,
O ATTENTI0N THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE 903.50 REY. 7 SHOULD BE PLACED IN FRONT OF CURRENT PROCEDURE UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE T ? 4 PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CURRENT REVISION 1 BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE. i O I i k I
. I J
l k i O
I
> ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT, COMPANY C) mesch Arkansas Nuclear One
,o N YRECORD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS FORM NO.
1000.06A EMERGENC{.('Lf# IMPLE!!ENTING PROCEDURE REV. f12 PC#/ b *# Y #
- EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO.!
1903.50 REV. 8
.yOA eS llLP,n&dmi Rm # /or PAGE REV PC7 PAGE
- RY 'P U hkG REV Ph
- YAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC#
1 8 37 8 73 8 2 8 38 8 3 8 39 8 4 8 40 8 5 8 41 8 6 8 42 8
'7 8 43 8 8 8 44 8 9 8 45 8 10 8 46 8 11 8 47 8 12 8 48 8 13 8 49 8 14 8 50 8 15 8 8 O' 16 8 51 52 8 17 8 53 8 18 8 54 8 19 8 55 8 20 8 56 8 21 8 57 8 22 8 58 8 23 8 59 8 24 8 60 8 25 8 61 8 26 8 62 8 27 8 63 8 28 8 64 8 29 8 65 8 30 8 66 8 31 8 67 8 1 32 8 68 8 33 8 69 8 34 8 70 8 35 8 71 8 36 8 72 8 APPROVED BY:
O' APPROVAL DATE
/
f I/i_ //// [ M .d h 4; S-?3&/ REQUIRED EFFECTIVE DATE: y v '(Genersi Manager) g
s gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO4- 1903.50 ("N PAGE 1 OI 'J V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavisioN a oaTE v'/e*'a+ CHANGE DATE i 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide general reference materials for the positions and tasks of the ERO. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure is applicable to emergency situations involving Unit one and/or Unit Two.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Procedure Preparation: 3.1.1 Emergency Plan 3.2 References Used in Conjunction with this Procedure: None 3.3 Related ANO Procedures: 3.3.1 Procedure 1903.51, " Turnover of Responsibility and Authority" 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this cceedure: None 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Initial Response Staff (IRS) - The emergency organization composed of plant staff personnel which must be able to augment the onsite plant personnel within 60 minutes of being notified. 4.2 Initial Response Organization (IRO) - The emergency response organization composed of the IRS, the Technical Support Center Staff, the Operational Support Center Staff, the emergency team members, and Emergency Operations Facility Maintenance Coordinator. 4.3 Emergency Operations Facility Staff (EOFS) - The aP&L emergency response organization composed cf plant and General Office personnel which is activated to augment the resources of the Initial Response Organization for more serious events. Portions of the EOFS may be located in the Little Rock Corporate offices. 4.4 Emergency Response Organi2n(1gn (ERO) - The emergency response organization, formed by the .,ugmentation of the IRO by the EOFS, (-] N/ which has the capability to provide manpower and other resources for long-tenn response to an emergency situation. 4.5 Technical Support Center (TSC) - The location within the ANO Administration Building equipped with instrumentation and communication systems and
s gfgUgTION: PROCEDUREANORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION- 1903.50 l
~N PAGE 2" (O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN a oaTE "/"/"
CHANGE DATE facilities useful in monitoring the course of an accident; this center is located in the 3rd Floor Conference Room. 4.6 Operational Support Center (OSC) - Assembly areas within the ANO admini-strative buildings where emergency support personnel report during an emergency. The normal work location for an individual is used as the reporting area in this center with the following exceptions: 4.6.1 Emergency Radiation Team - (Onsite Temm) Payroll Office Area (1st Floor Administration Building). 4.6.2 TSC Dose Assessment Team - 3rd Floor Breakroom - Administra-tion Building 4.6.3 Emergency Medical Team - First Aid Room /2nd Floor Breakroom - Administration Building 4.6.4 Office Services Personnel - 3rd Floor Library - Administra-tion Building 4.6.5 Operations Technical Engineering - EOF Library
/~' 4.7 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) - A near-site emergency response
( facility located approximately 0.65 miles northeast of the reactor buildings (the ANO Training Center). 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 Position Guides and Task Assignments detailing the responsibilities of key ERO positions are provided in Attachment 1. Responsibilities for the Emergency Teams / Groups and the Fire Brigade are listed in the ap-propriate procedures and are not included within the scope of this procedure. These procedures include: 5.1.1 Procedure 1015.07, " Fire Brigade Organization and Responsi-bilities" 5.1.2 Procedure 1903.40, " Duties of the Dose Assessment Team" 5.1.3 Procedure 1903.42, " Duties of the Emergency Medical Team" 5.1.4 Procedure 1903.43, " Duties of the Emergency Radiation Team" j 5.1.5 Procedure 1903.55, " Security" l i 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS l NOTE: l l l Items on a position guide are not necessarily in sequential l l l order. The user should scan the entire list and prioritize l l l activities as appropriate to the situation, rather than l l I necessarily perform the items in the order listed. Members l (,_s) l of the ERO should not rely upon these position guides alone l l to determine the items for which they are responsible. l l These position guides should always be used in conjunction l l with Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures or other appro- l l priate station procedures. l k
s gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIEATI0tp 1903.50 cm PAGE 4 05 #J V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision oare v" + CHANGE DATE 6.1 Each position guide details: 6.1.1 Reporting location for the listed position, 6.1.2 Position to which the listed position reports, 6.1.3 Those positions / tasks which the listed position supervises and coordinates, and 6.1.4 Duties for the listed position. 7.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS 7.1 Attachment 1 - Position Guides and Task Assignments for ERO Positions. 7.1.1 EOF Position Guide A - Emergency Operations Facility Director (EOFD) Position Guide B - Communications Liaison Position Guide C - Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager (REAM) Position Guide D - EOF HP Supervisor Position Guide E - Dose Assessment Supervisor s_, Position Guide F - Offsite Monitoring Supervisor Position Guide G - Support Manager Position Guide H - EOF Support Superintendent Position Guide I - LRSC Superintendent Position Guide J - Communications Manager 7.1.2 TSC/OSC Position Guide K - Emergency Coordinator (EC) Position Guide L - Administrative Manager Position Guide M - Security Coordinator Position Guide N - Office Services Coordinator Position Guide 0 - Emergency Operations Facility Maintenance Coordinator 1 Position Guide P - Operations Manager Position Guide Q - Engineering & Technical Support Manager ( Position Guide R - Technical Analysis Superintendent Position Guide S - Health Physics Superintendent Position Guide T - Maintenance Manager Position Guide U - Media Relations Manager 7.1.3 Control Room Position Guide V - Duty Emergency Coordinator Position Guide W - Shift Administrative Assistant i (~S Position Guide X - Shift Technical Advisor
\_)
l I gggggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION 1903.50 PAGE '* U I3 Oq ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN CHANGE 6 oaTe DATE 67/2'i6' ATTACHMENT 1 POSITION GUIDES AND TASK ASSIGNMENTS FOR ERO POSITIONS O l l0 l l l
s ggggTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO-
)
l IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION.- 1903.50 I fm PAGE 5 U5 I3 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE navision 6 o*Ta 67/"i" CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE A Page 1 of 2 l EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY DIRECTOR (EOFD) A. Normal Reporting Location LRSC EOF (upon activation of the ERO) B. Reports To AP&L Corporate Management C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. Emergency Coordinator
- 2. Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager
- 3. Support Manager
- 4. Communications Manager
- 5. Communications Liaison
-s D. Dutics
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 5. Contact the Control Room for information.
- 6. Evaluate appropriate level of AP&L Corporate response and assembly location.
j 7. Notify the Alternate EOFDs as time permits. l l 8. Notify the President of AP&L if necessary. (Note: Always notify the President.if news media attention is anticipated.) l
- 9. If the decision is made to man the EOF prior to a Site Area Emergency, notify the Shift Administrative Assistant on duty cr the need to activate the EOF and request that he pass this request on to the Duty Emergency Coordinator or the Emergency Coordinator as appropriate.
3 (v
s t a gggAggTION: PROCEDUREAVORK PLAN TITLE: NO: - l IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOR 1903.50
~
O R5 IU C ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aavisiOu 6 CHANGE oarE U7/"i34 DATE POSITION GUIDE A Page 2 of 2 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY DIRECTOR (EOFD)
- 10. Notify TSC upon arrival at the EOF and inform them that calls to LRCC are no longer necessary,
- 11. Ensure the proper classification of the emergency and review to see if the event should be upgraded or downgraded.
- 12. Determine protocol, as necessary, for interfaces between AP&L, the NRC, State, and local officials.
- 13. Establish communications with the Technical Support Center at ANO.
- 14. Ensure that communications are established with the NRC Emergency Operations Centers in Region IV and Bethesda, Maryland.
- 15. Ensure that communications are established with State Emergency Response officials at the TOCC (for an Alert or greater Emergency Class).
( ,) 16. Interface with NRC/ State / Local officials and AP&L management on dose assessment and recommended offsite protective actions. l~ NOTE: l l Among the responsbilities of the EOFD which may not l l be delegated shall be the decision to notify and to l l recommend protective actions to authorities responsi-l l ble for offsite emergency measures. l
- 17. Provide overall control of emergency response facilities.
- 18. Approve relocation of any emergency response center if deemed necessary.
- 19. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 20. Ensure consultant activities are being monitored where outside assistance is being provided.
- 21. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
m l
-v
i i gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOS- 1903.50
~T PAGE IU I6 (V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevismN 6 o*TE " i "i 6'* !
CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE B COMMUNICATIONS LIAISON l A. Normal Reporting Location EOF B. Reports To EOFD C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. Coordinates between the EOFD and the Communications Manager to transfer information regarding plant status and ERO information.
- 2. Assistants designated by Communications Liaison as needed.
D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 5. Provide input to the Communications Manager and EOFD regarding the need for and level of information releases.
- 6. Issue information releases as directed and approved by the EOFD.
- 7. Notify Middle South Services of the declaration of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency.
- 8. Establish communications with State Emergency Response officials (for an Alert or greater Emergency Action Class).
- 9. Serve as the contact for radiological information for the State of Arkansas.
- 10. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
1
- 11. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
l
/~)
V
s pgggAgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOU- 1903.50 r^x PAGE b" V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE nEvisioN 6 oATE "/"/34 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE C Page 1 of 2 RADIOLOGICAL / ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT MANAGER A. Normal Reporting Location EOF B. Reports To EOFD ' C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. EOF H.P. Supervisor
- 2. Dose Assessment Supervisor D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
)
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 5. Report manpawer status to the EOFD.
- 6. Contact AP&L managers to provide support on Core Analysis if necessary.
- 7. Organize technical support activities to provide 24 hr/ day coverage and assistance to ANO.
- 8. Assign personnel to interface and provide technical assistance to the NRC, Vendors, and consulting firm.s.
- 9. Provide the support Manager with personnel estimates for additional people assigned to ANO so that the necessary administrative support can be provided.
- 10. Oversee dose assessment activities.
- 11. Monitor consultant activities where outside assistance is being provided.
O _ _ _ . = c'v-
l
% 1 1
gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. IMERGENCY RESPONSE GRGANIZATIOy- 1903.50 fc-S PAGE 3 V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 6 oarE "/"/" CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE C Page 2 of 2 RADIOLOGICAL / ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT MANAGER l
- 12. Assign personnel as needed to pick up additional workload of plant staff.
- 13. Issue memorandums to Corporate and Site Security Coordinators concerning non-AP&L engineering personnel arriving to assist with the emergency.
- 14. Ensure interface exists with Health Department for exchange of offsite monitoring and dose projection information.
- 15. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 16. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
O
. - - , - - - - - g -
gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO@ 1903.50 Os PAGE Af" ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN CHANGE DaTE "/"/" DATE POSITION GUIDE L EOF HP SUPERVISOR A. Normal Reporting Location EOF B. Reports To REAM C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. HP personnel in the EOF D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
() 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 5. Report manpower status to the REAM.
- 6. Support emergency response organization of the EOF by providing all necessary health physics coverage.
- 7. Provide REAM periodic radiological status reports of the EOF.
8. Recommend EOF Protective Action Recommendations to the REAM.
- 9. Provide necessary health physics coverage of the Alternate EOF l to determine initial habitability and operational requirements.
1 1
- 10. Establish frisking stations and control points at EOF.
l 11. Coordinate vehicle monitoring. l
- 12. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 13. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
l l gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. 1903.50
.IMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION.- -- -
"% PAGE A1 OI __
#4 (V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN 6 DATE "i2*/6*
CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE E Page 1 of 2 DOSE ASSESSMENT SUPERVISOR A. Normal Reporting Location EOF B. Reports To REAM 4 C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. Offsite dose calculations personnel D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
/~')\
(_ 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Assign personnel to perform the following tasks as appropriate:
Offsite dose calculations.
- 5. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 6. Report manpower status to the Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager.
- 7. Activate the General Office Technical Analysis Section (environ-mental team and laboratory team).
i ! 8. Assemble with monitoring team at a designated rally point at the General Office Technical Analysis Section Offices. l 9. Contact the Duty Emergency Coordinator or Emergency Coordinator and advise him of the dose assessment team's estimated time of ar-rival at ANO, obtain a brief update of situation, and determine any precautionary or initial instructions for the monitoring team upon arrival at ANO.
- 10. Implement ANO procedures for dose projection and assessment.
/% 11. Establish a line of communication with the State Technical O Operational Control Center, as directed by the EOFD through the Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager, for coordina-tion and exchange of assessment information.
s gggAgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO4- 1903.50 r "x PAGE AA " 3 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavisioN 3 oaTE "/"/34 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE E Page 2 of 2 DOSE ASSESSMENT SUPERVISOR
- 12. Coordinate with the Offsite Monitoring Supervisor in order to obtain environmental measurement data for use in dose projection estimates.
- 13. Establish a line of communication with the Little Rock Laboratory Team.
- 14. Review analytical results obtained from the Little Rock Laboratory; update data base to determine latest dose projection estimates.
- 15. Transmit dose assessment information and update to the Radiological /
Environmental Assessment Manager.
- 16. As required, make preparations for post-emergency actions regarding Little Rock Laboratory operations and necessary non-AP&L analytical support.
- 17. Notify the Little Rock Laboratory upon termination of the emergency response.
{)
- 18. As required by the EOFD, prepare post-accident report (s) concerning dose assessment results.
19 Establish an interface with State and Federal radiological monitoring teams.
- 20. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 21. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
l l e ( 1
ghgApgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION 1903.50 gm U PAGE k OE U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisiOu oaTE " ' CHANGE l DATE i i POSITION GUIDE F Page 1 of 2 0FFSITE MONITORING SUPERVISOR A. Normal Reporting Location EOF B. Reports To Dose Assessment Supervisor C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. Offsite Monitoring Teams D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
g \_ ,/ 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Assign personnel to perform the following tasks as appropriate:
Offsite radiation monitoring support.
- 5. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 6. Raport manpower status to the Dose Assessment Superviscr.
- 7. Coordinate with Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager in order to review the best approach for the offsite response effort.
- 8. Assume responsibility for offsite monitoring from the Technical Analysis Superintendent.
- 9. Implement plant procedures for offsite monitoring and direct plant emergency personnel who will perform offsite monitoring.
- 10. Coordinate with the Dose Assessment Supervisor in order to transmit environmental radiation measurements.
- 11. Coordinate with the Technical Analysis Superintendent to provide personnel to direct monitoring teams for obtaining air, water, milk, agricultural samples, and thermoluminescent dosimeters based upon
/ \ -)' the monitoring strategy determined through consultation with the Dose Assessment Supervisor. { e
. s 1 i
I gggApgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOR 1903.50 g- PAGE If" C) ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN " oaTE
""'o' CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE F Page 2 of 2 OFFSITE MONITORING SUPERVISOR
- 12. Review measurement data obtained from monitoring teams and transmit to the Dose Assessment Supervisor.
- 13. Track onsite meteorology and area weather conditions.
- 14. Ensure that proper records, sample identification, sample quantity and form, and packaging prior to transmittal to the Little Rock Laboratory have been made.
- 15. As required, make preparations for post-emergency monitoring actions regarding strategy and personnel requirements.
- 16. Notify personnel upon termination of response.
- 17. As required by the EOFD, prepare post-accident report (s) concerning environmental monitoring results.
s 18. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location Oi and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 19. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
O l Q_)
s g,ggAggTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION.- 1903.50 r-S PAGE 15 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision 6 o*Te "/"/34 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE G SUPPORT MANAGER A. Normal Reporting Location EOF B. Reports To EOFD C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. EOF Support Superintendent
- 2. LRSC Superintendent D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
2. {'} Report to assigned location.
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 5. Report manpower status to the EOFD.
- 6. Provide support as requested by the EOFD.
- 7. Monitor consultant activities where outside assistance is being provided.
- 8. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 9. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
t () l 1
s gggggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITt b: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIONr 1903.50
/~'s y PAGE 10 05 I3 V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 6 o^re " A*/
- CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE H Page 1 of 2 EOF SUPPORT SUPERINTENDENT A. Normal Reporting Location .
EOF B. Reports To Support Manager C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. Corporate Security
- 2. Facilities Maintenance
- 3. Telecommunications
- 4. Office Services
- 5. Purchasing & Procurement
- 6. EOF Communications D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Assign personnel to perform the following tasks as appropriate:
H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4, H-5, and H-6.
- 5. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 6. Report manpower status to the Support Manager.
- 7. Coordinate with other AP&L managers, as necessary, to support ERO activities.
- 8. Arrange for transportation, as neces'sary, to support response efforts.
- 9. Ensure there is proper support coordination through daily briefings and periodic progress reports.
- 10. Coordinate with the designated coordinator for local communications
(~T to ensure sufficient rooms, catering, and transportation are pro-V vided in Russellville to support the ERO. 1 l t l . l
~, _. --
s ! gggAgTION: PROCEDUREIWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION- - 1903.50 ,x AI UE 7b U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE asvisioN 3 oaTE 6 7 /
- 6'*
CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE H Page 2 of 2 EOF SUPPORT SUPERINTENDENT
- 11. Work with the EOFD to develop emergency response planning / coordination and post-accident recovery schedules.
- 12. Coordinate requests for additional personnel.
- 13. Coordinate requests from Local, State, and Federal organizations to the EOFD.
- 14. Coordinate the evaluations of engineering alternatives available for recovery and their consequences.
- 15. Provide Financial Services with an estimated outage duration and costs for use in the Ccrporate Model.
- 16. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 17. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
O
ggggApgT!ON: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO4- 1903.50 (~s PAGE Af " d ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision " o*Ta " " " ' '
- CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE H TASK H-1 CORPORATE SECURITY
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Establish contact as appropriate with State and local police in both Little Rock and Russellville, FCB Security, and the FBI.
- 3. Centact ANO Plant Security and the Russellville District Office to determine if any additional security forces are needed.
- 4. Increase mail surveillance.
- 5. As appropriate, place a cor. trol point in the FCB Building and a guard on each AP&L floor.
- 6. Coordinate the establishment of a control point at the EOF and the alternate EOF, if activated. Ensure that media personnel are properly identified and controlled.
- 7. Increase the protection of AP&L Corporate Management as appropriate.
- 8. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
(E)
--g - --, --- - , , -
s ggggAgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO , IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIONf 1903.50. l PAGE U U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 3 oarE "/"/6' CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE H TASK H-2 FACILITIES MAINTENANCE SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Activate the EOF as needed.
- 3. Coordinate repair of equipment in the EOF and alternate EOF if activated.
- 4. Coordinate building services crews to clean the EOF.
- 5. Coordinate the locating and connection of utilities to trailers brought in to support the emergency response.
- 6. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
O O l l -
s e ggggAggTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION- 1903.50 f3 PAGE AO 5 IA U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE REVISION O CHANGE DATE DATE V ' / d / D'* POSITION GUIDE H TASK H-3 ; TELECOMMUNICATIONS SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Contact EOF Support Superintendent for further instructions.
- 3. Ensure emergency communications systems are functional.
- 4. Provide assistance as required to assure appropriate emergency communication channels are operable.
- 5. Coordinate all communication maintenance including radio, telephone, and data links.
- 6. Act as interface between AP&L Telecommunication maintenance and outside telecommunication support.
/~N 7. Invoke telecommunications contingencies as required to support the ERO.
V
- 8. Coordinate procurement of additional communications equipment as needed to support the ERO.
- 9. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
l
/^T N-)
1
- , . - , . , . c - -- n
s gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. ENERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION- 1903.50 .('N AI V U V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE ae<isioN 3 oare "i2'i6' l CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE H TASK H-4 0FFICE SERVICES SUPPORT l
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Coordinate office services function at the EOF.
- 3. Order additional office supplies as necessary.
- 4. Obtain from the EOF Support Superintendent an estimate of technical personnel transferring to ANO.
- 5. Have individual in charge of procurement obtain additional office r equipment and supplies as needed.
- 6. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of the locations of all assigned ERO members reporting to the EOFD.
A b O 9 -
, , ,m- .
,.- -, . , . , ,,, ,,,--.e.m., -
.-r, _ . -
s ggggApgTiON: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO4- 1903.50
'N PAGE "
(V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN 3 o*TE "i24/34 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE H TASK H-5 PURCHASING & PROCUREMENT SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Coordinate, with the EOF Support Superintendent, the need to meet with the Emergency Coordinator and the EOFD to determine additional equipment needs.
- 3. As necessary, have the designated coordinator for local communications arrange lodging, ground transportation, and meals for the ERO members and for additional support personnel arriving in Russellville.
- 4. Ensure proper support through daily briefings with the Emergency Coordinator, Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager, EOF Support Superintendent, and Communications Manager.
- 5. Ensure that the ANO power boats, vehicles, and other transportation means are available for use.
- 6. For protracted operations, arrange for cots for members of the TSC and EOF.
- 7. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
gggAggTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOS- 1903.50 PAGE uf H U(^' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisiOu 6 oaTE "i24/64 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE H TASK H-6 EOF COMMUNICATIONS SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Coordinate communication functions at EOF.
- 3. Coordinate equipment needs with telecommunications support personnel.
- 4. Provide assistance (communicators) as required, to assure that necessary communications links are manned.
- 5. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
O V 4 1
s i gggApgTION: PROCEDUREAVORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. IMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATI0t{,- 1903.50
~
(' A4 UE Ib u) ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevisiON 3 o^Te "i 4/64 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE I LRSC SUPERINTENDENT A. ' Normal Reporting Location LRSC B. Reports To Support Manager C. Supervises / Coordinates 1., Engineering
- 2. MSS & vendor support
- 3. Financial assistance
- 4. Planning & Scheduling
- 5. Office Services
- 6. Technical Assistance N D. Duties (d
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Assign personnel to perform the following tasks as appropriate:
I-1, I-2, I-3, I-4, planning and scheduling, and technical as-sistance.
- 5. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 6. Report manpower status to the Support Manager.
- 7. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 8. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
O
s gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. 1903.50 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO!J-PAGE Ab N U C~ ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE navisioN 6 o^TE "' 2* 64 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE I TASK I-1 ENGINEERING SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Assign an engineer to the Engineering Library to access information for the ERO.
- 3. Activate the Engineering Response Center at the LRGO to provide addi-tional support as appropriate.
- 4. Establish communications with the LRSC Superintendent to establish a mechanism for coordinating engineering support.
- 5. Brief the Engineering & Technical Support Manager concerning the support from outside organizations for ANO.
- 6. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of f any changes in location for tracking purposes.
V l _ _ . . _ _ , - _ . - ~ . _ -.
s ghggApgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATI0fp 1903.50 26 d M O ARKANSAS N'JCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision 6 o^re "i24/64 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE I TASK I-2
!!SS AND VENDOR SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Contact Bechtel, B&W, CE, INPO, and other organizations as appropriate for additional support.
- 3. Contact Middle South Services as appropriate for additional support.
- 4. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
I l l O l l l
(. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ - . 4 } ggggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION- 1903.50 e', 2 vi 73 PAGE U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision 6 oaTE "i2'*i64 __ CHANGE DATE POSITION CUIDE I TASK I-3 FINANCIAL SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Assign personnel to assist ANO with additional administrative functions; accounting, budget, payroll, etc.
- 3. Make work week authorizations for personnel working overtime.
- 4. Activate other AP&L departments, as necessary. Items to consider may be:
- a. Ensure that ANO, Russellville, and the LRGO receive additional funds to their corporate checking accounts,
- b. Keep financial community informed about the emergency and its impact on ANO.
- c. Make a preliminary evaluation of the financial impact and assign (ss_) personnel to locate additional cash and long-term funding (loans, floating stock, community paper).
- d. Incorporate replacement fuel costs into rates and prepare a report for management.
- e. Coordinate AP&L insurers.
- 5. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
O
s ggg3gTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. 1903.50 IMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATI0t4'__ _ _ _ Q PAGE ' " ' " O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisiON 6 oarE " / "/ 6'* CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE I TASK I-4 OFFICE SERVICES SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Ensure typing, duplicating facilities, and other office equipment are available to the ERO at the LRGO.
- 3. Contact LRSC Superintendent to obtain any additional typists, clerks, etc.
- 4. Inform the LRSC Superintendent in Little Rock of additional equipment and supply needs.
- 5. Assign clerk to LRGO Records section to coordinate information retrieval.
- 6. Assign personnel to maintain an accurate chronology of the incident and related events.
(s
- 7. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
O
- ~ , -- -
s [ggyAgTiON: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO?l- 1903.50 A PAGE AS EU U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision 6 o*TE "i24/ 6 CHANGE DATE i POSITION GUIDE J I COMMUNICATIONS MANAGER A. Normal Reporting Location EOF B. Reports To EOFD C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. Media relations
- 2. Internal communications
- 3. Local communications
- 4. Governmental communications
- 5. Utility communications
- 6. Rumor control D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Assign personnel to perform the following tasks as appropriate:
J-1, J-2, J-3, J-4, J-5, and J-6.
- 5. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 6. Report manpower status to the EOFD.
i l 7. Evaluate level of media and information response.
- 8. Activate the designated coordinators for Media Relations, Govern-mental Communications, Utility Communications, Internal Communica-tions, and Local Communications as needed.
- 9. Assign personnel to interface with Federal and State spokesmen.
O v n - - a y v
(. . # t-gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: / NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION- 1903.50
,N PAGE UU " Ib U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisio n 6 o*TE o**"
CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE J s Page 2 of 2 COMMUNICATIONS MANAGER
- 10. Prepare statements for transmittal to elected state and local officials and the financial community with the approval of the EOFD and \
release them to the appropriate individuals for further distribution.
- 11. Provide the initial news release for release to local media.
- 12. Formulate plans for-follow-up information releases and news confer-ences. Coordinate release with involved Federal and State or,ganiza-tions, including input from the designated coordinators for Govern-mental and local communications, as appropriate.
- 13. Arrange for recording the public conversations of the EOFD.
- 14. Issue memorandum within AP&L, with the approval of the EOFD, as to who can serve as company spokesmen to the media. (
- 15. Arrange for staff to record all broadcasts made regarding the incident. '
- 16. Activate other AP&L departments, as appropriate, to provide informa-tien to the public. '
17 Ensure there is adequate space and personnel at each divisional office to provide information to the public.
- 18. Resolve any communications problems that could not be satisfar.orily solved at the staff level. ,
(
- 19. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 20. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
( k i
-~ '
gggAgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOS' 1903.50 F PAGE 31 "E I3 I' C ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision 6 oATE "i"/ 3-* CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE J TASK'J-1 MEDIA RELATIONS
' 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Activate necessary staff.
- 3. Dispatch individuals as needed to activate media centers at LRGO, Russellville, ANO, and the backup media center at Russellville High School.
- 4. Assign personnel to interface between AP&L and media.
- 5. Coordinate with security for control of the media.
- 6. Establish line of communication with the Communications Manager.
- 7. Distribute initial information release and any additional releases to media.
- 8. Provide input and assistance to the Communications Manager for prepara-tion of news releases to be made by AP&L, as required.
- 9. Assemble biographies of ERO personnel and information concerning nuclear power, AP&L, and ANO.
- 10. Schedule news conference for EOFD, as directed.
- 11. Arrange for video-taping of all press conferences concerning the incident.
- 12. Ensure that there is AP&L personnel staffing at the media centers 24 hrs / day as necessary.
- 13. Provide the designated coordinator for local communications with an estimate of how many media personnel are expected at ANO and Russellville.
- 14. Notify media of emergency status, change, or termination when appropriate.
- 15. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
O
l gggggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: $ NO: , IMPLEMENTING PROC. !:MERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIONr 1903.50 7,- ~N PAGE 32 V2 I3 V ARKANSAS NilCLEAR ONE aevisiON 6 DATE "i24/6' Cl\NGE DATE POSITION GUIDE J TASK J-2 INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Establish line of communications with the designated coordinator for Media Relations.
- 3. Obtain media releases and distribute them throughout the company offices to keep AP&L employees informed.
- 4. Update AP&L Today and the Exciter Update.
- 5. Obtain and distribute media releases to Middle South.
- 6. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
O O
s gggAgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. IMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIONf 1903.50
' ~s PACE 33 U U U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN 6 o*TE "i"ie' CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE J TASK J-3 LOCAL COMMUNICATIONS
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
2, Contact KARV, KCAB, Russellville Courier-Democrat, and.Dardanelle Post Dispatch with initial media release.
- 3. Contact the mayors of Russellville, London, Dover, Dardanelle, Norristown, Atkins, Paris, Morrilton, Danville, and Clarksville.
- 4. As appropriate, contact county officials and state representatives who live in the Russellville area.
- 5. Reserve blocks of rooms at Holiday Inn, Marina Inn, Best Western Inn,
- Best Western Kings Inn, and Mid-Continent for ERO members and addi-tional AP&L personnel, as specified by the EOF Support Superintendent.
Also, give the hotels estimates on the Federal, State, and media per-sonnel that will be arriving. f~) (_/ 6. Arrange to have catered meals delivered to ANO and the EOF as required.
- 7. Arrange for ground transportation for the ERO as required.
- 8. Provide maintenance crews and equipment for distribution and switch yard as necessary.
- 9. Release communications equipment as needed to AP&L Russellville personnel.
- 10. Upon requests by the counties, dispatch individuals to act as liaison at Pope, Yell, Logan, Conway and Johnson County Emergency Operations Centers.
- 11. Assist in arranging additional office and clerical support for ANO and the EOF as requested by the Administrative Manager and the Support Manager.
l 12. Provide input as required to the formulation of media releases concerning
- local officials and public reaction, l
- 13. Notify local officials of emergency status termination.
- 14. Assign an individual to provide transportation of AP&L personnel arriving in the Russellville area. This includes assigning of company cars, setting up carpools, air transportation, shuttle to and from the airport,
- (~3 and boats.
1 \_)
- 15. luform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
ghgAgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO4- 1903.50 f5 PAGE N" U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 6 o^To "i"/ 64 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE J TASK J-4 GOVERNMENTAL COMMUNICATIONS
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Establish line of communication with the Communications Manager.
- 3. Take inquiries from appropriate State and Federal elected officials not directly involved in response to the incident. Maintain liaison with these officials by keeping them informed, screening their requests, and forwarding their inquiries to the Communications Manager or, as directed, to the appropriate department for response.
- 4. Provide input to the EOFD through the Communications Manager on how elected officials will respond to possible AP&L actions and statements.
- 5. Notify individuals contacted in (3) upon termination of the emergency.
p 6. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location ( and of any changes in location for tracking purposes. O
s gggAgTiON: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EM5RGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION.- 1903.50 fN PAGE 33 " I3 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN 3 oATE "/"/34 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE J TASK J-5 UTILITY COMMUNICATIONS
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Establish line of communication with the Communications Manager and the Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager.
- 3. Establish and maintain contact with other utilities providing them with periodic information releases.
- 4. Ensure that the various service organizations, such as EPRI, AIF, EEI, NUS-LIS, and INPO, are kept informed of the events occurring at ANO.
- 5. Notify other utilities and service organizations of termination of emergency.
- 6. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location rT and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
U O
s gggUgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO4- 1903.50 PAGE 36 vf 73 U'N. ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 6 oarE "i"/64 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE J TASK J-6 RUMOR CONTROL
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Provide for monitoring of local radio stations in the Russellville, Dardanelle, and Little Rock areas.
- 3. Provide for monitoring of local television stations in the Little Rock area.
- 4. Prepare rumor advisory messages for release to AP&L employees via Exciter Update and AP&L Today providing guidance on reporting rumors to the designated coordinator for rumor control.
- 5. Coordinate information requests to the EOFD to determine the status of rumors received.
- 6. Prepare responses te rumors using information provided by the EOFD
{^} s_- or his designee.
- 7. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
1 - l t
gggApgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATI0tp 1903.50 ew UI IA U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aEvisioN 6 oaTE " ' / "/" CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE K Page 1 of 2 EMERGENCY COORDINATOR A. Normal Reporting Location TSC B. Reports To AP&L Corporate Management EOFD C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. Administrative Manager
- 2. Operations Manager l
- 3. Engineering & Technical Support Manager
- 4. Maintenance Manager D. Duties O)
\s- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 5. Report manpower status to the EOFD.
- 6. Contact the DEC for information.
- 7. Direct and control the Initial Response Organization (IRO) effort.
t
- 8. Ensura the proper classification of the emergency and review to see if the event should be upgraded or downgraded.
l 9. Provide overall control of emergency response facilities. l 10. Keeps AP&L Management informed of the status of the emergency.
- 11. Interface with URC/ State / local officials and AP&L management on status of emergency.
O
s ggyApgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOR- 1903.50 / 'N PAGE Ub " 3 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE - aevision 6 oarE "i"/64 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE K Page 2 of 2 EMERGENCY COORDINATOR
- 12. Interface with NRC/ State / local officials and AP&L management on dose assessment and recommended offsite protective actions.
l NOTE: l l Among the responsibilities of the Emergency Coordinator l l which may not be delegated shall be the decision to notifyl l and to recommend protective actions to authorities re- l l sponsible for offsite emergency measures. l
- 13. Review the status of personnel accountability with Security and the Administrative Manager.
- 14. If personnel rescue is required, coordinate activities of appropriate response personnel. Ensure that the EOFD is notified of persons referred to a hospital or physician.
- 15. Ensure initial assessments of plant and effluent releases have been
/~N made. V
- 16. Ensure operation of emergency monitoring teams.
- 17. Review status of emergency effort.
- 18. Review habitability of Control Room, OSC, and TSC.
- 19. Turn over responsibilities to the EOFD as directed.
- 20. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 21. Ensure consultant activities are being monitored where outside assistance is being provided.
- 22. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
O v
gggAgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOS- 1903.50 /"T V PAGE U! " I3 ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE oare v " "' '* aevision CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE L ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGER A. Normal Reporting Location TSC B. Reports To Emergency Coordinator C. Supe rvises/ Coordinates
- 1. Security Coordinator
- 2. Office Services
- 3. Emergency Operations Facility Maintenance Coordinator (IRO only)
- 4. Fire support
- 5. Medical support D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Assign personnel to perform the following tasks as appropriate:
L-1, L-2, and L-3.
- 5. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 6. Report manpower status to the Emergency Coordinator.
- 7. Coordinate security, office services, fire support, medical support, and all other administrative type duties requested by the E.aergency Coordinator.
- 8. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 9. Monitor consultant activities where outside assistance is being provided.
- 10. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
e
.-,_._ .. y.-. _ _ -. -.
' l gggygTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: 1 IMPLEMENTING PROC. 1903.50 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOW )
PAGE U('s ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision 6 oATE "/"/34 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE L TASK L-1 0FFICE SERVICES SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
, 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. Coordinate office services function at ANO and the EOF.
- 4. Turn over office services function at EOF to EOFS, as appropriate.
- 5. Order additional office supplies as necessary.
- 6. Have designated coordinator for purchasing and procurement obtain additional office equipment and supplies as needed.
- 7. Distribute plant status reports.
- 8. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
O
s [gggApgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE-ORGANIZATIO4- 1903.50 es F_ PAGE U" U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN 6 o*TE "/"/34 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE L TASK L-2 FIRE SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. If no immediate action is required, fire support personnel should remain on standby until situation stabilizes.
- 4. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 5. Request that the Russellville Fire Department be contacted to coordinate combined activities, if necessary.
f O 1 O l I, ,
s ggggAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: ! IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOf.{- 1903.50 l (V N, PAGE k "E U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision " oare v"' CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE L TASK L-3 MEDICAL SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. If no immediate action is required, medical support personnel should remain on standby until siteation stabilizes.
- 4. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 5. Request that the Pope County' Ambulance Service, Millard-Henry Jinic, and/or St. Mary's Hospital be contacted to coordinate combined activities, if necessary.
O ! O I O
r gggygTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO4- 1903.50 N3 V 3 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE asvisiON 3 oarE "i2i34 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE M SECURITY COORDINATOR A. Normal Reporting Location OSC B. Reports To Administrative Manager C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. Security personnel
- 2. Offsite law officials D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
(" 2. Report to assigned location. \-)T
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 5. Report manpower status to the Administrative Manager.
- 6. Coordinate plant evacuation as needed.
- 7. Contact local law officials and coordinate activities as appropriate.
- 8. Set up roadblocks and control points to control access to ANO, the EOF, and the alternate EOF (if activated).
- 9. Establish working area in the EOF and the alternate EOF (if activated) to issue plant access identification.
- 10. Reduce security precautions at termination of emergency.
- 11. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 12. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
v)
s gggApgTION: P.10CEDURE/ WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION- 1903.50 fT (. > PAGE 'h" ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE oars " ' ' ' ' ' aavision CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE N OFFICE SERVICES COORDINATOR A. Normal Reporting Location OSC B. Reports To Administrative Manager C. Services / Coordinates Office Services Personnel D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 5. Report manpower status to the Administrative Manager.
- 6. Relocate / procure Office Services' supplies and equipment as neces-sary.
- 7. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 8. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
i O I l - (
s gghgygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAd TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOW 1903.50 (^) PAGE '*U 05 '3 V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE a Evisio N a oATE v ' / e-*/ o - CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE O EMERGENCY CPERATIONS FACILITY MAINIENANCE COORDINATOR A. Normal Reporting Location EOF B. Reports To Administrative Manager (IRO) EOF Support Superintendent (ERO) ' C. Supervises / Coordinates N/A D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. Solicit the aid of additional personnel as necessary (janitorial personnel, etc.).
- 4. Activate / set-up the Emergency Operations Facility per established procedures.
- 5. Report activation status of the EOF to the Administrative Manager.
- 6. Coordinate the repair and maintenance of equipment in the EOF.
- 7. Coordinate building services crews to clean the EOF.
- 8. Coordinate the locating and connection of utilities to trailers brought in to support the emergency response.
- 9. Once the EOF is staffed and operational, work under the direction of the EOF Support Superintendent rather than the Administrative Mana-ger. Inform the Administrative Manager of the change in supervision.
- 10. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 11. At the termination of the emergency (drill or exercise), coordinate the restoration of the EOF back to the Training Center.
< s gggygT!ON: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION- 1903.50 e~3 PAGE *O ON #J V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN o oars o"e+<a* CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE P Page 1 of 2 OPERATIONS MANAGER A. Normal Reporting Location TSC B. Reports To Emergency Coordinator C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. Operations staff D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Assign personnel to perform the following tasks as appropriate:
P-1
- 5. Fetablish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 6. Report manpower status to the Emergency Coordinator.
- 7. Review the Emergency Class declared with the Operations staff.
- 8. Oversee the implementation of normal and emergency procedures needed to bring the plant to a safe shutdown.
- 9. Determine the need for out-of-normal and emer gency procedures and supervises the development and implementation of these procedures.
- 10. Provide information and recommendations to the Emergency Coordinator concerning future operations that could affect the plant or the environment.
- 11. Coordinate with the EOF Support Superintendent to request services that may be needed.
(~') 12. Advise the Emergency Coordinator regarding relaxation / curtailment \' of Emergency Response Organization duties.
gghggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO& 1903.50 (~] PAGE k U v ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN o o*TE CHANGE DATE FvSITION GUIDE P Page 2 of 2 OPERATIONS MANAGER
- 13. Coordinate with the Engineering and Technical Support Manager to provide for the timely resolution of NRC questions regarding abnormal operation and/or changes to Technical Specifications and FSAR's in accordance with procedures.
- 14. Coordinate with the Engineering and Technical Support Manager to assure the development of emergency plans and procedures regarding abnormal systems or equipment operations.
IS. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 16. Monitor consultant activities where outside assistance is being provided.
- 17. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
O i O
gggggAgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOU- 1903.50
's . PAGE Nb " U U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisiOa 6 oars "i"i6' CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE P TASK P-1 OPERATIONS TECHNICAL ENGINEERING SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to the EOF library unless otherwise directed by the Operations Manager.
- a. An Operations Technical Engineer may be assigned to the control room of the affected unit to assist the operations staff.
- 3. Establish a working level interface with maintenance and with the control room of the affected unit.
- 4. Perform problem analyses of the emergency conditions and provide alter-natives for corrective action and long term recovery operations to the Operations Manager.
r~ 5. Research the feasibility of proposed recovery actions. (_}/
- 6. Develop procedures and work plans, as necessary, to implement proposed recovery actions.
- 7. Consult available resource material (technical manuals, drawings, pro-cedures, etc.) to provide specific information on equipment and system to operations.
() L
i-gggApgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION 1903.50
-s 4S ON #b U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE laevision o*Te v""*'a*
CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE Q Page 1 of 2 ENGINEERING & TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER A. Normal Reporting Location TSC B. Reports To Emergency Coordinator C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. Technical Analysis Superintendent
- 2. H.P. Superintendent
- 3. TSC Communications
- 4. Operations Assessment
- 5. Plant Analysis
- 6. Plant Engineering D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Assign personnel to perform the following tasks as appropriate:
Q-1, Q-2, Q-3 and Q-4.
- 5. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 6. Report manpower status to the Emergency Coordinator.
- 7. Support the Emergency Response organization by exercising control in the following areas:
- a. Provide.for the timely collection, retention and transmittal of plant information to the Emergency Response Organization.
- b. Coordinate with Operations to provide for the timely resolution of HRC questions regarding abnormal operation and/or changes to Technical Specifications and FSAR's in accordance with pro-cedures.
, (~)
I gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: 1 IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO?I- 1903.50 l p PAGE N 5U C ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN o o^Te '""'a* CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE Q Page 2 of 2 ENGINEERING & TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER
- c. Coordinate with Operations to assure the development of emergency plans and procedures regarding abnormal systems or equipment operations.
- d. Assure adequate technical and clerical personnel are available to support the Engineering and Technical Support Group.
- e. Oversee plant design modifications and ensure adequate core surveillance and protection is available,
- f. Ensure adequate office space, equipment, supplies, and communi-cations equipment are readily available to the Engineering and Technical Support Group.
- 8. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes, pd 9. Monitor consultant activities where outside assistance is being provided.
- 10. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
I O
gggApgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOR 1903.50 PAGE N 05 U C,o ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision 6 oarE """*'a'* CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE Q TASK Q-1 TSC COMMUNICATIONS SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Maintain the plant status boards.
- 3. Operate the following communications systems:
- TSC Radio
- TSC Telephone Switchboard
- Status Board Party Line Circuit
- 4. Perform onsite and offsite notifications directed by the Emergency coordinator.
- 5. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
3 (V O 1 l I
s ggggygTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOR 1903.50 PAGE UA UE U Ce- ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 6 oa'c 62/24/6'* CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE Q TASK Q-2 OPERATIONS ASSESSMENT SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Analyze plant transients and provide recommendations for recovery efforts.
- 3. Provide pertinent information from SER's and SOER's.
- 4. Identify potential equipment and systems problems that might be encountered.
- 5. Act as the site contact with IMPO.
- 6. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
O l O V _- -.m, , - - _ - - , _ . _, -
s gggApgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: . IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION,- 1903.50
/3 PAGE UU 5U V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN o^ra "i'"*
CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE Q TASK Q-3 PLANT ANALYSIS SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Monitor the Safety Parameter Display System.
- 3. Monitor reactor core parameters and perform assessments of core damage as necessary.
- 4. Provide input for the development and review of proposed recovery actions.
- 5. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
O O
-- - , -. - -- - - ~ - - - - -
s ggggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. :MERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION,- 1903.50 V,o PAGE bh "E U _ _ . _ _ . _ _ ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision a CHANGE o*Ts " " " ' ' DATE POSITION GUIDE Q TASK Q-4 PLANT ENGINEERING SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Develop plant design modifications, as necessary, in support of Technical Support Center emergency response efforts.
- 3. Coordinate Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Drafting and Drawing Control activities during an emergency.
- 4. Provide input for the development and review of proposed recovery action.
- 5. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
O l 1 O 9
- s,a 7-, - ..---
g3gygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION 1903.50 UU Of U U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevisioN 6 o*1E #"<*/a* CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE R TECHNICAL ANALYSIS SUPERINTENDENT A. Normal Reporting Location TSC B. Reports To Engineering & Technical Supoort Manager C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. Chemistry personnel
- 2. Radiochemistry personnel
- 3. Dose Assessment Team (initially)
D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
(O_/ 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Assign personnel to perform the following tasks as appropriate:
R-1, R-2, R-3.
- 5. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
6. Report manpowe. status to the Engineering & Technical Support Manager. 7 Coordinate dose assessment, chemistry, radi;:hemistry, and PASS activities.
- 8. Turn over dose assessment activities to the REAM, as appropriate.
- 9. Coordinate with the Offsite Monitoring Supervisor to provide personnel to direct monitoring teams for obtaining air, water, milk, agricultural samples, and thermoluminescent dosimeters based upon the monitoring strategy determined through consultation with the Dose Assessment Supervisor.
- 10. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
A kJ 11. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
l r {ggggApggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO!!- 1903.50 l
'^% PAGE 56 vf L (U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN 6 o*TE "i24/64 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE R TASK R-1 CHEMISTRY SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Coordinate sampling and analysis of secondary plant fluid systems.
- 3. Coordinate the collection and analysis of environmental samples.
- 4. Provide reaulis to the Technical Analysis Superintendent.
- 5. Inform the Litt.e Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
O V O i l
gggygTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. IMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION- 1903.50
^ bI U U ARKANS AS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aEvisioN 6 DarE "/"i" CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE R TASK R-2 RADI0 CHEMISTRY SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Coordinate sampling and analysis of primary coolant.
- 3. Coordinate sampling and analysis of liquid and gaseous radioactive wastes.
- 4. Provide results to the Technical Analysis Superintendent.
- 5. Coordinate PASS activities.
- 6. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
O O
4 s ' gggApgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO!J- 1903.50 f^ r lPAGE b L) ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN 6 oaTE e7/24/64 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE R TASK R-3 0FFSITE DOSE PROJECTION SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of ANO Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Project offsite dose consequences in the event of a radiological release.
- 3. Formulate Protective Action Recommendations and immediately provide results to the Technical Analysis Superintendent. '
- 4. Continue offsite dose projections as directed by the Technical Analysis Superintendent.
O O n- , , ,. ,,
s I gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOli 1903.50 7 ~. M ON #4 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevisiON a oATE "'/ea' CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE S Page 1 of 2 HEALTH PHYSICS SUPERINTENDENT A. Normal Reporting Location TSC B. Reports To Engineering & Technical Support Manager C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. Plant health physics personnel
- 2. Health Physics technical augmentation staff D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
(~T 2. Report to assigned location. G
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Assign personnel to perform the following tasks as appropriate:
S-1 and S-2.
- 5. Coordinate the onsite section of the Emergency Radiation Team.
- 6. Coordinate the offsite section of the Emergency Radiation Team until relieved by the Offsite Monitoring Supervisor.
- 7. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
8. Report manpower status to the Engineering & Technical Support Manager. 9. Has overall responsibility for all in plant health physics activities, including the sampling and ALARA programs.
- 10. Support the emergency response operation by providing all necessary health physics coverage, including radwaste coverage.
- 11. Develop plans, procedures, and methods for keeping radiation exposure of recovery personnel as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA).
- 12. Coordinate to ensure personnel TLDs are read and updated computer O listings are provided.
- 13. Support the Emergency Response Organization by issuing personnel dosimetry.
l {ghgAgTION: PROCEDURENVORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO!p 1903.50
,' ' x PAGE 60 uf 73 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 3 o*TE "i"i6' CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE S Page 2 of 2 HEALTH PHYSICS SUPERINTENDENT
- 14. Ensure personnel TLDs are read and exposure history files are updated in a timely manner.
- 15. Ensure environmental TLDs are read and accurately logged with infor-mation supplied to the Dose Assessment Supervisor, Emerger.cy Coordinator, and the Technical Analysis Superintendent.
- 16. Assist in discussion of radiological assessments with the Technical Analysis Superintendent and/or Dose Assessment Supervisor to verify radioactive release data.
- 17. Provide whole body counts for personnel, as necessary.
- 18. Coordinate with Health Physics staff and develop decontaminaticn plans to support the recovery effort in accordance with implementing procedure.
19. r'), Develop long and short term plans and procedures to reduce liquid, (. gaseous, and solid waste levels to near normal status.
- 20. Maintain an updated status of liquid storage tank volumes, gas and solid wastes system volumes.
- 21. Recommend equipment for use in accomplishing waste processing and monitoring activities.
- 22. Advise the Design and construction Group on radwaste system additions and modifications.
- 23. Coordinate plans and schedules for tasks affecting other managers /
coordinators in the Emergency Response Organization.
- 24. Provide information and recommendations to the Emergency Coordinator concerning future operations that could affect the plant or the environment.
- 25. Evaluate the need for temporary storage facilities, mobile waste processing units, specialized shipping containers, and make recommendations to the Emergency Coordinator.
- 26. Ensure all waste shipments are fully authorized and documented.
- 27. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location
! (^N and of any changes in location for tracking purposes. l
%]
j 28. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response. I
s gggAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IUPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION,- 1903.50 ('T PAGE 61 vi 73 V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisiOu 6 oATE "i24/54 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE S TASK S-1 ONSITE RADIATION MONITORING SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Direct the onsite monitoring section of the Emergency Radiation Team.
- 3. Dispatch survey teams to onsite areas as designated by the Health Physics Superintendent.
- 4. Monitor onsite radioactivity levels.
- 5. Monitor personnel exposures.
- 6. Report survey results to the Health Physics Superintendent, located in the TSC.
- 7. Establish radiological control points.
- 8. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
j
s SM5MFWTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION,- 1903.50 PAGE b2 " IU U'~'s ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisiON 3 oats "/24/34 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE S TASK S-2 RADNASTE SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Direct the packaging of radioactive wastes.
- 3. Arrange for transport and disposal of radioactive wastes.
- 4. Report the status of radwaste handling activities to the Health Physics Superintendent, located in the TSC.
- 5. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
(~) (_/ O
s l l gggUgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: ) IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIOR 1903.50 PAGE 04 Of #4 U, s ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisiON 6 CHANGE o*TE DATE v'/"*/** POSITION GUIDE T Page 1 of 2 MAINTENANCE MANAGER A. Normal Reporting Location TSC B. Reports To Emergency Coordinator C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. Mechanical staff
- 2. Electrical staff
- 3. I&C staff
- 4. Planning & Scheduling staff D. Duties rg 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
V
- 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
- 4. Assign personnel to perform the following tasks as appropriate:
T-1, T-2, T-3, and T-4.
- 5. Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 6. Report manpower status to the Emergency Coordinator.
- 7. Coordinate maintenance personnel and incorporate these individuals into the ERO.
l 8. Direct in-house maintenance personnel in the repair and maintenance t of existing equipment to original specifications in order to be in compliance-with the Technical Specifications and support the emergency response and recovery effort. l 9. Ensure that documentation of all maintenance activities is maintained.
- 10. Direct in-house maintenance personnel in the installation of modi-fications to existing equipment in support of the reccvery effort.
O
s pgggApgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION- 1903.50 7N PAGE b0 UE U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE atvision 6 oare "i"i64 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE T Page 2 of 2 MAINTENANCE MANAGER
- 11. Coordinate in-house QC inspectors to provide the quality control needed to support in-house maintenance activities.
- 12. Oversee the investigation of all maintenance-related problems and review problem solving alternatives developed as to their adequacy and workability.
- 13. Develop and propose alternative means of monitoring and controlling plant parameters to the plant operations group.
- 14. Coordinate with the design and construction groups where major instrument and control modifications are required.
- 15. Provide the technical expertise in the maintenance area for response to questions and inquiries from various regulatory agencies.
- 16. Assist the Emergency Coordinator and EOFD in short term planning and x
scheduling to expedite the recovery operation. This will require s the optimization of all available materials, equipment, manpower, and capital resources.
- 17. Monitor consultant activities where outside assistance is being.
provided. l l
gg'gAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO-IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIONf 1903.50 t'^) PAGE bb " I3 V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision 6 oATE " i "i 3'- i CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE T TASK T-1 MECHANICAL SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Assign personnel to recovery /re-entry teams as directed by the Maintenance Manager.
- 3. Coordinate mechanical maintenance and repair activities in support of recovery operations.
- 4. Report status of mechanical maintenance and repair efforts to the Maintenance Manager, located in the Technical Support Center.
- 5. Report manpower status to the Maintenance Manager.
- 6. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
V'O O
s l gggAgTION: PROCEDUREAVORK PLAN TITLE: N O-IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION / 1903.50 py*2'., 66 of 73 V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE REVISION O DATE N/'E/U' CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE T TASK T-2 ELECTRICAL SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Assign personnel to recovery /re-entry teams as directed by the Maintenance Manager.
- 3. Coordinate electrical maintenance and repair activities in support of recovery operations.
- 4. Report status of electrical maintenance'and repair efforts to the Maintenance Manager located in the Technical Support Center.
- 5. Report manpower status to the Maintenance Manager.
- 6. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
O O
s l {ggAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATI0ti- 1903.50 1 N (V PAGE f5U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE oars ' " " '
- aevision CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE T TASK T-3 I & C SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Assign personnel to recovery /re-entry teams as directed by the Maintenance Manager.
- 3. Coordinate I & C maintenance and repair activities in support of recovery operations.
- 4. Report status of I & C maintenance and repair efforts to the Maintenance Manager located in the Technical Support Center.
- 5. Report manpower status to the Maintenance Manager.
- 6. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
O 1 l l l O
1 l gggygTION: PROCEDUREAVORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIONf 1903.50 ) f~' PAGE 65 d E V} ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 6 oarE "i 4/64 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE T TASK T-4 PLANNING AND SCHEDULING SUPPORT
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Develop maintenance and repair schedules in support of the recovery effort.
- 3. Monitor maintenance and repair work in progress.
- 4. Report deviations from the established schedules to the Maintenance Manager, located in the TSC.
- 5. Provide input for the development and review of proposed recovery actions.
- 6. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
l l Os v ,
\
gggApgTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIONf 1903.50 N PAGE 63 d L J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE asvisiON 6 o^rE U 7 / 24' 6'- CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE U MEDIA RELATIONS MANAGER A. !'ormal Reporting Location ECF B. Reports To Emergency Coordinator (IRO position only) C. Supervises / Coordinates N/A D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
O \/ 3. Ensure that a Communicator has been notified to man the EOF Status Board.
- 4. Coordinate with Little Rock Media Center personnel for the prepara-tion and release of news releases.
- 5. Coordinate early arriving media at the Emergen?f News Center.
- 6. Report status of media activities to the Emergency Coordinator.
- 7. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in locaton for tracking purposes.
4 s
s gggAgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIONr 1903.50 (' - PAGE 'O 05 #5 V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavisioN 6 o^TE "'ie*io* CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE V Page 1 of 2 DUTY EMERGENCY COORDINATOR A. Normal Reporting Location Control Room Technical Support Center (alternate location) B. Reports To AP&L Corporate Management Emergency Coordinator C. Supervises / Coordinates
- 1. Shift Operations Supervisor
- 2. Shift Administrative Assistant
- 3. Emergency Teams / Groups
- 4. IRS personnel
/~N D. Duties U
- l. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Report to assigned location.
- 3. Organize staff and have them report to their assigned location.
4 Establish a schedule of working hours to support around-the-clock operation.
- 5. Report manpower status to the Emergency Coordinator /EOFD.
- 6. Contact the Shif t Operations Supervisor for information.
- 7. Direct and coordinate the Initial Response Staff effort.
- 8. Ensure the proper classification of the emergency and review to see it the event should be upgraded or downgraded.
O
s 1 gggAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: N O. - IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION.- 1903.50
/~ g PAGE IA 05 IA V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision o*TE viii4'o*
CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE V Page 2 of 2 DUTY EMERGENCY COORDINATOR
- 9. Provide overall control of emergency response facilities.
- 10. Keeps AP&L Management informed of the status of the emergency.
- 11. Interface with NRC/ State / local officials on status of emergency.
- 12. Interface with NRC/ State / local officials and AP&L management on dose assessment and recommended offsite protective actions.
l NOTE: l l Among the responsibilities of the DEC which may not be l l delegated shall be the decision to notify and to reccmmendl l protective actions to authorities responsible for offsite l 1 emergency measures. l l?. Review the status of personnel accountability with Security and Administrative Manager. fw
\~- 14. If personnel rescue is required, coordinate activities of appro-priate response personnel. Ensure that the EC/EOFD is notified of persons referred to a hospital or physician.
- 15. Ensure initial assessments of plant and effluent releases have been made.
- 16. Ensure operation of emergency monitoring teams.
- 17. Review status of emergency effort.
- 18. Review habitability of Control Room, OSC, and TSC.
- 19. Turn over responsibilities to the EC us directed.
- 20. Inform the Little Rock Support Center (when activated) of location and of any changes in location for tracking purposes.
- 21. Notify staff upon termination of the AP&L emergency response.
I ( l l l
r l gggApgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATIO!4- 1903.50
/U') h" PAGE b ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavisiON CHANGE o*TE DATE POSITION GUIDE W SHIFT ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS A. Normal Reporting Location Control Room B. Reports To DEC C. Supervises / Coordinates N/A D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 2. Perform Administrative duties under the guidance of the DEC.
- 3. Coordinate emergency related communications to and from the control room.
- 4. If a radiological release is involved, calculate initial offsite dose projections.
- 5. Coordinate with SAA from unaffected unit.
- 6. Periodically update the DEC regarding the status of notifications and Dose Assessment activities.
- 7. Turnover notification and dose assessment duties to the TSC staff as directed.
l l [ l
l I gggApgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. IMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION.,- 1903.50 O PA *1E V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN 3 DATE "/"/34 CHANGE DATE POSITION GUIDE X SHIFT TECHNICAL ADVISOR A. Normal Reporting Location Control Room B. Reports To Shift Operations Supervisor C. Supervises / Coordinates N/A D. Duties
- 1. Notified of Emergency Plan activation.
- 7. Assist the Shift Operations Supervisor in accident mitigation.
- 3. Periodically update the DEC regarding the status of plant operations, as directed.
!O l
u I ARKANSAS POTNER & LIGHT COMPANY { Arkansas Nuclear One TITLE: DELETION OF PROCEDURES FORM NO. 1013.02N REV. # 20 PC # ' Arkansas Nuclear One Russellville, Arkansas Date g_9t_na
?!Et!0RMDU}!
j T0: _ N k WM RETURN TO: ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE Document Control i FR0!!: ANO DOCUhENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO tlASTER PL\NT 11ANUAL UPDATE - DELETION OF PROCEDURES PROCEDURE NUf!BER 1903.70 REVISION NUllBER 1 PERf!ANENT CIIANGE TEllPORARY CIIANGE PROCEDURE TITLE: RUSSELLVILLE FIRE DEPARTMENT PROCEDURE NUBIBER REVISION NUllBER PERFIANENT CIIANGE TEllPORARY CIIANGE PR0F. DURE TITLE: i l t 1 1' ~ l PROCEDURE llAS BEEN ret 10VED FRO?! YOUR SET OF Ti[E PLANT t!ANUAL. l
/ PROCEDURE SIIOULD BE RE!!0VED FRO!! YOUR SET OF TIIE PLANT FIANUAL.
SIGNATURE /DATE b UPDATED i e _ _ _ . , - , . y_,, , ,.
i .. i i-O ATTENTION THE ATTACHED ^ PROCEDURE 1905.78 REV. / SHOULD BE PLACED IN FRONT OF CURRENT PROCEDURE UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. f EFFECTIVE DATE S'29'N PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CURRENT REVISION BEFORE 1 EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE. i O e O i \
. . _ . . . _ - _ _ _ . . . _ . , _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . .m.. -- . _ . _ _ _ . . . , _ . . _ _ . _ , . . . _ . . . _ , . _ _ . _ . _ , - . _ , . . _ _ _ . . .
r f ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY ~ i l
/i Arkansas Nuclear'One V
TITLE: RECORD OF DELETIONS TO STATION PROCEDURES FORM NO. 1013.02}1 l REV. # 16 PC # l Procedure Number / 6 8. 70 Revision' Number / Procedure Title Mu;zt/[vd 6re. O t e t.9 [ w ^ Comments: hb>- ocerr/w u u . .i m ,.s ,n d T (* /)& f,cceedex lYb3.c22,
" Pne a emu;~" ,A
.,A _ f , 6 wie,4 p, s i 1
This procedure is listed on the t! aster Test Control List. Yes O No O If is yes, a completed Form 1000.09A (Surveillance Test Program Revision Sheet) attached. Iffild Originator / Ix/ l i 8 BV Dat6 O Recommended for deletion: C D6partm'ent ?!anager Date
/
[ ' l PSC, Chairman ( applicable) Date D E 8'L{
~
Approval for deletion: k 8/z7/py m/6'( t%e Date v 7 / neral flanageF '
~/ /
Recognition of Surveillance Program Changes: (If 1000.09A was attached) Surveillance Test Coordinator (Planning & Scheduling) A l y
~
=" *'
4L
!mtg ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHFCOMPANY L Arkansas Nuclear One TITLE: TRANSMITTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. fl 20 PC (1 Arkansas Nuclear One .
Arkansas Russellville$4 Date 8 MEMORANDUM T0:
] O 7 - M d C (Al M . RETURN T0: ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FRO?l: Document Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO ?! ASTER PLANT ?!ANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUllBER 1903.52 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE COMMAND AND CONTROL PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.53 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE tocISTICAL SUPPORT PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.60 REV. # 10 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EOUIPMENT The following personal privacy pages of the indicated or proprietary procedure (s) contains items which involve material. PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT PLEASE ROOMS, REMOVE ETC. TIIE MDICATED MATERIAL PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) l l PROCEDURE (S) IIAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TIIE PLANT MANU I l
/ PROCEDURE (S) SIIOULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TIIE SIGNATURE DATE UPDAfED
. s l
O ATTENTI0N THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE NO3 62 REV. O SHOULD BE PLACED IN UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE $M9-N PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE -D P24#- BEFORE . EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE. O O
. .c 1
ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g, , Arkansas Nuclear One
%D, Y RECORD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS Fo m No. 1000.06A EMEq#0R{LANIMPLEMENTINGPROCEDURE REV. # 12 PC # /
' V l Safety Related YES d NO O y% Cord!AND AND CONTROL i A PAGE REV PC#
b- h P((E N h hC[ W Ab REY Pdd PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 0 l l APPROVED BY: ' APPROVAL DATE [ g,, fff_[f7 > Ada j j' [, ^,', f' REQUIRED E FECTIVE DATE: y IGeneral Manager) g y
1
. , 1 s I gggpygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. COMMAND AND CONTROL 1903.52 PAGE 1 "N J Q \"' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u o*Ts u*/ e ""+ CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe mechanisms and requirements intended to assist in establishing command and control over an emergency response. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure is applicable to emergency situations involving Unit one and/or Unit Two. This procedure provides guidance and instructions in the following areas required for establishment of command and control over an emergency re-sponse. 2.1 A well-defined division of responsibilities; 2.2 A well-defined mechanism for transfer of responsibilities from one group to another; 2.3 Frequent and accurate status reports on the emergency; and a central, overall planning schedule for coordination of the, response. O %J
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References used in procedure preparation: 3.1.1 Emergency Plan 3.2 References used in conjunction with this procedure: None 3.3 Related ANO procedures: 3.3.1 1903.51, " Turnover of Responsibility" 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this procedure: None 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Initial Response Staff (IRS) - The emergency organization composed of plant personnel who must be able to augment the onsite plant personnel within approximately 60 minutes of being notified. (3 O
. 5
{MggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. COMMAND AND CONTROL 1903.52 PAGE 2 uf 3 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision U CHANGE o*TE DATE UUw" 4.2 Initial Response Organization (IRO) - The emergency response organi-zation composed of the IRS, the Technical Support Center Staff, the operational Support Center Staff, the emergency team members and Emergency Operations Facility Maintenance Coordinator. 1 4.3 Emergency Operations Facility Staff (EOFS) - The AP&L emergency re- l sponse organization composed of plant and General Office personnel ' which is activated to augment the resources of the Initial Response l Organization for more serious events. Portions of the EOFS may be ' located in the Little Rock Corporate offices. 4.4 Emergency Response Organization (ERO) - The emergency response organization, formed by the augmentation of the IRO by the EOFS, which has the capability to provide manpower and other resources for long-term response to an emergency situation. ! 1 4.5 Command and Control Boards - Boards placed in the response locations, ' (Control Room, Technical Support Center, Secondary Technical Support Center and EOF Command Room) which designate where the authority for a particular function lies. 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES m k_) Refer to Section 6.0. 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Division of Responsibilities The division of responsibilities within AP&L and within State and local agencies in the event of an emergency at Arkansas Nuclear One are defined in the Emergency Plan, in the State of Arkansas Emer-gency Operations Plan-Annex V, and in the County Radiological Emer-gency Response Plans. 6.2 Transfer of Responsibility to the Emergency Response Organization The Initial Response Staff (IRS) and the Initial Response Organiza-tion (IRO), which are composed of ANO staff, have the overall re-sponsibility for directing the emergency response until an orderly transfer of responsibilities to the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) can be made. The Command ;ad Control Boards shall be updated to reflect the turnover of responsibilities. The Emergency Response Organization assumes responsibilities for interfaces with and coordi-nation of support by offsite groups in order that members of the ANO staff can direct their efforts to onsite emergency operations. Turnover shall be in accordance with Procedure 1903.51, " Turnover of Responsibility". A b
. 6 g3gUgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. COMMAND AND CONTROL 1903.52 m PAGE 4 Of 4 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN o CHANGE DATE DATE
*/2'<o' 6.3 Command and Control Boards It is the responsibility of the Shift Operations Supervisor, Duty Emergency Coordinator, Emergency Coordinator and EOFD to ensure that the Command and Control Boards are updated as turnover occurs.
Command and Control Boards are located in the following locations: 6.3.1 Control Room (stored in the control room emergency kit) 6.3.2 Technical Support Center 6.3.3 Secondary Technical Support Center 6.3.4 Emergency Operations Facility 6.4 Status Reports Frequent and accurate status reports are necessary in order to .nsure that all individuals involved in the emergency response have a cor-rect and current understanding of the emergency. Status reports should be prepared by the Support Manager at least daily or more (j frequently if appropriate and should be approved by the EOFD prior to issuance. A copy of the status report should be issued or made available to each member of the ERO. As appropriate, status reports should include the following items: 6.4.1 Narrative discussion of the current status of the emer-gency. 6.4.2 Chronological summary of the event and response actions (listing). 6.4.3 Organizations currently involved in the response to the event. 6.4.4 Current personnel assignments and locations in the ERO. 6.4.5 Narrative discussion of the plan of action to address the event. 6.4.6 Copies of AP&L new releases. 7.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS None l 1 l
O ATTENTI0N THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE _1903,53 REV. O SHOULD BE PLACED IN UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE Y - A9 - ?s 4 PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE -llsfa3A-BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE. O O '
-m._-.-- , -
e ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY n . .,4 Arkansas Nuclear One
. O,4 III RECORD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS FOW No. 1000.06A E!!EftGENg PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REV. f12 PC #
, ,A jV l Safety Related YES~4 NO O l
( g; t0ctsTICAtsugPORT = PAGE REV PC# ((lI[O PAGE REV PC/r J J ((PAGE REV PC# = PAGE REV PC// PAGE REV PC# 1 0 2 0 3 0
'4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 4
)
s t APPROVED BY: l O . sw APPROVAL DATE i y~ 99//[IJff Af Add 4< REQUIRED EF1ECTIVE DATE- 1 c(General Manager) l g 6
. . l I
i ggggAgTION: P{ggRK PLAN TITLE: NO: l IMPLEMENTING PROC. SUPPORT 1903.53 { O PAGE A vN O V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision u o*TE v '/ u"< o - CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE This proceaure identifies the responsible personnel and general guidance to follow in obtaining the following logistical support services that
~
may be required by the Emergency Response Organization (ERO): lodging, food, laundry, office equipment and services, emergency facility repairs, and transportation. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to the logistical support services that may be needed during an emergency situation at ANO. Non-AP&L personnel assisting with the incident response / recovery efforts, who may require such logistical support, should also follow the instructions in this procedure. If the Little Rock Support Center has not been activated, individuals desiring to obtain such logistical support services, should follow normal corporate procedures for this assistance.
3.0 REFERENCES
(~h 3.1 ( ,/ References used in procedure preparation: 3.1.1 Emergency Plan 3.2 References used in conjunction with this procedure: None 3.3 Related ANO procedures: None 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this procedure: None 4.0 DEFINITIONS None 5.0 RESPONSIBILI*fIES 5.1 The Support Manager is responsible for logistical support as detailed in this procedure during an emergency at ANO. O LJ
gggUygTION: PgggRK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. SUPPORT 1903.53 PAGE A v5 b D ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE amsion 6 CHANGE oare v 'iv"' o' DATE 5.2 The LRSC Superintendent is responsible for coordination of logistical support during an emergency at ANO as delineated in this procedure. 5.3 The EOF Support Superintendent is responsible for coordination of logistic support for the EOF and ANO as delineated in this procedure. 5.4 The Administrative Manager is responsible for obtaining Office Ser-vices and equipment in support of the Control Room /TSC/OSC emergency response effort. 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Lodging If personnel associated with the AP&L response have a need for over-night accommodations and have difficulty acquiring a room, the Little Rock Support Center may be contacted for assistance. Coordination of requests for accommodation for the response organization in the Russellville area shall be carried out by the EOF Support Superintendent. The EOF Support Superintendent will evaluate requests for accommodations and then acquire the needed accommodations. In the g3 event that p'rotracted operations are necessary, the Russellville qj District Office (RDO) will reserve accommodations in the area based on probable need from management manpower estimates. If Russellville is evacuated, accommodations will be arranged at a public facility througn local authorities. At ANO the EOF Support Superintendent or his designee will provide a limited number of cots for temporary use principally for Emergency Operations Facility personnel. The ERO personnel responsible for reviewing or designating a reviewer for accommodation requests are as follows: Individual Location LRSC Superintendent Little Rock Support Center EOF Support Superintendent Arkansas Nuclear One and EOF The Support Manager or his designee is responsible for advising the above appropriate individual of any significant change in the number of ERO personnel requiring such assistance. I When making the request for lodging assistance, the following infor- I mation should be provided- I l gS
- Requester's Name l O
Position (Company, Department, Position) l
l pggAgTION: P{ggggRK PLAN TITLE; NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. SUPPORT 1903.53 ' J em U OF ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE 4 OI C REVISION U DATE WW CHANGE DATE
- Telephone Extension
- Date Lodging Needed Estimated Check-Out Date Requests should be submitted to the above appropriate individual.
6.2 Food In Little Rock, the need for special catering to provide food for emergency personnel may be required. Although personnel should be able to obtain most meals at local establishments, certain circumstances such as extended work periods exceeding 12 hours and weekend or holiday periods, will require the LRSC Superintendent to arrange for food services. For a major incident at ANO, the ERO will require special catering to provide food for the emergency response personnel. The EOF Support Superintendent or his designee shall be responsible for catering. Upon request from the EOF Support Superintendent or his designee the Russellville District Office will assist in providing fg needed food services from local vendors to the EOF and TSC. Should (j Russellville be evacuated, the Russellville District Office will coordinate with local and state officials in order to establish facilities to supply meals to response personnel. The ERO personnel responsible for making or designating an individual to make short or long term food service arrangements are as follows: Individual Location LRSC Superintendent Little Rock Support Center EOF Support Superintendent Arkansas Nuclear One and EOF The support Manager is responsible for advising the above appropriate individual of any significant change in the number of ERO personnel requiring such assistance. Personnel should follow normal corporate procedures to be reimbursed for meal costs if not pre-paid by AP&L; receipts attached to an AP&L expense report should be submitted for payment to their immediate supervisor after termination of the emergency response. 6.3 Laundry There are laundry and dry cleaning facilities in both Russellville and Little Rock. Response personnel should use these facilities as (. (')T needed and file the cost with their expense accounts.
gggygTION: PggggggRK PLAN TITtE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. SUPPORT 1903.53 F E fu O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision u o^te v ' / u"' " CHANGE DATE Personnel clothing which become radioactively contaminated and determined by Health Physics to be above the limits for release to general public will be confiscated. In such cases, individuals should estimate the fair market replacement value and submit this claim with their expense report. 6.4 Office Services and Equipment The ERO personnel responsible for obtaining or designating an indivi-dual to obtain office services and equipment to meet emergency response needs are as follows: Individual Location LRSC Superintendent Little Rock Support Center EOF Support Superintendent EOF Administrative Manager ANO 6.4.1 Office Services ,s It i anticipated that the present secretarial and clerical (~) personnel should be sufficient to meet office service needs (typing, reproduction, etc.) during ERO activation. However, due to increased workloads or prolonged or extended work periods, temporary office service personnel may be required to support or relieve existing secretarial and clerical personnel at the various AP&L emergency centers. Requests for assistance should be made through the requestor's immediate supervisor to the appropriate individual listed I above. 6.4.2 Office Equipment If available office equipment (typewriter, reproduction, etc.) or supplies are not sufficient to meet the actual or anticipated workload, a request should be made through one's immediate supervisor to the appropriate individual listed in section 6.4. If required, additional equipment may be obtained on loan from another department, if avail-able, or may be rented from a local vendor. Supplies will usually be procured under normal operating procedures. Requests for additional office personnel and equipment should include the following information: Requestor's Name (n_)
- Position (Company, Department, Position)
- l. . .
gggyApglON: PggggRK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. SUPPORT 1903.53 7s PAGE 3 05 0 LJ ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u o^Te v'/u"'
- CHANGE DATE /
Type of Office Service Requested: Personnel Services (Typist, Clerical), Reproduction Service, Special Courier, etc. Equipment (Typewriters, Reproduction, Desks, etc.) Date/ Time Required
' Estimated Length of Time Service Required (if applicable).
6.5 Emergency Facility Repairs This section is limited in scope, applying only to obtaining services for repairing facilities and equipment in the emergency response centers. The ERO personnel responsible for working closely with the EOF Support Superintendent to obtain repair services at each emergency response center are as follows: Individual Emergency Response Center () EOF Support Superintendent ANO and EOF LRSC Superintendent Little Rock Control Center and General Office Response Centers Request for assistance should be made through one's immediate supervisor to the appropriate responsible individual listed above. Requests should include the following information:
- Name of Requestor
- Position / Department Location and Telephone Extension Problem or Item Heeding Repair or Adjustment Priority for Repair (verbal) i
, =.
gggygTION: PpggggRK PLAN TITtE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. SUPPORT 1903.53 PAGE O Uf f ' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u oars " o* ** CHANGE DATE 6.6 Transportation The LRSC Superintendent has the overall responsibility for assuring that transportation needs of the Emergency Response Organization are met. He may assign an individual in the Little Rock Support Center for coordinaticn of this effort as required. The AP&L Manager, Transportation, may provide available company vehicles and other modes of transportation in Little Rock and in other areas of the State as requested. The LRSC Superintendent will coordinate with the Manager, Transportation to establish priorities in assignment, scheduling, and utilization of transportation ser-vices. The Russellville District Office may be requested to assist in obtaining transportation services in the Russellville area. The EOF Support Superintendent is responsible for obtaining transporta-tion needs to support emergency response personnel at Arkansas Nuclear One. 6.6.1 Ground Arkansas Power & Light vehicles shall be used to the maximum extent; however, a shortage will require the procurement of rental or leased cars, vans, or trucks as required. The i
.~
i Support Superintendent may direct the reassignment of company
'~' vehicles from other areas to the Little Rock General Office or Russellville as needed. Arrangements for ground transporta-tion at the Little Rock airport and the Russellville airport for emergency response personnel will be made by the LRSC Superintendent and the Russellville District Office, respectively.
6.6.2 Air In an emergency, air transportation may be required for the most expeditious movement of emergency personnel and equip-ment. The LRSC Superintendent will coordinate all requests for utilization of air transportation services. Private flight services for plane or helicopter trips to and from Little Rock and Russellville are available in Little Rock and to a limited extent in Russellville. Utilization of helicopters may be required for aerial surveys, security, or direct deployment of personnel and supplies to ANO. Commercial airline services are available in Little Rock and should be utilized for out-of-state flights to the extent possible considering availability and time factor requirements. Commercial travel arrangements usually can be handled within normal company procedurec. (1 O
I l
. 1 l
gggAgTION: PggggggRK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. SUPPORT 1903.53 I 5U O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision " o4TE v" ' CHANGE DATE 6.6.3 Other Transportation Arrangements for other transportation needs such as boats, charter buses, and special transport equipment may be necessary. Requests for transportation in the Russellville area should be coordinated through the EOF Support Super-intendent or his designee. The LRSC Superintendent is responsible for coordinating such transportation arrange-ments in Little Rock and state-wide. To request transportation services in Russellville and Little Rock the following information should be submitted to the EOF Support Superintendent or his designee and the LRSC Superintendent, respectively; e Name of Requestor / Telephone Extension Location of Telephone Extension Type of Transportation Service Requested Purpose or Special Need ()
- Time Period Required / Proposed Schedule Special Considerations (i.e., Number of Extra Personnel or Equipment, Unusual Loads, etc.)
7.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FOR!!S 7.1 Form 1903.53A - Logistical Support Request / Record Tracking Form
)
v 0
l fireN5MF4NTION: g{gyggRK PLAN TITLE: NO: I!!PLEllEllTIllG PROC. SUPPORT 1903.53 6 of 6 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevisioN 6 CHANGE o^TE v ' / u "' "'- DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One flTLE. l FORM NO. 1903.53A REV. #" PC f LOGISTICAL SUPPORT REQUEST / RECORD TRACKING FORM l-l_f l Date l I Requester ( Tel. Ext. I Service Requested l l l l Cost I l 1 I I I I I I I I I I I i 1 l 1 t i I I I I I l l l t l I I I I I I I I I2 I I I i I i l i I I I I l l 1 I i l i I l3 I I I I I I i l i I I I I I4 I I I I l l l l l i I l l 1 I i l l I5 1 t i I I I I l l l 1 1 I l i I ( l l I I6 I I i I i l l l l I i 1 i i i l i I I I I1 1 I I i 1 I l i l I I I l I l 1 I I IH t l I I i l l l 1 1 I l l I l 1 1 I i9 I I I I I I I i 1 I I I I I I i i l I 10 I I I f I I I I i i i l i l i l i l i I l 1 11 1 I I i l i g. I I I 1 I I I I I i l I I i 1._12 1 1 I I I I 1 1 I i l i l l I t i I I I i 13 I I I I I I I i l i l i l I i i l i l I CM i 14 I I I i I l l t I i i l i l t I i i i i l 1 15 I I I f I I l N ~ W V l w-
wao+- e- a* m m 1 e, a p,, _ a 4 %,; 4a e,- - - - , - --- 0 ATTENTI0N ' THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE 1903.60 REY. IO SHOULD BE PLACED IN FRONT OF CURRENT PROCEDURE UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE.
%~
EFFECTIVE DATE k- 39 -b PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CURRENT REVISION 9 BEFORE-
- EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE.
O l i !O i l
. _ - - _ -._. - _ . -_.--- - - --- -._. ..~ - - . - - . --~----U------------
ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY sd
"~ Arkansas Nuclear One 4 d, *%'f(ECORD OF CHM.'GES AND REVISIONS FORM NO.
1000.06A l EMERGEllCY 1LA!I PROCEDURE REV. # 12 PC # / W EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT
'$5 N 1903.60 REV. 10
~
F PAGE REV k# ll '- cuirnhd f@m # /N PAGE 'RNY P # PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# i 1 10 37 10 73 10 2 10 38 10 74 10 3 10 39 10 75 10 4 10 40 10 5 10 41 10 6 10 42 10 7 10 43 10 8 10 44 10 9 10 45 10 10 10 46 10 11 10 47 10 12 10 48 10 13 10 49 10 14 10 50 10 15 O 16 10 10 51 52 10 10 17 10 53 10 18 10 54 10 19 10 55 10 20 10 56 10 21 10 57 10 22 10 58 10 23 10 59 10 24 10 60 10 25 10 61 10 26 10 62 10 27 10 63 10 28 10 64 10 29 10 65 10 30 10 66 10 31 10 67 10 32 10 68 10 33 10 69 10 34 10 70 10 35 10 71 10 36 10 72 10 APPROVED BY: APPROVAL DATE gh gyer[/ ch, <Y k- sw
, REQUIRED EFFECTIVE DATE:
(ceneral nanager) O/29/ry 1 a.
gggAj,[gTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 rs PAGE A ON #D U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision *u o*TE v o/ u " o'* CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe the contents of the emergency kits and the periodic inventory requirements for the indicated emergency supplies and equipment. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to the emergency supplies and equipment contained in a designated emergency kit or room unless otherwise indicated. This procedure does not contain monitoring requirements for assessing conform-ance with limiting conditions for operation of Unit 1 or Unit 2 Technical Specifications.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Procedure Preparation: i 3.1.1 Emergency Plan 3.2 References Used in Conjunction with this Procedure: r-) 3.2.1 1000.09, " Surveillance Test Program Control". J 3.2.2 1609.009, " Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Respira-tory Equipment". 3.2.3 1632.001, " Portable Survey and Monitoring Instruments". 3.2.4 1904.02, "Offsite Dose Projections - Pocket Computer Method" 3.3 Related ANO Procedures: 3.3.1 1622.023, " Calibration of HP Instruments". 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are imple-mented in this procedure: l 3.4.1 OCAN128305, Item 313/8305-01 and 368/8305-01 4.0 DEFINITIONS None 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 Emergency Planning Coordinator (~} The Emergency Planning Coordinator is responsible for ensuring the x- periodic inventory of emergency kits described in this procedure and for coordinating the maintenance and replacement of equipment and supplies contained in these kits.
I gggApgTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60
-s_ PAGE 20 #5 (J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision 'u o*TE CHANGE oo/u"' '
DATE 5.2 Health Physics Superintendent The Health Physics Superintendent is responsible for the periodic in-ventory of the emergency kits described in this procedure. 5.3 Surveillance Test Coordinator The Surveillance Test Coordinator is responsible for scheduling the periodic inventory of the emergency kits described in this procedure.
6.0 DESCRIPTION
6.1 The following emergency kits are maintained by Arkansas Nuclear One for use in the event of an emergency: 6.1.1 Control Room Kit (Control Room Area; for shared use by both units) 6.1.2 Onsite Radiological Monitoring Kit (Operational Support Center) 6.1.3 Technical Support Center Kit (Technical Support Center)
) 6.1.4 Main Guard House Kit 6.1.5 Emergency Operations Facility Kit 6.1.6 Field Monitoring Kits A, B, C and D (F aergency Control Center) 6.1.7 Hospital Kit 6.1.8 Fire Lockers (Unit 1 Turbine Building El. 354, El. 386; Unit 2 Turbine Building El. 354) 6.1.9 First Aid Kits (Fire Lockers and First Aid Room) 6.2 A first aid room is maintained at Arkansas Nuclear One for use by a physician in the event of an emergency.
6.3 Contents of the emergency kits and the first aid room are listed on the forms attached to this procedure. 7.0 NOTES i l NOTE: l l l If circumstances prevent curveillance in cccordance with the l l current surveillance schedule refer to 1000.09. " Surveillance l l Test Program Control" for instructions. l
{ gggygTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60
'N PAGE 30525 V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision " o*TE u /v"/o' CHANGE DATE 7.1 Emergency kits shall be checked at the intervals specified by the Surveillance Test Schedule. The checklists shall be completed monthly and the inventory lists shall be completed quarterly. If found un-locked or unsealed, the contents of the kits shall be inventoried; otherwise, an inventory is not required (except as specified below).
7.2 Emergency kits shall be inventoried quarterly and after each use. 7.3 When performing an inventory, the applicable forms shall be completed to document the inventory. Discrepancies should be noted. 7.4 Discrepancies shall be resolved or corrective actions shall be initiated. This should be indicated on the inventory form. 7.5 When completed, the forms should be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator for review. Upon their reivew, the forms should be forwarded to Records. 8.0 INSTRUCTIONS 8.1 Inventory (^ 8.1.1 Perform a complete inventory of a kit using the appropriate (_}/ inventory form if: A. The kit has been used. B. The kit is found unlocked / unsealed. C. The kit is due for its scheduled quarterly inventory. l NOTE: l l Batteries (not contained in the instruments) should l l be replaced annually. l 8.1.2 If the seal is intact / kit locked and the kit is not due for quarterly inventory, perform only the required checks. 8.2 Checks 8.2.1 Inspect the respirators per 1609.009, " Inspection, Testing, and. Maintenance of Respiratory Equipment". 8.2.2 Check and record on the appropriate form the calibration due dates for the instruments in the kit. Replace or re-calibrate any instrument whose due date is prior to the next scheduled inspection. (~J) 8.2.3 Perform a battery check and check the response of the in-struments listed in 1632.001, " Portable Survey and Moni-toring Instruments". Indicate the results of these checks on the appropriate form. Replace instruments as necessary.
l gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 I PAGE 5 05 b U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision l' oare '6/'*/*' CHANGE DATE 8.2.4 Plug in and allow to charge for approximately two hours the following items (unless they are continuously plugged in): A. Frisker B. Self Contained Air Sampler Note on the appropriate form whether each item was " charged" or " plugged in". 8.2.5 Perform a battery check and run one test case as described in 1904.02, "Offsite Dose Projections-Pocket Computer Method", for each pocket computer. 8.2.6 Verify the operability of the remaining items indicated. 9.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 9.1 Emergency kit is re-sealed /re-lodced after opening. 9.2 Inventory checklist is complete. r~ 9.3 Discrepancies have been resolved. G] 9.4 Inventory checklist has been reviewed and approved. 10.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS 10.1 Form 1903.60A, " Control Rooin Kit" 10.2 Form 1903.608, "Onsite Radiological Monitoring Kit" 10.3 Form 1903.60C, " Technical Support Center Kit" 10.4 Form 1903.60D, " Main Guard House Kit" f 10.5 Form 1903.60E, " Emergency Operations Facility Kit" 10.6 Form 1903.60F, " Field Monitoring Kit A" 10.7 Form 1903.60G, " Field Monitoring Kit B" 10.8 Form 1903.60H, " Field Monitoring Kit C"
gggggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTIfiG PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 b "N #3 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGli aEvision iu CHANGE o*TE u ' u "'
- DATE 10.9 Form 1903.60I, " Field Monitoring Kit D" 10.10 Form 1903.60J, " Hospital Kit" 10.11 Form 1903.60K, "First Aid Room" 10.12 Form 1903.60L, " Fire Locker A" 10.13 Form 1903.60!!, " Fire Locker B" 10.14 Form 1903.60N, " Fire Locker C" 10.15 Form 1903.600, "fliscellaneous Equipment" i
. O i
l O
M l t gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: ) IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 q F PAGE O0 U b ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE REVISION AU DATE vo/ vv/ o+ - - CHANGE DATE I m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g Arkansas Nuclear One m%. ..., - - ,, . . I -, - REV. #$ PC # l LOCATION: Unit 1 Control Room INSTRUCTIONS: Page 1 of 9
- 1. Perform a complete inventory of the kit if the kit A. Has been used l B. Is found unsealed / unlocked C. Is due for inventory
- 2. If the seal is intact / kit locked and the kit is not due for inventnry.
perform only the required checks. CHECKS:
- 1. Record the calibration due date of the instruments in the kit.
Replace as necessary.
- 2. Perform a battery check on the indicated instruments. Replace as O 3.
necessary. Verify the operability of the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
- 4. Charge e batteries in the indicated instruments for - 1 hour (unless ontinuously plugged in).
- 5. Inspect cr replace respirators.
NOTES:
- 1. Quantity should include units, where applicable.
- 2. Date should include month, day, year.
- 3. If routine checks are satisfactory, initials should be used to indicate this.
- 4. If routine checks are unsatisfactor), indicate that in the applicable column then describe and date the corrective actions taken.
This kiti () is due for quarterly inventory ( ) 1s not due for quarterly inventory ( ) was found sealed / locked (complete only the required checks unless the kit is scheduled for complete inventory) .. ( ) was found unsealed / unlocked (perform a complete inventory) L-This packet consists ofs (x) Cover Sheet ( ) Checklist (_ pages) ( ) Inventory Last (_ pages) l Perfotmed By Date Reviewed By c--. m Forward to: Emergency Planning Coordinator O I k M . - _ _ t
_--.. -.--- - . . . . . - - . . . . .. . = .- . _, . l l ml l gggygTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: i IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 i I Ui IU
- O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aEvision " o*TE o6/"i" ' -
CHANGE DATE i i ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY l Arkansas Nuclear One flim C0t! TROL ROOM K!T l FORM NO. 3,93,gg3 REV. @ PC # CHECKLIST Page 2 of 9 i
! l l l l l (1) operation l(4)Batt Remove /l l l l l l l Cal. Duel Batt. l (2) Response /l(5) Plugged in/ linstr.1 j
i Instrument i Type l S/N I Date l Check l (3)Inspectedl(6)Charced 1 Off I i i i l l I i I l l Ion Chamberl l l l l (2)( l j i i i i l i I l fon Chamber! l I I l (2) I ji l I I I I i i l I I RM-14 l l l l (2)I (6)) -l i llIrrisker Detection i l j 1 l Chamber l HP-210 l I ! l~ i l i ! l Air Sarrpler) 110V l l (1) i l i l l i i ! l Air Samplerl Batt i I (1)I (5.6)f 4 I Respirator SCBA (3) , - ] lyspirator i SCBA l l (3) , I I _I i i Respirator I SCBA l l (3) I I l l I I Respirator i SCBA l l , I i i ! (3) ' }' ljpi_ratEl SCBA l l (3)- I l I i { l Respirator l SCBA ! l l l (1) ' i l l l l Respirator I SCBA l l (3) l I I l~ l i l Respirator l SCBA I I (3l , l i l I I l l Respirator 1.SCBA l l (3) - l l I I I I I l Respirator i SCBA I l (3) - l i I l~ l
. l Respirator l SCBA l l (3) k*
I I I l l l Respirator l SCBA l l (3) T
, k..
*Where applicable j Checked By Date Reviewed By C"""M1 O
.g '
.. .. . . - = . _ - . . . . . . . . - . . . - - - _ . . - . - - - . . _ . . - _ . . _ _ . . - . . . ~ . .
M M5M^ MET ON: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: } IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 6 of H 0 ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aev = = " oarE "'"'" CHANGE DATE i m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY ! g N Arkansas Nuclear One cmm , n, y, v., l FON Na ,, l REV # 7 PC # j CifECKLIST Page l of 9 1 l l l l l l (1) Operation /l (4)Batt Remove /l ' l l l l Cal. Duel Batt. l (2) Response / l (5) Plugged in/ l Instr.1 l Instrument l Type l S/N l Date l Check l (3) Inspected (Mrha rcad f Off I l l l l l j l Respirator l Cann. l l (3) ( l_. l l l ' l p pirator i_Cann. l l (3) l l 1 I l Respirator l Cann. l l (3) I_ i l l l Respirator l Cann. l l (3) 1 I I i , l_ Respirator l Cann. l l (3) l _I I I ) l b girator finn . l l (3) A pirator Cann. (3) ! I I I i 1 l_Respitator l Cann._ l l (3) i l l I I ' } l Respirator l Cann. l l (3) l l_ l l 1 l l.. Respirator l Cann. I l (3) i i ! i i l Respi rator_( Cann. l l (3) I l I l l Respirator l Cann. l re l Check l l l Source _ l l
- l Check l l i
l Source I l l Watch (1) I i Dostmeter l { l Charger (1) I (4) 1 I l Dosimeter l 0-200R l~ l 0-5R or i^ Dosimeter l 0-10R
~~~ '-
l l 0-200 ink l l or l_ Dosimeter *j 0-500mR
*khere applicable Checked By _ Date et Reviewed By O
m Jg - k - r 4
l m ggggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 5 Of 35 O PAGE ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision CHANGE
^6 oATE ' o ' " < o' ' -
DATE m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY i g TITLE: Arkansas Nuclear One CONTROL ROOff KIT l FORM NO. 1903.60A REV. O PC # CHECKLIST Page 1 of 9 (1)Dperation/ (4)Batt Remove / Cal.Dur Batt. (2) Response / (5) Plugged in/ Instrument Tv SsN Dat e Instr. Check (3) inspected (6 )rh.i reed Off 2alculator j Poc ket (1) Qomputer TRS-j Cassette i ' Recorder (1) (4) Flashlt L (1) (4) Fh (1) (4) Flashligh L (1) (4) Flashligh L i O l I 1 1 l I I I I I I i I '
)
Corrective Actions
- Init./Date*
4 i i i I j *Were applicable Checked By Date Hevieweit By L _ i i c=-s !O C7 L7 -_ i t -
m gggAgjgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 q PAGE AU U' 'd U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevistoa '" CHANGE o*TE v_ _ . _ _ . _' " " ' - DATE ) 1 l m ARKANSAF, POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g MLL Arkansas Nuclear One CONTROT. ROOM KIT l FOW NO. 1on3.60A REV. # , PC # INVENTORY LIST Page 5 of 9 Hequired Actual Corrective Init./ Equipment Quantity Quantity Init. Actions
- Date*
1URVEY INSTRLHFNTS XXXXXXXXXX) Xu x_1 ' u__'_. ' ' ' uuA Lu uAu v==1'11'x ALuu figh Range ion Chamber 2 Frisker w/ Probe 1 ca. Air Sampler (110 VAC) 1 Air Sampler (Batt) 1 Sample Head 2 Check Source 1 SAMPLING SUPPLIES XXXXXXXXXX' XuuxAuxX::XXXXXw u ' u m = = = 1 =_ uMAA.'AMAu Watch 2 Cloth Smear 10 Paper Smear 50 Particulate Filter 20 Jlassine Envelope 20 Silver Zeallte Cartridge 20 Air Sample Form 20 - PERSONNEL MONITORING F.QUIPMENT u.uxuuA: uxAAXXXXXX':XAA.u uuAnuAunAXXXX3 XXXXXX Dos imeter (0-200R) 1 Dosimeter (0-5R or 0-10R) 3
*Where applicable g Inventory By Date Reviewed By C"""":L1 O
m V k
{gggygTION. PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE- NO: IMPLEMEllTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 PAGE
". _ _'d t) ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision lo o*TE 66/Uii64 ' -
CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One Trite: gp l FORM NO. g REV. # , PC # ., INVENTORY LIST Page 6 of 9 Required Actual Corrective Init./ Equiprent Quantity Quantity init. Actions
- Date*
(0-200mR or Dosimeter 0-500mR) 20 Charger 1 TLD Badge (incl. I as BKG) 6 hESPIRATORY PROTECTION EQUIPMENT XuAAA.u.A2uurwuAAA?:CCOCOuxAtuxXXXEttu.'u.L'XXT. SCBA 12 Spare Rottic' 12 Cannister Mask w/ Iodine Cannister 12 Iodine Cannister(Spare) 12 PROTECTIVE CLOTIIING XXXXXXXXX)XXXXXXXXXXXX)XXXX W.stuu.tustuuA; uxxxX Anti-c Clothina 12 sets Plastic Suit 6 sets Masking Tape 2 rolls Duct Tape 2 rolls POSTlNG MATERIALS } XXXXXXXXVXuxxAAA.uxx.,XX3000XXXXXXXAA.u.uALuzXXXXX1 Four-Pocket Sig.ns_ 6
" Radiation Area" Insert 6
*khere applicable; + 6 - Unit 1 CR, 6 - Unit 2 CR; Inventory By Date '
Reviewed By ~ C ""T.J l O 1 k. i l
m gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 PAGE AA 0 N O- ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 16 oArE o 'u"'a' ' - CHANGE DATE y ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY E Arkansas Nuclear One mte re _ , - , , , , Po= = ,,, _ REV. # 3 PC # INVENTORY LIST l Pag 7 of 9 I l Equipment l Required l Actual l l Corrkctive l Init., I l_ Quantity _ l Quantity l Init. l Actibns* l Date* l 1 I l 1 i I l l "Ifigh Radiation Area" Insert j 6 l l l l'kWP Required for i l l l Entry Q sert 6 i l l' l l l l l l l l'llighest mR[lfR Accessible l l l l l l l in this Area" Insert l 6 l l l l l l' Health Physics Escort l l l l l l l l ' Required" Insert l 6 l l l l l Xirborne Radioactivity l l l l j l l Area" Insert t 6 l l l l l'hespiratory Protection l l l l I i l l Required" Insert l 6 l l l l l l ' Nottfy Health Physics l l l l l l l Before Entering" Insert l 6 l O l l l j ' Contamination Area" l l l 1 i l i l Insert l 6 l l 1 l' type A or B l l l l l l l l Clothing" Insert l 6 l l l 1 l l ' type B Clothing" l l 1 l l l l Insert l 6 l l l l 1 l' type C Clothing" l 1 l l l l l Insert l 6 l l l l l l l l ' Radioactive Material l l l l l Area" Insert i 6 l l l l l l l l l "No Access Area" Insert l l l~ j l l l 6 l l l l l l l l l l l " Keep Out" Insert 1 I l l_6 l l l l l 1 l l l l Blank Insert l 6 l l l l l
! l t I l l l l l Radiation Warning Ribbon l _2 rolls l l l
l l l l t i I I I l Radiation Warning Tape l 2 rolls l l I l l l 1 1 1 I I l l Contamination Warning Tape l___2 rolls *l 1 l l l l
*khere applicable L.
Inventory By- Date i Reviewed By C'= 1 O m r S
M gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 A U 05 'b U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision " oAra " ' u "' 6 - ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One cne.rrm e oneM rr? lF0"NO1901.60A RIV. 310 PC # INVENTORY LIST Pa;e 8 of 9 I Equipmant I Required i Actual l l Corrective l Init./ I l Quantity l Quantity i Init. l Actions
- l Date*
I I I I I I l Internal Contamination Tape i 1 roll l l l l 1 I I I I I l.. Step-Off Pads l 10 l l l l 1 (Batteries not contained within an instrument should / I BATTERIES be replaced during the first quarter inventory) Initials /Date i l i i i i I "D" Cell l 18 1 l l l 1 1 I I I I l "AA" Cell l 10 l l l l l l 1 l l I l 9-Volt 1 5 l l l l I 1 ! I I I I I l Type 675 O l l MISCELLANEOUS l 1 4 l 1 l I l l l XXXXXXAAAAAAAAXXXXXXXX N.TTXXXXXXXXXXXXEDOGXTCG I l l l l l l l I l Pencil l 12 l l I l l 1 I I I I I I I Magic Marker l 2 l l l l l 1 i l I i i I l Clipboard 1 2 l l l l l l l 1 1 I i l l Knife i 1 l l l l [ l_ i I I I I I l Calculator i 2 l l l l l 1 l I I I l l l TRS-80 Pocket Cc,mputer l 2 l l l l l 1 1 I I I I i l Cassette Interface i 1 l l l l l 1 1 I l l l l l Cassette Recorder l 1 l l l l l
=
1 1 1 I I I l l _r P_rogrammed Cassette i 1 l l l l l I I .l. I I I I l Plug Ad4pter l 2 I [ l l L-
*Where applicable Inventory By" Date Reviewed By Date CL O
T k r n(
1 ggggTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 PAGE 14 ON U
- O- ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision 2" oarE "o/ u"' * ' -
{1 CHANGE DATE I ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY fiTL E: Arkansas Nuclear One CAVTPof ROOM KIT lFOMNO1903.60A REV. # " PC f INVENTORY LIST Page 9 of 9 l l Required i Actual j l Equipment i Corrective i Init./ : 1 i Quantity l_ Quantity l.Init. I Actions
- I Date* l I I
- l. Flashlight i 4 I I I I I l 1 l !
I I I I I l__ Bulbs (Spare) i 4 i l l 1 l 1 i
'I I I I l 15 Mile EPZ M p l 2 I I I I
l [ l l I I I I I I ov -lays I l i 2 sets I i l I i I i I i l Plastic Bag (sm.) 1 -- l 1 1 I l l l l i I 1
- 1. Plastic Rag (med.) I I I i 1 1 I I I ( l I I l Plastic Big (Ig.) 1 --
1 I I I I O l l t i i l l l I I l l l I I I 1 l l i i i i l ' i i i I l i 1 I l I i I I I I l i I I i i l I i i l i I I I I I I I l I I I I .I I l I I I I l I t i I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I J l i l l I i I i l l I I
- I I i I I I I I I I I I l I i i i I i i l l I i I i l ! I l I i
I I I I l I i I I I i i 1 I 1 I i l l i I I i i i i l i L i l i I I I I I I I I i I i _l i I l_ i
*Were applicable Inventory By Date C"'T ; -
Reviewed Ily 'Date O C V \
m gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 e3 PAGE 13 05 #3 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 2" oaTE u 'u#'a* ' - CHANGE DATE m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g TITLE: ,, Arkansas Nuclear One y, y ,,,,7,,, y,, lFORMNO. , REV. # 5 PC # lLOLAilcus fir st Floor Administration Euilding INSTRUCTIONS: Page 1 of 7
- 1. Perform a complete inventory of the kit if the kits A. Has been used i B. Is found unsealed / unlocked C. Is due for inventory l2. If the seal is intact / kit locked and the kit is not due for inventory, perform only the required checks.
CHECKS
- 1. Reecrd the calibration due date of the instruments in the kit.
Replace as necessary.
- 2. Perform a battery check on the indicated instruments. Replace as
' necessary.
- 3. Verify the operability of the indicated instrinnents. Replace as necessary.
- 4. Charge the batteries in the indicated instruments for - I hour (unless continuously plugge d in).
- 5. Ir.spect or replace respirators.
NOTES:
- 1. Quantity should include units, where applicable.
- 2. Date should include month, day, year.
- 3. If routine checks are natisfactory, initials should be used to indicate this.
I 4. If routine checks <rs unsatisf actory, indicate that in the applicabre column then describe and date the corrective actions taken. This kits ( ) is due for quarterly inventory ( ) is not due for quarterly inventory ( ) was found sealed / locked (complete only the required checks unless the kit is scheduled for complete inventory) ( ) was found unsealed / unlocked (perform a complete inventory) , this packet consists ofi (x) Cover Sheet C-( ) Checklist (_ pages) 4 ( ) Inventory List (_ pages) Ferformed By Date Reviewed By Forward Tor Emergency Flinning coordinator CTL1 O
- 1 r s
M {ggyApgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPHENT 1903.60 PAGE 10 05 N O. ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision 1" o^re " i'"i * ' CHAhGE DATE m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY l
@ Arkansas Nuclear One l l
- nN9fTE PAnintocrcy..$ngrroptyg yyy l FOW NO. 9nq gn, REV. # ,, PC #
CHECKLIST Page _2_ of 7 l l l l l l(ljoperation/l(4)Batt Hemove/l l l l l l Cal.Due l Batt.l(2) Response / l(5) Plugged in/ l Instr. I linstrument t h _l S/N l Date l Checkl(3) Inspected l(6)Charead l Off l l 1 1 I i 1 l {IonChamberl l l l l (2) l IBeta-Gamma l l l l l l l'SurveyMeterl _ l l l ~l (2) l lBeta-Gamma l l l l l l l Geiger l l l l l l l Counter lE-510 l l l l (2) l IDetection l l l l 1, l Chamber INP-270 l l l l l l l l : : 1 grisker lRM-14 I l l I (2) f (5.6) f ,1
- l Detection l l l l l l Chamber lHP-210 l l l
\ l l l '
l Air Sampler lBatt l l (1) (5,6) yl I l l ! l l Air Sampler lIl0V l l (1) ! I I I I l Respirator lSCBA I ! (3) l l l l li I ) l Respirator (SCBA l l I (3) ! I l i I I pirator SCBA 1 I (3) I f jRespirator l SCB *. l l (Q i I i i I l Respirator lCann. I i (1) l I I l : 4 pirator Cann. l (3) Resp.i ra t o r (Cane, l l (3) i l I
- sp i ra t o r Cann. I
(1) Check Sourcel l .. L_ jyatch (1) Where applicable Checked By Date _ Reviewed By - O l N r s
m' gggygTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 "5 #3 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aavision iu l' oars u'/u"* ' - CHAv** DATE y F ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One n eirr pinintner,-ir svartTnoING KIT l Fohne NO. 1903.60B RIV. f 10 PC f CIECKLIST Page 3 of 7 l l l l l l l(1) Operation /l(4)Batt Remove /l I i l ICal.Due l Batt.l(2) Response / l(5) Plugged in/ l Instr. [ linstrument ! Tvre I S/N 1 Date 1 Checkf(3) Inspected ((6)Chirred I off I l l Watch l Dosimeter (1) l l Charger ) l (1) 1 (4) l_ j l l Dosimeter l 0-200R l _l0-5R or
- l. Dosimeter l 0-10R I I l Dosimeter 0-%nomR l
l Calculator i (1) i Flashlighi (1) (4) l l Flashlight l (1) (4) l Flashlight (1) l l NOTE: The f ollowing respirator is attached to a radto (4) l i and is located in the Communicatione Equirment Locker. I pirator l SCBA l l (3) Corrective Actions
- Init./Date*
i j .. L_
*bhere applic,able I Checked By Date Reviewed By C*L O
m -
~
p , k r i
m fM5M^tHSTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 g q PAGE Ab 0 #5 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 2" oare v '""' ' ' -: CHANGE DATE m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g N Arkansas Nuclear One ONSITE RADIOLOGICAL MONITORYNC KIT l FCW NO. j ong , g,np RIV. # 2 PC # INVENTORY LIST Page 4 of 7 Required Actual Corrective Init., Euipment Quantity Quantity Init. Actions
- Date*
SURVEY INSTRINENTS ) x _x x x o 1 , txx===1>1_u mXXXXXu x > > > 111_3 = " u n x 1 u1u' liigh Range ion Chamber 1 Beta-Camma Survey Meter 1 ca. Beta-Gamma Geiger Counter v/ Probe 1 Frfsker w/ Probe I ca. Air Sampler (Il0V) 1 Air Sampler (Batt) 1 Sample IIcad 4 Check Source 1 SAMPLING EUPPLIES U AAAAAA:M Axuxx.ux.CXXXXXKXXXXfx x x x xi = 1_uxx:.XXXXXX Watch 2 Cloth Smear 50 Paper Smear 100 Particulate Filter 50 Glassine Envelope 50 Silver Zeolite Cart ridge 25 Air Sample Form 50 Survey Map -- --
*Where applicable -
Inventory By Date Reviewed By
. CT b.
i l
l M gggygTION: PROCEDUREMORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMEllTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 PAGE AV 05 #3 I Ox ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision '" oars ""/ v "' " ' - CHANGE DATE l ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One M l FON M9993,4ng ONSITE RADIOLOGICAL MONTTnRTNG KTT REV. &! PC # INVENTORY LIST Page 5 -of 7 Required Actual Corrective Init./ Equipment Quantity Quantity init. Actions
- Date*
PERSONNEL MONITORING EQUIPMENT uuxuu muuuu.auum x x = =__x_=_=u uAut0000000( (0-200mR or Dosimeter 0-500 mR) 20 Dosimeter (0-5R or 0-10R) 3 Dosimeter (0-200R) 6 Charger 1 TLD Badge (incl. I as BKG) 10 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION EQUIPMENT 00000rirMx x 1_1_1 x t11 1xxx x x x = uruxux.iuA tu00( SCBA 4 Spare Bottle 4 Cannister Mask w/ Iodine Cannister 4 Iodine Cannister (Spare) 4 PROTECTIVE Ct.0 THING )000000CXXWAuAu 1 x 1 1 x = = u.1.x .,AuxAAux x x x ') .(AuAA.su Anti-c Clothing 50 sets Plastic Suit 6 sets Maskins Tape 3 rolls Duct Tape 3 rolls
*Where applicable Inventory By Date .
Reviewed By b-CTI O , i 1 b " I "
. - - - - 1 . ._
M gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 EU 05 U O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE p' AGE aevision 16 oaTE '6/o"/" - - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
= r. m r m 1rrncrc,1 ..rvs-r,1.m r,. , - , ~
I ' ". "# 3PC # REV INVENTORY LIST Page 6 of 7 l l Required i Actual l l Corrective i Init.. l l Equipment l Quantity l Quantity i Init. ! Actions
- l Date* l 1 1 I l l 1 ll POSTINC MATERIALS l AAAAAA.uAAA l XXAAAAu.u l )DCOOOOC Axu.x.x x x x u x x x a j XXXXXX: 1 1 l 1 i i I l Tour-Pocket Signs l 5 l l l l l l 1 1 I I I l " Radiation Area" Insert ! 5 l l l l j i i l i i ~-l l "High Radiation Area" Insert l 5 l l l l l l RSP Required for l-1 ll' Entry" Insert l l 5 l
l l l l l l l l lTilighest mR/HR Accessible 1 l l l l l l in this Area" Insert l 5 l l l l l l " Health Physics Escort l l l l l l 0 l Required" Insert l' Airborne Radioactivity ll ' Respiratory Area" Insert l 5 5 l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l Protection l l l l l l l Required" Insert i 5 l l l l l l' Notify Health Physics l l l l l l l Before Entering" Insert l 5 l l l l ' l l' Contamination Area" l l l l l l l Insert l 5 l l l l l l l 1 1 I I I l " Type A or B Clothing" Insertl 5 l _l l l l 1 1 I I i l 1 l " Type B Clothing" Insert l 5 l l l l l l l I I I I I l " Type C Clothing" Insert l 5 l l l l t l "Radtoar.tive Haterial l l l l l l l Area" Insert l 5 l 1 l l 1 I l 1 l l l l l "No Access Area" Insert l 5 l l l l i i l I l l l l " Keep Out" Insert i 5 l l l l t i l l l l l ! l Blank Insert l 5 'l l l l 1
*Where applicable Inventory By' Date Reviewed By CT O
m r s
m g{gygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. E!!ERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 < PAGE 41 05 U V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision ^v oaTe v ' v "' * ' -- CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One m . , , - , , , - . , - , , , . , , - , - , , . - , . , ,
\REV
".~# q PC #
INVENTORY LIST Page 7 of 7 l Equipment l Required l Actual l l Corrective j Init./l l i Quantity I Quantity i Init. l Actions
- l Date* l l l l l l l Radiation Warning Ribbon l_ D olls l l l l l 1 I . I I I I l
, Radiation Warning Tape 1 3 rolls l l l l l l l 1 1 I l Contamination Warr.ing Tape 1 3 rolls l l l l l l l 1 1 I I Internal Contamination Tape 1 2 rolls I l I I l I I I I I I l Step-Off Pads l 10 l l l l 1 I (Batteries not contained within an instrument should /
I BATTERIES be replaced during the first quarter inventory). Initials /Date I I i i I I l "D" Cell 1 24 l l l l I I Os l 9-Volt i 24 I l I l I l I l I l l I l~ i l l I I MISCELLANE01:S XXXXXnhtu x. x. x_x uxtu tEuxLLtuttuD:XXXXXXE0thhT l i I I I I I l Pencil 12 l l l l l 1 1 I I I I
~
Maric Marker i 2 I l l l l l~ l i I I l Clipboard I 3 l l l l l I I I I I I I Knife l 1 l l l l l 1 i I i l I i
! Calculator i 1 l l l l l l l 1 1 1 l Plug Adapter I i i 1 l l l l [
l l I I i i i I Flashlight 13 l l l l l l 1 1 I I I I i Bulbs (Spare) l 3 l l l l l l I I I I I I l Map i 2 F- l ( l i I i i l l i I l l Plastic Bag (sm.) l -- 1 l l l l I I I I I I I l Plastic Bag.(med.) l -- l l l l l 1 I i i l i I I Plastic Bag (lg.) 1 -- [ l l l l 1 1 I I I I I l_ Zip Lock Baggies i 15 l l l l l
*Where applicable CM Inventory By Date Reviewed By O
ew gggyAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 PAGE "- 05 N (v] ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE _ _ REVISION AU DATE vo/ vv/ o9 et CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One W TECmitCAL SUPPORT CENTER KIT l
- 1003.60C REV. # 9 PC #
LOCAT10h Technical Support Center (3rd Floor Administration Building) l INSTRUCTIONS: Page 1 of 5
- 1. Perform a complete inventory of the kit if the kits A. Has been used B. Is found unsealed / unlocked C. Is due for inventory 2.
If the seal is intact / kit locked and the kit is not due for inventory. perform only the required checks. CHECKS: 1. Record as keplace thenecessary. calibration due date cf the instruments in the kit.
- 2. Perform a battery check on the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
- 3. Verify the operability of the indicated instruments. Replace as Os necessary.
- 4. Charge the batteries in the indicated instruments for ~ l hour (unless continuously plugged in).
NOTES:
- 1. Quantity should include units, where applicable.
- 2. Date should include month, day, year.
- 3. If routine checks are satisfactory, initials should be used to indicate this.
4. If routine checks are unsatisfactory, indicate that in the applicable column then descrine and date the corrective actions taken. This kita ( ) is due for quarterly inventory ( ) is not due for quarterly inventory ( ) was found sealed / locked (complete only the required checks unless the kit is scheduled for complete inventory) ( ) was found unsealed / unlocked (perform a complete inventory) This packet consists of
- (x) Cover Sheet l
( ) Checklist ( pages) g ( ) Inventory List (_ pages) Performed By Date Reviewed By i j Forward To Emergency Planning Coordinator e !O h . r .- . .. s
. _ . _ - ~ . . . - . . . . - - - -- _ . - . _ - - _ _ - - - - -
M gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 N 5 '5 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aavision 'u o*TE va' u"/ a* ' . CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One "E TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER KIT l FORM NO.1903.60C REV. # FC # mr. ia ; rage e cz a l I i i l l (1) operation l(4)Batt Remove /j ~l l l l (Cal. Duel Batt. l (2) Response /l(5) Plugged in/ l Instr.l 1 Instrument l Type l S/N I Date l Check l (3)Inspectedl(6) Charged i Off I l l Frisker I RM-14 I I l l (2)l (6)1 l l Detection I ~l l l Cha ter l HP-210 l l l I I I i j Respirator I Cann. I I (3) I I i l l Respirator I cann. l l (3) 1 I l l , i Respirator I cann. l l (3) l I I I I Respirator I Cann. I I (3) i l i l l Respirator l Cann. l l (3) Respirator Cann. (3)
] Respirator l Cann. I l (3) l I I i i Respirator l Cann. I I (3)
I I I I I Respirator i Cann. I I (3) I I I I l Respirator I Cann. I I (3) l I I I I Respirator l Cann. I I (3) I I I i l Respirator I cann. 1 I (3) i I I l l Respirator l Cann. l l (3) , I i l ! l l Respirator l Cann. l l (3) I i i ! l Respirator I cann. ! l (3) 1 I I I I Respirator I Cann. l l (3) Corrective Actions
- Init./Date* I I I I I I I I I I I l i l l I
*Where applicable C-=:
Checked By Da'te Reviewed By O M- r E
m gggApgTION: PROCEDURE /WOF1K PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 v5 #5 0 ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision A'* 2" oare vaivi * ' - I CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One W'fECHNICAI. SUPPORT CENTER RIT lFOWNQ)qq,ggC REV. @ PC f pcU s 4 rage a ol > l l l l l l (1) Operation l(4)Batt Remove /l l l l l l Cal. Duel Batt. l (2) Response /l(5) Plugged in/ [ Instr.) l Instrument l Type l S/N l Date ! Check 1 (3)Inspectedl(6)Charced 1 Off l 1 1 I I l Respirator l Cann. l l (3) l I I I l Respirator l Cann. [ ] (3) l l 1 I l Respirator l Cann. l l (3) i I I I l Respirator l Cann. l l (3) I. I I I l Respirator l Cann. l l (3) l I I i l Respirator l Cann. l l (3) i I i l l Respirator i Cann. l l (3) O i l Respirator l Cann. l i I i l I I l i (3) l Respirator l Cann. l l (3) l Check ~l l l Source l l l Check l [ l Source l l l l 0-200mR l l or l Dosimeter 1 0-500m l Dosimeter ( l Charger (1) 1 ( l Calculator (1) l Pocket l l Computer l TRS-8 l (1) l Cassette 1 l Recorder (1) l (4) l Flashlight (1) l (4) l Flashlight (1) l (4) l Flashlight (1) l (4) l Corrective Actions
- l Init./Date* l l_ l 1 1 1
I I l l l l 1 I i l I I
*Where applicable Checked By Date Reviewed By O
m I _ . . _ _ . _ . . . _ _ _ ___ _ _ -- __ - _- 1 --
m ggggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPM.NT 1903.60 PAGE C Of D C) ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision 2u o^TE u"'u"'** ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One TEClfNICAL SI'PPORT CENTER KIT l FORM NO. 1903.60C REV. f PC f INVENTORY LIST Page 4 of 5 l l Required l Actual l I Corrective i Init./l l Equipment l Quantity l Quantity i Init. l Actions
- I Date* l 1 l l 1 I I I l SURVEY INSTRUMENTS I XXXXXXXXXLuuuuA.uAAAuAAXXXXXXXXLuAuA.tuxA.u l l Frisker w/ Detection i i i i l l l Chamber l 1 ea. l l l l l 1 1 I I I I l l Check Source i 1 l l l l l l l l 1 1 I l !
! PERSONNEL MONITORING EQUIPMENTl AAAAxuui AAAAXXXLuxAAA.uxAuxxx^xxmxxxtuxAuAI I (0-200 mR l l 1 l l l l 1 or l l l l l l l Dosimeter 0-500 mR) l 20 l l l l l 1 l 1 1 I I I l Charger l 1 l l l l l O l TLD Badge, l l l l l l V l (include I as background) l RESPIRAToliY l 15 l l l l l I l l l l l l PROTECTION EQUIPMENT lXXXXXXXXLuxAuuAXXXXXXXnh. TXXXXT. XXXXXXXXXXXXXLTl I Cannister Mask w/ lodine 1 I l l 1 l l Cannister l 25 l l l l l 1 1 I I I I I l PROTECTIVE CLOTHING l XXXXXXXLuAAuAuAAAA.uA.ttuu.tCOGXXXXXXXXXXXXXLT l I I l 1 I i -i l Disposable Suits l 25 l l l l l l (Batteries not contained within an instru; mt should / l l BATTERIES be replaced during the first quarter inventory). Initials /Date l l l l l l l l l "D" Cell l 6 l l l l l 1 I i l i I l l "AA" Cell l 12 l l l l l 1 I I I I I I l Type 675 14 l l l l l l 1 l l I I l l DOSE ASSESSMENT SUPPLIES l XXXXXXXXXXXXXXuAAAAA.uAA.tuAAAXXXLTXXXXXXXXXTOOCX l
- l 1 1 I I i 1 l 10 Mile EPZ Map l 1 1 l l l l l~ l I I I I I l Russellville City Map i l l l -l l l % .
I I I I I I I l Dardanelle City Map l 1 l l l l l l l l 1 1 I I l Overlays l 2 sets l l l l l
*khere applicable Inventory By Date e
Reviewed By i O A l
.V 5 -
m gggyAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 C C ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision iu N 05 '5 o*TE vo/ u"/ " ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One M ECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER KIT l FORM NO1903.60C REV. #
- PC #
I!NENTORY LIST Page 5 of 5 I I Required I Actual l l Corrective l Init./l l Equipment ! Quantity l Quantity i Init. l Actions
- I Date* I I I I i ! i l l TRS-80 Pocket Computer l 1 1 I I I I I I l I i l I i 12 Inch Ruler l 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I l 360' Protractor I 2 l l l l l 1 I l i I I I l Tracing Paper I 1 Pad l I l l I I I i l 1 I l l Carbon Paper I 1 Box I I l l l 1 1 I I I I I I Push-button Telephone i 1 l l l l l 1 1 I I l l l Cassette Recorder I 1 I I I I i l Programmed Cassette I 1 l i l l I I I I I I I l l Cassette Interface I 1 l l l l l 1 1 I I I I I I MISCELLANEOUS l XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXWWWXXXXXXXXXXX l i I I I l l l l Pencil I 12 l l l l l l l l l l l l l Note Pad 1 3 l l l l l 1 I l' 1 I I i l Clipboard I 2 I l l l l
. I I I i i l I j l Metal Clipboards I 11 I I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I Calculator i 1 1 I i l l l 1 1 I I I i l Flashlight 1 3 I I l l l 1 l i I I I I l Bulbs (Spare) l 3 l l l l l 1 1 I I I I I
! Black Telephone Headsets 1 3 l l l l l l !!icrophone 1 ]
~
l l I l l l l l l I 1 ] I I l i I I I I I i 1 I I I I I
*Where applicable Inventory By Date CE Reviewed By O
F t n
m ggggTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60
- g. PAGE U v5 N U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision *v oaTE u ' u"' ' ' -
CHANGE DATE M ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g Arkansas Nuclear One mm ,,,,r.,m ,i,~,e ... l'oa" No - - REV. #5 PC # LOCATION: Main Guard House INSTRUCTIONS: Page 1 of 3
- 1. Perform a complete inventory cf the kit if the kit A. Has been used l B. Is found unsealed / unlocked i C. Is due for invantory
- 2. If the seal is intact / kit locked and the kit is not due for inventory, l perform only the required checks.
CHECKS:
- 1. Perform a battery check on the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary. ,
- 2. . Verify the operability of the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
NOTES:
- 1. Quantity should include units, where applicable.
- 2. Date should include month. day, year.
- 3. If routine checks are satisfactory, initials should be used to indicate this.
- 4. If routine checks are unsatisfactory, indicate that in the applicable column then describe and date the corrective actions taken.
This kita ( ) is due for quarterly inventory ( ) is not due for quarterly inventory ( ) was found sealed / locked (complete only the required " checks unless the kit is scheduled for complete inventory) ( ) was found unsealed / unlocked (perform a complete inventory) This packet consists of (x) Cover Sheet ( ) Checklist ( pages) ( ) Inventory List (_ pages) Performed By Date b-Reviewed By. Forward Tor Emergency Planning Coordinator C'""Y.: O m V S
m {gggApgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUFFLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 F O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision 40 UN #5 2" oare u a' u "' "* ' - CHANGE DATE 1 ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY l' Arkansas Nuclear One N MAIN CUARD HOUSE KIT l FORM NOl903.60D REV. f" PC # CHECKLIST Page 2 of l l l l l l l (1) Operation l(4)Batt Remove /l j l l l l Cal. Duel Batt. l (2) Response /l(5) Plugged in/ l Instr.l l Instrument
~ Tvoe l S/N l Date ! Check l (3)Inspectedl(6) Charged I off I l l Bull Horn (1)) (4)
I I i Bull Horn (1)! (4) i l l Flashlight (1)l (4) 1 I l 1 Flashlight (1)l (4) l l l l Flashlight (1)I (4) I i i i i Respirator l Cann. l l (3) l espgator Cann. l (3) l NOTE: The t'ollowing two respirators are attached to radios t I and are located in the Key Room (Turbine Building Level 356'). l l Respirator SCBA g l l ri - (3) ' ' ,,; '- ?.', 3 ' . j . ' l g l ,.
'q *u-l Respirator l SCEA { l T ':- (3) } '
{ l l l l ' l Corrective Actions
- l Init./Date* l I
I I l l l I l 1 i l I I I I I I I i 1 l I I l i I I I I I
*Where applicable g,
l Checked By Date l Reviewed By C'""% O V S
m ggggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 q PAGE A'# 5U ~ U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision *" o^re u ' v :
- CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One MAf" cFAPD HnP9F KTT lon1 ron
!REV". #9 N0' PC #
INVENTORY LIST , Page 3 of 3 l Equipment l Required i Actual l l Corrective i Init./l l l Quantity l Quantity l Init. l Actions
- I Date* l l 1 I I I I I I EVACUATION EQUIPMENT l XXX)D0000CXXA3 x x x x m uxxxx.uuxxXX 0000000 x x x x uxx i I i i i i l i Vests i 12- l l l l l I 1 1 I I I I I Bull iforn 1 2 I i i l l l RESPIRATORY l I l l l l l PROTECTION EQUIPMENT l X)C00001u3 x _x_n_3 x.x_x__xNXXXLOOOCXXLMTXXXXXXXXXXXXX I l Cannister Mask w/lodtne l l l 1 l l l Cannister 2 l l
1 1 1 l I l l
-l l I MISCELLANEOUS l i l
I AuxxxxxxxxxxxXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXLTXXXXXXXLTXLTXXXXX l 1 1 I l Flashlight I i i 3 O l l l l l l l 1 1 I I . l Bulbs (Spare) l 3 l l l l l 1 1 (Batteries not contained within an instrument should be / ~ l Batteries replaced during the first quarter inventory). Initials /Date I I l i I I I i l l Batteries ("D" Cell) ! 6 l l l l l l l l l l l l I Batteries ("AA" Cell) I 20 I I I I l l l l l l l l I i l i i i i
! I I I I I I I I I l l l l 1 1 I I I l l l I I I I I I I. I I I I '
1 l I I I I l I i 1 I I i l l I I I I I I l t i l I I i l i i l I I I I I 1 I .I I I I I I I I I i i l i I I 1 l l l 1 5--- I I I I I I I I i i i l i i I I I I I I l l I I I I I I I I I I I I
*bhcre applicable Inventary By Date Reviewed By O
m M - L r . L ..
1
**"~"r gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 O A 5N V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevisioN ^u o4TE u /u"i * ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
! N EMERGENCY CPERATIONS FACILITY KIT l FOAM NOl903.60E REV. # ' ' '
PC # l LOCATION: Emergency Operations Facility First Floor (Mechanical Equipment Room) INSTRUCTIONS: Page 1 of 9
- 1. Perform a complete inventory of the kit if the kit A. Has been used B. Is found unsealed / unlocked C. Is due for inventory
- 2. If the seal is intact / kit locked and the kit is not due for inventory, perform only the required checks.
CHECKS:
- 1. Record the calibration due date of the instruments in the kit.
Replace as necessary.
- 2. Perform a battery check on the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
rO 3. Verify the operability of the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
- 4. Charge the batteries in the indicated instruments for - I hour (unless continuously plugged in).
- 5. Inspect or replace respirators.
NOTES:
- 1. Quantity should include units, where applicable.
- 2. Date should include month, day, year.
- 3. If routine checks are satisfactory. initials should be used to indicate this.
- 4. If routine checks are unsatisfactory, indicate that in the applicable column then describe and date the corrective actions taken.
This kits ( ) is due for quarterly inventory ( ) is not due for quarterly inventory ( ) was found sealed / locked (complete only the required checks unless the kit is scheduled for complete inventory) ,, ( ) was found unsealed / unlocked (perform a complete inventory) This packet consists ofi (x) Cover sheet ( ) Checklist (_ pages) ( ) Inventory List (_ pages) Performed By Date Reviewed By C""Tl Forward To Emergency Planning Coordinator O m r s
'l b _l gggygTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: I IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 5' "5 N O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision 2" oare ' ' " " ' '
~
i CHANGE DATE l ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
! DI; EMERGE!0Y CPERATIONS FACILITY KIT l FORM NO-1903.60E REV. # " PC #
CHECKLIST Page 2 of 9 l 1 l l l l(1) Operation /l(4)Satt Remove /l l l l t jcal.Due l Batt.l(2) Response / l(5) Plugged in/ l Instr.l l Instrument i Type i S/N l Date l Checkl(3 ected l(6)Charced l Off l l Beta-Gamma l l l l {
- l ISurvey Meter l l l l l (2) l 1 I I I I i i I l lion Chamber l l l l l (2) l
- i I I I I I I I .I 1 lFrisker l RM-14 l l l l (2)) (5.6) l l l Detection l l l l Chamber i HP-210l l lair l 1 l Isampler i 110V l l (1) i lair l l l l Sampler l 12VDC l l (1)
Respirator Cann. (3) IRespirator _I Cann. l l (3) 1 I I I l Respirator l Cann. l l (3) i I I i 1 Respirator l Cann. 1 I (3) i I I l l Respirator l Cann. j l (3) i I I l Check Source 1 I i l Watch (1) ' I lu-:m or IDosimeter 1 0-10R > l l0-200mR l l or , IDosimeter 10-500mR IDostmeter l l Charger (1)l (4)
*Where applicable ..
Checked By Date b-Reviewed By , et l O m i F l
m [ghgApgTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 PAGE A v5 U O- ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision *u o*Ts u 'u"' * ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One l "I; EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY KIT l FORM NOl903.60E REY. # ** PC # CHECKLIST Page 3 of 9 l I 1 I i 1(1) operation /l(4)Batt Remove /l l I I l l Cal.Due l Batt.l(2) Response / l(5) Plugged in/ I Instr.i IInstrument e 1 S/N l Date 1 Checkl(3) Ins ted f(6)charced i Off 1 l l
\ Calculator (1) l l Pocket l l l l Computer I TRS-80 l (1) I
[lPocket l l l IIComputer l TRS-80 l (1) l , Icassette 1 i tRecorder (1)1 (6) 1 I l Flashlight (1)I (4) l 1 l Flashlight (1)] (4) Flashlight (1)I (4) I i i
! Corrective Actions
- I Init./Date* I I I I I I I I l l l l l l l l l l 1 1 I I I I I I I I i i i i i i I I i l i I I I l l l l 1 1 I
*Where applicable Checked By Date Reviewed By CL O
m k . - - .-. .- _ _ _ _ . r g [ c
m fM5M4MTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO-IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 PAGE N 05 'U Cm ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision 2" o*TE u / u* * ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
! N EMERGENCY OPERATICNS FACILITY KIT l FORM NOl903.60E REV. # ** PC 8 INVENTORY LIST Page 4 of 9 l l l Required i Actual l l Corrective i Init./l 1 Equipment l Quantity ) Quantity l Init. l Actions
- l Date* I I l l 1 1 I I l SURVEY INSTRt9ENTS IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXl 1 1 I i i i !
l Beta-Gamma Survey Meter l 1 l l l l l I I l 1 1 1 l lHigh Range Ion Chamber l 1 l l l l l 1 1 I I i l l lFrisker w/ Probe i 1 ea. I l l l l f I I l l l l l 1 (Air Sampler (110V) l 1 l l l l l 1 l l 1 l l l l Air Sample:r (12V) l 1 l l l l l l l 1 l t 1 1 (Sample Head l 2 l l l l l O I I I l l l l l Check Source l 1 l l l l l 1 l l l 1 I I l SAMPLING SUPPLIES lXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXYYYYY%XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXl 1 1 I I i 1 l l Watch l 1 l l l l l l l 1 l l l l ICloth Smear l 50 l l l l l 1 1 I I I i ! l Paper Smear i 250 l l l l l 1 I l l 1 1 l l Particulate Filter i 100 l l l l l 1 l l l 1 I l l Glassine Envelope i 100 l l l l l 1 l l 1 I i l l Silver Zeolite Cartridge l 75 l l l l l l Sample Bottles l l l l 1 l l( 1 gal.)+ l 100 l l l l l 1 l 1 1 1 I l l Grass Shears 1 1 l l l l l
*Where applicable; + located outside the sealed kit Inventory By Date L_
Reviewed By I i l C'""% O m k F t [
"i ggggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60
/" 3 NNN -
U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision lo oarE o6/oii6'* '= CHANGE DATE m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Q " Arkansas Nuclear One rwnervey norpninvg rarTY_TW KTT lF0"""1903.60E REV. # 10 PC # IhTENTORY LIST Page 5 of 9 l l Required l Actual J l Corrective i Init./ l l Equipment l Quantity l Quantity l Init. l Actions
- l Date* l l l l 1 I I I I Shovel l 1 l l l l l 1 1 I I I I l l Formaldehyde l 1 gal. l l l l l 1 1 I I I I I l Survey Map l --
l l l l l [ PERSONNEL I l l l l l l MONITORING EQUIPMENT l AAAAAxu m = = = > uxAAAAAAAALumu.uALu.u.uA7__m'3XCCCCXXI I I i l 1 I I l Dosimeter (0-5R or 0-10R) I 10 l l l l 1
) (0-200mR or I l l 1 l l l Dosimeter 0-500mR) ! 50 l l l l l 1 I i i ! i l (7 1 Charger i 1 l l l ' l l I l l l l l l l TLD Badge (incl. I as BKG) l 20 l l l l l l RESPIRATORY l l l l l l l PROTECTION EQUIPMENT l XAALux.umuxA'XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXLTXXXXXXXXXXXLTXXXXLTXEl I Cannister Mask w/ Iodine l l t [ t l l Cannister l 5 l l l l l 1 l l 1 1 I I l Iodine Cannister (Spare) 1 5 l l ! l l 1 1 I I i l l l PROTECTIVE CLOTHING l AAAALuxxAALuAAALuAA.uiXXXXXXXXXXXXLTXLTXXXXXXXXXXXXl 1 I l 1 I l !
l Anti-c Clothing i 30 sets l l l 1 l 8 I I I I I I
, Plastic Suit i 15 sets l l l l l l 1 l l 1 I l l Masking Tape l 3 rolls l l l l l 1 I I I I l 1 l Duct Tape 1 3 rolls l l l l l
*Where applicable Inventory By Date ~'
Reviewed By C-C"""t l O m
m gggygTION: PROCEDUREMIORK PdN TITLE: NO: I!4PLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 gg PAGE 55 05 Ib u ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision *u oaTE va/u"/o* ' -- CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
$ FMERG8WCY OPERATION 3 FACILITY KIT l FORM 940.1903.60E REV. # PC #
INVENTORY LIST Page 6 of 9 l l Required l Actual j i Corrective l Init./ Equipment ! Quantity 1 Quantity l Init. l Actions
- l Date*
l I I I i i I l POSTING MATERIALS I x x x x x x x x x x x l Xxxxx.u.uA l vmXXX l 1nnorn x x x x x x ux l XXXXXXX 1 l i ! l l l Four-Pocket Signs l 20 l l l l 1 1 1 I I 1 20 l l l l l " Radiation Area" Insert l I 1 _l l I I I l I "High Radiation Area" Insert i 20 l l l t l l [
! "RWP Required for l l 1 l Entry" Insert l 20 l l ~l l l 1 " Highest mR/llR Accessible l l l l l' (
l l l in this Area" Insert 1 20 l l l i l l ! l " Health Physics Escort l l l l l 20 l l l l O I Required" insert 1 l " Airborne Radioactivity l l l l l l ) I Area" Insert l 20 l l l l__ l i l l l " Respiratory Protection l l l l l l, Required" Insert l 20 l~- l l l l [ l 1 " Notify Health Physics l l l [ l l Before Entering" Insert i 20 l l l l l l l l I " Contamination Area" l l l 20 l l Insert l l l l l l l l l l l " Type A or B Clothing" Insertl 20 l l l l l l 1 I 1 l l l l " Type B Clothing" Insert l 20 l l l l l I l l 1 l l 1 1 l " Type C Clothing" Insert i 20 l l l l l l l l [ l " Radioactive Matertat l l 1
] Area" Insert l 20 l l 1 I I I I i !
I 20 l l l l l l "No Access Area" Insert l l I i l l 1 l j " Keep Out" Insert 1 20 l l ~ ~~1 l l l I l l l l 1 l l l Blank Insert l 20 'l l l k-
*Where applicable Inventory By Date Reviewed By C""%
O m r g
l I ghggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 6 PAGE N 5N J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 16 o*Te 66iu*i6* CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One FW orrNCY OPERATIONS FACILITY KIT lFONNO1903.60E REV. # W INVEN10i4Y LIST iust ' PC f.
^
l I Required l Actual l l Corrective j Init./ I Equipment ! Quantity l Quantity i Init. I Actions
- I Date*
I I I I I I I Radiation Warning Ribbon 1 5 rolls I I I I I I I I I I I Radiation Warning Tape 1 3 rolls l l 1, ! I I i l I i l I Contamination Warning Tape ! 3 rolls l l l l l 1 I I I I I i l Internal Contamination Tape i 1 roll I I I l I I I I I I I I I Step-Off Pads 1 20 l i I ! ! l (Batteries not contained within an instrument shold be / l l BATTERIES replaced during the first quarter inventory). Initials /Date I i l I i i i l I "D" Cell 1 24 l l l l l l "AA" Cell 1 14 I I I I I I l l l 9-Volt 1 24 I I I l l l l 1 i l l I l DOSE ASSESSMENT SUPPLIES l xAAAAA.vuvuuutu'XXXXXXXXX.u.wwuxxLuLuxluA.uxx.ux.uj il i I i l l I I I TRS-80 Pocket Computer l 2 l l l l l l 1 1 I I I I I Cassette Interface I 1 I I l l l 1 1 I I i l 1 l Cassette Recorder w/ Tape i 1 l l l l l 1 1 I I I I I l Overlays 1 2 sets 1 I l l l l 1 I I I I I I 360* Protractor 1 2 l l l l l l I I I I I I l_12" Ruler i 2 l l l l l i ! i i l I I I Tracing Paper I 1 pad I I l l l l l l l l 1 I I Carbon Paper 1 1 box ! I I I l l I ~l l I I I I Dec-Writer I 1 I I I I i g _ l I i i l l I I I Stick Pins I 1 box l I i l l I I I I I I i l 10 Mile EPZ Maps 1 25 I I I I I I I I I I I I I Russellville City Map i 1 I I I I l l l 1 1 I I I l y danelle City Map l L l l l l l CT
%here applicable Inventory By Date Reviewed By m
M ghgAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 PAGE A' ON #b Us ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 2" o^Te u / u"/" ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One I
- FMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY KIT l FORM NO.1903.60E "2 2 IM t.;iiUK) Libi I Required l Actual I l Corrective l Init./
1 Equipment l Quantity __l Quantity i Init. l Actions
- l Date*
l I I I I I ' I l MISCELLANEOUS l v x x x x x x x x x x x x uuAuLux7_x__x x xu.uuuuuuuuuuuuAALuun I i i I I I 12 l l l __ f l Pencil i , I I I i I I l l l l l Magic Marker i 3 l i l 1 l 1 I j 3 l l l l Clipboard l i 1 I I I 1 l 2 l l l l Knife l i l 1 I i I 1 l l l l l Calculator i I I I I 1 1 l 2 l l l l l Plug Adapter O l l Flashlight l I 1 t 3 I 1 i I l l I l i I l l l l Bulbs (Spane) [ 3 l l 1 l l l l l J 1 l [ ] [ l Bone Phone 1 I l l l l i I l l l Plastic Bag (sm.) 1 1 l l l l 1 1 I i i l l [ l Plastic Bag (med.) l
] l i 1 i I I I l [ l i Plastic BagJ3.) 1
] ] ]
l l l l l l
- l PERSONNEL DECONTAMINATION 1 SUPPLIES l XXLutu.u.uLuxuxAA.u x x x x LuxuLuuLuuAA.00LMEl l I I I i 1 i [ l I 2 l [
l Scissors l i l i I I I l ] ! 4 l l l l Razor l 1 1 1 l l i 1 l 1 l l l l l Manicure Set l
! I I I I I 1 l l I Wash Cloths l
-- J. l l I I i I I I I l l l -- 1 l !
- l Towels I I I I I I 1 I I 30 l I I l Bristle Bru.sh l l i l l l I I f l 1 pkg. l l l l f l Cotton Balls l l l l I l !
.l l l 1 pkg. l l l Cotton Swabs I I I I I I I l ! C'T.1 l Iland Soap (Regular) l 3 l l l
*khere applicable Inventory By Date i
' Reviewed By C l o g
m ghgApgTION: PROCLDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. l EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT __ 1903.60 PAGE 40 OI #3 V(T.
- ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE REVISION AU .JATE CHANGE vo/ vv/ c9 - -
DATE I 1 i i ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One f E: F"prFNCY OPERATTONS FACIT.ITY KIT lFOWNQ1903.60E REV. # lu PC f INVENTORY LIST Page 9 of 9 l l Required j Actual l l Corrective l Init./ I Equipment I Quantity __I Quantity i Init. I Actions
- l Date*
I I I I I l l " Lava" Soap l 3 l l l l l l' I i l i I " Rad-Con" l 4 cans l I I I I I I I I i l Shaving Cream 1 2 cans i i l l i l I i l i I " Tide" l I box l l l l 1 I i i l i I l Corn Meal I 1 pkg. l l l ! I I i l i I I l Chlorox ! I btl. I I i l I I I I I I I Eyewash Solution w/ Applicator 2 l l 1 l Paper Clothing I 30 l I I I ( l Bioassay Sample l l l 1 1 I l Containers 1 -- l l l l l 1 1 1 I I I I l-- 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i l l I I I I I I I I I I I I i l i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i i l l I I l i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i l i I .l i l i ! I I I I I I I I i l I I 1 I I c_
! l ! I I I I
~
i i i I I I I l l I I I i
*Where applicable Inventory By Date Reviewed By _
lO m C _ - - . _ _.? -
m gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 g F PACE N 05 U v ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisiOs *u oaTE volu"/a* ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One W F!!!.D MONITORING KIT A l FORM NOl903.60F REV. # ^* PC # fLOCATION: Emergency Operations Facility First Floor (Mechanical Equipment Room) INSTRUCTIONS: Page 1 of 4
- 1. Perform a complete inventory of the kit if the kit A. Has been used B. Is found unsealed / unlocked ,
C. Is due for inventory
- 2. If the seal is intact / kit locked and the kit is not due for inventory, perform only the required checks.
CHECKS: l
- 1. Record the calibration due date of the iastruments in the kit.
Replace as necessary.
- 2. Perform a battery check on the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
OA 3. Verify the operability of the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
- 4. Charge the batteries in the indicated instruments for ~ l hour (unless continuously plugged in).
NOTES:
- 1. Quantity should include units, where applicable.
- 2. Date should include month, day, year.
- 3. If routine checks are satisfactory, initials should be used to indicate this.
- 4. If routine checks are unsatisfactory, indicate that in the applicable column then describe and date the corrective actions taken.
This kita ( ) is due for quarterly inventory ( ) is not due for quarterly inventory ( ) was found sealed / locked (complete only the required checks unless the kit is scheduled for cornplete inventory) ( ) was found unsealed / unlocked (perform a cornplete inventory) This packet consists of: (x) Cover Sheet L-( ) Checklist ( pages) ( ) Inventory List (_ pages) l Ferformed By Date Reviewed By C"""E.* Forward Toi Emergency Planning Coordinator l O F t
m gggAp[>gTION: PROCEDUREIWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPI.IES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 0 ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevisica
'* U 2"
fU o*Te v'"" ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
- Firin unvrTnoren vi? m l '0" "0- ton, (nr REV. # 9 PC #
unLAL151 Page 2 o t _4_ l ! l l l l (1) operation /l(4)Batt Remove /l l l I I (Cal. Duel Bact.1 (2) Response / l(5) Plugged in/ l Instr.! I Instrument l Type l S/N l Date l Check l (3) Inspected (61 Char 9ed i Off l I I I I I l l l Ion Chamberl l l l l (2) l l Beta-Gamma ( ( l [ ] l Geiger l l l l l 1 l l Counter i E-530 l l l 1 (2) i I I I I Detector l HP-270 l l i I I I i i : l Frisker l R'f-14 l l 1 (211 (5.611 l l Detector l l !~~ i HP-210 l I I i i I 1 Air Sampler l 12VDC 1 i (1) Respirator Cann. I (3) i I I l l Respiratar l Cann. l . ('t I Cherb ~l l l Source i l l Watch (1 l l u-zuumn l l or l Dosimeter 0-%nomR l Dosimeter l l_ Charger (1) (4) l Calculaor (1) l ( I i Flashlight I (1)l (4) l Flashlight i I (1)l (4) I l Flashlight (1)l (4) l Corrective Actions
- l l Init./Date* l _
l l 1 I I I l l
*Where applicable Checked By Date Reviewed By c=,
l O ( w-. V 6 r
l m! I
8gTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
I
. 1 TING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60
' ' ' v5 IU d ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAG 2 aavisioN 'u oarE u ' u"' ' ' -
CHANGE DATE l l ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One N rirrn mvTTemvm vv? g l p Na m rnr REV. # 9 PC # 1.o r.co un t LAN Page 3 ot 4 l l Equipment l Required i Actual ! l Corrective l init./l
! Quantity l Quantity l Init. l Actions
- i Date* l l l l I I I I l SURVEY INSTRUMENTS l Xx x m x m x l XXXXXXXXXX l XXXXXXX l XLNhETXXX l XXXXXLT l 1 1 I i i l l l High Range ion Chamber l 1 l l l l l 1 Beta-Gansna I l l l l 1 l Ceiger Counter w/ Probe i 1 I l l l l I i 1 1 I I l l Frisker w/ Probe l 1 l l l l l l 1 -
i l i I I l Air Sampler (12VDC) I I I I l l [ l l I l I I I l Sample Head l 2 l l l l l I i l l I I l l Check Source l 1 l l l l l I O l SAMPLINO SUPPLIES 1 I I I I lXXXXXXXXXXXlXXXXXXXXXXlXXXXXXXlXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXlXXXXXXXl 1 I i i i l 1 i i Watch l 1 l l 1 l l I I I l l 1 l l Cloth Smear i 20 l l l l l l l i Paper Smear l 1 i l I l 25 l l l l 1 l l l l l l l Particulate Filter l 25 l l l l l 1 l 1 I I I I l Classine Envelope l l 25 l l l l l l 1 I I I i l Forceps l 1 1 l l l l l 1 I I I I I l l Plastic Gloves i 50 pr l l l l l l I I I I I 1 Silver Zeolite Cartridge l l 25 l l l l I l Completed Checklist in front l l l l l l l of Proce<fure Notebook l NA I N/A I I ! l I PERSONNEL l l l \ \ \ l MONITORING EQUIPMENT lXXXXXXXXXXXlXXXXXXXXXXlXXXXXXXlXXXXXXXXXXXXHXIXXXXXXXl l (0-200mR or l l l l l 1 l Dosimeter 0-500mR) l 6 l l l l k-l 1 i l l 1 I I l Charger l 1 l l l
~
\ \
l RESPIRATORY l l _l l l l l PROTECTION EQUIPMENT l XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXnRATHXX I Cannister Mask W lodine l l l l l l l Cannister l 2 l l l l l Where appiicable CT.,4 Inventory By Date Reviewed By V S
m ghgAgTION: PROCEDURDWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 F PAGE A 5U U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE asvision 2" oars u '""* ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One W FIELD MONITORING KIT A lFORMPdO1903.60F REV. # '" PC # INVENTORY LIST Page 4 of 4 I I Required l Actual l l Corrective i Init./l I Equipment j Quantity l Quantity l Init. I Actions
- l Date* l 1 I i l l 1 I l PROTECTIVE CLOTHING X lX.AAAAAAAAXXXXXXXXXXXXX N " XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXl l l l l l l 1 1 Masking Tape l 1 roll l l l l l 1 l 1 I 1 I I l Duct Tape l 1 roll l l l l l l (Batteries not contained within an instrument should be _ / I l BATTERIES replaced during the first quarter inventory. Initials /Date l 1 l l l l l l l "D" Cell l 8 l l l l l 1 I l l l 1 I l 9-Volt l 3 l l l } {
l l 1 1 I i 1 l MISCELLANEOUS lXX7xxxxxxxxXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXI Pencil l 3 l l l l 1 l' l I I I i l Magic Marker 1 2 l 1 l l l 1 I I I I l ll1Grease Pencil i 2 l l l l l l l ! I I I l l Clipboard l 1 l l l l l 1 l l 1 1 I l l Knife l 1 l l l l l 1 1 I I I I I i Flashlight l 3 l l l l l l l l 1 I l l l Bulbs (Spare) l 3 l l l l l l l l 1 l l l l 10 Mile EPZ Map l 1 l l l l l 1 1 I I I l l l Russellville City Map l 1 l l l l l 1 1 I l l l l Li Dardanelle City Map l 1 l l l l l l l l 1 l l 1 l Calculator l 1 l l l l l I ! l_ l l 1 l l Plastic Bag (sm.) l -- l l l l l C _ l I l l l l l l Plastic Bag (med.) l -- l l l l l l l 1 1 I l l I zip teck Baggies l 10 l l l l l
*Where applicable Inventory By Date Reviewed By Date O '
m CN L~ c _ -
. N. -. -. - - - - -
M gggygTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 PAGE '*3 05 IU C,-- ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN CHANGE
^u oats u d u * '* ' -
DATE I l ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY ' Arkansas Nuclear One D TIEtD MONITORING KIT B l Foau No-1903.60G REV. # " PC # fLOCATION: Emergency Operations Facility First Floor (Mechanical Equipment Room) INSTRUCTIONS: Page 1 of 4
- 1. Perform a complete inventory of he kit if the kit:
A. Has been used B. Is found unsealed / unlocked C. Is due for inventory
- 2. If the seal is intact / kit locked and the kit is not due for inventory, perform only the required checks.
CHECKS:
- 1. Record the calibration due date of the instruments in the kit.
Replace as necessary.
- 2. Perform a battery check on the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
O 3. 4. Verify the operability of the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary. Charge the batteries in the indicated instruments for - I hour (unless continuously plugged in). NOTES:
- 1. Quantity should include units, where applicable.
- 2. Date should include month, day, year.
- 3. If routine checks are satisfactory, initials should be used to indicate this.
- 4. If routine checks are unsatisfactory, indicate that in the applicable column then describe and date the corrective actions taken.
This kits ( ) is due for quarterly inventory ( ) is not due for quarterly inventory ( ) was found sealed / locked (complete only the required checks unless the kit is scheduled for complete inventory) ( ) was found unsealed / unlocked (perform a complete inventory) This packet consists of: (x) Cover Sheet ( ) Checklist (_ pages) ~ ( ) Inventory List (_ pages) Performed By Date Reviewed By Forward To: Emergency Plar.ning Coordinator C"E L O r S ,_ _ _ , . . _ -_y- - - - - . _ . . _ _ - - - , - - -- g--, -
.-.7
m {gggAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 NO IU O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision io o^TE U3/'*i34 ' - CHANGE DATE m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear Ons Q "E rTrin uiw ?rnotre vir p l FORM NO. , 7 REV. # 9 PC # LatLALibi Page 2 ot 4 l l l l l l (1) Operation /l(4)Batt Remove /l l l l l l Cal. Duel Batt.1 (2) Response / l(5) Plugged in/ l Instr.l l Instrument l_TE l S/N l Date l Check l (3) Inspected I (61thareed 1 Off l 1 I I I I I I l Ion Chamber l l l l l (2) l l Beta-Gamma l l l l l l l Geiger l l l l l l l Counter l E-530 l l t (2 I I I l l l Detector l HP-270 l l l 1 1 I I I i l l l Frisker l RM-14 l l 1 (2)I ( ', ,6 ) I l l l l l l Detector l HP-210 l l l 'l l l l Air Samierl 12VDC l (1 l Respirator Cann. l I (3) l l l l l Re_pt rator l Cann. l l (1 l Check l l l l Source i I _ l l Watch (1) l l U-zuumn l l or l Dosimeter n.snn.nn l Dosimeter 6 l Charger (1) (41 I i l Calculator (1) I i l Flashlight (1)] (4) I l l Flashlight (1)l (4) l l l Flashlight (1)l (4) l Corrective Actions
- l Inst./Date* l 1 l l L.
I I I I I I
*Where appitcable Checked By Date =
Reviewe.1 By O m
~
[7 L~ r . E
m gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60-PAGE '* 5 0 5 ' b U,x ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision CHANGE 2" oars " /u"' * ' - DATE
.3 ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One N
FTELD MONITORING KIT R FO W NO.1901.600 uo n un a usos REV. # 9 PC f rage a ut 4 l l Required l Actual 1 l Equipment l Corrective i Init./ l l
- l. Quantity l Quantity l Ynit. l Actions
- l Date* I t i I I l SURVEY INSTRUMENTS I I j f= = = = = = = = = =_ l 7 = = = = uAAA l AAAnu l ) = = = = _=_A.= '
I = = _=_AAA l ki = = = " I I i l l.High Range Ion Chamber l 1 l I I l l l l Beta-Gamma l l l l ] l Geiger Counter w/ Probe l f I l 1 I i l l l I I i l Frisker w/ Probe l i f l 1 l l l l l l l_ Air Sampler (12VDC) t i I l 1 l [ l i l I I Sample Head i I I I l 2 l l I 1 l I I I l Check Source I l i i l l I t l i l i i l SAMPLING SUPPI,IES t l l XXuAuxAAx l XAuuA A A A l u AA AAx i kAAAAAXAAA.uAu l XXXuu i I I I I Watch l l 1 l [ l l I I I I l Cloth Smear l 20 I i l l l l 1 I I I I Paper Smear I I l 25 l l 1 l l I I I I l Particulate Filter l ?5 l. l _l i i l I l ! l Classine Envelope 25 I I l_ l l l l t i I I I l _ Forceps l l 1 l l_. ! l 1 l 1 1 l Plastic Gloves ! 50 pr l l 1 l 1 l l l 1 I I i I Silver Zeolite Cartridge l 25 l l 1 1 l l Completed Checklist in Front l l 1 l 1 l l of Procedure Notebook NA i l l l N/A l l l 1 PERSONNEL l l l l l l l l I l MMITORING EQUIPMENT l I (0-200mR or l XXXXX OOOCXX l XXXXYWYXX I XuA Au l XXAu AAAAnuAA l ai = = = = A l I i l l l l Dosimeter 0-50GmR) l 6 l l 1 l l l 1 b-I I I l Charger I I l 1 l l l l RESPIRATORY' ] i l l l 1 1 l_ PROTECTION EQUIPMENT 1 I Cannister Mask w/ Iodine l XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXk AuxXXXXAAAnuAXXXXXXXXXX ! ( l l l 1 Cannister l 2 l l 1
*%here applicable l l l l cT, ;
Inventory By Date Reviewed By G m r s
**"**7 ggggAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: . NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 tpAGE '* b 0 U U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN ^u naTE u 'u"/e' - l CHANGE DATE l
.)
ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One M IELD MONITORING KIT B l FORM NOl903.60G REV. # " PC # INVENTORY LIST Page 4 of 4 l l Required l Actual l l Cctrective l Init./l l Equipment l Quantity l Quantity i Init. l Actions
- l Date* l 1 1 I I I I i l PROTECTIVE CLOTHING lXXXXxxx ==11XXXXXXXXXX"=x--==*XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXl l l I i l i i
! Masking Tape l 1 roll l 1 l l l l l l 1 1 I I l Duct Tape i 1 roll l l 1 l l 1 (Batteries not contained wTt'hin an instrument should be _ / l 1 BATTERIES replaced during the first quarter inventory. Initials /Date l i
l I i 1 l l l "D" Cell l 8 l l l-- l l 1 1 I I l I 'l l 9-Volt ! 3 l l l 1 l l l 1 1 I I I I MISCELLANEOUS lXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXYXXXI{XXXXXXXXXXl O' I l Pencil I l 3 I l I [ I l I l I l I 1 I I I I i l Magic Marker l 2 l l l l l ll I i 1 1 I i lI Grease Pencil l 2 l l l l l 1 1 I i i ! l 1 Clipboard i 1 l l l l l l l 1 1 I I I l Knife i 1 l t l 1 l 1 1 I I I I I I Flashlight l 3 l l l l l l 1 1 I I I 1 l Bulbs (spare) I _ _3 l l l l l 1 1 I I l l l l 10 Mile EPZ Map l 1 l l l } l l l l l l l l l Russellville City Map i 1 ] ] l l l l l l l l l l 1 Dard helle City Map l 1 l l l l l 1 1 1~ 1 1 I l l Calculator l 1 l ] l l l 1 1 I I I i i - i p stic Bag (sm.) l -- l l l l 1 1 I I I I I l l Plastic Eag Oded.) l -- l l l l l 1 1 I I I l l l Zip-Lock Bacgies i 10 l l l l l
*Where applicable Inventory By Date C-L Reviewed By Date i ,
MT
~
w_ _ h
ml l gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EM2RGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 N 05 U O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision " naTE vaiv"io* - ' _ CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One N IELD MONITORING KIT C l FORM NOl903.60H REV. # " PC # l LOCATION: Emergency Operations Facility First Floor (Mechanical Equipment Room) INSTRUCTIONS: Page 1 of 4
- 1. Perform a complete inventory of the kit if the kit A. Has been used B. Is found unsealed / unlocked C. Is due for inventory
- 2. If the seal is intact / kit locked and the kit is not due for inventory, perform only the required checks.
CHECKS:
- 1. Record the calibratien due date of the instruments in the kit.
Replace as necessary.
- 2. Perform a battery check on the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
y 3. Verify the operability of the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
- 4. Charge the batteries in the indicated instruments for - 1 hour (unless continuously plugged in).
NOTES:
- 1. Quantity should include units, where applicable.
- 2. Date should include month, day, year.
- 3. If routine checks are satisf'-*.ory, initials should be used to indicate this.
- 4. If routine checks are unsatisfactory, indicate that in the applicable column then describe and date the corrective actions taken.
This kita ( ) is due for quarterly inventory ( ) is not due for quarterly inventory ( ) was found sealed / locked (complete only the required checks ur.less the kit is scheduled for complete inventory) ( ) was found unsealed / unlocked (perform a complete inventory) This packet consists of (x) Cover Sheet L, ( ) Checklist (_ pages) ( ) Inventory List (_ pages) Ferformed by Date Reviewed By Forward To Emergency Planning Coordinator l n m k ._ I C7 I L~ r t F -- me-
m pgggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 PAGE N6 U5 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision lo CHANGE o^rE 6 6/ u *i6'* - - DATE m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g DRE: Arkansas Nuclear One FTU D Ff0NYTOR!NO KYT r ' !601 fnu REV. # 9 PC # Luttraim page g at c. l [ [ l l l (1) operation /l(4)Batt Remove /l l l l l l Cal. Duel Batt.] (2) Response / l(5) Plugged in/ l Instr.l l Instrument l Type l S/N ] Date l Check l J ) Inspected (61rh a r cad Off l 1 I I I l 1 l l Ion Chamberl l l l l (2) l i Beta-Gamma l l l l l l l Ceiger l l l l [ ] l Counter l E-530 l l 1 (2) l l 1 l l Detector l HP-270 l l 1 I l l 1 i l Frisker l RM-14 l l 1 (?)I (5.6)I I I I l l Detector l HP-210 l l l l l i l Air Sampler l 12VDC l l (1) O I I I l Respirator l Cann. I I l l l l l (3) l Respirator l Cann. l (3) l Check l- l l Source i I l Watch (11 l l u-zuumh 3 l l or n-;nnmp l Dosimeter l Dosimeter l l ".harger (1) (4) I i l Calculator (1) l l l Flashlight (1)l (4) l l l Flashlight (1)l (4) l l l Flashlight (pl (4) l Corrective Actions
- l Init./Date* l l l l C l l l l l l
*Vhere applicable Checked By Date Reviewed By O
m
~
w C - L_ T . f -
m g3gygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 MS 05 N O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE
-aevision 2v o*Te v*/ u "' * ' -
CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One Mrem unwiTemryc yTv e ! "bm mr REV. 4 PC # 1hSt. haunt Lib 1 Page 3 of 4 l l Required i Actual j l Corrective j Init./l l Equipment l Quantity lJuantity i Init. l Actions
- l Date* l 1 I i 1 1 I I l SURVEY INSTRDfENTS I XAAAAAAxxu l XXAAAAAAAA l XXXXXXX I XuAuAA.uAA.u:XIXXXXXT.I X I I I I I I I l High Range Ion Chamber ! 1 l l l l l l Beta-Gamma l ! l l l l l Ceiger Counter w/ Probe i 1 l l l l l 1 1 I I I I I l Frisker w/ Probe (_1 l l l l l l I 1 1 I I I I Air Sampler (12VDC) I 1 [ l l l l l l l l 1 l l l Sample Ifead l 2 l l l l l l 1 l l 1 I i l Check Source l 1 l l l l l SAMPLING SUPPLIES N XXXXXXIXXX XXXXXXX XAAA u A n uAXXX XIXXXXXl I l l 1 l l l l Watch l 1 l l l l l 1 I I I I l i I Cloth Smear l 20 l l l l l I l l l l 1 1 I Paper Smear i 25 l l l l 1 I l l l l l 1 l Particulate Filter l 25 l l l l l l l l 1 1 I l l Classine Envelope l 25 l l l l l 1 I I l l l 1 -
l Forreps i 1 l l_ l l l 1 1 I l l l l l Plastic Gloves l 50 pr l l l l l l l l l l l l l Silver Zeolite Cartridge 1 25 l l l l l l Completed Checklist in front l l l l l l l of_ Procedure Notebook _ i NA l N/A l 1 l l l PERSONNEL l l l l l l l MONITORING R UIPMENT l ATXXXTXXXV.lX%XXXXXXXX'XX';XXXXlXXXTXXXXXXXXXXXlXXXXXXXl l (0-200mR or I i l i j l l Dosimeter 0-500mR) l 6 l l l l 1 k-1 i ! i i l l l Charger ! l l l l l l l RESPlHATORY l l l l l [ l PROTECTION EQUIPMENT lXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXTXX M l I Cannister Mask w/lodane l ! l l l l l Cannister l 2 l l l l l
Where applicable g;;---=
Inventory By Date Reviewed By V %
m gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 A PAGE 50 "5 'U V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 2" oaTe u / u"' * ' -' CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One I W FIELD MONITORING KIT C l FON NOl903.60H REV. # '* PC # IfMEt4 TORY LIST Page 4 of 4 I I Required i Actual l l Corrective ! Init./l l Equipment l Quantity [ Quantity i Init. l Actions
- I Date* I i i i l i i l l PROTECTIVE CLOTHING lXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX7xxxxxoxxXXXXXXXXXl l l l l l l l l Masking Tape l 1 roll l l l l l l l l 1 i l I i Duct Tape l I roll l 1 i l l l (Batteries not contained within an instrument shodld be _ / l l BATTERIES replaced during the first quarter inventory. Initials /Date i l i I I I I l l "D" Cell l 8 l l l l l l l 1 l l l l l 9-Volt l 3 l l l l l 1 I I l l 1 1 l MISCEfLANEOUS O
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXl 1 I I i 1 I I l Pencil 1 3 l l l l l l 1 1 I l -1 l l Magic Marker 1 2 l l l l l l l ! I I I I l Grease Pencil l 2 l l l l l 1 1 I I I i l l Clipboird l 1 l l l l 1 I I I I I I l l Knife l 1 l l l l l l l 1 l 1 1 1 l Flashlight l 3 l l l l l l l 1 l l 1 1 I Bulbs (Spare) l 3 l l l l l l l l l l l l l 10 Mile EPZ Map l 1 l l l l l l 1 l l l l l l Russellville City Map i 1 l l l l 1 1 I l l l l l l Pardanelle City Map l 1 I i l l [ l I i l l l l l Calculator l 1 l l l [ l l 1 1 I I I i l Plastic Bag (sm.) l -- l l l l l 1 I I I I I I l Plastic Bag (med.) 1 -- l l l l l I I I i i i i
! Zip-Lock Baogies l 10 l l l l l *sidre applicable Inventory By Date CT Reviewed By Date '
l w - V s { r
M l ghgygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 5' v5 25 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aavision 2" o*TE u ' u"/ o* ' - CHANGE DATE i ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY l Arkansas Nuclear One N FIELD MONITORING KIT D l FORW NO-1903.60I REV. # ** PC # fLOCATION: Emergency Operations Facility First Floor (Mechanical Equipment Room) INSTRUCTIONS: Page 1 of 4
- 1. Perform a complete inventory of the kit if the kit:
A. Has been used B. Is found unsealed / unlocked C. Is due for inventory
- 2. If the seal is intact / kit locked and the kit is not due for inventory, perform only the required checks.
CHECKS:
- 1. Record the calibration due date of the instruments in the kit.
Replace as necessary.
- 2. Perform a battery check on the indicated instruments. Replace as O 3.
necessary. Verify the operability of the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
- 4. Charge the batteries in the indicated instruments for - 1 hour (unless continuously plugged in).
NOTES:
- 1. Quantity should include units, where applicable.
- 2. Date should include month. day, year.
- 3. If routine checks are satisfactory. initials should be used to indicate this.
- 4. If routine checks are unsatisfactory, indicate that in the applicable column then describe and date the corrective actions taken.
This kits ( ) is due for quarterly inventory ( ) is not due for quarterly inventory ( ) was found sealed / locked (complete only the required checks unless the kit is scheduled for complete
. inventory)
( ) was found unsealed / unlocked (perform a complete inventory) l This packet consists of (x) Cover Sheet L_ l ( ) Checklist (_ pages) ( . ( ) Inventory List (_ pages) Performed By Date Reviewed By ! CW l Forward To Emergency Planning Coordinator O m i I
I l {ghgAppgTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO-IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 N ON ~ O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision 2" o*Te u ' " "' * ' - CHANGE DATE i ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
- FIEY.D MONYTORING KIT D l " " 10m 4AT REV. # 9 PC #
tuttau a 6 rage 3 ot 4 l l l l l l (1)0peration/ l(4)Batt Remove / l l l l l l Cal. Duel Batt.l (2) Response / l(5) Plugged in/ l Instr.] l Instrument l Type i S/N I Date l Check l (3) Inspected (6)rhareed Off l i l i I l 1 l l Ion Chamberl l l l l (2) l l Beta-Gamma l l l l l l l Ceiger l l l l l l l Counter l E-530 l l 1 (21 ,' i
! l l I .
I Detector i HP-270 l l 1 I i 1 l l 1 l l Frisker ( 3 1-14 l l t (711 (s.61t i I l l l Detector l HP-210 l l l l l l l Air Samplerf 12VDC l l (1) O l l l l Respi rator._ l Cann. I l l I l l I (3) l Respirator i Cann. l (11 l Check l l p l Source 1 I l k'atch (1 l l u-ZuumM l l or l Dosimeter l 0-500mR' l Dosimeter l l Charger (1) (4) l l Calculator (1) l I i Flashlight (1)l (4) I I l Flashlight (1)l (4) l l l F1;shlight (1)l (4) l l Corrective Actions
- l Init./Date* l 1 I I L _
l l l l .. I I 2 *bhere applicable Checked By Date Reviewed By O m r s [ -
m gggWyyION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 N 05 U O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision 16 o^TE U6/**i6' ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One mt9Trin unNTTnoT*m vrT n ! " ' m ent REV. 4 PC # 1:n ta lun t Lidi Page 3 or 4 I l Required l Actual I l Corrective i Init./l l Equipment l Quantity l Quantity l Init. l Actions
- l Date* I I I I I i i !
l SURVEY INSTRUMENTS l AAALu;uutu! A.vuuuutuAlXXXXXXXlXXXXXXXLNlXXXXXXXl l 1 I i l i I l liigh Range Ion Chamber l 1 l l l l l l Beta-Gamma l l l l l l l Geiger Counter w/ Probe l 1 l l l l l 1 l l 1 i I l l Frisker w/ Probe ! 1 l l l l l l l l l l l 1 1 Air Sampler (12VDC) { l l l l l l l l l l l 1 l l Sample Head i 2 l l l l l I I I I I I I l Check Source l 1 l l l l l I I I I I I I O l SA'1PLING SUPPLIES I l Watch I XXXXXXXXXXX l XXXXXXXXXX I XXXXXXX l XXXXXXLA%JXX l XXXXXXX I l l 1 l I 1 l l l l l l l 1 l l l l l l l Cloth Smear l 20 l l l l l I I I l l l l l Paper Smear l 25 l 1 l l l 1 l l l l 1 l l Particulate Filter l 25 l l l l l l 1 1 I I I I l Classine Envelope l 25 l l l l l 1 1 I I I I I l Forceps l 1 l l l ] l l 1 1 I I I l l Plastic Gloves l 50 pr i I l l l l I I l I I I l Silver Zeolite Cartridge 1 25 l l l l l l Completed Checklist in Front l I l l l l l of Procedure Notebook l NA l N/A l l l_ _l l PERSONNEL l l 1 l I l l MONITORING EQUIPMENT lXXXXXXXXXXXlXXXXXXXXXXIXXXXXXX]XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXlXXXXXXXl l (0-200mR W l l- - l 1 l l l Dosimeter 0-500mR) l 6 l l l l l l 1 1 I i l 1 l Charger l 1 l l l l l l RESPIRAl'ORY. I l I l l l l PROTECTION EQUIPMENT lXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXI l Cannister Mask w/ lodine l l l l l l l Cannister i 2 l l l l l
*Where applicable C'""%
Inventory By D' ate Reviewed By O
- l l 'r L r sL c
M ggggApgTION: PROCEDUREMORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60
/'T PAGE U'* N ' b U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision oaTE '6/o"ie' ' -
CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One D IELD MONITORING KIT D l Fomu peo.1903.601 REV. # PC f I!NENTORY LIST Page . of 4 l l Required l Actual l l Corrective ! Init./I I Equipment i Quantity l Quantity l Init. l Actions
- l Date* l 1 1 I I I I i l PROTECTIVE C1.0 THING lXXXXXXXXXXhxxxxxxeXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXl l 1 1 1 i i I l Masking Tape l 1 roll i l i l l i I I I I I I I Duct Tape i 1 roll l l l i l I (Batteries not contained within an instrument should be _
/ l l BATTERIES replaced during the first quarter inventory. Initials /Date 1 1 l l 1 1 I I l "D" Cell l 8 I I i l l l l l 1 l l l 1 9-Volt 1 3 i 1 j i !
1 I I l l l l
-) l MISCELLANEOUS I
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXI I i i l 1 l l Pencil ! 3 l 1 1 I l 1 1 I I i 1 1 I tiagic Marker l 2 l l l l l i i l' I I I i l I1 Grease Pencil l 2 l l l l l l 1 1 I I I I l Clipbsard l 1 l l l l l 1 i l 1 l ! 1 l Knife i 1 l l l l l l 1 1 I I I I l Flashlight i 3 ] I I I l 1 i i 1 i l l l Bulbs (Spare) l 3 l l l l l
~
l l l I I I I i 10 Mile EPZ Map i 1 l l l l l 1 l I I I I I l Russellville City ttap i i l I i l l l l l l l l l l Dardanelle City !!ap l 1 1 I l l l l l I 1 i l I i Calculator l 1 1 l l l l Plastic Bag (sm.) -- l l l l 1 I I I i l l l Plastic Bag (med.) 1 -- l l l l l 1 1 I I i 1 l l Zip-Lock Baggies i 10 l l l l l )
*where applicable Inventory By Date C"""T Reviewed By Date O-l m-1
[ .V s
M {ggygTION: PROCEDUREMORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 PAGE 55 v5 25 Om ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 2u CHANGE o*Te u ' u"/ o* DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY E Arkansas Nuclear One m% . . . , , ,, ,, l rca" ao - m REV. #5 PC # LOCATION: St. Mary's Hospital INSTRUCTICNS: Page 1 of 6
- 1. Perform a complete inventory of the kit if the kit A. Has been used l B. Is found unsealed / unlocked C. Is due for inventory
- 2. If the seal is intact / kit locked and the kit is not due for inventory,
[ perform only the required checks. CHECKS:
- 1. Record the calibration due date of the instruments in the kit.
Replace as necessary.
- 2. Perform a battery check on the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
- 3. Verify the operability of the indicated instruments. Replace as ;
necessary.
- 4. Charge the batteries in the indicated instruments for - I hour (unless continuously plugged in).
- 5. Inspect or replace respirators.
NOTES:
- 1. aantity should include units, where applicable.
- 2. Jate should include month, day, year.
- 3. If routine checks are satisfactory, initials should be used to indicate this.
- 4. If routine checks are unsatisfactory. indicate that in the applicable column then describe and date the corrective actions taken.
This kiti ( ) is due for quarterly inventory ( ) is not due for quarterly inventory ( ) was found sesled/ locked (complete only the required checks unless the kit is scheduled for complete inventory) ( ) was found unsealed / unlocked (perform a complete inventory) This packet consists ofi (x) Cover sheet ~ ( ) Checklist (_ pages) ( ) Inventory List (_ pages) Performed By Date Reviewed By C""% Forward Toi Emergency Planning Coordinator lO ' m F 4
i m l gggyAggTION: PROCEDURElWORK PL AN TITLE: NO: l IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 U0 5 IU O PAGE ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 2" o*TE CHANGE u /u"' + ' - DATE l ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One i N HOSPITAL KIT lFONNO. 1903.607 REV. / 9 PC f CHECKLIST Page 2 of 6 l l l l l l (1)Cperationj(4)Batt Remove /l l i l l l Cal. Duel Batt. l (2) Response /l(5) Plugged in/ [ Instr.l l Instrument l Type l S/N I Date l Check l (3)I ctedl(6)Charced l Off l l Beta Gamma l 1 l l l l l Survey Meterl i i l l (2) l l l 1 1 I I l 1 l l Frisker l RM-14 l l l f (211 (6)l l l Detection l l 1 l Chamber ! HP-210 l l l l l 1 l Air Sampler! Il0V l l (1) I i I l l Respirator l Cann. l l ( I l~ l ICheck Sourcel l l Watch (1) l l Dosimeter i l Dos 1 meter
! Charger (1)l (4) 1 l l Flashlight (1)l (4)
I I I l l Corrective Actions
- l Init./Date* l I I
' I I l 1 l l l ' I I I I I I l l l l
*Where applicable Inventory By Date Reviewed By g C%
l O A . E7 J t-. - - _ _ m , r -- ,
m M M5 M 4 N ilON: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIEE & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 p l PAGE 5' 5 '5 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision *U o*TE " /u"'"' ' - CHANGE DATE d ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY a Arkansas Nuclear One TITtt: HOSPITAL KIT l FORM NO. 1903.60J REV. Il PC # INVENTORY LIST Page 3 of 6 Required Actual Corrective Init./ E<1uipment Quantity Quantity Init. Actions
- Date*
Beta-Gamma 'Jurvey Meter 1 Frisker w/ Probe 1
\ir Sampler (110V) 1 1 ample Head 1 Check Sourcr= 1 SAMPLING SUPPI,IES XXXXXXXXX(XXXXXXXXX3XXXXXXXX<XXXXAAAAAAAAAAAAA: uAAAA datch I Cloth Smear 100 Pape r Smea r 100 Particulate Filter 25
- tassine Envelope 25 Charcoal Cartridge 15
\tr Sample Form 25 PERSONNEL MONITORING EQUIPMENT XXXXXXXXXKXXXXXXXXX::XXXXXXXX<XXXM1XXXXXXXXX::XXXXXX (0-200mR or losimeter 0-500mR) 20 Ch g er I hl.DRadge (incl. I as BKG) 15
*Where applicable L..
Inventory by Date _ Reviewed by CTI O m
m gggAgTION: PROCEDURE! WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 ' PAGE do I 'O v ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision " o*TE voi"*io* ' - i CHANGE DATE I m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g wtc Arkansas Nuclear One !
' ' ~
l ~~ REV. # 3 PC #' INVENTORY LIST Page 4 of 6 l i l Required l Actual l l Corrective ! Init.. I Equipment I Quantity l Quantity l Init. l Actions
- l Date* l l RESPIRATORY l l l \ l l
- 1. PROTECTION EQUIPMENT l uxAAAAAAXX l XXXXXXXXXX l XXXXXXX I Xu x x u o u 3_uA I XXXXXX' l l Cannister Mask w/ Iodine l l l l l l l Cannister l 1 l l l l l l l l l l l l l Iodine Cannister (Spare) l 1 l l l l 1 l I l l PROTECTIVF, CLOTHING l l I l I
IXXXXXXXXXXXimYvXXXXXlXXLTXXXI AuxxAAAAAT. XXXXlXXXXXT l , I l l l l Anti-C's l 2 sets l l l l l l 1 I i i l I l 1 l POSTING MATERIALS l l XXXXXXXXXXX l XXXXXXXXXX l XXXXXXX l XXXXLTXXXXXLTXX l lXXXXXX' < I l l l l l Four-Pocket Signs l 10 l l l g l l l < i_. I
% I l l l l l " Radiation Area" Insert l 10 l l l l l 1
I i I l l I 1 l_"High Radiation Area" Insert l 10 l l l l "RVP Required for l l l l l l l l l Entry" Insert l 10 l l l l l'Ilighest mR/HR Accessible l l l l l l l in this Area" Insert l 10 l l l 1 l' Health Physics Escort I ( l l l l i Required" Insert l 10 l l 1 1 l l l' Airborne Radioactivity l l l l \ l l Area" Insert l 10 l l l l' Respiratory Protection l l l l l 1 i Re g red" Insert l 10 l l l 1 1 l' Notify Health Physics l l l l l l l Before Entering" Insert l 1 l 10 l l l I ( : l l l l l l l " Contamination Area" Insert l 10 l l l l ' I I l l l l l " Type A or B Clothing" Insert l 10 l l l t 1 l l l .I l l l " Type R Clothing" Insert l 10 l l l 1 ! I l l " Type C Clothing" Insert l l l l l ! '- l 10 l l l l l
*Where appli'able c
Inventory By Date Reviewed By e O m-7 C . T _
' L r
M g3gygTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 p PAGE US "N #b U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 2" o*Ts v a/ u"' *+ ' - CHANGE DATE m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g MLE Arkansas Nuclear One HOSPITAL KIT l To03. Ani REV. # 2 FC # INVENTORY LIST Page 5 of 6 Required Actual Corrective Init.s Equipment Quantity Quantity Init. Actions
- Date*
" Radioactive Material Area" Insert 10 "No Access Area" Insert 10
" Keep out" insert 10 Blank Insert 10 Radiation Warning Ribbon 3 rolls Radiation Warning Tape 3 rolls Contamination Warning Tape 3 rolls Step-Off Pads 10 (Batteries not contained within instruments should /
BATTERIES beyplaced during the first quarter inventors-). Initials /Date "D" Cell 10 9-Volt 4 MISCELLANEOUS XXXXXXXX'uxAAAAAArth uxAAAA; ArtuAAAAAA.t1XXXXXXXXXX Pencil 6 Magic Marker 2 Cy pboard 1 Flashlight 1 Bulbs (Spare) 1 Plartic Bag (mm.) -- k._ Plastic Pag (med.) -- Plastic Bag (g.) I --
*Where applicable Inventory By Date e, Reviewed By O .
V %
.--m. . , -- - - - -
------9 p.----p.*- w. -c.----- --.m ------.+y%.g,. ,r -,e s- ---w- g
"l gghgAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 Ou v5 'U O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aEvisioN 2v o*TE ua/u"/ a* ' - CHANGE DATE l ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One , title HOSPITAL KIT l FORM NO. 1903.60J REV. #1 PC # INVENTORY LIST Page 6 of 6 Required Actual Corrective Init./ Equipment Quantity Quantity init. Actions
- Date*
PERSONNEL DECONTAMIhATION SUPPLIES AAAAAAAAA>uxxxxAAAAuxAAAAAuxAAAi = = = = = = mAA' XXXXXX
" Rad-Con" 4 rans l
" Tide" I box Corn Maal I pkg.
Chlorax 1 btl.
*khere applicable Inventory By Date Reviewed By Date CL O
m F N r __ . - . .- - s
ggggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 OA 5N O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision 26 o*Te U6/u"i * ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One TITLE NO. rire sin m~r lF ,,,, , REV. # 5 PC # LOCATION: Administration Building Second Floor INSTRUCTIONS: Page 1 of 4
- 1. Perform a complete inventory of the First Aid Room if the:
A. First Aid Room is due for inventory. NOTES:
- 1. Quantity should include units, where applicable.
- 2. Date should include month, day, year.
- 3. If routine checks are satisfactory, initials should be used to indicate this.
4 If routine checks are unsatisfactory, indicate that in the applicable column then describe and date the corrective actions taken. This kit: ( ) is due for quarterly inventory O ( ) is not due for quarterly inventory This packet consists of: (x) Cover Sheet ( ) Checklist ( pa ( ) Inventory LIH ( _ ges) pages) Performed By Date Reviewed By Forward To: Emergency Planning Coordinator C. C"'"% O m I [
M, M5MANTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: f40: IMPLEMENT 1;U PROC. F EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 05 N 1903.60 O PAGE 0 #- ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision *" CHANGE oarE u 'u"' DATE 1 i i m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Q Arkansas Nuclear One TITLE:FIRST AfD ROOM 1903. W REV. # 9 PC # CHECK LIST Page 2 of 4 l l Minimum l l l l l l l Required l Actual l l Corrective l Init./l i l Equipment l Quantity l Quantity l Init. l Actions
- i Date* l I I I I l l I i l DRUGS lXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXAAAAAAAAAXXXXXXAAAAAAAAAAXXXXXXXXXXXX]
l Isuprel l (1 cc ea.)) l l l 1 l (Exp. Date )l 2 amps l l l l l l Aqueous Ephinephrin 1:1000 l (lec ea.) l l l l l l (Exp. Date )l 2 amps l l l I l l Aminophylin (500 mg) 1(500 mg ea)l l l l l l (Exp. Date ) l 2 amps l l l l l l Lasix (40 mg/ amp) l (4 cc ea.)l 1 l l 1 l (Exp. Date ) l 2 amps l l l l l l valium (10 mg/ amp) 13 cc ea.)! l l l l [ (Exp. Date ) i 2 amps l l l l l l Morphine sulfate (10 mg/cc) l'(1 cc ea.)] l l l l l (Exp. Date ) i 2 amps l l l \ l l Sodium Bicarbonate (44.6 meq)l l l l l l l (Exp. Date ) l 2 amps l l l l l l Decadron (4 mg/cc) 1 (1 cc ea.)l l l l l l (Exp. Date ) l 4 amps l l l l l l Atropine (1 mg/cc) 1 (1 cc ea.)l l l l l 1 (Exp. Date ) 1 2 amps l l 1 l l l Hubain (10 mg/cc) l (1 cc ea.)l ~ l l l l l _.Exp. ( Date ) l 2 amps l l l l l l IV Glucose (50% Dextrose) l(50 cc ea.)l l l l l l (Exp. Date ) l 2 amps l l l l l l Ringers Lactate Solution l l l l l l l (Exp. Date ) l 2 liters l l l l l llylocatne (2L Plain) l l l l l l l~(Exp. Date ) l 20 ce l l l l l l 5ylocaine (2L Cardiac) l l l l l l l _( Exp. Date ) l 2 amps _ l l l l l l Pontocaine Eye Drops l (5 cc) l l l l l l (Exp. Date ) l I btl. l l l l l l 1 l l l l l l Betadine Skin Antiseptic l 1 pt. l l l l l l l
- l l l l
! llPotassium todide l l 100 Btis. l l l l l
*Where applicable '-
Inventory By Date Reviewed By C"llll O
~
V t r
NN5M4MION: PROCEDURE / WORK FLAN TITLE: NO: , 1 IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 l O 5 #b O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision CHANGE 2" o^TE ""/ u "/ "* ' - DATE ARKANSAS POWER & L.lGHT COMPANY i Arkansas Nuclear One l M r ,7, c,. ,n m., l FORM NO. REV. # 7 PC # INVENTORY LIST Page 3 of 4
~'
l Equipment l Required l Actual l l Corrective ( Init./l l l Quantity _l Quantity l Init. l Actions
- l Date* I i i I l l l !
l _ FURNISillNCS l XAxxx x v_ux l XXXM0CXXXX l ym vXX l xxxxu x x x_ v uXX l XE0000( i 1 I I l I I i Treatment Table 4 I i 1 l -l l l l 1 1 l i l Med Lite I l l 1 l l _l l l 1 1 1 I l_ Dressing Can l l l 1 l l l l l l I I I I l Ort _hopedic Stretcher _ l 1 l I l l ! l l l MEDICAL SUPPLIES l l l l l l l AND EQUIPMENT I lXXXXXXXXXXXlXXXXXXXXXXlXXXXXXXlXIXXXXXXXXXIXXXlnIXL\T i l l l l Blankets 1 i O l 4 l l l l [ I I I i i l Stethoscope l 1 l l ! l l l l ) i l I l I i l Sphygmometer l 1 l 1 l l l l Otoscope-Opthalmoscope l l l l l l w/ Batteries l 1 l l l l l l l 1 I l 1 I l Laryngoscope w/Batternes i 1 l l l l l l l l l l l Aspirator w/ Suction Probe l l l l~ l 1 l l l [ [ l_ I l I l l l Recusitation Ba; l 1 l l l l l l 1 I I I l Inflatable Splints l 1 set l I l l l I l l_ l l I I I l Phisuhex Dispenser Bottle l l l 1 l l l l l I I I I l l l Gril Thermometer l l i 1 2 ~~l l l i l- l [ l Emesis Basin l 1 l l 2 l l l I l l I l- l l l l l Tournirluet l 3 l l l l Sponge, forc ep l l l (-6 inchestraight) l l l l l l l 1 i l l
] Thumb Dressing l l l [
l l l l Forrefs (-4.5 inch) l 1 l l l l l [
*Where applicable Inventory By Date i
Reviewed fly O V A
m gggApgT,0N: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: g IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 y B N ON N O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision ^" o^te u ' u"' * ' CHANGE DATE 1 m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g 11rtz: Arkansas Nuclear One mm m , l FORM NO. , _ , , REV. # 7 PC # l INVENTORY LIST Page 4 of 4 l l Required I Actual l I Corrective l Init./l l Equipment I Qiiantity l Quantity i Init. I Actions
- l Date* l l 1 1 I I i l l Splinter Forceps l 1 l l l l l 1 I i i l i I l Bandage Scissors (s4.5 in.) l 1 l l l l l l l I I I l l l Bandage Scissors (N6 in.) l 1 l l l l l 1 I l l l l l l Airways (__ Asst. I l l l l 1
l Oral Screw l l l l l_ l I 1 l l l l l l l 1 1 I I I l Endo Tracheal Tube I Asst. l l l l l l Geide for Insertton of I I I l l l l Endo Tracheal Tube O i i l Syringe (Asepto, 50ce) I l i 1 1 1 i l I l l l l l l I l l i l 1 l l l l 1 I l _i Syr_tnge w/ Needle l Asst. ! l l l l l Blood Chemistry fube l I l l l l l (Exp. Date ) l 6 I I l l l l Suture Pack l l l l l l ' l (Exp. Date ) -i 2 l l l l l l 1 l 1 I i 1 l Abbocath 1 1 l l l l l 1 I I l l 1 I I IV Tubing I 8 ft. I I l l l 1 1 I ! l l l l Suture Material I Asst. l l l l l 1 1 I I I l I l_ Bandage Material l Asst. l l l l l 1 I I I I l l l Bandar,e (Stretch) _l Asst. l l l l l l l 1 l l l l l h aical Tafe _l Asst. l l l l l I J. 1 I I i l l Exam Gloves l I box l l l l l l l l l l Surgical Gloves l l l L-1 6 pr. I I I l l Where applicable Inventory By Date Revtewed By CL l O m F V %
m g3g)JgTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 UU v5 #5 0, ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision 2v oarE vo/u"/o* ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One M eter encveo a l FORM NO. , y, REV. # 5 PC # LOCATION: Unit 1 Turbine Building, El. 354' INSTRUCTIONS: Page 1 of 3
- 1. Perform a complete inventory of the kit if the kit:
A. Has been used l B. Is found unsealed / unlocked C. Is due for inventory
- 2. If the seal is intact / kit locked and the kit is not due for inventory, perform only the required checks.
CHECKS:
- 1. Perform a battery check on the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
- 2. Verify the operability of the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
O 3. Inspect or replace respirators. FICTES : I
- 1. Quantity should include units, where applicsble.
- 2. Date should include month, day. year.
- 3. If routine checks are satisfactory, initials should be used to indicate this.
- 4. If routine checks are unsatisfactory, indicate that in the applicable column then describe and date the corrective actions taken.
This kita ( ) is due for quarterly inventory ( ) is not due for quarterly inventory r ( ) was found sealed / locked (complete only the required
- checks unless the kit is scheduled for complete inventory)
( ) was found unsealed / unlocked (perform a complete inventory) { i This packet consists ofi (x) Cover Sheet ( ) Checklist ( pages) ( ) Inventory lls t (_ pages) Performed By 4 - Date Reviewed By Forward Tor Emergency Planning Coordinator C""""l" ; l O 6 F V 5
e-- T gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE- NO: g IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.63 { O D 'a U' PAGE 1 ' ARKANSAS. NUCLEAR ONE REVISION AO CHANGE DATE O /OS/O'* " ~ DATE m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g TITtt Arkansas Nuclear One l FORM NO. , , REV. # 7 PC # 9 CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3 NOTE: SEWELL SHOULD BE CONTACTED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE MONTHLY INVENTORY TO ENSURE THAT THE FIRE LOCKERS ARE ROUTINELY CLEANED BEFORE BEING RE-SEALED. l l l l l l(1) Operation /l(4)Batt Remove / I l l l l l Cal.Due l Batt.l(2) Response / l(5) Plugged in/ l Instr.1 IInstrument i Type i S/N I Date i Checkl(3) Inspected 1(6) Charged l Off j i l I i I i i l I i i I i i ! l l Respirator l SCBA l XXX l I I 1 I l l (3) I XXX l XXX l I i i l I I I l Respirator I_SCBA l XXX l I I l l (3) l XXX l_ XXX l I i i l I I l Respi ra t o r l SCBA I i l l l XXX l (3) I XXX l XXX l I i 1 I I I 1 Respirator i SCBA I i l l l XXX l (3) I XXX l XXX l 1 O l I 1 1__ l Respirator i SCBA I I i i l l l XXX l (3) I XXX _I XXX l l smoke I i l i i +l i l Ejector i XXX l XXX l XXX I Tsmoke l XXX l (1) l XXX l XX l i I ( l I +1 l Ejector l XXX I i l XXX l XXX l XXX l (1) I XXX l _ XX l I I l --~~l I i l i I lHandlite l XXX l XXX l XXX l XXX l (1) l XXX l l l l 1 I l'~- I I I lHandlite ! XXX l XXX l XXx l XXX l (1) I XXX l l l 1 1 I i l I l l i lHandlite ] XXX l XXX l XXX l XXX l (1) l XXX i l i l i l i I I lHandlite I XXX I i ' l_XXX_I XXX l XXX l (1) I XXX l I I i l I I i I I lHandlite I l XXX l XXX l. XXX l XXX l (1) [ XXX l l 1 I i l Corrective Actions
- I l Init./Date* l
! I l I
- I I I
1 I I l I I s _ l 1 I I I I I i- 1 I l
*Where applicable; + quarterly only
\ l Checked By Date ~~"" Reviewed By O I b7 . C r- _ i L --
m ggggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 p PAGE 67 of 75 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisiON 16 oarE 66/"io'- -
-l 1
CHANGE DATE l i m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g Arkansas Nuclear One lFONNO.,,,,,,, TITLE: ,,,, yyy 3 REV. #5 PC # INVENTORY LIST Page 3 of 3 l 1 Required i Actual l l Corrective l Init./I i Equipment ! Quantity l Quantity i Init. l Actions
- l Date* l l 1 I I I I I I PROTECTIVE CLOTHI!!G lXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXl l 1 1 I I I I l Turn-Out Gear l 5 sets l l l l l l l 1 1 I I i 1 l White Fire Fighter's Helmet l 1 l l l l l 1 l l l l 1 l l Red Fire Fighter's Helmet l 1 l l l l l l 1 i i l i I l RESPIRATORY PROTECTIO!! EQUIP!!E!!T XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX:CCGXXXXXXXX7XXXXXXXXXXXXXXI ;
I I l l 1 1 I i i SCBA l 5 l l l } I ; I I I i l l l l FIRE FIGHTIfiG EQUIP!!E!!T lXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX7XXXXXXXXXX7XXXXXXl O l l Smoke Ejector 1 i 2 l l l 1 l l l l l l l 1 1 I l i 1 l Fire Ax l 2 l l l l l l l l l l 1 l l Fire Extinyaisher l 5 l l l l l 1 1 I l l t I l Handlite w/ Batteries l 5 l- l l l l l l l 1 I I I I MISCELLA!EOUS I XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX:CGXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I l First Aid Kit i i [ l l l l (Ensure Minimum Inventory) I 1 I l l l l I I l l l l l 1 Stretcher l 1 l l l l l 1 l l 1 1 I I , l Blanket i 1 ] l l l l l l 1 1 I I I I Oxygen Bottle i 1 l l l l l l 1 1 I I I I l Hare Traction Splint l 1 l l l l l
*Where applicable --
Inventory By Date b-Reviewed By C""
- O m_
r t
M {ghMygTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: l IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT _ _ _ 1903.60 O PAGE O "' ## U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision i* o*Ts U i"*/ ' ' 1 CHANGE DATE J m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g Arkansas Nuclear One l FORM NQ. , TITtJ9, , m,,, ,, REV.Sf PC f LOCATION: Unit 2 Turbine Building, El. 354' INSTRUCTIONS: Page 1 of 3
- 1. Perform a complete inventory of the kit if the kits A. Has been used
( B. Is found unsealed / unlocked C. Is due for inventory
- 2. If the seal is intact / kit locked and the kit is not due for inventory, perform only the required checks.
CHECKS:
- 1. Perform a battery check on the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
- 2. Verify the operability of the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
O 3. Inspect or replace respirators. NOTES:
- 1. Quantity should include units, where applicable.
- 2. Date should include month, day, year.
- 3. If routine checks are satisfactory, initials should be used to indicate this.
- 4. If routine checks are unsatisfactory, indicate that in the I applicable column then describe and date the corrective actions taken.
l This kiti ( ) is due for quarterly inventory ( ) is not due for quarterly inventory t ( ) was found sealed / locked (complete only the required l checks unless the kit is scheduled for complete inventory) ( ) was found 'msealed/ unlocked (perform a complete inventory) This packet censists ofi (x) Cover Sheet ( ) Checklist (_ pages) ( ) inventory List (_ pages) Ferformed By Date ' Reviewed By Forward foi Emergency Planning Coordinator l M O I 7 . . ._ -- L. r i L c
m gggygTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 i (^ N #5 d ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE '# arvision " o*Te "'""/** ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One TITtt r,77 7 m ., ,, l FORM NO. ,,, ,, REV. # g PC # CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3 NOTE: SEWELL SHOULD BE CONTACTED IN CONJUNCTION WITH TIE MONTHLY INVENTORY TO ENSURE THAT TIE FIRE LOCKERS ARE ROUTINELY CLEANED BEFORE BEING RE-SEALED. I I I I I 1(1)0peration/l(4)Batt Remove / I l l l l l Cal Due l Batt.l(2) Response / l(5) Plugged in/ I Instr.1 linstrument I Type I S/N l (6) Charged l Off f I I I I _ Date _lI Checkl(3) I Inspected I I IRespirator l SCBA l l l XXX l (3) XXX l XXX l i I I I I I I I I 1 Respirator l SCBA l l l XXX l (3) J XXX l XXX l I I I i i l i I I 1 Respirator I SCBA I l l XXX l (3) l XXX l XXX l 1 1 I I I I l l l ; l Respirator I SCBA i l l XXX l (3) l XXX l XXX l ' I I I I I I I I i l Respirator l SCBA l l XXX l (3) l l XXX l O ISmoke IEjector l I XXX l l l l l XXX l XXX l l XXX l l t l (1) I XXX XXX l l XX l l l ISmoke l l l l' I +l l l l Ejector I XXX l XXX l XXX l XXX l (1) l XXX l XX l i I I I I I I l 1 i IHandlite I XXX l XXX l XXX l XXX { (1) I XXX l I i l l I I I I I I lHandlite j XXX l XXX l XXX l XXX l (1) I XXX l l I I I I I I I I i lHandlite l XXX l XXX l XXX l XXX l (1) l XXX l l i I I I I I I I I Handlite j XXX l XXX l XXX l XXX l (1) I XXX l l l I I I I .I I I IHandlite I XXX l XXX l XXX l XXX l (1) l XXX ! l I l 1 l Corrective Actions
- l Init./Date* I I I I I I I I ~
I I l l l I I I u I I I I I l l l I I I l i I I
'Where applicable; t quatterly only Checked By Date Reviewed By _
F t
m ggggAgTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 PN IO O Ib V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision 16 o^ra u ' u "' * ' - CHANGE DATE m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g ma Arkansas Nuclear One em mmeo [ ; g, , INVENTORY LIST Page 3 of 3 l l Required l Actual l l Corrective l Init./l l Equipment l Quantity l Quantity i Init. I Actions
- l Date* l 1 l l 1 1 I I l PROTECTIVE CLOTHING l Lt x xx x x u x x x x u.uxAAAA.u.GXXXXXXXXXLuAAA x x x x x x x x " x u !
l I I I I I l Turn-Out Gear l 5 sets l l l l 1 I I I I I l White Fire Fighter's Ifelmet l 1 l l l 1 l l , I l l 1 Red Fire Fighter's Helmet l 1 l l l l l l l 1 l l 1 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION EQUIPMENT XXXXXXXXXXXX'00CuXXXXXIXLTXXXXXXXXIXXXTLTXLTXLTXXXXl l l l t i I I l SCbA I 5 l l l l 1 O l l E RE FICHTING EQUIPMENT i l l t l XXXLuAA.uAA.uxXXXXXXXXXTXXXTXXTXXXTXXXXXXXXXXXXXX1TXX l I I I l I l i l Smoke Ejector 2 l 1 I I l 1 I i 1 l l I l Fire Ax l 2 l 1 l l l l 1 l l l 1 l l Fire Extinguisher l 5 l l l l l 1 1 I I l l l l Handlite w/ Batteries [ 5 l l l l l 1 1 I I I I I l MISCELIANE01S I XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXLTXXXXXXXXXXXLTLTXILTXX I l First Aid Yit l { } l l l l (Ensure Minimum inventory) ! 1 l l l l l l l I I I I l Stretcher i 1 l l l l 1 1 I I I i 1 l Blanket i 1 l l l l l 1 I I I I I I l_0g gen Bottle l I l l l l l 1 1 I i i l I l Ilare Traction Splint i 1 l_ . l l l l
- W ere applicable s ,.,_ . .
l Inventory By Date Reviewed By C O , m D ._ -- l~ . r -- .
. L -
m gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. 1903.60 EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT PAGE I' f A5 Om ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisiOu 2" oars " 'u"' * ' - CHANGE DATE m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g Arkansas Nuclear One m m .... , _ . r l=a,,,,,., REV. #5 PC f LOCATION: Turbine Building, El. 386' INSTRUCTIONS: Page 1 of 3
- 1. Perform a complete inventory of the kit if the kit:
A. Has been used B. Is found unsealed / unlocked C. Is due for inventory l 2. If the seal is intact / kit locked and the kit is not due for inventory, perform only the required checks. 08ECKS : 1. Perform a battery check on the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
- 2. Verify the operability of the indicated instruments. Replace as O 3.
necessary. Inspect or replace respirators. NOTES:
- 1. Quantity should include units, where applicable.
- 2. Date should include nonth, day, year.
- 3. If routine checks are satisfactory, initials should be used to indicate this.
- 4. If routine checks are unsatisfactory, indicate that in the applicable column then describe and date the corrective actions taken.
This kiti ( ) is dua for quarterly inventory ( ) is not due for quarterly inventory ( ) was found sealed / locked (complete only the required checks unless the kit is scheduled for complete inventory) ( ) was found unsealed / unlocked (perform a complete inventory) This packet consists of (x) Cover Sheet ( ), Checklist (_ pages) ( ) Inventory List (_ pages) Performed By Date Reviewed By ' Forward To Emargency Planning Coordinator ! CL 1 O m b CN L~ c . . . _ . .- - .
. W . . --- ._
M ggggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 PAGE E "5 N @. ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 2" o*Te o /u*/ - ' - CHANGE DATE m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One Q TITLE y,c ,m..., ,. l FOAM NO. REV. # g PC I" ClfECXLIST Page l of 3 NOTE: SEVELL Sif0ULD BE CONTACTED IN CONJUNCTION WITl! TifE MONTlfLY INTENT 0RY TO ENSL'RE TIIAT TIIE FIRE LOCKERS ARE ROUTINELY CLEANED BEFORE BEING RE-SEALED. I I I l 1 l(1) operation /l(4)Batt Remove / l l l l l l Cal.Due l Batt.l(2) Response / l(5) Plugged in/ l Instr.) Instrument i Type l S/N l Date l Checkl(3) Inspected l(6) Charged l Off l l l l- l i I I I Respirator l SCBA l l l XXX l (3) l XXX l XXX l l l l l l l l l Respirator l SCBA l l l XXX l (3) l XXX l XXX l l l l l l l l I Respirator l SCBA l l l XXX l (3) l XXX l XXX l l l l ll i I I Respirator l SCBA l 1 l XXX l (3) l XXX l XXX l l l l l l- 1 I I IRespirator i SCBA I l XXX l (3) l XXX l XXX l O.. 15moke l l l l l l +l l l jl.jec t o r l XXX l XXX l XXX l XXX l (1) l XXX l XX l l Smoke l l l l l +l l l lEjector l XXX l XXX l XXX l XXX l (1) l XXX l XX l 1 1 I I i ! i l I lifandlite l XXX l XXX l XXX l XXX l (1) l XXX l l 1 I I I ~l l I i 1 lHandlite l XXX l XXX l XX l XXX l (1) l XXX l l l l l l- 1 I l- 1 I lHandlite l XXX l XXX l XXX l XXX l (1) l XXX l l l 1 l i I I I I I Handlite l XXX l XXX l XXX l XXX l (1) l XXX l l l l 1 --~l -- I I I I Handlite l XXX l XXX l XXX l XXX__l (1) ) XXX l l l + l l Corrective Actions
- l Init./Date* l l l l I l l .. l l l l l l l I C l l 1 1 I I I I I I I I I l l Where applicable; + quarterly only e Checked By Date Reviewed By _
m C} L~ r , c ~
m gggggTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 l U "5 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aavision *u
'O o*TE v /u"/a* ' =
CHANGE DATE y ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY O Arkansas Nuclecr One . d e7ee r ervee ,- l FORM NO. REY. # 5 PC # INVENTORY LIST Page 3 of 3 l l Required 1 Actual l l Corrective l Init./l l Equipment l Quantity l Quantity i Init. l Actions
- I Date* l l l l 1 1 I I l PROTECTIVE CLOTHING lXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX w.m XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXl 1 1 I I I I i l Turn-out Gear l 5 sets l l l l l 1 1 I I I I I i White Fire Fighter's Helmet l 1 l l l l l 1 1 I I I I I l Red Fire Fighter's Helmet l 1 l l l l l l l l l l l l l RE$PIRATORY PROTECTION EQUIPMENT XXXXXX'(XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX:GXXXXXl 1 I I
, I I I I l SCEA l 5 l l l 1 l 1 I I I I I I I FIRE FIGHTING EQUIFMENT j O 1 l Smoke Ejector 1
l XXXXXXYXXXXXXXXXXXX::XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX l 1 i 2 1 l 1 l i l i l I l 1 I i l 1 l 1 Fire Ax l 2 l l l l 1 1 1 I I I I I l Fire Extinguisher l 5 l l l l 1 1 I I l l l l l Handlite w/ Batteries l 5 l l l l l l l l 8 I I l l HISCELLANEOUS IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXl l First Atd Kit l l l l l l l (Ensure Minimum Inventory) l 1 l l l l l 1 1 1 I l l l l Stretcher l 1 l l l l 1 I l l 1 1 I I . l Blanket i 1 l l l l l l 1 1 I I I i l 0xygen Bottle I 1 l l l l l 1 I I I I i l l Hare Traction Splint l 1 l l l 1 l
*Where applicable
- Inventory By Date ~
sevtewed By C:""M O m C7 - _ _ . - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ L r i I .
M1 l ghgAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK P.AN TITLE: NO: l IMPLEMENTING PROC. EHERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 -w.-
'* 05 U V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE asvision 2" oAre v 'u"io' '
-1 CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One TLE:
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT l FORM NO.1903.600 REV. # 1 ?C # Page 1 of 2 CHECKS: 3 1. Record the calibration due date of the instruments in the kit. Replace as necessary.
- 2. Verify the operability of the indicated instruments. Replace as necessary.
NOTES:
- 1. Quantity should include units, where applicable.
- 2. Date should include month, day, year.
- 3. If routine checks are satisfactory, initials should be used to indicate this.
- 4. If routine checks are unsatisfactory, indicate that in the applicable column then descrite and date the corrective actions taken.
These items: ( ) are due for quarterly inventory ( ) are not due !or quarterly inventory This ;ecket consists of: (x) Cover Sheet ( ) Chuklist (_ pages) ( ) Inventory List (_ pages) Performed By Date Reviewed By Forward To: Emergency Planning Coordinator m C"N.4 ~ O m F~ ~ k r V _ r - _ .. s
m gT;gygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENT 1903.60 Ib P5 I5 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision iU o*Te UaiU*' * ' - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One TIT m ,, , , ,.7, , , ,,, ,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,, l FOAM NO. **as ram REV. # 5 PC f Page 2 of 2 l l 1 I I (1)cperationall l I ] [ l Cal. Due 1 (2) Response ! Instr. l l Instrument i Location ! S/N l Date 1 (3) Inventory [ Off I l Single Channel Analy- 1 U-l l I l 1 l l rer with Detector l CR 1 l l (2)] l l Single Channel l I I I l l l Analyzer with l l I l l Detector 1 l l TSC i l l (2)1 1 I I I I i i 1 1 NMC I Tsc I I I (1)l l l l 1 I i i 1 First Aid Kit l First Aid Rm l flA l !!A l (3)l IJA I I I i 4 i i i i I I fo-60 MCA l ECC (156) l l 1 (2)l l l Corrective Actions
- l IIIITIAL/DATE*
l l l l 1 i l l I i i I I l l l I I I I I I I I I I l- 1 I I I I I i 1 1 I l l I l i I i l I i i i l i I I I I I i 1 I I I l _I i l t L-- I l l I I I I I I l l I
*Where applicable Checked By Date ~
Reviewed By O m-r , __ sE _ m
#/1lD e y ARKANSAS PONER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One TITLE: TRANSMITTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC fl Arkansas Nuclear One .
Arkansas Russellville/84 Date 8/29 MEMORANDUM TO: _/ h'~/l[( hh. RETURN T0:
~
ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 19n3.33 REV. # 2 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE nFFNTRY GUIDELINES
--RDIOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & OLD REVISION--
PROCEDURE NUMBER tont u REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE vrFncFncY OPERATIONS FACILITY EVACUATION
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE--
PROCEDURE NUMBER REV. #__ 79ni sn a PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE pr e rvrv nFquoNSE ORGANIZATION
--REMOVE EFFECTIVE DATE NOTICE & OLD REVISION--
The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or proprietary material. PLEASE REMOVE TIIE INDICATED MATERIAL PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, ETC. PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) 5 l 1 l l l PROCEDURE (S) HAS EEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE PLANT MANUAL. l [.ROCEDURE(S)SHOULDBEPLACEDINYOURSETOFTHEPLANTMANU SIGNATURE DATE LPDATED 1
i 42 m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g TITLE: TRANSilITTAL Arkansas Nuclear One FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC # Arkansas Nuclear One . Russellville, Arkansas Date 8-24-84 MEMORANDUM TO: IObMk /// RETURN T0: ~ ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
AN0 MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 190s.01 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE TWRCPNCY RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS PROCEDURE NUMBER lons n7 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE nvverF FWRCENCY MONITORING PROCEDURE NUMBER 1905.30 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE AIRBORNE I-131 DETERMINATION USING MS-2/ SPA-3 The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or proprietary material. PLEASE REMOVE TIE INDICATED MATERIAL PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, ETC. PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) l l PROCEDURE (S) llAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TIE PLANT MANUAL. l M PROCEDURE (S) SHOULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF Tile PLANT MAN l SIGNATURE DATE UPDATED
4L ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One mLE: TRANSMITTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC # Arkansas Nuclear One Russellville Arkansas Date 8-24-84 MEMORANDUM To: ~//)/- A/8C ///M. RETURN T0: ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
AN0 MASTFR PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 1905.31 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE AIRBORNE IODINE-131 DETERMINATION USING AN RM-14/HP-210 PROCEDURE NUMBER 1905.32 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE USE OF THE ND -60 MULTICHANNEL ANALYZER PROCEDURE NUMBER REV. # PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or proprietary material. PLEASE REMOVE TifE INDICATED MATERIAL PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, ETC. I PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) ( l l PROCEDURE (S) IIAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TIIE PLANT MANUAL. I A PROCEDURE (S) SHOULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE PLANT MANUAL SIGNATURE DATE UPDATED
O
~
ATTENTI0N THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE 1906. Of REV. O SHOULD BE PLACED IN UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE I-29-Eh PLEASE DO NOT REMOVEN4kh 0"Y-BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE. O 1 O , l
,n., ----_.,
,3 ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY
<~2ih ^ ' " * " * * * " " ' * * ' "*
O 4g .T g RECORD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS FOW NO. 1000.06A EPIPA EMERGEllCY RADIATION PROIECIION REV. # 12 PC # 75 . EMEhGENCY RADIOLOGICAL CONTROL c ' ' 4: 1905.001 REV. O get 4 PAGE REV PC# UN-T>trnh Pay # PAGE REV PCIl PAGE REV PC//
/or PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC#
1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 13 0 I l l l l l APPROVED BY: APPROVAL DATE 1 i o n., s
\,((/,
v!w/,f)pg. . ,
. .-[y / 4[h[, REQUIRED EF CTIVE DATE:
(General nanager) b 24
gypTMggyN: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION EMERGENCY RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS 1905.001 . PAGE 1 "N 14 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE EarvisioN CHANGE u o*Te DATE v'/uv/"+ 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides guidance for the following radiological control practices during emergency situations: 1.1 Personnel Monitoring. 1.2 Respiratory Protection. 1.3 Contamination Control. 2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure is applicable during Alert, Site Area or General Emergency conditions. 2.2 This procedure applies to ANO emergency support personnel and emer-gency response facilities within the ten mile Emergency Planning Zone.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Procedure Preparation.
\,,) 3.1.1 Emergency Plan.
3.1.2 1903.43, " Duties of the Emergency Radiation Team". 3.1.3 1903.50, "Emcrgency Response Organization". 3.1.4 1000.31, " Radiation Protection Manual". 3.1.5 1000.32, " Respiratory Protection Manual". 3.1.6 Letter H-5, 79-739, of May 16,1976 from Mr. Alan Hack, LASL, Respirator Research and Development Section to Mr. John Collins, USNRC RE: Respiratory Protection at TMI. 3.2 References Used in Implementing this Procedure. 3.2.1 1903.33, " Reentry Guidelines" 3.2.2 1903.30, " Evacuation" 3.2.3 1609.10, " Calculation of HPC Hours and Stay Times" t 3.2.4 1612.005 "Self Reading Pocket Dosimeter" 3.2.5 1622.001, " Radiological Surveys and Documentation"
/~N
(-) t 3.2.6 1622.012, " Personnel Exposure Records" I 1
gT h4AgggN: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO-. RAD. PROTECTION EMERGENCY RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS 1905.001 . PAGE 4 OI AJ J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN u CHANGE oATE v '/ u'/ o* DATE 3.2.7 1622.015, " Bioassay Sampling Program" 3.2.8 1632.001, " Portable Survey and Monitoring Instruments" 3.2.9 1632.005, ' "Portable Air Samplers" 3.2.10 1632.013, "Harshaw 2271 TLD System Operation" 3.3 Related ANO Procedures. None. 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this procedure: None. 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Controlled Access Area - That portion of the station to which access is positively controlled for radiological protection purposes. (Basically, this area consists of the Reactor Buildings and portions of the Auxiliary Buildings for both units.) () 4.2 Control Point - The area or location established for the purpose of controlling personnel movement into and out of Controlled Access Areas. 4.3 Radiologically Controlled Area - A Radiologically Controlled Area (RCA) is defined as an area within the plant site in which radioac-tive material (including contamination) and/or radiation may be present in quantities sufficient to require protective measures. (The Controlled Access Area, for example, is a Radiologically Con-trolled Area). 4.4 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) - A near site emergency response facility located approximately 0.65 miles northeast or the reactor buildings (the ANO Training Center). 4.5 Technical Support Center (TSC) - The location within the ANO Admini-stration Building equipped with instrumentation and communication systems and facilities useful in monitoring the course of an acci-dent; this center is lcoated in the 3rd Floor Conference Room. l 4.6 Operational Support Center (OSC) - Assembly areas within the ANO administrative buildings where emergency support personnel report during an emergency. The normal work location for an individual is used as the reporting area in this center with the following exceptions: f-'S 4.6.1 Emergency Radiation Team - (Onsite Team) Payroll Office (,/ Area (1st Floor Administration Building). 4.6.2 TSC Dose Assessment Team - 3rd Floor Breakroom - Administration Building
gTbtggpN: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION EMERGENCY RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS 1905.001
,m F PAGE 4 OI 14 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE asvision u o*Ta v '/ ov/ **
CHANGE DATE 4.6.3 Emergency Medical Team - First Aid Room /2nd Floor Breakroom - Administration Building 4.6.4 office Services Personnel - 3rd Floor Library - Administration Building 4.6.5 Operations Technical Engineering - EOF Library 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 Health Physics Superintendent 5.1.1 Responsible for the overall control and implementation of this procedure. 5.2 Emergency Radiation Team Leader (ERTL) 5.2.1 Responsible for the overall control and implementation of this procedure at ANO emergency response facilities within the ten mile area. 5.2.2 Responsible for directing onsite monitoring and assigning personnel to the onsite radiological monitoring section (~sx_) and the offsite radiological monitoring section of the Emergency Radiation Team. 5.3 EOF Health Physics Supervisor 5.3.1 Responsible for ensuring that the appropriate control ~ points and radiological control measures are established and implemented at the emergency operations facility. 6.0 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR EMERGENCY RADIOLOGICAL CONTROL 6.1 The Emergency Radiation Team Leader shall use Form 1905.001A as a checklist fc ensuring appropriate radiological controls have been implemented. 6.2 Assign an H.P. technician to report to the 50F to assist the EOF Health Physics Supervisor. 6.3 The EOF Health Physics Supervisor shall ensure that frisking stations are established at the lower west and upper north entrances to the EOF. 1 l l - s
g TPJA g g g N: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION EMERGENCY RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS 1905.001 . PAGE
- U5 14 C)
'~ ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE REVISION U CHANGE DATE U//UV/D4 DATE 6.4 Upon receipt of survey results the ERTL shall check Attachment 1 to ensure appropriate emergency response actions such as evacuation or notification are implemented. Radiological survey results shall then be posted in the Technical Support Center and the Emergency Radiation Team's work area (i.e., the payroll office area which is designated for use by the Onsite Radiological Monitoring Section).
6.5 From reported radiological survey data the ERTL shall establish Ra-diologically Controlled Area Boundaries. 6.6 If an emergency condition lasts longer than 8 hours, the Health Physics Superintendent shall establish an Emergency Radiation Team working schedule. 7.0 CONTROL POINT ESTABLISHMENT 7.1 Control points should be established at the exits / entrances to the control room and the staging area for entry of Emergency Teams and Operations Personnel into the Radiologically Controlled Area. 7.2 Once the extent of contamination, radioactive airborne concentrations and radiation exposure rate conditions are known, the control point 7, for Emergency Team entries should be located as close to the Controlled ( ) Access Area as possible without sacrificing communications and ease of entry / exit control. 7.2.1 Radi2 logical conditions permitting, the normal controlled access area control points in the Unit ona and T r 3r Eliary Building (Elev. 386') should be used as the control point for emergency response operations into the Auxiliary Building. 7.3 If radiation levels exceed 2.5 mr/hr. or significant (> 1 MPC particulate or iodine) airborne activity exists outside the confines of the Auxiliary and Turbine buildings then control points should be established at the TSC and OSC. 7.4 If radiation levels exceed 2.5 mr/hr. or significant (> 1 MPC particulate or iodine) airborne activity exists at the EOF then a control point should be established at the entrance to the EOF. l 7.5 The following radiological controls should be instituted at the control points. . 7.5.1 Personnel entry log including time in, out and dosimeter reading (s) should be maintained for all entries on Form 1905.001B. l 7.5.2 A frisking station using an RM-14/HP-210 or equivalent should f3 be used to check personnel contamination for personnel exit-(_) ing the radiologically controlled area.
g Th4A g g g y N: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION EMERGENCY RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS 1905.001 PAGJ D OI AJ (~) ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE -aevisioN u CHANGE oATE "'/ uve " DATE 7.5.3 Air samples should be taken every hour and shall be taken once every four hours. 7.5.4 General area exposure rate determinations at the control point shoul'd be made every fifteen minutes and shall be made hourly. 7.5.5 Air sample and exposure rate data should be maintained on the appropriate forms and data trended to determine significant increases. 8.0 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION 8.1 Respiratory Protection Guidelines 8.1.1 Although exposure should be maintained as low as reasonably achievable during an emergency, respirators should not be assigned to emergency team members or emergency response center (s) personnel if the use of respirators will have an adverse affect on the timely implementation of emergency measures and the projected exposure (for the observed activity and estimated time of exposure) is less than 40 7-~ HPC-hrs / week. V 8.1.2 During emergency conditions, higher uptakes may be authorized in a manner similar to that for increased external exposure as specified in 1903.33 " Reentry Guidelines". 8.1.3 Protection factors for respirators are identified in 1000.32,
" Respiratory Protection Manual". However, th- Respiratory Protection Manual specifies that these protection factors are not applicable unless the respirator has been quantitatively fit tested on the wearer.
l NOTE: ( l Under emergency conditions, it is appropriate to l l allow a respirator to be worn (for immediate exit of l l the area only), and to perform necessary fit-testing l l after use. l 8.1.4 The ERTL shall ensure the following data, on personnel entering the RCA(s), is recorded on Forms 1605.010A and B. A. Occupancy time and airborne concentrations B. MPC-Hrs (each entry, each day, and last 7 days) C. Protection factor for the Respiratory Protection rx Device Worn b i
i g T h4A g g g N: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION EMERGENCY RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS 1905.001 . I PAGE D "I 14 Os ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE o^re DATE v'/u"/*+ 8.1.5 All individuals entering radiologically controlled areas shall have whole body counts or bioassays performed, if their exposure to radioactive airborne concentration exceed 2 MPC-HRS per day or 10 MPC-HRS /wk. 9.0 IODINE CANNISTER USE 9.1 General 9.1.1 NUREG-9041 and Regulatory Guide 8.15 do not provide a pro-tection factor for iodine cannisters for routine use because of difficulties ensuring continued protection. As a result, the only respirators which are suitable in iodine atmos-pheres are air supplied devices, such as SCBA and air line masks. (NUREG-0041 prohibits the use of air line masks in rescue operations). However, in additica to airborne radio-activity, the areas in which the respirators are likely to be used may also be affected by high dose rates. Since mobility is reduced when wearing SCBAs, it may be more conducive to overall exposure reduction to use iodine cannisters in lieu of SCBAs. For these reasons, the Health Physics Superintendent and/or the Emergency Radiation Team fw Leader may direct that iodine cannisters be used in emergency '(_) conditions. 9.1.2 The filter cannisters authorized are the MSA GMR-I charcoal cannister or the MSA GMR-S charcoal cannister, as available. 9.1.3 The protection factor is 1 for iodine. 9.1.4 The respirator shall not be used in iodine atmospheres greater than 100 times the Table 1, Column 1, Appendix B to 10 CFR 20 value for the specific iodine nuclide. For iodine-131, this is 9 E-7 pCi/cc. (Assumes stay-time control). 9.1.5 The stay-time in affected areas shall not exceed 40 MPC-hours in any seven consecutive days. (This provides for additional subsequent exposure). 9.1.6 Appropriate representative air sampling shall be performed. 9.1.7 Suitable HPC-hour records shall be kept in accordance with Section 8.1.4. 9.1.8 Personnel exposure to iodine atmospheres with iodine cannisters shall be monitored as follows: A. Routine weekly whole body counting. p) (_ B. Special whole body counting whenever 10 MPC-hours stay-time is recorded in any seven consecutive days or 2 MPC-hours in 24 hours.
g T M g g y N: PROCEDUHE/ WORK PLAN TITLE: 11 0: RAD. PROTECTION EMERGENCY RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS 1905.001 . PAGE # OI AJ
) ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE o*TE v'/uw DATE C. If the results of the whole body counting above indicates an iodine uptake in excess of 70 nCi, that individual shall be restricted from further entry to iodine atmos- ,
l pheres pending evaluation by the Health Physics Super- l intend'ent . I 9.1.9 Iodine cannisters should not be re-used. An individual may re-use the same cannister for multiple entries during a single shift, after which it will be replaced. 10.0 PERSONNEL MONITORING 10.1 Assignment of Dosimetry 10.1.1 Personnel radiation exposure shall be monitored by regulation if 25% of the applicable limit could be received in a quarter by an individual. 10.1.2 If a significant release of radioactivity occurs and results in radiation levels such that if an individual were to remain in the area, he would receive a dose in excess of 2.5 mrem in any one hour, or a dose of 100 mrem in any seven consecutive (7 ,)
.s days the area shall be designated as a radiologically controlled area and dosimetry shall be worn in the affected areas.
10.1.3 Emergency response personnel shall wear a TLD badge at all times while on site during the emergency. 10.1.4 In the event of an emergency incolving a site evacuation, final personnel dosimetry issue and collection operations should be relocated to the EOF or an alternate low back-ground (<.8mR/hr) area designated by the Health Physics Superintendent and/or the Emergency Radiaticn Team Leader. 10.2 Assignment of Dosimetry to Emergency Teams 10.2.1 The following dosimetry devices should be issued to Emergency Team members or personnel entering radiologically controlled areas to perform repairs or damage control, rescue or radiation surveys. A. TLD (1) B. 0-500 mR Pocket Dosimeter (1) C. 0-10R Pocket Dosimeter (1) D. Extremity TLD for the hands - one each for the left and f-~s right hand. v) t E. Extremity TLD badges for the ankles.
=
1 g Tto g g y N: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION EMERGENCY RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS 1905.001 y PAGE D OE " O- ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision " CHANGE o*Te u '/ uv' a DATE 10.2.2 In the event major fuel damage is sustained or suspected, 0-200R dosimeters should be issued to Emergency Team members. , 10.2.3 The Emergency Radiation Team Leader (ERTL) and the H.P. Supt. shall ensure the following data is maintained for emergency team members on Form 1905.001B. A. Entry and Exit times B. Pocket Dosimeter Readings for each entry
- C. Cumulative Personnel Exposures 10.3 Accelerated TLD Processing 10.3.1 Daily readings of TLD's should be performed during the emer-gency and, initially, during recovery operations until such time as exposure trends have been identified and exposure control methods established by the Emergency Radiation Team Leader.
10.3.2 In the event of an accidental exposure, or an approved planned n emergency exposure, the TLDs of the individuals involved shall ( ) be processed as soon as practicable following exposure. Further exposure shall not be allowed until the results of their TLD badge readings are available and have been evaluated. 10.3.3 TLD's left on the badge racks and the associated control badges shall be read as soon as possible following exposure, in order that the personnel exposure prior to the accident may be evaluated to provide a basis for subsequent exposure. 10.4 Recording of Personnel Exposures 10.4.1 Personnel radiation exposures monitored by pocket dosimeter for the Emergency Radiation Team and other emergency response personnel shall be recorded on Form 1905.001B, " Access and Exposure Control Log". Form 1905.001B shall be kept by the i ERTL and ORMSL for the purpose of exposure control over l individuals performing emergency activities. l l 10.4.2 Personnel radiation doses monitored by TLD shall be recorded j in accordance with Health Physics ocedure 1632.013, l "Harshaw 2271 TLD System Operation I
{gpT MggpN: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION EMERGE!!CY RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS 1905.001 . PAGE S 05 N O-- - ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE o*TE DATE v'/u'io+ 11.0 ATTACHME!!TS AIID FORMS 11.1 Attachments 11.1.1 Emergency R'adiological Conditions Action Levels 11.2 Forres l NOTE: l l Completed Forms 1905.001A and 1905.001B shall be forwarded to l l the ERTL for review. These forms shall be submitted to ANO-DCCl l Records for retention. l 11.2.1 1905.001A, " Emergency Radiological Control Checklist". 11.2.2 1905.001B, " Access and Exposure Control Log" O O
h>^j f T# $ h h N: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION EMERGENCY RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS 1905.001
~x PAGE 10 of 13 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisiON CHANGE o DATE DATE 07/o9/84 i ATTACllMENT 1 Page 1 of 2 EMERGENCY RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS ACTION LEVELS A. Emergency Classifications Emergency Initiating Condition Classification
- 1. Two or more ARMS in Rx. Bldg. increase by greater Alert than 2000 mr/hr. due to severe degradation in the control of radioactive material.
- 2. Two or more ARMS in Aux. Bldg. or Fuel llandling Area Alert increase by greater than 100 mr/hr. due to severe degradation in the control of radioactive materials.
- 3. Greater than 50 mr/hr whole body at site boundary. Site Area Emergency
- 4. Greater than 150 mr/hr thyroid at site boundary. Site Area Emergency
- 5. Greater than 250 mr/hr whole body at site boundary General Emergency
/~ 6. Greater than 500 mr/hr thyroid at site boundary General Emergency U}
B. Evacuation Initiating Condition Action
- 1. Greater than 2.5 mr/hr outside CAA Notify Duty Emer-gency Coordinator
- 2. Greater than 1 x 10' pCi/cc outside CAA (un- Notify Duty Emer-evaluated) gency Coordinator
- 3. Greater than 2.5 mr/hr. radiation levels at TSC
- Notify Duty Emer-or OSC. gency Coordinator
- 4. Greater than 1 x 10~9 pCi/cc in the TSC/OSC
- Notify Duty Emer-(unevaluated) gency Coordinator
- 5. -10 Iodine Airborne levels greater than 5 x 10 Ci/cc. Keep Occupancy Log for Affected Area
- 6. Iodine Airborne levels greater than 4 MPC (3.6E-8 Evacuate Affected pCi/cc). Area or Use Res-piratory Protection in Affected Area t
I g g T WA g g g g N: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: I l RAD. PROTECTION EMELOENCY RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS 1905.001 .
/"N PAGE 11 OE 14 l V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u o*Te u'/u "
CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 1 Page 2 of 2 Initiating Condition Action
- 7. Radiation levels greater than 100 mr/hr. but less Evacuate if deter-than 1 R/hr at OSC or TSC. mined to be a long term condition. If determined to be a short-term condition evaluate the pro-jected personnel accumulated dose.
- 8. Radiation levels greater than 1 R/hr. at OSC or TSC. Evacuate Immediately
*0nsite radiological monitoring section chould:
- 1. Increase surveillance of airborne radioactivity to once per hour.
- 2. Determine the dose rates in the area every 15 minutes.
- 3. Evaluate projected personnel accumulated doses and establish appropriate stay times.
dr~s l l O e
m { Q pTh4 g g p N: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: , NO: RAD. PROTECTION EMERGENCY RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS 1905.001 PAGE 12 v5 AJ O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE o*TE DATE v"u'<a* ' - E Q, ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY grg Arkansas Nuclear One Nworrvey o mminciri_r_ roNTPAI.S CliECKT IST l FO" NO 1905.001A REV. g u PC # TIME INITIALS
- 1. Offsite Radiological Monitoring Section Estab-lished.
- 2. H.P. Technician Assigned to EOF to Assist EOF Health Physics Supervisor.
- 3. Communicator /Logkeeper Assigned.
- 4. Emergency Equipment Inventoried and Checked.
5.
~
Contro. Points Established.
- 6. Radiological Conditions at Control Points Determined.
- 7. Control Point Logs Established.
O 8. Emergency Team Respiratory Protection Requirements Established.
- 9. Controlled Access Area Boundaries Established.
- 10. Personnel Dosimetry Requirements Established.
- 11. Badge Racks Cleared.
- 12. Emergency Radiation Team Schedules Established.
- 13. RM-14 Placed into Service at TSC.
- 14. Distribute Pocket Dosimeters to TSC Personnel COMPLETED BY:
DATE REVIEkT.D BY: t ERTL DATE l E .. I FORM 1905.001A FOR RECORDS RETENTION. CU O m l
% m -
C E k r __
' [ _ _
r . _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
' G
( l A { M yT ht g g g N: l PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: e RAD. PROTECTION 1905.001
~~
lEMERGENCYRADIOLOGICALCONTROLS . rm AJ OI 14 C ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision u oars u '/ u"/ a* CHANGE DATE e u
. 7 ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY
==: .$_ Arkansas Nuclear One
- rcree un rv n.,me en m nr rne l'0" "- w e nnin rzv. , e rc - ,,__
m 4 52 "O
=
c
= 1 I
I ,$ t $ l# 1 a
!M i $
l M l l l ss , t
"! ':! l $
p2 c 5 4" d 8 . 5 3 ' g - 3 $ ,
? 8 l .
l 3 8 5 3 2 d cs E a 6 A d ; E U a a l 2 i w -l i LN _ L~ ,- . F __ m
l l O ATTENTION THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE 1905.0 A REY. O SHOULD BE PLACED IN UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE 9 l h PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE - Ilu's y BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE. O O _ _ _ __-..._.,_---.-,.,_,-m____,,-,v. -
ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g^s
. Arkansas Nuclear One I' " RElbRD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS ON NO.
1000.06A EPIR g3EMEEGEr{gt* RADIATION PROTECTI0tl REV. # 12 FC # / f g
' N, S, h' 0FFSITE EMERGETICY MONITORI!!G e
1905.002 REV. O bn 1 r PAGE REV PC# P YE dh PCI[ hAdE R5V PC/f' ' PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 APPROVED BY: APPROVAL DATE G//A$ c, <;,, %%REotrrECrivEDarE:
<e3 _ .1 m
_#E.oK L gg7,y
{ g Th4A g g g N: PROCEDUREMORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION 3FFSITE EMERGENCY MONITORING 1905.002 p PAGE 1 51A U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision u CHANGE o*TE DATE
"'/u"/o' 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidance to the Offsite Monitoring Section of the Emergency Radiation Team for the documentation of off-site radiological m'onitoring and sampling activities.
2.0 SCOPE 4 This procedure is limited in its scope to off-site monitoring and sampling activities performed by the Initial Response Organization (IRO) and the Emergency Response Organization (ERO).
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Developing this Procedure: 3.1.1 Emergency Plan 3.1.2 1903.43, " Duties of the Emergency Radiation Team" 3.1.3 1903.50, " Emergency Response Organization"
~s 3.2 References Used in Implementing this Procedure:
3.2.1 1622.001, " Radiological Surveys and Documentation" 3.2.2 1632.0L5, " Portable Air Samplers" 3.2.3 1608.05, " Environmental Radiation Monitoring Program" 3.2.4 1000.31, " Radiation Protection Manual" 3.2.5 1905.031, "I-131 Determination Using RM14/HP-210" 3.3 Related ANO Procedures: None 3.4 Regulatory correspor.dence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this procedure: None 4.0 DEFINITICUS None 5.0 PISPONSIBILITIES (~N 5.1 The Health Physics Superin.endent (HP supt.) is responsible for the (-) overall control and implementation of this procedure. 5.2 The Health Physics Superintendent is responsible for directing the offsite radiological monitoring activities of the IRO.
l l l g T64 g g ip N: PROCEDURE / WORK Pi AN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION 0FFSITE EMERGENCY MONITORING 1905.002
- , PAGE A OI 14 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision " oars u'/u"/**
CHANGE DATE 5.3 The Offsite Monitoring Supervisor (OMS) is responsible for directing the offsite monitoring activities of the ERO. 5.4 The Offsite Monitoring Section of the Emergency Radiation Team is responsible for: 5.4.1 Determining offsite radiological hazards; and 5.4.2 Performing the required offsite surveys, monitoring, and sampling. 6.0 SURVEYS 6.1 The Health Physics Superintendent or offsite Monitoring Supervisor (OMS) should determine the priorities to be assigned to surveys. The HP Supt./ OMS should also determine the locations and areas to be surveyed. 6.2 As menitoring teams become available, the surveys are assigned on a priority basis by the HP Supt./0MS and the following entries should be made on Form 1905.002A, " Survey Report". 6.2.1 "Date" -- Self explanatory. (D s_/ 6.2.2 " Survey Number" -- Should be assigned sequentially by the HP Supt./0MS. 6.2.3 " Time" -- Self explanatory. 6.2.4 " Location" -- Self explanatory, a 6.2.5 "mR/hr" -- From dose rate survey 6.2.6 " Comments" -- Telecommunication Instructions 6.3 A copy of the Survey Report should be given to the monitoring team leader at the time of the survey briefing. l fl0TE: IF THE SURVEY ASSIGNMENT IS GIVEN BY A TELECOMMUNICATIO!!! l SYSTEM, THE MONITORING TEAM LEADER SHOULD FILL OUT THE SURVEY l l REPORT BASED ON IIIFORMATION PROVIDEL BY THE HP Supt./0!!S. l l 6.4 A copy of the Survey Report should also be retained by the HP Supt./0MS. 6.5 Surveys should be conducted in accordance with the applicable Radia-tion Protection Procedures and Emergency Radiation Protection Procedures. Results should be entered in the appropriate spaces on the Survey Report. l NOTE: IF MONITORING TEAM PERSONNEL HAVE NOT RECEIVED INSTRUC- l (~N l TION IN THE APPLICABLE RADIATION PROTECTION PROCEDURES, THE l l l HP Supt./0MS SHOULD ASSIGN A HEALTH PHYSICS TEC3NICIAN AS AN i l ESCORT TO THE MONITORING TEAM. THE NEED FOR AN HP ESCORT [ [ SHOULD BE DETER!!INED AT THE SURVEY BRIEFING. l
gT MgyN: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION )FFSITE EMERGENCY MONITORING 1905.002 PAGE 4 OI 14 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE _ REVISIO N u CHANGE DATE U//UV/04 DATE 6.6 Survey results data should be transmitted by the monitoring team to the HP Supt./0MS in accordance with the " Telecommunication Instructions" of the Survey Report. 6.6.1 The HP Supt./ OMS should enter the survey results on the appli-cable Survey Report. 6.6.2 Interim survey data, as received from the monitoring team, should be provided to the Duty Emergency Coordinator / Dose Assessment Supervisor (DEC/DAS). 6.6.3 Upon completion of a survey a copy of the completed Survey Report should be provided to the DEC/DAS. 6.7 If no further surveys are required, the monitoring team should be directed to return to the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). (Field copies of the Survey Reports should be turned in to the HP Supt./0MS). 7.0 AIR SAMPLES 7.1 Airborne radioactivity measurements, when performed, should be docu-mented on Form 1905.002E, " Airborne Radioactivity Analysis Record". (3 () 7.2 The " Airborne Radioactivity Analysis Record" should be retained and filed with the associated Survey Report. 7.3 Air sample results should be reported per Section 6.6. 8.0 SURVEY DATA DISTRIBUTION 8.1 Results frma offsite monitoring area surveys and air sample analysis should be provided to the Health Physics Superintendent in the Technical Support Center. Area survey and air sample analysis information should be provided to representatives of the Arkansas Department of Health (ADH) by using Form 1905.002F, "AN0/ADH Survey Data Report". The Arkansas Department of Health will provide field monitoring data to ANO represen-tatives in order to facilitate information exchange between the two organizations. 8.2 Prior to arrival of the Offsite Monitoring Supervisor, the HP Supt. (or his designee) should provide Technical Support Center (TSC) personnel with area survey and air sample analysis data frem offsite surveys. The HP Supt. (or his designee) should provide the following survey data and descriptive information. 8.2.1 Date of Survey - Self-explanatory, i j 8.2.2 Time of Survey - Self-explanatory. (~) m
{gT MggyN: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION )FFSITE EMERGENCY MONITORING 1905.002 ,
-s PAGE
- 05 14 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision u CHANGE o^re DATE v"u"/o*
8.2.3 Survey Locator - As determined from the "10 mile Emergency Planning Zone Map", Emergency Plan, Fig. J-2. In addition, each subsector from D through J should be further divided into three equal subdivisions denoted
"" "*" , and "+" in a clockwise manner starting with Sector 1 and continuing through Sector 16. Subsectors A through C remain unsubdivided.
8.2.4 "mR/hr" - From dose rate surveys 8.2.5 "pci/cc" - From air sample analysis (if applicable) 8.2.6 " Comments" - Telecommunications instructions 8.2.7 Direction to plume - the compass direction traveled by the field team in going from one subsector to another to reach the plume centerline. 8.3 Health Physics TSC personnel should enter the above information on Form 1905.002r as provided by the offsite monitoring teaas. r~x 8.4 When entries on Form 1905.002F are completed, the person making these (_) entries shall sign and date Form 1905.002F. Completed Form 1905.002F shall be submitted to the Offsite Monitoring Supervisor when the OMS assumes responsibility for offsite monitoring from the Health Physics Superintendent, Health Physics TSC personnel are no longer required to make entries on Form 1905.002F subsequent to the OMS assuming direction of offsite monitoring activities. 8.5 The Offsite Monitoring Supervisor upon relieving the HP Supt, assumes direction of offsite monitoring activities. Collection of offsite monitoring data and completion of entries on Form 1905.002F should be performed by the OMS (or his designee). The OMS should provide the Dose Assessment Supervisor (DAS) with a completed Form 1905.002F as required for transmittal to the Arkansas Department of Health. The DAS should receive similar information from Arkansas Department of Health as it becomes available. 9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLES 9.1 Environmental samples should be collected in accordance with 1608.05, ;
" Environmental Radiation Monitoring Program" and 1905.031, "I-131 Deter-mination Using RM 14/HP-210".
9.2 A Sample Label (Form 1905.002B) should be completed and affixed to each environmental sample container by the individual collecting the sample. p d __ l NOTE: l l THE "COMMEllTS" SECTION OF THE SAMPLE LABEL SHOULD INCLUDE l l INSTRUMENT TYPES AND SERIAL NUMBERS. METHODS OF COLLECTION ETC.l
gT Mgg{ ION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION 0FFSITE EMERGENCY MONITORING 1905.002 ,s PAGE D uI 14 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN u CHANGE o*Te DATE v" u"'a* j 9.3 When sample is returned to the EOF by the monitoring team, the HP Supt./ { OMS should: 1 9.3.1 Determine the laboratory which should analyze the sample: 9.3.2 Assign a sample number to the sample; 9.3.3 Determine and schedule the method of transporta' tion from the EOF to the applicable laboratory; 9.3.4 Assign the analysis priority and parameters to be analyzed; and 9.3.5 Enter the applicable information in the Environmental Sample Log (Form 1905.002C). 9.4 Analysis results should be transmitted to the HP Supt./0MS by the analyst in accordance with the "Special Instructions" on the Sample Label. 9.5 Form 1905.002D, " Laboratory Analysis Repo t", r.hould be used to docu-ment the results of environmental sample analyses. g 9.5.1 One copy of the completed Laboratory Analysis Report should U be filed with the associated Survey Report. 9.5.2 One copy of the Laboratory Analysis Report should be for-warded to the Duty Emergency Coordinator (DEC)/DAS. 9.5.3 Additional copies (as necessary) should be forwarded to the DEC/DAS if the requesting authority for the analysis is out-side the IRO/ERO. 10.0 FORMS AND ATTACHMENTS 10.1 Forms l NOTE: l l Completed Forms 1905.002A, C, D, E and F shall be forwarded to l l the Health Physics Superintendent for review and submittal to l i the Emergency Planning Coordinator (s). l 10.1.1 Form 1905.002A, " Survey Report" 10.1.2 Form 1905.002B, " Sample Label" 10.1.3 Form 1905.002C, " Environmental Sample Log" 10.1.4 Form 1905.002D, " Laboratory Analysis Report' 10.1.5 Form 1905.002E, " Airborne Radioactivity Analysis Record" 10.1.6 Form 1905.002F, "AN0/ADH Survey Data Report"
n.. I I gypT M^[n^ir[ggpN: PROCEDUREAVORK PLAN TITLE: N O-RAD. PROTECTION OFFSITE EMERGENCY MONITORING 1905.002 . rm PAGE u 5" U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE a avisio n u o^re v "u"'o* ' - CHANGE DATE t m ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY g Arkansas Nuclear One TITLESURVEY REPORT l FORM NO. 1905.002A REV. # 0 PC # Page 1 of 2 Date: Survey No: Team: Survey Area: Special Instructions: I Telecommunication Instructions: Instrument Type Serial No: Time Location mR/hr Comments l i { l l u CE FORit 905.002A FOR RECORDS RETENTION. O m
~
N -E V 6
wr g g yT h4 6 4p N: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION 0FFSITE EMERGENCY MONITORING 1905.002 e' PAGE ' 05 Ad La ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision u o*Te v " u"' "i'r = CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One T.TLESURVEY REFORT l FORM NO.1905.002A REV. # 0 PC # Page 2 of 2 Date: Survey No: Time Location mR/hr comments
/
Ct1 O
m ggljiT h4gggyN: PROCEDURE' WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION 3FFSITE EMERGENCY MONITORING 1905.002 _ PAGE O u " O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavisiON u CHANGE o^te v " u"/ a* DATE
-=
ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One TITLESAMPLE LABEL l FORM NO.1903 60A3 REV. # 0 PC 8 ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Survey Number Sample Number Collection Date/ Time Location Sample T}Te Quantity Comments By Analysis Priority I Parameters [ Conc. d [ y Spec. Special Instructions L.. C ""E O
% ~
uN L' r- . F -
m [HpTLA^gg'gygpN: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION 0FFSITE EMERGENCY MONITORING 1905.002 ! A F PAGE O 05 " U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 6 oaTE v ' / u': a* "
-l CHANGE DATE L_ '
r ' uu ! i l ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY - ! Arkansas Nuclear One TITLEENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLE LOG l FORM NO.1903.}0ZC AuAi;sas rowan a : cHT cE"N "' - Arkansas Nuclear One
"" "a,,,.._.,,,.,~. ' ' " -
-w-Mw-*""~~
iv. "".*'e _ ___,_m-wwmesi, o. I l i
-r:n 1
is s.
!E 8;. -
u
, m- u.
d $ 3'r , g 3 c~._
- R _
5 c=-7: l O N LM r <- l w t 34 -
l
- ri 1
ggpT b'M&lPN: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROIr.CT 5N -)FF:~ITE EMERGENCY MONITORING 1905.002 . PAGE AU 5" O. ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavisica v CHANGE care DATE
"'/u"/** ' -
l I ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One TITLf1ABORATORY ANALYSIS REPORT l pop,goHG3.GG2L REV. #" PC f Sample I.D.#: Survey No: Sample Type: Quantity: Location: Analyst: Laboratory: Peport Date/ Time: Collection Date/ Time: Received By: Analysis Date/ Time: '
***************************************** l 1
ISOTOPES CONCENTRATION (pCi/ ) O - i
/
k .. FORM 1905.002D FOR RECORDS RETENTION. C""% O m t k -[ l, P 1
er- r gpTpggpN: PROCEDUREN/OFK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION OFFSITE EMERGENCY MONITORING 1905.002 m y PAGE ** O A #- U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 6 o^Te ' " " " ' * ' - CHANGE DATE { ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One TITLEAIRBORNE RADI0 ACTIVITY .'.NALYSIS RECORD l FORM NO. AVU3
- VU'L REV. # u PC 8 AIR SAMPLE DATA LOCATION START: Time Flow Rate LPM STOP: Time Flow Rate LPH TOTAL SAMPLE TIME min. AVERAGE FLOW RATE LPM (Average Flow Rate LPM)(103cc/1)(Total Sample Time min.) =
Total Volume cc PAR.ICULATE COUNTING CATA TIME COUNT STARTED Counting Inst. D/C Date of D/C Date of D/C verified to be the same as the date counted. (Initials) Total Counts ( ) + Count Time ( )= Gross cpm Gross cpm ( ) - BKG cpm ( )= Net cpm ( Net epm)( D/C) = Ci/cc Ad s (2.22 x 10 ) Total Vol. cc Half Life Time T 1/2 Started
- 4) , .693 T 1/2 = .693 ( ) min. = min.
( In ^A (_ ) 10 DINE 131 COUNTING DATA TIME COUNT STARTED 131 Counting Inst. D/C for I 131 / 131 I Total Counts ( ) + Count Time ( )= Gross cpm I 131 131 Gross epm I ( ) - BKG cpm ( )= Net cpm I
' t31 pCi/cc I =( ) Net epm ( )D/C ( ) Decay Factor
- _ j g 6
(2.22 x 10 ) Total Volume cc ( )
*Cecay factor is not required if less than 1 hour has passed since sample time. '
Decay factor i.e. e(-At), where "A" = 0.004, and "t" is elasped time (in hours) since sample was taken. By Checked By _ Reviewed By _ C"*"% FORM Iq05.002E FOR RECORDS RETENTION. d w w 'r L r . M
~
m g g gT(dA g g g y N: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION 3FFSITE EMERGENCY MONITORING 1905.002 . PAGE 12 "N 12 U,_s ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision v care v ' / u "' ' CHANGE DATE 731 ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Q Arkansas Nuclear One TITLEANO/ADH SURVEY DATA REPORT l FORM NO.1905.00ZF REV. 40 PC # l DATE OF l TIME OF l SURVEY l DIRECTION I I pC1/cc l l l SURVEY I SURVEY l LOCATOR
- 1 TO PLUME l mR/hr i IODINE l COMMENTS t l i i l I i i l l i
I I I I I I i i i l i l i i I i i l i I I i i i i i i l i i l l I I I I I I I I I I i i l l I i i l l I l 1 i l i i i 1 1 l i I I I ' I I I i l i i i i l I l l l l l l l l 1 i l i i i l i l i I I I I I I I i i l i O I I I I I I I ! ! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I l l I i l i I I 1 I I I I I i l i l I
! l I I I I I I I i I i l i i l i ! ! I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i I l i l l l l I l
i 1 I ! 'I I I i l i l i i i l I i I I i ! i ! I I I I i i I I I I I I I i i i PREPARED BY DWLE/ TIME REVIEWED BY DATE/ TIME RECEIVED BY DATE/ TIME FORM 1622.030F FOR RECORDS RETENTION
- Survey Locator - As Cetermined from "10 Mile Emergency Planning Zone Map",
Emergency Plan, Fig. J-2. In addition, each subsector from D through J l should be further divided into three equal subdivisions denoted " ", "*" and e
"+" in a clockwise manner starting with Sector I and continuing through Sector if. Subsectors A through C remain unsubdivided.
t l l k I
- b F
I l 0 !
~
ATTENTION THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE 19D5,30 REV. O SHOULD BE PLACED IN UNTIL EFFECTIVE'DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE N-d9-Dh PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE-41o 94 BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE. O l O l l '
ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY O A A ^ ' " * " * * * " " ' * * ' "* FOW NO. MSNkCbRDOFCHANGESANDREVISIONS 1000.06A APIPM EjiERGENCY RADIATION PROTECTION REV. # 12 PC # /
'k AIRBORNE I-131 DETERNINATION USING NS A-!
1905.030 REV. 0 e t" 9 f'N PAGE REV PC# 1 U
?l,0(hYOfQi? (Q[hf PAGN R5V PCh~ PAGE REh PCf/
~M lt PAGE REV PC#
0$ PAGE REV PC# 2 0 3 0
,4 0 5 0 O
l p PPRoyDBY: O , APPROVAL DATE
/:&
j,/[\/k['d/(Genual Nanaged f.fa dfiz/em
. /:/
REQUIRED EFFECTIVE DATE: 6 21hy
EMFMAd/fNtdfgyN: g g g p g P M $ ATION NO: RAD. PROTECTION JSING MS-2/ SPA 3 1905.030 , n PAGE 1 Of 5 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u oars u'/u"/o* CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE Provide instruction on the operation of the MS-2/ SPA-3 for measuring Iodine - 131 airborne concentrations. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to air samples collected using a charcoal or silver zeolite cartridge.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Preparation of this Procedure: 3.1.1 Eberline Instrument Company Technical Manual for MS-2 3.2 References Used in Implementation of this Procedure: 3.2.1 1632.005 " Operation of Portable Air Samplers." 3.3 Related ANO Procedures: f-) 3.3.1 1905.001, " Emergency Radiological Controls" O' 3.3.2 (Later), "MS-2/ SPA-3 Calibration Procedure" 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this procedure: 3.4.1 None 4.0 DEFINITIONS None 5.0 RESPOUSIBILITIES 5.1 The Instrument and Calibration (I&C) Supervisor is responsible for the calibration and maintenance of the MS-2/ SPA-3. 5.1.1 He shall ensure that the calibration sticker includes the settings for the High Voltage Adjust, Channel I window, threshold and the detector efficiency. 5.2 The Health Physics Superintendent is responsible for overall control and implementation of this procedure. 5.3 The Health Physics Supervisor shall ensure that an I-131 source (or 1 equivalent) is made available to I&C for calibration of the MS-2/ SPA-3. l l l
NY#5MNdEdk"; AI M N D D IIUblATION "0 RAD. PROTECTION USING MS-2/ SPA 3 1905.030 f~s PAGE Z 01 3 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE REVISION CHANGE U DATE U//UV/54 DATE 5.4 The Health Physics Technicians (HP Techs) are responsible for operating the MS-2/ SPA-3 in accordance w.th this procedure. 1 6.0 PROCEDURE 6.1 Pre-Operational Checks 6.1.1 Ensure calibretion date is still effective. 6.1.2 Ensure high voltage and channel settings (threshold and window) are as indicated on the calibration sticker. 6.1.3 Ensure efficiency and Ba-133 20 value are listed on sticker. A. Counts = (Microcuries on Source Label) (Eff. Posted on Instr.) (1 minute) (2.2 x 106) ( -(9.6 x 10-2))(t) where t = time in years since date on fabel. B. 20 = (2)(JCounts) 6.1.4 Connect to appropriate power supply (the same power source should be used to do pre-operational checks and for system operations). 6.1.5 Turn power switch in rear of MS-2 to "0N". l NOTE: Detector should be "0N" for approximately l l five minutes prior to use. l 6.1.6 Place "IN-0UT" switch to "IN" position. 6.1.7 Set the " Test" to the "On" position and the " count time in minutes" to 1 and XI. Set the " Timed, Stop, Man." switch to the " timed" position. Press the " Reset-Start" button. The display should stop at 3600 ( 36) after 1 minute. Turn the
" test" switch off.
6.1.8 Check channel settings (threshold and window) using a Ba-133 check source. A. Place Ba-133 source in contact with the end of the SPA-3 detector. B. Set count time for 1 minute count in " TIMED" position. C. Place " Range Switch" in X100 position. D. Push " RESET-START" button. O \# E. If recorded counts are within calculated" counts 20, then proceed to Section 6.1.8.
EPY-ENRGfk dkb N N [ d b b ATION " RAD. PROTECTION JSING MS-2/ SPA 3 1905.030 O PAGE 3 ot 3 V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision o DATE o//ovisa - CHANGE DATE F. If ccorded counts are outside 20, then attempt to set new threshold by obtaining one minute counts for five .1 potentiometer settings on either side of the listed threshold setting. Choose the setting that ap-pears as a " peak" in the grouping of the settings and lock in this value on the potentiometer. If no peak is present, notify HP Supervisor or use another in-strument. 6.1.9 Determine background counts. A. Maintain channel settings (threshold and window) as listed above. B. Remove Ba-133 source. C. Set count time to five minutes in " TIMED" position. D. Place " Range Switch" in X10 position and turn to XI if count rate ic less than 500 cpm. E. Push " Reset-Restart" button. I\> e F. Record resulting background counts. 6.2 Sample Count .g and Calculations 6.2.1 Upon receipt of an air sample, remove the particulate fil-ter, maintain the charcoal or silver zeolite cartridge in the filtcr essembly holder and wipe the filter assembly holder. 6.2.2 Place the end of the SPA-3 detector in contact with the air inlet side of the filter assembly holder and count the sam-ple for five minutes. 6.2.3 Enter data and calculations on Form 1905.030A " Portable Io-dine Counting Data Sheet" and ensure the Lower Limit of Detection (LLD) is below 1 x 10-7 pCi/cc. See Section 6.3 for MDA Calculations. 6.2.4 Once per shift, a channel (window and threshold) and Background Check should be performed per Sections 6.1.7 and 8, respect-ively if this equipment is being used. s_-
MDOMMpN: spggggRFy/E/g gg6ATION NO: RAD. PROTECTION JSING MS-2/ SPA 3 1905.030 PAGE E U l C- l ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE REVISION v DATE vi/vv/o9 l CHANGE DATE 6.3 Calculating MDA's 6.3.1 The MDA may be calculated using the following formula: 4.66o LLD = (2.2 x 108)(Volume)(Eff-D)(Eff-F) Where o = /b/t b = background count rate t = count time 2.2 x 10s = DPM to pCi conversion factor Volume = Sample volume in cc. Eff-D = Detector Efficiency Eff-F = Filter Efficiency which is assumed to be one for this procedure g 7.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS V 7.1 Attachments None 7.2 Forms l NOTE: l l All completed forms associated with this procedure shall be l l forwarded to the Health Physics Superintendent for review and l l submittal to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (s). l 1905.030A, "Portcble Iodine Counting Data Sheet" O
I m
- I fMyTpfg;ggg{lpN: gggg g Rp g g gfEIATION NO:
RAD. PROTECTION JSING MS-2/ SPA 3 1905.030 . y b 05 5 PAGE O. ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision
- oaTE /""'* ' -'
CHANGE DATE 71 r ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One PORTAPTE TODINE COINTING DATA SHEET l FORM NO.1905.030A REV. # " PC # Iodine Analysis DATE Location I. SAMPLING DATA S .t: Flow Rate LPM Stop: Flow Rate LPM Total Sample Time min. Avg. Flow Rate LPM (Avg. flow rate 3 LPM) (10 cc/L) (Total Sample Time min.) = Total volume cc. II. COL 3 TING DATA Background Counts = Gross Counts = Net Counts (Gross Counts - Background Counts) = ( Net Counts)( Decay { actor *) , ( Min.)( cc)(Eff-D.)(2.22 x 10" dpm/pC1) pCi/cc Decay f actor does not have to be used if lesgn I hour has passed since sample time. Decay factor is e where A = .G04 and t is elapsed time in hours since sample was taken. Performed By Reviewed By Emergency Monitoring Emergency Radiation Technician Team Leader
- Form 1905.030A for Records Retention CU O
A I t
O ATTENTION THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE 1905,a I REV. O SHOULD BE PLACED IN UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE S- S 9 -2 O PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE NM PW<- BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE. O l l 1 O i . l
ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY
^ ' " * " * * * " " ' * * ' "*
O '- M ,dEkbRD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS FOW NO. 1000.06A EPIP Q iEftGE,NCY RADIATION PROTECTION REV. #12 PC #
%%# l Safety Related YES V NO O ft ,
AIRBORNE IODINE-131 DETERMINATION USING AN RM-14/HP-210
, 'O O I#O l PAGE REV PC# 4 PAGkY "Rlhd YC// # dd P b RE N 'PY/N' )PAGE REV PC# } AGE REV PC#
1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 O l APPROVED BY: APPROVAL DATE
// p,,,j- [$,, j;f7 Q RED EFFECTIVE DATE:
y - <c...,.1 N...E.,, gg
M E D @ M p N: g pg[gggR[ g g_ g T M ERMINATION NO: RAD. PROTECTION JSING AN RM-14/HP-210 1905.031 s PAGE A U5 U U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE navision 6 oars ""u"/6+ CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE Provide instructions on the use of the RM-14/HP-210 for determining Radio-iodine-131 airborne concentrations. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure should be utilized for Emergency Team monitoring or for situations in routine operations where a gross Iodine concentration is needed.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Preparation of this Procedure None 3.2 References Used in Implementation of this Procedure 3.2.1 1632.005, " Operation of Portable Air Samplers" 3.2.2 1632.001, " Portable Survey and Monitoring Instruments" O V 3.2.3 1905.002, "Offsite Emergency Monitoring" 3.3 Related ANO Procedures 3.3.1 1622.006, " Air Sampling Program" 3.3.2 1313.10, "RM-14/HP-210 Calibration" 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this procedure: 3.4.1 None 4.0 DEFI!!ITIO!!S None 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The Instrument & Calibration (I&C) Supervisor is responsible for the calibration and maintenance of the RM-14/HP-210 5.2 The Health Physics Superintendent is responsible for overall control and implementation of this procedure.
fMFWM&N: 3pggg[gggR g g_ g g ERMINATION NO: RAD. PROTECTION 'JSING AN RM-14/HP-210 1905.031 PAGE 4 OI 3 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision u CHANGE o^ra DATE v'/uv/** 6.0 PROCEDURE 6.1 Iodine-131 Sample Determinatisn 6.1.1 The iodine air sample shall be collected in accordance with 1632.005, " Operation of Portabla Air Samplers". CAUTION .
- THE VOLUME OF THE SAMPLE TAKEN SHALL BE AT LEAST 100
- LITERS AND FOR EMERGENCY SITUATIONS ONLY SILVER ZEO-.
- LITE CARTRIDGES SHALL BE USED.
- A. If the sample is taken during an emergency situation, record the data on Form 1905.031A.
B. For non-emergency situations, record the air sample data on the Health Physics form applicable to the sur-vey situation. 6.1.2 Turn the RM-14/HP-210 on and note the background count rate. () 6.1.3 Hold the HP-210 probe approximately one-quarter inch from the surface of the silver zeolite cartridge. , A. The air inlet side of the cartridge should be facing the probe. 6.1.4 Note the gross counts on the RM-14 and calculate the net counts by subtracting the background count rate. 6.1.5 Using Attachment 1, " Count Rate vs. Iodine-131 Activitf". select the I-131 activity in pCi that corresponds to the calculated net count rate of the silver zeolite cartridge. CAUTION .
- IF A CHARCOAL CARTRIDGE HAS BEEN USED AS THE SAMP- .
- LING MEDIA, THIS CURVE WILL RESULT IN AN OVERESTI- .
. MATION OF THE I-131 ACTIVITY. .
6.1.6 Divide the selected activity (in pCi) by the total volume of the sample (in cc) to obtain the I-131 airborne concen-i tration. 6.1.7 Record all data and calculations on Form 1905.031A, "I-131 O Emergency Field Sampling Data" for sampling performed during an emergency situation.
g g pTM g g N: 4fggg[(ggRgg{ppy_>ypi[$ERMINATION NO: RAD. PROTECTION JSING AN RM-14/HP-210 1905.031 l A "5 U O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevisica u CHANGE oare v"""' ' DATE 6.1.8 Place the silver z.olite cartridge in a plastic bag, seal and label the bag and return the bag to the Emergency Opera-tions Facility or Health Physics Counting Lab for further analysis. A. The label should contain the time of sample, the flow rate, total volume and location where sample was taken. 7.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS 7.1 Attachments 7.1.1 Attachment 1, " Count Rate vs. Iodine-131 Activity" 7.2 Forms 7.2.1 Form 1905.031A, "I-131 Sample Data" O o
- ~ *~
ggMggpN: 4fggg[gggR{gy_f{TibdERMINATION NO: RAD. PROTSCTION 1 1 SING AN RM-14/HP-210 1905.031 j PAGE
- ON 3 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevis ore u CHANGE oars DATE
"'/u"'**
l ATTACHMENT 1 RM-14 COUNT RhTE VS. IODINE-131 ACTIVITY O l0
--- - ' ' - ~
O'~~~T L){yTMM{pN: P gggggRg"gg,gTIMERMINATION RAD. PROTECTION 'JSING AN RM-14/HP-210 1905.031 . 3 "I D O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision " CHANGE oa's " " " " ' ' ' - DATE {! ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
" T-ill EMERCENCY FIELD SAMPLE DATA l FORM No. 1905.031A
~
REV. #' PC # Date Location Tire Field Team I. AIR SAMPLE DATA
- a. Air Sampler Type and Serial Number
- b. Air Sample Start Time c. Initial Sampler Flow Rate (LPM)
- d. Air Sample Stop Time e. Final Sampler Flow Rate (LPM)
- f. Total Sample Time (min.) (Line Id - Ib)
- g. Average Sample Flow Rate (LPM) "" IC * "" *
( ) 2
- h. Total Volume Sampled (cc) (Line Is x Line If x 103)
Q II. DETECTION DATA
- a. RM-14/HP-210 Serial Numbers
- b. Background Count Rate (CPM)
- c. Sample Count Rate (CPM)
- d. Net Count Rate (CPM) (Line IIe - Line iib)
Ill. I-?31 CONCENTRATION DETERMINATION
- a. pCi of I-131 on Cartridge
- b. 1-131 Airborne Concentration (pCi/cc) ( )
Performed By: Offsate Monitoring Technician Reviewed By: _ Health Phystes Superintendent / Offsite Monitoring Supervisor C""U O
%m _
k I Lk m
l O l i ATTENTI0N ! THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE Ffo5, 3 2. REV. O SHOULD BE PLACED IN UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE _ 7 - M 9 - M PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE hMU Me BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE. O - l l l O
ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY 1.e\7,g Arkansas Nuclear One
.6 A "
EkdCORDOFCHANGESANDREVISIONS
- FORM NO.
1000.06A EP4P;[3 EMERGENCY RADIATION PROTECIION REV. # 12 PC # /
.. USE OF THE ND-60 MULTICHANNEL ANAL:2 j~ 1905.032 REV. 0 9' !$A9nWnd Pmi # /Cf^
PAGE REV PC# P Gd REV PCb IGE REV PC' /f/ PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# 1 0 2 0 3 0
'4 0 5 0 g 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 13 0 14 0 15 0 l
16 0 l 17 0 1 I APPROVED BY: APPROVAL DATE
\ , V. ,6 v Cy jh'/ , yf[f- , [/ , p '/ - REQUIRED EFFECTIVE DATE:
s (ceneral nanagery g 29[6Y i l
- - - - - - J
ggTMgggg@N: gggOgpDgjNggAN MLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION TULTICHANNEL ANALYZER 1905.032 (N 1 05 l' V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE
, PAGE aevision u oarE v "u"'o*
CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide instruction on the setup, cali-bration and use of the ND-60 multichannel analyzer with a sodium iodide (NaI) detector. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure is limited in scope (by design) to use of the analyzer system to detect environmental levels of radioiodines entrapped in a silver zeolite cartridge. The general method outlined in this procedure may be adopted for use in other situations by varying parameter values to meet the particular situation.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used to Develop this Procedure 3.1.1 Operator's Instruction Manual - ND-60 Multichannel Analyzer with ND-60A Option 3.1.2 Instruction Manual - ND-251 High Voltage Power Supply (0.4 - (} 1.5 KV) 3.1.3 Quality Control for Environmental Measurements Using Gamma - Ray Spectrometry (EPA-600/7-77-144) 3.1.4 1604.12, "EBAR Determination" 3.1.5 1604.19, " Quality Control Guideline and Acceptance Criteria" 3.1.6 1604.22A, " Test and Adjustment of Ge(Li) Counting Elec-tronics and Detectors" 3.1.7 R&DD Radiochemistry Manual (Babcock & Wilcox) 3.2 References Used in Conjunction with this Procedure 3.2.1 Operator's Instruction Manual - ND-60 Multichannel Analyzer with ND-60A Option 3.3 Related References None 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this procedures ( None 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 [ ] = pushbutton.
i l l g g Th4 g g tpN: ggpOgDgYgf pNTITLE: 6 NO: RAD. PROTECTION l1ULTICHANNEL ANALYZER 1905.032 ('N PAGE ' 05 A' U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision " oarE v'/u"'a* CHANGE DATE 4.2 Alphanumeric Parameter Descriptions Example Other Parameter Parameters Parameter Description 4.2.1 PHA PTL PHA Preset Time Live, 4.2.2 NGR Number of groups (1, 2 or 4) assigned. 4.2.3 PRE Preset Time (Live or Clocks 1 to 9 million seconds) 4.2.4 ETL Current elapsed time (live) 4.2.5 ETC Current elapseu time (clock) 4.2.6 PDT Percent PHA dead time. 4.2.7 (11:41:50) Current time of day (hours: minutes: seconds) () U 4.2.8 READY Current operational commend. 4.2.9 GRP SUB Current display group 4.2.10 ADD Storage Mode (Add or SUB Subtract). 4.2.11 CFS LOG Current linear counts full scale value (64 to 1,048,575 in binary increments) or logarithmic (LOG) display. 4.2.12 CCH Cursor Channel number. 4.2.13 !!LC tiarker (Left Channel) number. 4.2.14 !!RC !!arker (Right Channel) number. 4.2.15 CCO Cursor Channel Counts 4.2.16 RflA Region tiet Area (total counts minus background counts). 4.2.17 RBA Region Background counts. /,_T 4.3 Display Controls (Front-Panel) s i 4.3.1 VERT POS - Adjusts the vertical position of the alphanumeric and spectral data display up or down on the CRT screen. ( -
g T(4A g g g N: gOggYg_KpN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION :iULTICHANNEL ANALYZER 1905.032 . ("') V PAGE 3 5O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE o*TE DATE
" " u "' o*
4.3.2 HORIZ POS - Adjust the horizontal position of the alpha-numeric and spectral data display left or right on the CRT screen. 4.3.3 INTENSITY - Adjusts the brightness of the CRT display. 4.3.4 FOCUS - Adjusts the sharpness of the CRT display. e4 4.3.5 CURSOR - Permits moving the display cursor (a vertical line imposed upon the spectral data display) left or right on the display. The display cursor channel number and content are displayed as CCN and CCO, respectively. e+ 4.3.6 REGION - Permits moving the intensified region currently bracketed by markers left or right across the display. The region left and right marker channel numbers are displayed as MLC and MRC, respectively. e4 ++ 4.3.7 REGION - Permits increasing or decreasing the width of the () intensified region currently bracketed by markers, it 4.3.8 COUNTS - Permit selecting a linear display range (counts full scale) or logarithmic display. Touching the counts up t or down 4 arrow increases or decreases the counts full scale value by a factor of two. Logarithmic display is selected by touching the up arrow after the maximum counts full scale value is reached or the down arrow after the min-imura counts full scale value (64) is reached. The current scale is displayeu as CFS. 4.4 Preamplifier / Amplifier /ADC Controls and Indicators (Front-Panel) 4.4.1 GAIN - Adjusts the relative distance between peaks. 4.4.2 ZERO - Adjusts the position of the overall spectrum. , 4.4.3 ULD - Determines the maximum amplitude level of an input signsl which will be accepted. 4.4.4 LLD - Determines the minimum amplitude level of an input signal which will be accepted. 4.4.5 ACQUIRE ON - Lights when the internal ADC is acquiring data. O v i
SWWWV ']$$00hDWWW-$V
- RAD. PROTECTION MULTICHANNEL ANALYZER 1905.032
(~h PAGE
- 05 l' V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE REVISION O DATE V// W/D4 CHANGE DATE 4.5 Pushbutton Keyboard 4.5.1 Command Select Pushbuttons A. TRFR - Multiplies a selected group by a constant and adds it to or subtracts it from the current display group.
B. ACQ - The first step to initiate data acquisition in the mode currently selected or terminate data acquisition. C. VIEW - Selects current display group, overlap grcap, scroll display or display page. D. DATA - Selects the spectral data. E. SET - Selects the Set Parameter Mode. Used for selecting the add or subtract mode, entering the number of groups, setting the display cursor to a selected channel, entering a preset time (live or clock) or count (region or channel) for the respective PHA mode, or initiate the current auto sequence.
/'N F. CLEAR - Clears the current operational command.
b G. ERASE - The first step to erase spectral data from any selected group, all groups or the current display group, or delete the intensified region bracketed by markers or all intensified regions. 4.5.2 Operational Parameter Pushbuttons .. A. GRP - Specifies an operation on a group. B. RGN - Specifies an operata u at gi a. Dep.essing the RGN pushbutton followed by .ntry of a _ero (0) specifies all regions. C. XPND - Depressing the XPMD pushbutton expands the dis-play of the region bracketed by markers to horizontal full scale. Once expanded, the display can be returned to normal (display of the full group) by depressing the XPMD pushbutton a second time. D. CRSR - Specifies an operation on the display cursor. It is used to set the display cursor to a selected channel. E. PRST - Specifies the preset parameter. (Preset live or clock time or region or channel count for the f) a respective PHA mode). 1 l
fMFBYitekcVENN: ggpyg{g.gAN TITtE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION '!ULTICHANNEL ANALYZER 1905.032 .
~N PAGE 3 0 l' U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE REVISION U DATE U // usj os CHANGE DATE F. RGN ADV - Advances the markers to the next region.
Depressing the RGH ADV pushbutton sequentially ad-r vances the markers to the next intensified region to the right on the spectral data display. After the
~
last intensified region on the right, selecticn re-verts to the first intensified region or. the left of the spectral data display. G. PAGE - Advances the display to the next selected group and the auto sequence entry page. Depressing the PAGE pushbutton sequentially displays group 1, 2, 3, 4 (if assigned) and the auto sequence entry pagc. After the auto sequence entry page, selection reverts to group 1. 4.5.3 Action Pushbuttons A. INIT - Initiates the currently selected operational command. B. HALT - Terminates the acquisition. C. MODE - Selects the data acquisition mode. (After the last mode, selection reverts to the first mode.) b s/ E. MARK - Depressing the MARK pushbutton displays a marker at the current display cursor channel location. 4.5.4 Preamplifier / Amplifier /ADC Power Controls and Connectors (Rear-Panel) A. ACQ/MCS/ STROBE - ACQ: Enables the internal ADC for analysis. STROBE: Enables operating the internal ADC in a self-strobe mode using an internal 7.5 kHz oscil-lator. m B. DIR/ AMP - DIR: Applies input signals at the DIRECT s BNC directly to the internal ADC for analysis. A!!P : Applies input signals at the PREAMP BNC to the I internal preamplifier / amplifier for amplification and
- shaping before application to the internal ADC for analysis.
C. PREAMP - Signal inpit to internal preamplifier /ampli-fier (selected via LIR/ AMP switch). D. DIRECT - Signal input directly to internal ADC (se-lected via DIR/A!!P switch). (~) E.
\> KYBD - Disables control of the HD-60 from the front-panel touch-sensitive controls and pushbutton keyboard in the OFF position and enables front-panel control in the ou position.
E M E N CYhdfN JggogDgg_gN MW M RAD. PROTECTION TULTICHANNEL ANALYZER 1905.032 . [~N O 05 l# C ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aavision u o^Te v'/u"/o* CHANGE DATE 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The Health Physics Superintendent is responsible for ensuring that the system is energy calibrated and an efficiency curve is calculated at least annually. 6.0 INITIAL SETUP 6.1 Ensure that the following connections have been made: 6.1.1 High voltage (HV) connector on the NaI photomultiplier tube is connected to the output of the high voltage bias supply. 6.1.2 Signal (S) connector on the NaI photomultiplier tube is connected to the PREAMP connector on the rear panel of the ND-60 multichannel analyzer (MCA). O 6.1.3 The power cord to the NIM BIN is connected to an ~ 110 VAC power source. 6.1.4 The multichannel analyzer power cord should be connected to a ~ 115 VAC, 60 Hz source which is free of excessive noise or fluctuations. ('}/ x. 6.1.5 Ensure that the following controls have been set as indi-cated: A. ND-60 Multichannel Analyzer
- 1. Rear Panel Control Initial Position (a) Power Off/On ON (b) ACQ/MCS/ STROBE ACQ (c) DIR/ AMP AMP I
(d) COIN /0FF/ ACOIN OFF
- 2. Front Panel Control Initial Position 1
I I (a) ZERO As indicated by the most recent calibration. (b) GAIN As indicated by the most recent calibration. (c) ULD Fully clockwise (10.0) (d) LLD 0.14 f') ( (d) INTENSITY (e) FOCUS As necessary. As necessary. 6
EMVPtWtk&ffilfN: gggOggDyjp gg_ygAN W : NO: J RAD. PROTECTION :!ULTICHANNEL ANALYZER 1905.032 f'N V d ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE # aavision u "I U# o^Ts u " u "' - l CHANGE DATE B. NIM BIN Control Initial Position
~
- 1. Power Off/On ON C. .High Voltage Power Supply Control Initial Position
- 1. Coarse Voltage 0.9 KV
- 2. Fine Voltage 0
- 3. Positive / Negative Bias Positive Indicator Lamp 6.1.6 Initial Variables Setup A. Depress the [ SET] and then the [PRST] and then [INIT]
pushbutton. (-}
\'
B. Depress the [ SET] and then the [GRP] pushbuttons. Enter "2" and then depress the [INIT) pushbutton. C. Depress the [ MODE] pushbutton as necessary, until the alphanumeric characters in the upper left-hand corner of the CRT screen reads "PHA PTL". D. Depress the [ VIEW) and then the [GRP] pushbuttons. Enter "1" and then depress the [INIT) pushbutton. E. Depress the [ ERASE) and then the [RGN] pushbuttons. Enter p and then depress the [INIT] pushbutton. F. Depress the [ SET] then the [+] and then the [INIT] pushbuttons.
- G. Touch the COUNTS UP (t) or DOWN (4)as necessary until the alphanumerics in the lower left-hand corner of the CRT screen read "CFS LOG".
7.0 INSTRUCTIONS l l 7.1 Daily (when in use) Calibration 7.1.1 Place a Co-60/Cs-I37 source in the proper type of holder and
,_, locate it in front of the detector in the furtherest geometry (v) position.
7.1.2 Acquire a spectrum for a sufficient length of time to enable determination of the peaks centeroid.
i gpTbtgg(ON: ygOgDygYgK pN 6 TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION ?tULTICHANNEL ANALYZER 1905.032
/' N PAGE OO N 0 ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u o^re u ' / u "'
- CHANGE DATE 7.1.3 Bracket the 662 Kev peak.
7.1.4 Expand the peak as necessary. Determine the centroid channel for the 662 Kev peak. 7.1.5 Bracket the 1332 Kev peak. 7.1.6 Expand the peak as necessary. Determine the centroid channel for the 1332 Kev peak. 7.1.7 Determine the difference between the two centroids. A. If the difference is less than 335 channels, increase the GAIN setting and repeat steps 7.1.2 thru 7.1.6 again. B. If the difference is greater than 335 channels, decrease the GAIN setting and repeat steps 7.1.2 thru 7.1.6 again. C. If the difference is equal to 335 channels, proceed to step 7.1.8. 7.1.8 Determine the channel location for centroid of the 662 Kev peak. A k-) A. If the centroid channel is less than 331, increase the ZERO setting; re-acquire another spectrum and then repeat step 7.1.8. B. If the centroid channel is greater than 331, decrease the ZERO setting; re-acquire another spectrum and then repeat step 7.1.8. C. If the centroid channel is equal to 331, the instrument is calibrated for 2 Kev / channel. 7.2 Efficiency Check / Determination 7.2.1 Daily Check (when in use) A. Place the calibration source in Position 5. B. Acquire a spectrum for 200 seconds. C. Bracket the 662 Kev Cs-137 peak. D. Record (and plot) the peak area (RNA).
- 1. If this value has not changed more than 10% of the
(~'t average peak area,~then the current efficiency
- V curve (s) will be acceptable.
- 2. If this value has changed more than 10%, new efficiency curves must be generated.
g __- -
{ M yTh4 g g y N: ggO@pgg.@N TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION 1ULTICHANNEL ANALYZER 1905.032 , (~N PAGE V OI il 'd ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u CHANGE care u '/ u"/ =+ DATE 7.2.2 Efficiency Curve Determination A. Place an efficiency standard (Ba-133, Co-60, Cs-137) in an appropriate geometry location. B. Acquire a spectrum for the desired count time. C. Bracket the 81 Kev Ba-133 photopeak. D. Record the following information:
- 1. ETL
- 2. ETC
- 3. MLC
- 4. MRC
- 5. RNA E. Repeat the previous two steps for the remaining photo-peaks:
- 1. 356 Kev Ba-133
- 2. 661 Kev Cs-137
- 3. 1173 Kev Co-60
-} 4. 1332 Kev Co-60 F. The following calculations should be made to determine the detector efficiency for the various photopeaks.
- 1. Decay Correction A
STD 0
*e
- 3.7E4 dps/pCi Where:
A STD = Corrected Standard dps A O v y(nm )a e me standard calibration X = 0 693/ half-live (in days); [for Ba-133, use 3481; for Cs-137, use 11012; for Co-60, use 1920] t = Time, in days, between date of A calibration O and date of efficiency determination calc-ulation. (h \-) i
fMFWAMk&ff2PN: gggOgp g gg ggAN m NO RAD. FROTECTION f!ULTICHANNEL ANALYZER 1905.032 . I ("} PAGE lu OI l'
)
ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE asvision u CHANGE o*Te v '/ u v'" DATE 1
- 2. Efficiency Calculation Eff. = RNA/ETL Ab
^STD Where:
RNA = net area under the peak ETL = counting time (in seconds) Ab = absolute abundance of the standard; [for Ba-133
@ 81 KEV, use 9 36; for Ba-133 @ 356 KEV, use 0 67; for Cs-137, use 0.851; for Co-60 @ 1173 KEV, use 0.999; for Co-60 @ 1332, use 1.00]
A STD
= rrected standard dps EFF = absolute efficiency G. Plot the efficiency vs. peak centroid (in KEV). Retain p)
(_ this graph for future reference. H. For other geometries, repeat this section. 7.3 Sample Analysis 7.3.1 Place the sample into the proper holder and locate it in a geometry position for which an efficiency curve has previously been determined. 7.3.2 Acquire a spectrum for the desired count time (ETL). 7.3.3 Any previous regions of interest should be erased prior to beginning " Data Analysis". NOTE: The counts attributed to the detectors environment (background) may be subtracted from the sample spectrum, as desired. 7.4 Background Determination 7.4.1 Remove any samples / standards from the cave. 7.4.2 Set the screen to view Group 2. 7.4.3 Acquire a background spectrum (Note: Use the same count time ' ('}
\/
(ETL) that will be used for sample analysis.) 7.4.4 Reset the screen to view Group 1. i l
fMVPMufffiFPN: gggOgp y g gy.g AN m NO: RAD. PROTECTION 51ULTICHANNEL ANALYZER 1905.032
^* .
f , PAGE 11 05 O ' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aev:sion u CHANGE o*Te ""u"'+ DATE 7.4.5 Depress the [ SET), [-] and then the [INIT] pushbuttons. De-press the ("RFR] pushbutton and then enter "1". Depress the [GRP] pushbutton and then enter "2". Depress the [INIT] push-button. Depr_e,ss the [ SET], [+] and then the [INIT] pushbuttons. NOTE: A new background spectrum should be re-determined at least once a day (or more often as the situation dictates). 7.5 Data Analysis 7.5.1 Determine whether or not the following peaks are present: A. I-131 @ 364 Kev (channel 182 3 channels) B. I-133 @ 530 Kev (channel 256 3 channels) C. I-132 @ 668 Kev (channel 334 3 channels) D. I-134 @ 848 Kev (channel 424 t 3 channels) E. I-135 0 1260 Kev (channel 630 3 channels) (} 7.5.2 Bracket each of the peaks and record the following information: A. RNA 7.6 Radiciodine Determination 7.6.1 For each of the radiciodines detected, solve the following equation to obtain the concentration, in mci /cc: CONC = NA
~
3.7E4
- VOL
- EFF
- AB
- TIME
- e Where:
RNA = number of counts in the photopeak VOL = sample volume, in cc's l EFF = absolute efficiency (as 0.XX) of the detector at the centroid energy of the photopeak (from the efficiency curve) AB = abs 11ute abundance of the particular isotope for the centroid energy of the photopeak (~ TIME = sample counting time, in hours G}' A = 0.693/ half life, in hours of the particular isotope t = time, in hours, between sample time and count time
g TjA g g g CN: ggggglAN TITLE: NO: RAD. FROTECTION MULTICHANNEL ANALYZFR 1905.332
-A PAGE N 5O
> U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision
- oarE " ' / u "' 6+
CHANGE DATE 7.6.2 Using the values obtained in the previous step, solve the following equation to obtain the I-131 dose equivalent: I-131 DE = CONC 7 ,y37 + K0E I-133 * *
" I-132 0.0361) + (CONC7 _y34
- 0.010 + (CONC I-135
- 0.084) 9.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 8.1 The following calibration data has been recorded / plotted:
8.1.1 Zero 8.1.2 Gain 8.1.3 RNA @ 662 KEV for a 200 second count. 8.2 The RNA @ 662 KEV is within 10% of the average value or else a new curve has been generated. 9.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS 9.1 Form 1905.032A - ND-60 Calibration Worksheet 9.2 Form 1905.032B - Efficiency Curve Worksheet 9.3 Form 1905.032C - Radiciodine Determination Worksheet I ( l l O O
M ggg4ygg[QpN: yggOgpDgggPpN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION ;1ULTICHANNEL ANALYZER 1905.032 . PAGE 14 "N 1 # 7C ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisiON u o*TE v'/uv'a* - - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One "E im to NYToRATTON WRKSMFFT l FORM NO. 1905.032A REV. p u PC # Calibration Date/ Time: Source #: Geometry Position: 1.0 SCOPE / CHANNEL CALIBRATION Final Zero Setting: Final Cain Setti:rg: 2.0 EFFICIENCY CHECK MLC = RNA = MRC = RBA = Avg. 662 KEV photopeak area (f rom graph): Efficiency Curve: ( ) Acceptable ( ) Not Acceptable PERFORMED BY
/
l l cTA! O m [ r g
I e-- w l gpThig3pN: ygpOgDgVg.gN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION o!ULTICHANNEL ANALYZER 1905.032 l PAGE A v5 l' b3' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u o*TE v '/ u"/ o* - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
" % rrere-v cem m eneverrry l FORM NO.
REV. # 0 PC J Page 1 of 2 Standard #: Geometry: Position Date/ Time: Count Time (ETL): sec. Clock Time (ETC): sec. 1.0 81 KEV BA-133 PHOT 0 PEAK DATA MLC = RNA = MRC = 2.0 356 KEV BA-133 PHOTCPEAK DATA MLC = RNA = MRC = 3.0 662 KEV Cs-137 PHOTOPEAK DATA MLC = RNA = MRC = 4.0 1173 KEV Co-60 PHOT 0 PEAK DATA MLC = RNA = MRC = 5.0 1332 KEV Co-60 PHOT 0FEAK DATA I MLC = RNA = MRC = 6.0 STANNRD DATA 6.1 Ba-133 Initial Standardization Date: Initial Microcuries ( Cl): C"""%' O
.[ V 6
m {gTLAggN: jggOgpDygyg_gN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION .1ULTICHANNEL ANALYZER 1905.032 . O 15 5 AI U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aEvision 6 oATE v'/uvio* - - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One ne' air"cv ctT S tMFKSFrET lF0"NO1905.032B REV. g u PC # Page 2 of 2 6.2 Cs-13? Initial Standardization Date:
, Initial Microcuries (pci): _
6.3 Co-60 Initial Standardization Date: Initial Microcuries (pci): 7.0 DECAY CORRECTION CALCULATIONS O 1 1 8.0 EFFICIENCY CALCULATIONS s. Performed By ' Reviewed By, CL O l - , x - k [ V 5
gpTygg{0N; ggQDgpVgpN TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION MULTICHANNEL A!GLYZER 1905.032 j PAGE 10 ON *# U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u oare v ' < u "' o+ "'= CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One WE ,i , , , , , _ r ,.y r rr7,y r,n r y v t,m ypy77, l FOW NQ1gg gg7g REV. # 0 PC # SAMPLE IhTORMATICN Page 1 of 2 Sample ID = Sample Date/ Time = Analysis Date/ Time = Count Time (ETL) = seconds Clock Time (ETC) = seconda DATA ACCL'Mt'LATION I-131 Data RNA = Counts @ 364 KEV MLC = O MRC = I-133 Data RNA = Counts @ 529 KEV MLC = MRC = I-132 Data RSA = Ccunts @ 667 KE MLC = MRC = I-134 Data RNA = Counts @ 847 KEV MLC = MRC = l I-135 Data RNA = Counts @ 1260 KEV MLC = ' MRC = l l l I CL O 1 l C ~r ._ _ L . r , t -
m1 {gTMg{pN: jggOgDg{g.@N TITLE: NO: RAD. PROTECTION ?!ULTICHANNEL ANALYZER 1905.032 . U 05 '# [V ) APKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision u o^Te v ' / u"/ "* ' - CHANGE DATE l ri f i ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One l l I%nininnive PETFRMINATInN L'nRKSFEFT F0 W NO.1905.032C l 1 REY. # u PC # Page 2 of 2 DATA CONVERSION CALCCLATIONS O I-131 DOSE EQUIVALENT CALCULATION
/
l C Performed By ' O
- ~r ~
L~ -- _ r-
#2 ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT. COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One mLE: IRMSMITTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC #
Arkansas Nuclear One . Russellville, Arkansas Date 8-24-84 MEMORANDUM T0: / O [ M [ C 4/at.,d . RETURN T0: ' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document. Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.01 REV. # 5 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE ORGANIZATION AND USE OF THE EMERGENCY PL\N IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES PROCEDURE NUllBER 1903.10 REV. # 14 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL RESPONSE / NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE NUMBER iont 99 REV. #_ 7 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE viny on vypto:;1oy The following pages of t$e indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or proprietary material. PLEASS REMOVE TIIE INDICATED MATERIAL PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, ETC. PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S)
, ?*
l l PROCEDURE (S) llAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TIIE PLANT MANUAL. l lL / PROCEDURE (S) SIIOULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TifE PLANT MANU l SIGNATURE DATE i UPDATED
-.w. a w 4 a e a-- m
- g 8 O
~
ATTENTI0N THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE \903.0 i REv. 6 SHOULD BE PLACED IN FRONT OF CURRENT PROCEDURE UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE. EFFECTIVE DATE $7, g O _ <?4, PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CURRENT REVISION h BEFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE. O 4 4 i n i O c
.-. , ._.. - - ..,.,, g--r c.-,. . . , - . - - - - - -- , --,r-vm- ,- ~.-.,-.--,....--..yrw-,, , - - - . , -v. . . . . . ,.. . . - --c. ,,w,--.-,,.m...%
ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY n
\j '8_ e Arkansas Nuclear One DD 3 RECORD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS FOW No. 1000. 06 A E!!ERGENQpPLAN 1MPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REV. #12 PC # ,
., l Safety Relat.ed YES i NO O
% ORGANIZATION AND USE OF THE 4
ll EMERGEN
.'#. uN-ennten#C
- PLAN /or IMPLEMENTING PR
- PAGE REV PC# NAdk5 O *hdh2 PA6t. t.v-PC/h PAGE REV PC#
3 dhAGE M'hPh# 1 5 20 5 2 5 21 5 3 5 22 5 4 5 23 5 5 5 24 5 6 5 25 5 7 5 8 5 9 5 10 5 11 5 12 5 13 5 14 5 15 5 16 5 17 5 18 5 19 5 APPROVAL DATE
,9%d4 8 ,' / *l I , ,
., a l- 4), . C_V,2'[,,,,( REQUIRED EFFECTIVE DATE:
F - (General Manager) / 0 EVfSY l
fMN5Eugrion: ggggpmyrg gnga. NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. GENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.C1 r^N y PAGE 1 OI 43 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision " oa's u"">/" CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to: 1.1 Describe the organization of the Emergency Plan Implementing procedures. 1.2 Describe the relationship of the Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures to other plant procedures. 1.3 Describe a method for making use of the Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures in the event of an emergency. 2.0 SCOPE The organizational guidance contained in this procedure applies to Unit one and Unit Two procedures that would involve response as indicated in the Emer-gency Plan.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Procedure Preparation: 3.1.1 Emergency Plan [)) u 3.2 References Used in Conjunction with this Procedure: 3.2.1 1000.08, " Regulatory Reporting and Communication" 3.2.2 1000.21, "Public Communications" 3.2.3 1202 Series Procedures - Emergency Operating Procedures (Unit 1) 3.2.4 1203 Series Procedures - Abnormal Operating Procedures (Unit 1) 3.2.5 1602 Series Procedures - Radiation Protection Procedures 3.2.6 1043 Series Procedures - Security Administration Procedures 3.2.7 1903 Series Procedures - Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures 3.2.8 1904 Series Procedures - EPIP-Offsite Dose Projection Procedures 3.2.9 1905 Series Procedures - EPIP-Emergency Radiation Protection Pro-cedures 3.2.10 2202 Series Procedures - Emergency Operating Procedures (Unit 2) 3.2.11 2203 Series Proced'tres - Abnormal Operating Procedures (Unit 2)
\' 3.2.12 1063 Series Procedures - Training Administration Procedures
EhY$hE8WAhEE9 BON: DE6W1MNO Nb^NE NO: EMER-IMPLEMENTING PROC. GENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 . c.x PAGE ' uf 4D ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision > CHANGE oarE DATE v'/u><
- 3.3 Related ANO Procedures:
3.3.1 Fire Protection Program Manual 3.3.2 Arkansas Nu'elear One Industrial Security Plan 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this procedure: None 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Emergency Action Level - A plant or onsite condition which has ex-ceeded pre determined limits which would categorize the situation into one of the following four Emergency Classes: Notification ?f Unusual Event Alert Site Area Emergency General Emergency r-) (_/ For each class, the Emergency Plan and Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures describe the actions to be taken to respond to the unusual or emergency situtation. 4.2 Initial Response Staff (IRS) - The emergency response organization com-posed of plant staff personnel, which must be able to augment the onsite plant personnel within 60 minutes of being notified. 4.3 Initial Response Organization (IRO) - The emergency response organiza-tion composed of the IRS, the Technical Support Center Staff, the Operational Support Center Staff, the emergency team members and the Emergency Operations Facility Maintenance Coordinator. 4.4 Emergency Operations Facility Staff (EOFS) - The AP&L emergency response organization composed of plant and General Office personnel which is activated to augment the resources of the Initial Response Organiza-tion for more serious events. Portions of the EOFS may be located in the Little Rock Corporate Offices. 4.5 Emergency Response Organization (ERO) - The emergency response organi-zation, formed by the augmentation of the IRO by the EOFS, which has the capability to provide manpcwer and other resources for long-term response to an emergency situation. 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES i i f~} As described in Section 6.0. m I
EMMif1ITION: ! ggrggRygTfT@ EMER- NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. 3ENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 U V5 A5 0 ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aEvisioN 5 CHANGE oats "/u5/6+ DATE 6.0 DISCUSSION 6.1 Organization of the Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures 6.1.1 The Emergency Plan describes the provisions taken and commit-ments made to cope with unusual or emergency situtations. The details of implementation of the Emergency Plan, e.g., names and telephone numbers, specific items of equipment and supplies, inventory lists, and step-by-step instructions and checklists are contained in the Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures and Emergency Telephone Directory. 6.1.2 The 190X.XX series of procedures have been designated as Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures. Attachments 1, 2 and 3 list Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures and briefly describe the procedures. Attachment 4 cross references the procedures to related Emergency Plan sections and NUREG-0654 evaluation critetia. Within the 190X.XX series designator, subjects and responsibilities for the Emergency Plan Imple-menting Procedures have been subdivided as follows: A. 1903.XX - The Corporate and ANO Emergency Planning Coor-(~} dinators have primary responsibility for these procedures. \_- This series of procedures contains the majority of the details of implementation of the Emergency Plan. B. 1904.X:: - The Technical Analysis Superintendent has pri-mary responsibility for these procedures. These procedures contain the details for calculating the magnitude of radioactive releases and offsite doses. C. 1905.XX - The Health Physics Superintendent has primary responsibility for these procedures. These procedures contain the details on radiological equipment and monitor-ing methods utilized during an emergency. 6.1.3 To facilitate the use of the Emergency Plan Implementing Pro-cedures in the event of an emergency, the 1903.XX series of procedures have been further subdivided as follows: A. 1903.0X -Address the administration, organization, and maintenance of the Emergency Plan and Implementing Pro-cedures. B. 1903.1X - Contain the guidance for classifying an ususual or emergency situation and provide tha overall description of the response that is required once an unusual or emer-gency situation is classified including notification, ('] N' activation of emergency ruspense personnel, and communi-cations.
. 4 5tH5 M 41ffrEON:
S g pbfENN DP M E M EMER- N& IMPLEMENTING PROC. 3ENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 3 ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE
- 05 25 aevision 5 CHANGE o*Te DATE
"'i""'*
I C. 1903.2X - Provide guidance for certain ugecific types of emergencies. D. 1903.3X - Provide guidance on the conduct cf evacuation and reentry operations. E. 1903.4X - Provide guidance to the Emergency Response Teams in the Initial Fesponse Staff / Initial Response organization and describe the responsibilities of these positions in the event of an emergency. F. 1903.5X - Provide guidance on the organization and res-ponsibilities of the Emergency Response organization which may be activated to assist the plant organization for more serious or long-term situations. G. 1903.6X - Provide guidance for checking and maintaining the equipment and facilities required for an emergency response. H. 1903.7X - Provide guidance on interface with onsite, local, State and Federal support groups with regard to the responses expected of the support groups. 6.2 Relationship of the Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures to Other Plant Procedures 6.2.1 Activation of the Emergency Plan does not supersede the use of other plant procedures. Rather, the Emergency Plan Imple-menting Procedures are intended to supplement normal plant procedures and do not supersede other plant procedures unless they specifically state so. 6.2.2 Operations personnel actions to recognize and recover from unusual or emergency conditions are contained in Emergency Operating Procedures, 1200 and 2200 series procedures. The 1903.1X procedures contain the guidance for classifying un-usual or emergency conditions for purposes of the emergency organization response. 6.2.3 Requirements for radiological monitoring and personnel ex-posure limits are contained in the Technical Analysis Pro-cedures, 1600 and 2600 Series Procedures. However, in the event of an emergency, allowable exposure limits may be in-creased above the normal radiation exposure limits in accor-dance with the requirements contained in procedure 1903.33,
" Reentry Guidelines".
O Y
EhkNM4EftgBON: ggggggRggndt EMER-IMPLEMENTING PROC. 3ENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 C, PAGE 3 05 N v ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision > CHANGE oAre v '/ v o'
- DATE 6.2.4 The participation of the security force in the overall emer-gency response is described in the Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures. However, sensitive details of the response of security personnel to an emergency are contained in the Security Plan Implementing Procedures (1043 Series Procedures).
6.2.5 Communications with the media in the event of an emergency shall be in accordance with procedure 1000.21, "Public Com-municatiens" and 1903.14, " Emergency Communications". 6.2.6 Preparation and review of written reports to the Nuclear Regu-latory Commission to close out an emergency shall be in accordance with Procedure 1000.08, " Regulatory Reporting and Communication". 6.2.7 Training of Arkansas Nuclear One personnel on their emergency-related responsibilities and drills and exercises to maintain emergency readiness shall be in accordance with the 1063 Series Procedures. 6.3 Use of the Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures
~; 6.3.1 Each Duty Emergency Coordinator, when on duty, shall maintain
(\ s/ a binder which contains copies of appropriate Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures and other appropriate emergency related plant procedures. 6.3.2 In certain Emergency Plan Implementing Procecures a line is placed in the right hand margin to allow the user to insert his initials and the approximate time the step is taken, as appropriate. By taking this action, the user may identify which steps have been taken and which steps remain to be taken, and he also generates a record of key actions taken. If appro-priate, the user is encouraged to write notes on-the procedure, or on a separate piece of paper kept with the procedure, to document his actions. 6.3.3 At the end of the incident, appropriate forms, logs, marked up procedures and notes should be provided to the Duty Emergency Coordinator or Emergency Coordinator. 6.3.4 Appropriate forms, logs, marked-up procedures, notes should be turned over to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (s) for filing. 6.3.5 The Emergency Planning Coordinator (s) shall ensure that a l uritten summary of the event is submitted to Licensing in accordance with Procedure 1903.10, " Emergency Action Level (~)- Response / Notifications". , ~_ e
. . s F3eN5MF4NTION: ggggggggyegp gyp g pT@ EMER- "U IMPLEMENTING PROC. GENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 r\ PAGk O 05 Ab b ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE =sion b o^re v "u>' '
CHANGE DATE 7.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS 7.1 Attachment 1 "1903 Series - Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures" 7.2 Attachment 2 "1904 Series - Offsite Dose Projection Procedures" 7.3 Attachment 3 "1905 Series - Emergency Radiation Protection Procedures" 7.4 Attachment 4 " Cross Reference Index - NUREG-0654/ Procedures / Emergency Plan" O 1 o G 1 l _.
5dtt5M4LfBTION: S ggggggg g g g plf$ EMER-C NQ IMPLrMENTING PROC. 3ENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 ("x PAGE I 05 45 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision > oATE v'/u>'o* CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 1 1903 SERIES - SHERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Page 1 of 6 Procedure Number Procedure Title Description 1903.01 Organization and Use of Describes the organization of Emergency Plan Implementing the Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures Procedures, the method for im-plementing the procedures in the event of an emergency and the relationship of the Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures to other plant procedures. Also provides a cross reference list to the Emergency Plan section and NUREG-0654 criteria imple-mented.
/N 1903.02 Assignment of Plant Emergency Assigns members of the plant s) Team / Group Members staff, by normal organizational structure positions, to Initial Response Staff / Initial Response Organization and Emergency Teams /
Groups. 1903.03 Assignment of Personnel to Assigns AP&L employees to Emer-the Emergency Response gency Response Organization Organization positions. Describes the methods used to assign personnel and relieve personnel of ERO duties. Provides information on the normal location for ERO members. 1903.04 Administration and Maintenance Describes the responsibilities of the Emergency Plan and and methods for review, revision Implementing Procedures and maintenance of the Emergency Plan and Implementing Procedures, 1903.10 Emergency Action Level Response / Identifies the plant conditions Notifications and unusual events which classify the Emergency Action Levels for which implementation of the Emer-gency Plan is required. Identifies the actions to be taken, including ('~)' notifications, when the requirement for declaration of an Emergency Class is identified.
EMMMSLjgDON: S gggggg g g g p D EMER- NO: l IMPLEMENTING PROC. 3ENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 l PAGE b V5 #U U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision 5 o^re """"i 4 CHANGE oATE ATTACHMENT 1 1903 SERIES - EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Page 2 of 6 Procedure Number Procedure Title Description 1903.12 EOFS Notifications Describes the method used to notify the EOFD and activate the EOFS. 1903.13 Notification of the Little Describes the mechanisms used by Rock Corporate Official the Little Rock Control Center for notification of the Emergency Operations Facility Director. 1903.14 Emergency Communications Provides guidance for coordina-tion and distribution of public information releases, and com-munications with the media, s- / 1903.20 Toxic Gas Release Provides guidance to plant per-sonnel in the event of a toxic gas release (chlorine release) at ANO concerning evacuation of the affected area, first aid, and methods to secure the leak. 1903.21 ARKLA Natural Gas Line Rupture Describes the actions to be taken if an ARKLA natural gas line leak or rupture occurs at ANO. 1903.22 Fire or Explosion Provides guidance to ANO personnel on the actions to be taken in the event of a fire or explosion at ANO. Provides guidance on the coordination of the Russellville Fire Department and ANO activities in the event the Fire Department's assistance is required to respond to an Emergency Plan related sit-uation. 1903.23 Personnel Emergency Provides guidance to ANO personnel on how to respond to an Emergency t Plan related medical emergency , f^) which may also involve contamin-l ation. Provides guidance on the l
s EMMAbE[tgTION: g g g g gf g T@ EMER- " IMPLEMENTING PROC. 3ENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 x PAGE V OI 40 J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision a o^ra " "u"* CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 1 1903 SERIES - EMERGENCY PLAN I!!PLEMENTING PROCEDURES Page 3 of 6 Procedure Number Procedure Title Description cocrdination of St. !!ary's Hos-pital, the !!illard-Henry Clinic, the Pope County Ambulance Service and ANO activities in the event of a medical emergency at ANO. 1903.24 Oil Spill Prevention Control Describes the nechanisms used to and Countermeasure Plan prevent oil spills and actions to control and cleanup oil spills. 1903.30 Evacuation Provides the symptoms for which a Plant, Exclusion Area and/or Area Evacuation should be de-(~N NJ clared and the subsequent actions to be taken by plant personnel. 1903.33 Reentry Guidelines Provides guidance to ANO personnel in performing reentries.into haz-ardous areas. 1903.34 Emergency Operations Facility Describes the symptoms for an EOF Evacuation evacuation and the activities re-lated to the relocation of the EOFS to the Alternate EOF. 1903.35 Administration of Potassium Provides guidance for the admin-Iodide istration of potassium iodide (KI) to ANO and contractor employees. 1903.40 Duties of the Dose Assessment Provides guidance to the Dose Team Assessment Team on the responsi-bilities of the team for emer-gency situations. 1903.42 Duties of the Emergency !!edical Provides guidance to the Emergency Team 11edical Team on the responsibili-ties of the team for emergency situations. i O l \~.)
fhtMEL M AFH9 " M9fEMiW%BMX'di EMER- NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. SENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01
/% PAGE 'O v5 EU v ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 5 CHANGE oarE v " u 5' "+
DATC ATTACHMENT 1 1903 SERIES - EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Page 4 of 6 Procedure Number Procedure Title Description 1903.43 Duties of the Emergency Radia- Provides guidance to the Onsite tion Team Radiological Monitoring Section and Offsite Radiological Monitor-ing Section of the Emergency Radiation Team for emergency situations. 1903.50 Emer gency Response Organiza- Provides guidance to individuals tien holding positions in the ERO on their reporting location, super-visors, staff and duties in the event of an emergency at ANO. r'N 1903.51 Turnover of Responsibility Provides guidance for executing (/ the turnover of responsibilities from the normal plant organiza-tion to the Initial Response Staff, from the Initial Response Staff to the Initial Response Organization and from the Initial Response Organization to the Emer-gency Response Organization when-ever the Emergency Response Organ-ization is activated. 1903.52 Command and Control Describes mechanisms and require-ments intended to assist in estab-lishing command and control over the emergency response. Includes descriptions of the Command and Control Boards (used to alert ERO personnel of turnover of func-tional responsibilities), control of status reports, and use of a central coordination schedule. 1903.53 Logistical Support Provides guidance in obtaining logistical support services which may be required by the ERO inclu-(-] ding lodging, food, laundry, office equipment and services, emergency facilities repair and
- transportation.
gggAppggTION: g g g g Rg g T @ EMER- NQ IMPLEMENTING PROC. 3ENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1902.01 PAGE l' 05 'O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE Tarvision CHANGE
> oA's DATE u'<uo'"*
ATTACHMENT 1 1903 SERIES - EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Page 5 of 6 Procedure Number Procedure Title Description 1903.54 Requests for Additional Personnel Provides guidance on acquisition of additio.ial technical and non-technical support personnel. 1903.55 Security Provides information on security and evacuation activities per-formed by security personnel. 1903.60 Emergency Supplies and Equip- Describes the contents of the ment first aid room and emergency kits and the requirements for their periodic inventory and mainten-ance.
,O(_/ 1903.61 Communication Equipment Tests Provides the requirements for testing the emergency communica-tions equipment available for use during an emergency.at AMO.
1903.62 Communications System Opera- Describes the communications ting Procedure system available for emergency response and instructions on how to use the equipment. 1903.63 Emergency Response Centers Describes the layout, activation requirements and use of the AP&L Emergency Response Centers. 1903.71 Assistance From Pope County Provides guidance on the coordin-Sheriff's Departments ation of the Pope County Sheriff's Department and Ano activities in the event the Sheriff's Depart-ment's assistance is required to respond to an Emergenc} Plan re-lated situation.
\_;
l
ggggggTION: 3gggggfg g g g g yT@ E!!ER- NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. GENCY PLAN IMPLE!!ENTIllG PROCEDURES 1903.01 '^' U PAGE Ab _ _ _ ~ ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE ==a CHANGE o aa's **" DATE ATTACIDtENT 1 1903 SERIES - E!!ERGEllCY PLAll IMPLEMEllTI!!G PROCEDURES Page 6 of 6 Procedure ilumber Procedure Title Description 1903.77 U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Provides guidance on the coordin-aticn of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and A!!O activities con-cerning floods, drawdown of Lake Dardanelle, Lock and Dam failure or assistance in controlling access to that portion of Lake Dardanelle which is in the Aflo Exclusion Area in the event of a radiological incident. 1903.78 Emergency Response Support Provides guidance on obtaining additional support from architect-() x-engineers, !!SSS vendors, utility organizations and other agencies. o e
F
, . s M5MWTlON: ggggggggryg ggg g y@ EMER- NO:
I!!PLEttENTING PROC. GENCY PLAN I!!PLEl!ENTI!!G PROCEDURES 1903.01 PAGE 'J v5 45 ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE svisios CHANGE a oare v " u-DATE Attachment 2 1904 Series - Offsite Dose Projection Procedures Page 1 of 2 Procedure Number Procedure Title Description 1904.01 fsite Dose Projections - Provides a means to determine the GERMS Computer Graphics radiological release status, Method meteorology, and the offsite dose consequences in the vicinity of At10 by use of the Gas.ous Efflu-ent Radiation !!onitoring System (GERl!S) computers. 1904.02 Offsite Dose Projections - Provides a backup means to esti-Pocket Computer !!ethod mate the amount of adioactivity released and the radiological consequences from plant monitor readings, meteorological condi-(~') tions, and from field measure-
's ments to determine the offsite dose consequences. ,
1904 03 Auxiliary Building Venti- Provides a method for quanti )- lation Exhaust Emergency ing radioactivity releases in Radiation !!onitor the event the normal effluent in-strumentation fails or goes off scale high. 1904.04 Estimating Airborne Release Rates Provides radioactive release rate estimates for release points which do not have functioning GER!!S SPI!!G detector systems. 1904.05 Atmospheric Stability class Provides a means to determine Determination atmospheric stability category in the event of a loss of meteoro-logical instrumantation. 1904.06 Radiological Plume Tracking Provides a manual method for es-and Dose Integration timating the location of aisborne radioactive materials offsite under changing release and meteoro-logical conditions, and for esti-mating the maximum integrated dose ( ') commitments at 0.65. 2.0, 5.0, and 10.0 mile radii.
fhelt3Mfduyggrios: aggggggggggyrg gnga. NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. GENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01
/~T PAGE " 5 EU U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 5 oaTE " " " > ' ' "
- CHANGE DATE Attachment 2 1904 Series - Offsite Dose Projection Procedures Page 2 of 2 Procedure Number Procedure Title Description 1904.07 Protective Action Recommen- Provides a method for generating dations offsite Protective Action Recom-mendations due to airborne radio-logical releases based upon best estimates of plant and meteoro-logical trends.
1904.08 Use of WSI Weather Informa- Provides a backup method for ob-tion Service taining an estimate of current meteorology in the event the onsite meteorological measurement system fails. I 1 O 1 l \
fh$EMUYI fgTION: s gggggg g g g T@ EMER- NO: IMPLEMEi. TING PROC. 3ENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 (~3 U PAGE '! N 23 ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE
- aevisios o o*TE v '/ u >< o
- CHANGE DATE Attachment 3 1905 Series - Emergency Radiation Protection Procedures Page 1 of 1 Procedure Number Procedure Title Description 1905.001 Emergency Radiological Controls Provides guidance for following radiological control practices during emergency situations.
1905.002 Offsite Emergency Monitoring Provides guidance to the Offsite Monitoring Section of the Emergency Radiation Team for documentation of offsite radiological monitor-ing and sampling activities. 1905.030 Airborne I-131 Determination Provides instruction on the opera-Using MS-2/ SPA-3 tion of the MS-2/ SPA-3 for mea-suring Iodine-131 airborne con-
} centrations.
1905.031 Airborne Iodine-131 Determin- Provides instruction on the use ation Using an RM-14/HP-210 of the RM-J4/HP-210 for determin-ing Iodine-131 airborne concen-trations. 1905.032 Use of Is-60 Multichannel Provides instruction on the setup, Analyzer calibration and use of the ND-60 multichannel analyzer. I 1 l l O
LhgN3 P M U g Tl0N: g g g gggg g pT@ EMER- NQ It!PLEMENTING PROC. GENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01
/'^ N Ab ON 'U C ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE
-aevision U oAre "'/uaio-CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 4 CROSS REFERENCE INDEX - NUREG-0654/ PROCEDURES / EMERGENCY PLAN Page 1 of 10 NUREG-0654 PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLANNING STANDARD REFERENCE PLAN REFERENCE A.1.a 15?3.54 A.2; C 1903.78 A.1.b 1903.78 A.1; C A.I.c N/A Figures B-6, B-8, B-9 A.1.d 1903.02 A; B, Figures B-3, B-5, 1903.03 B-7 A.1.e 1903.03 B.4; F.1, F.2 1903.10 1903.12 1903.13
{ A.2.a N/A N/A (Section B) A.2.b N/A N/A A.3 1903.22 A; C; Appendix 1 1903.23 1903.71 1903.77 1903.78 A.4 1903.03 B.2, B.3, B.4, Figures B-3, B-5, B-7 B.1 1903.02 B.1, B.2, B.3, 1903.10 Figures B-1, B-2, B-3, l B-5 l l B.2 1903.02 B.2, B.2.1, B.2.2, 1903.10 B.3.1, B.4.4 i l B.3 1903.51 B.2, B.3, B.4 B.4 1903.51 B.2.2, B.3.1, B.4.1, B.4.2 O B.5 1903.02 B.2, B.3, B.4, 1903.03 Figures B-2, B-7; M.2 1903.10
i ggggUygTION: g g gg g pRg g ]T@ EMER- N &. IMPLEMENTING PROC. GENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 /' 'N A# ON 4D U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision " oara "'/ u"/ ' CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 4 CROSS REFERENCE INDEX - NUREG-0654/ PROCEDURES / EMERGENCY PLAN Page 2 of 10 NUREG-0654 PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLANNING STANDARD REFERENCE PLAN REFERENCE B.6 1903.50 A; B.5, Figures B-6, B 8, B-9, C B.7 1903.02 B.2, B.3, B.4, Figures 1903.03 B-2, B-3, B-5, B-7; M.2 1903.04 1903.10 1903.12 1903.13 B.7.a 1903.50 B.3.4.1, B.4.6; M.2.4 B.7.b 1903.33 B.4.4, B.4.4.2, B.4.4.3, f~T 1903.50 C.4.4.A, B.4.6; M.2.1, 1903.78 M.2.2, M.2.5, M.2.6, M.2.7, M.2.8 B.7.c 1903.10 B.2.2, B.3.1, B.4.2, 1903.50 B.4.3, 1903.51 B.4.7 1903.52 B.7.d 1903.14 B.2.2, B.3.1, B.4.2, 1903.50 B.4.3, B.4.4, B.4.7; G.2, G.3 B.8 1903.78 A.2.7 B.9 1903.22 A.2.3, A.2.4, A.2.5; 1903.23 C.3 Appendix 1 1903.71 C.1.a 1903.50 C.1 C.1.b N/A C.2 C.1.c 1903.63 C.5 C.2.a N/A N/A
fhtMtY^MXfi" J dEYM9W6^#sY"St EMER-3RBo NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. 3ENCY PLAN IMPLE!!ENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 PAGE 10 OI 43 O,,"' s ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision > CHANGE oarE v " uo' - l DATE 1 ATTACHMENT 4 CROSS REFERENCE INDEX - NUaEG-0654/ PROCEDURES / EMERGENCY PLAN Page 3 of 10 NUREG-0654 PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLANNING STANDARD REFERENCE PLAN REFERENCE C.2.b 1903.02 A.2.1.3; C.3 1903.10 C.3 1904.08 C.4 1905.02 C.4 1903.54 A.2.6, A.2.7; C.2; 1903.78 Appendix 1 D.1 1903.10 D.1, D.2, D.3, D.4, D.5, D.6, Figures D-1, D-2 D.2 1903.10 D.6, Figures D-1, D-2 D.3 N/A N/A D.4 N/A N/A E.1 1903.10 E.1 1903.12 1903.13 E.2 1903.10 E.1 1903.12 1903.13 ' E.3 1903.10 E.2 E.4 1903.10 E.2 E.5 N/A N/A E.6 1903.04 E.3, E.4, H.2.4 1903.10 , 1903.30 l l E.7 1903.10 E.4; G.1, G.2, G.3; 1903.30 J.2; Appendix 6 I!!TRO F.1.c 1903.10 E.1; F.1, Figure F-1
-- - - w - -w- %
EON 6MYIgggTION: gggggggg g g g yT @ EMER- No: IMPLEMENTING PROC. 3ENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 PAGE D OI 4U C)' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision 5 CHANGE oarE ""u"/ o* DATE ATTACHMENT 4 CROSS REFERENCE INDEX - NUREG-0654/ PROCEDURES / EMERGENCY PLAN Page 4 of 10 NUREG-0654 PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLANNING STANDARD REFERENCE PLAN REFEREMCE F.1.b 1903.10 F.2.1, Figures F-1, F-3 1903.14 F.1.c 1903.10 F.2.1, Figures F-1, F-3 1903.14 F.1.d 1903.10 F.2.1, F.2.2, F.2.4, 1903.04 Figure F-3; H.2 1903.14 1903.43 F.1.e 1903.10 E.1; F.1 1903.12 1903.13 F.1.f N/A F.2, Figure F-3 F.2 1903.23 F.2.3, Figure F-3 F.3 1903.04 E.3; F.2.1; H.2 1903.61 1 G.1 1903.04 INTRO; G.1.1, G.1.2 l G.2 1903.04 G.2 G.3.a 1903.14 G.2 1903.63 G.3.b 1903.14 G.2 1903.63 G.4.a 1903.14 G.2 1903.50 G.4.b 1903.14 G.2 G.5 1903.04 G.4 1903.14 O H.1 1903.63 H.1.2, H.1.3
* - - - + ---e n - er ,ve-- +-w.-
ESEENEk $0Sb53 E E N Y @ EMER- NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. 3ENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES
;1903.01 /s du 01 43 V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision > o*Ta u '/ u ><
- CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 4 CROSS REFERENCE INDEX - NUREG-0654/ PROCEDURES / EMERGENCY PLAN Page 5 of 10 NUREG-0654 PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLANNING STANDARD REFL'RENCE PLAN REFERENCE H.2 1903.63 H.1.4 H.3 N/A N/A H.4 1903.02 B; E; F; H.1 1903.03 1903.10 1903.12 1903.13 1903.50 1903.63 H.5 1903.10 H.3.1, H.6 s
H.5.a N/A H.3.1 H.5.b N/A H.3.1; 1,2.2.3 H.5.c N/A H.3.1;, 1.2.2.1 H.5.d N/A H.6; 1.2.1.1 H.6.a 1903.77 I.2.1 1904.08 H.6.b 1903.60 C.5; I.2.2.3, I.2.3.3; K.1.2 H.6.c N/A H.3.2 H.7 1903.43 H.3.2; J.2.5 1903.60 i
;3. 8 1904.08 H.3.1; 1.2.2.4 l
491 1903.60 H.1.3; H.1.4 3 1903.63 I l A.10 1903.60 H.3.1; H.3.2 H.11 1903.60 Appendix 4 l % I, . 5
men 5MWVIMGT ON: ggggjgggpRggpT@ EMER- NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. GENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 PAGE A1 05 43 U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision " CHANGE o^Te DATE
""uo'*
ATTACHMENT 4 CROSS REFERENCE INDEX - NUREG-0654/ PROCEDURES /EMERGENC PLAN Page 6 of 10 NUREG-0654 PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLANNING STANDARD REFERENCE PLAN REFERENCE H.12 1903.63 H.1.4, H.3.2; 1.2.3.2 I.1 Emergency D.6, D.7; Figures D-1, Operating Section I Procedures 1903.10 I.2 Emergency I.2.2.2, I.2.2.3 Operating I.2.2.6, Procedures I.3.a 1904.01 I.2.2.7 1904.02 I.3.b 1904.01 I.2.2.7 1904.02 I.4 1904.01 I.3 1904.02 1904.07 I.5 1904.01 I.2.2.4 1904.02 1904.08 I.6 1904.01 I.2.2.3, I.2.2.6, 1904.02 I.2.2.7 1904.03 1904.04 1903.07 l I.7 1903.43 I.2.3 r 1903.60 l [ I.8 1903.10 E; F; 1903.43 H.2.1, H.3.2, H.7.0; 1903.60 I.2.3,
, I.9 1903.60 I.2.3.3 l
l
-_r - , , -, --, y y
ben 5M4M ON: ggggp,gy g gg g yTg EMER- NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. GENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PF.0CEDURES 1903.01 ( " 05 U U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aavision o o*Te "' / u "'
- e CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 4 CROSS REFERENCE INDEX - NUREG-0654/ PROCEDURES / EMERGENCY PLAN Page 7 of 10 NUREG-0654 PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLANNING STANDARD REFERENCE PLAN REFERENCE I.10 1904.06 I.3.1 1904.07 I.11 1904.06 I.3.1 J.1 1903.10 J.1.1, J.1.2, 1903.30 J.2.2, J.2.3 J.2 1903.30 J.1.2, J.1.4 J.3 1903.30 J.1.2.1, J.1.4.1 J.4 1622.10 J.1.1, J.1.2.1;
{}
~
1903.30 1905.01 K.3.1.1 J.5 1903.10 J.1.3.2 1903.30 1903.50 J.6 1905.01 J.1.4 J.7 1903.10 J.2.1, J.2.2 1903.50 1904.07 J.8 N/A J.2.3.2 J.9 N/A N/A J.10.a 1903.10 J.2.1.3 1903.30 Figures J-4, J-21 1903.60 1903.63 J.10.b N/A J.2.1.3 Figures J-6 thru J-19
- J.10.c 1903.10 J.2.2, J.2.3.2 l 1903.30 l
l J.10.d thru N/A N/A (J.2.3.2) J.10.e __ _ _ - - - , - ,-- -w-
l EMETEftgTION: )ggggggg g g g T @ EMER- " 1 IMPLEMENTING PROC. 3ENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 l PAGE 23 5 A3 C^s ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE . aevision 3 o^re v " u o' - CHANGE DATE ! ATTACHMENT 4 i i CROSS REFERENCE INDEX - NUREG-0654/ PROCEDURES / EMERGENCY PLAN Page 8 of 10 NUREG-0654 PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLANNING STANDARD REFERENCE PLAN REFERENCE J.11 N/A N/A J.12 N/A N/A K.1 1903.33 K.1.1 M.3.5 K.2 1903.33 K.1.1 1905.01 M.3.5 K.3.a 1905.01 K.1.2 K.3.b 1905.01 K.1.2 K.4 1903.33 K.1.1 K.5.a 1622.10 K.3 K.5.b 1622.10 K.3, K.4 K.6.a 1905.01 K.2.1 K.6.b N/A K.2.3 K.6.c N/A K.3.1, K.3.2 K.7 1622.10 K.3.1 1903.60 L.1 1903.23 L.3.0 1903.42 L.2 1903.23 L.1.0 1903.42 L.3 N/A N/A L.4 1903.23 L.2.0 () M.1 1903.33 H.1.0, M.3.0 l
ggggAg{gTION: gg g g g Rg7 g 3}T g EMER- "* IMPLEMENTING PROC. 3ENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 [d ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE 4* aavision o OI 43 oaTE v '/ u"/ + CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 4 CROSS REFERENCE INDEX - NUREG-0654/ PROCEDURES / EMERGENCY PLAN Page 9 of 10 NUREG-0654 PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLANN.NG STANDARD REFERENCE P_LAN REFERENCE M.2 N/A M.2.0 M.3 1903.50 M.1.0 M.4 N/A M.2.3 N.1.a 1063.21 N.1.0 1903.04 N.1.b 1063.21 N.1.0 N.2.a 1063.21 N.2.1 N.2.b 1063.21 N.2.2 N.2.c 1063.21 N.2.3 N.2.d 1063.21 N.2.4 N.2.e 1063.21 N.2.5 N.3 1063.21 N.3.0 N.4 1063.21 N.3.0, N.4.0 N.5 1063.21 1903.04 N.4.0 0.1.a 1063.21 0.4.0, 0.5.0 0.1.b N/A N/A (0.6.0) (1063.21) 0.2 1063.21 0.4.0 t l 0.3 1063.21 0.1.0 l 0.4 1063.21 0.5.0 O.5 1063.21 0.5.0 l
, ,_. _ .-.y-
~. ~
l fheN5f M 4 LsF O N: g g gg g gg g g y @ EMER- " IMPLEMENTING PROC. ' 3ENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 1903.01 /' 'O 'O U' PAGE I ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision 3 CHANGE oars v " u d' o
- DATE ATTACHMENT 4 CROSS REFERENCE INDEX - NUREG-0654/ PROCEDURES / EMERGENCY PLAN Page 10 of 10 NUREG-0654 PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLANNING STANDARD REFERENCE PLAN REFERENCE
' .1 F 1903.04 0.4.0 P.2 N/A p.1.0 P.3 1903.04 P.1.0 P.4 1903.04 P.2.0 P.5 1903.04 P.2.0 P.6 N/A INTRO - 2.2 P.7 N/A Appendix 3 P.8 N/A Table of Contents Cross Reference Index P.9 1903.04 P.2.0 P.10 1903.04 P.3.r O
_ . _ _ _,.r- e - ,_y, p ..y ,,,,.._,.3_,., p.,
4 i
., 4
. c s O h ATTENTI0N THE ATTACHED PROCEDURE 1903, I o REV, O' SHOULD BE i PLACED IN FRONT OF CURRENT PROCEDURE UNTIL EFFECTIVE DATE.
./
t EFFECTIVE DATE 9 _1Cr @, PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CURRENT REVISION lb 3EFORE EFFECTIVE DATE LISTED AB0VE.
- O i
l l l , l O rv,-- , .r- -- ,. - -,.-,---.,,---,,-s ...-.,r,..r.,.fm- , ,cwer-..ww.,,,.. ,r-,..,me-... --..--,.--,,...--,-.,ww
ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY lO s Adansas Nuclear One M U. ret 0RD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS FOW NO. 1000.06A EMERGENCY,FRANJ MPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REV. #12 PC#/ tgG .' 4Ve* ~' l Safety Related YES af NO O EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS
, y' I 1903.10. REV. 14
* @nehf0hI;On ,$Ek -
PAGE REV PC/[ 3 PAdElhkAddPbhdhNb REY YC[ PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# 1 14 40 14 2 14 41 14 3 14 42 14 4 14 43 14 5 14 44 14 6 14 45 14 7 14 46 14 8 14 47 14 9 14 48 14 10 14 49 14 11 14 50 14 12 14 51 14 13 14 52 14 14 14 53 14 15 14 54 14 O' 16 14 55 14 17 14 56 14 18 14 57 14 19 14 20 14 21 14 22 14 23 14 24 14 25 14 26 14 27 14 28 14 29 14 30 14 31 14 32 14 33 14 34 14 35 14 36 14 37 14 l 38 14 l 39 14 APPROVED BY: APPROVAL DATE Sh'6;,x,ee;i 'Isu1REoErrtCrivEoarE: o v
<ce-.1 n... en gggg,
_, .-m. , -_.~._m..y -y ,, v. e
t thM5N&4MRTION: ggggggE: NO: l IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10
T PAGE 1 "I 3' V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 2+ oars v'/uv/a*
CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE l j 1 This procedure defines conditions requiring response, delineates responsi-l bilities for action and establishes required actions for each of four Emer- ; gency Classes. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure is applicable to Units 1 and 2 in all modes; it does not in-clude specific plant casualty procedures or systems operations requirements, but rather provides administrative processes only. This procedure describes actions for events which meet the criteria for the Emergency Classes only.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Procedure Preparation: l 3.1.1 Emergency Plan 3.2 References Used in Conjunction with this Procedure:
)
Cw/ l 3.2.1 1903.30, " Evacuation" 3.2.2 1904.01, "Offsite Dose Projections - GERMS Computer Graphics Method" 3.2.3 1904.02, "Offsite Dose Projection - Pocket Computer Method" 3.3 Related ANO Procedures: 3.3.1 1043.06, " Bomb Threat" 3.3.2 1202.40, " Refueling Accidents" 3.3.3 1202.44, " Natural Emergencies" 3.3.4 1903.20, " Toxic Gas Release" 3.3.5 1903.21, "Arkla Natural Gas Line Rupture" 3.3.6 1903.22, " Fire or Explosion" l O i
T EdhggAppgTION: gfggggggfigggg NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 7'S PAGE 4 05 5' U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision ** oars u'iv"i
- CHANGE DATE 3.3.7 1903.23, " Personnel Emergency" 3.3.8 1903.35, " Administration of Potassium odide" l 3.3.9 ANO Security Plan /Secur'ity Procedures l 3.3.10 1015.07, " Fire Brigade Organization and Responsibilities" 3.3.11 1903.42, " Duties of the Emergency Medical Team" 3.3.12 1903.43, " Duties of the Emergency Radiation Team" 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments .which are im-plemented in this procedure include:
3.4.1 OCAN018306 A. Section 6.2.3.B B. Section 7.2.3.B C. Section 8.2.3.B D. Section 9.2.3.B 3.4.2 OCAN068320 A. Section 7.1.7 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Courtesy call - A notification made to the NRC and/or the Arkansas Department of Health for conditions / events other than those consti-tuting an Emergency Class. Courtesy calls made to the Arkansas Department of Health should be limited to Reactor trips only. 4.2 Emergency Action Level - A plant or onsite condition which has ex-ceeded pre-determined limits which would categorize the situation into one of the following four Emergency Classes: Notification of Unusual Event Alert Site Area Emergency General Emergency l ] w w
0 ggggTION: g g g Eg g g g E: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10
.s PAGE A UE 5I U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN " DarE oi/U*/"
CHANGE DATE 4.3 Notification of Unusual Event - Unusual events are in prcgress or have occurred which indicate a potential degradation of the level of safety of the plant. No releases of radioactive material re-quiring offsite response or monitoring are expected unless further degradation of safety systems occurs. 4.4 Alert - Ever.ts are in progress or have occurred which involve an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant. Any releases are expected to be limited to small fractions of the EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels. 4.5 Site Area Emergency - Events are in progress or have occurred which involve actual or likely major failures of plant functions needed for protection of the public. Any releases are not expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels except near the site bdundary. 4.6 General Emergency - Events are in progress or have occurred which involve actual or imminent substantial core degradation or melting with the potential for loss of containment integrity. Releases can be reasonably expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels off site for more than the immediate site area. 4.7 Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) - The EPZ considered by this procedure is the inhalation zone - that area within approximately a 10 mile radius of ANO. 4.8 Onsite - The area within the Exclusion Area Boundary. 4.9 offsite - Those areas not covered by Section 4.8. 4.10 Technical Support Center - The location w_ thin the ANO Administration Building equipped with instrumentation and communication systems and facilities useful in monitoring the course of an accident; this cen-ter is located in the 3rd Floor of the ANO Administration Building. 4.11 Operational Support Center - Assembly areas within the ANO administra-tion buildings where emergency support personnel report during an emergency. The normal work location for an individual is used as the reporting area within this center with the following exceptions: 4.11.1 Emergency Radiation Team - (Onsite Team) Payroll Office Area (1st Floor Administration Building). 4.11.2 TSC Dose Assessment Team - 3rd Floor Break Room. 4.11.3 Emergency Medical Team - First Aid Room /2nd Floor Break Room.
/~T 4.11.4 Office Services Personnel - 3rd Floor Library.
V 4.11.5 Operations Technical Engineering - EOF Library. m , _
+
hen 5MJMTION: g g g g g E g g g g E: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. 1ESPONSE/ NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 F PAGE
- 5 UI b'") ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE asvisioN ** oars v u "'
- j CHANGE DATE l5.0 INSTRUCTIONS 1
5.1 This procedure is divided in four sections arranged in order of in- ; creasing severity, each defining responsibilities and setting re-sponse requirements for individual Emergency Classes. Each section is broken down into four subsections which include classification criteria, personnel responsibilities and required actions, termina-tion or escalation guidance, and applicable forms. 5.2 This procedure is divided into the following sections: SECTION TITLE PAGE [ 5.2.1 6.0 Notification of Unusual Event 4 5.2.2 7.0 Alert 15 5.2.3 8.0 Site Area Emergency 27 5.2.4 9.0 General Emergency 41 O l O
a ggggAppgTION: ggggggggpy :E NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 PAGE 3 05 DI U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision " oarE "'/u"/o* CHANGE DATE G.0 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT 6.1 Classification Criteria The following are classification criteria typical of indications re-quiring declaration of a Notification of Unusual Event. 6.1.1 Projected summed releases from either unit exceed 1 MPC for one hour at the site boundary assuming annual average x/Q. 6.1.2 Abnormal RCS Conditions: A. Margin to saturation of the RCS as indicated on margin-to-saturation meters or as calculated is less than 20 F for greater than 5 minutes. B. RCS steady-state I "1 dose equivalent activity in ex-cess of the allowable Technical Specification limit. C. Failure of the pressurizer relief valve to re-close after lifting. (~) D. Plant transients which result in emergency core cooling (_/ systems actuation. { 6.1.3 Ongoing security threat on site, but outside the Protected Area Security Fence. Attempted entry or sabotage which has g been stopped before an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency can be declared. 6.1.4 Rapid depressurization of the steam generator secondary sys-tem which results in automatic steam generator secondary isolation. 6.1.5 Reactor shutdown required by the Limiting Conditions for Operation of the unit's Technical Specifications. 6.1.6 Loss of ability to assess offsite radiological doses, or loss of radio communication with offsite agencies. 6.1.7 The occurrence of other unusual events: A. Fire in a vital area not under control within 10 minutes. B. Aircraft crash on site. i ! C. Train derailment on site. l ) (~) D. Explosion on site resulting in equipment damage and/or l personnel injury requiring hospitalization. E. Toxic or flammable gas release on site or affecting the site which requires a plant evacuation. l l l . _ _
l DifN5Mfdugnea: gegggggemmgE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. 3ESPONSE/ NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 3 PAGE D ON D# U. ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 2* o*Te u"u"'** CHANGE DATE F. Medical emergency which requires transporting a radio-logically contaminated individual from the site to an offsite hospital. G. Any tornado causing facility damage. 6.2 Personnel Responsibilities and Required Actions l NOTE: l l When completing notification forms, the order of notification l l may be re-arranged as dictated by the situation with approval l l of the Shift Operations Supervisor /DEC. The groups should be l l contacted by the most expedient means available (paging, con- l l tacting the appropriate response center for relaying informa- l l tion, direct phone call, radio contact, etc.). Phone numbers l l for emergency response personnel are listed in the Emergency l l Telephone Directory. l l For the Notification of Unusual Event Emergency Class, the following actions shall be taken by members of the Initial Response Staff / Initial l Response Organization, as described in the Emergency Plan: ]v 6.2.1 Shift operations Supervisor A. Once the Shift operations Supervisor has determined that the Notification of Unusual Event Emergency Class should be declared, he shall:
- 1. Assure the appropriate procedures are being imple-mented to mitigate the consequences of the Notifica-tion of Unusual Event.
- 2. Implement the Notification of Unusual Event Shift I Operations Supervisor /DEC Notification List and Record, Form 1903.10A, of this procedure.
- 3. Continue to monitor plant conditions in order to determine if escalation to a higher Emergency Class becomes necessary.
- 4. Direct the activities of the Initial Response Staff until relieved by the Duty Emergency Coordinator.
- 5. Direct operations personnel and unit operations.
6.2.2 Shift Technical Advisor A. The Shift Technical Advisor shall assist the Shift operations Supervisor in incident assessment.
fhtN5M^1MT10N: gggg/ggg NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS f 1903.10 O # uf O' PAGE U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision " o*Te v'iu"/"* CHANGE DATE 6.2.3 Shift Administrative Assistant A. When directed by the Shif t Operations Supervisor, the Shift Administrative Assistant shall initiate the Noti-fication of Unusual Event Shift Administrative Assistant Notification List and Record, Form 1903.10B of this procedure. The Shift Administrative Assistant shall also
, respond to incoming calls to the control room during the incident.
B. If additional assistance is needed, the Shift Operations Supervisor may appoint individuals to assist in per-forming notifications (e.g. the Shift Administrative Assistant from the unaffected unit). C. The Shift Administrative Assistant shall assist opera-tions personnel as directed by the Shift operations Supervisor. 6.2.4 Duty Emergency Coordinator l NOTE: l l The Duty Emergency Coordinator duties shall be per-l (s/) l formed by the Shift operations Supervisor (acting l l as the Duty Emergency Coordinator) unless a formal l l turnover to the DEC has been completed and docu- l 1 mented by a log entry. I A. If not on site, and if deemed necessary, the Duty Emer-gency Coordinator may report to the site to direct any necessary emergency response operations, so as to free the Shift Operations Supervisor to direct reactor operations. B. The Duty Emergency Coordinator shall initiate or continue the Notification of Unusual Event Shif t operations Super-visor /DEC Notification List and Record, Form 1903.10A of this procedure. 6.3 Termination or Escalation of Emergency Class 6.3.1 The Notification of Unusual Event Emergency Class may be l terminated by recovery from the event. l 6.3.2 The Notification of Unusual Event Emergency Class shall be escalated to a higher Emergency Class if the Criteria of Sections 7.0, 8.0, or 9.0 are met, f'} '-- l 6.3.3 The Notification of Unusual Event Emergency Class may be closed out after being terminated by a verbal summary from the Duty Emergency Coordinatcr to offsite authorities who were contacted during the event.
s v g3gygTION: ggggggggE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS ,,- 1903.10 ;
~N PAGE O ON U#
(V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision " oaTE v ' / u ** . CHANGE DATE
)
6.3.4 The Emergency Planning Coordinator (s) shall ensure that the following items are completed fo31owing the termination of a Notification of Unusual Event: A. A written summary is submitted to Licensing for transmittal to the Arkansas Department of Health. B. A written summary is submitted to Licensing for transmittal to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (an LER may be sub-mitted in lieu of a formal letter). C. The PSC reviews the documentation / correspondence associated with any Emergency Class declaration prior to its sub-mittal to Licensing. D. The appropriate documentation is forwarded to Records for filing in the ANO Records Management System (File Under Record Type: OSEAL). E. The written summary should include the following:
- 1. A description of the incident including cause and
') chronology of events; (V
- 2. measures taken to return the plant to normal opera-tions including recovery problems.
- 3. measures and actions needed to prevent recurrence; 4.
critique of overall AP&L response including a summary of problem areas and suggested improvements in company response;
- 5. measures taken to assess impact from radioactive material releases offsite, including short term and long term action plans;
- 6. summary of offsite radiation exposure impact estimates including direct radiation and ingestion pathway zone measurements; and
- 7. review of suggested improvements in emergency prepared-ness training, procedures, and equipment.
~%
(O w + ' " -
1 s l s ggggggggggy{l E: fMM5M4L/STION: g NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS j 1903.10 ) r3 PAGE S 05 UI V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision l '- DATE "ius/64 CHANGE DATE 6.4 Forms 6.4.1 The following forms describe the notifications and records to be made by the appropriate individuals for the Notification of Unusual Event Emergency Class. Date the form where indicated (if the date changes before the form is complete, indicate the new date on the appropriate initial / time line). As noti-fications are completed, initial and time should be placed on the line in the right hand margin by each step. Other per-tinent data (e.g. person contacted) may also be noted adjacent to each step, as appropriate. 6.4.2 Form 1903.10A - Unusual Event Shift Operations Supervisor / DEC Notification List and Record. 6.4.3 Form 1903.10B - Unusual Event Shift Administrative Assistant Notification List and Record. O i C:) l i
. _ . _ , _ - _ _ _ . _ _ ~
l s l m fhtEM4fTtRTION: gf}ggggggE/g/gg N2 IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS .
,,- 1903.10 fs AU N N U -ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aEvision 14 oarE Ui /oi'* -=
l -_ CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One rafrncrvrv ArTimt f em prepnNqrf ynyf FICATIONS l F0" NO 1901.10A REV. f I PC # NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT Page 1 of 2 Shift Operations Supervisor /DEC Notification List And Record NOTIFICATIONS MADE FROM: l DATE (Check One) O Control Room l J u TSC l INITIALS /TDfE l 1. Notification of Unusual Event Emergency Class has been / ! declared based on the following conditions (List): l O
- 2. Record the time that the Shift Operations Supervisor was relieved of Duty Emergency Coordinator responsibilities (if applicable). /
- 3. Direct the Shift Technical Advisor to the Control Room. /
- 4. Determine which of the following sections of the Staff Aug-
[ mentation Group are needed, if any, to report onsite to aid in mitigating the consequences of the emergency situation (inform the Shift Administrative Assistant of the group (s) that must be notified): 4.1 Ilealth Physics 4.2 Engineering / Technical Support Section 4.3 None of the above
- 5. Direct the designated Shift Administrative Assistant to _
/
initiate the notifications specified on Form 1903.10B. Assign / contact personnel to assist, as necessary. g_
- 6. If a radiological release is involved:
6.1 Direct appropriate personnel to perform the calcul- / ations per 1904.01, "Of fsite Dose Pro jections - GERMS Computer Graphics Method" or 1904.02, "Offsite Dose Projection - Pocket Computer Method" C""% O m
~
[N . L~ v . - - _ _ . m . -- . _ . _.
m {ggygTION: ggggggTJy NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 f U U PAGE Os ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision 14 o*1E o ii64 - --- CHANGE DATE
#kRKANSAS
"' POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
* @ MERGENCY ACTICN LEVEL RESPCNSE/NOTIFICATICNS l FCAM N01903.10A REV. i' PC #
Page 2 of 2 CATE INITIALS / TIME 6.2 Direct the implementation of appropriate onsite pro-tective ac'. ions.
- 7. Ensure that updates are provided to the following groups, as necessary:
7.1 ceneral Manager / 7.2 NRC Resident Inspector initially contacted (Include all avatlable radiological release information) 7.2.1 Phil Harrell (3113/ .) / 7.2.2 Bill Johnson (3113/. ) /
- 8. At the termination of the event, provide a verbal summary to 8.1 Nuclear Reculatory Commission (Hotline; or l
3.2 Arkansas Department of Health
/
- 9. At the termination of the event, this Notification List and Record, a written summary, and other pertITient docu-ments should be turned over to the ANO Emergency Planning
[ Coordinator. SHIFT OPERATICNS SUPERVISCR/ CEC I h. l C"""M THE ItATERIAL CC:l!AI!;ED WITHI!! THE SYSTEMS (*) IS PROPRIETARY OR FRIVATE I: FCR:!ATIC:1. O i C~r e \ LN W
s M Eb$Nf,gygTION: Jpggg TJgE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS f 1903.10 PAGE " " d' a ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN " oATE e7/ o'V" -= CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One N MERGE'!:T ACTION LEVEL RESPCNSE/ NOTIFICATIONS l Fcau N01903. tog RE'!. ** PC 0 NOTIFICATICN OF UNUSUAL EVENT Shift Administrative Assistant Notification List And Record Date INOTIFICATIONS ttACE FROM: l l(Check One) o Control Room l INITIALS / TIME l c TSC l l NOTE: l 1 Use Emergency Telephone Directory for telephone numbers l l not provided in this list. l
- 1. C:mplete as much of Form 1903.10I, " Emergency Class Notifi-catien" as available information and time allcws.
- 2. Provide the initial information on Form 1903.10I to the follow-ing gicups (additionally. for ANO groups. provide the required response and suggested protective actions. if necessary):
2.1 Duty Emergency Coordinator; beeper available. / 2.2 Arkansas Cecartment of. Health [ (or contact / ( the CES at 6 or via the Cu radio char.nel and request them to notify the Health Department)] . l (THIS NOTIFICATICN IS REQ >UIRED TO BE t' ACE WITMIN 15 ftI'IUTES CF AN EMERGENCY CLASS DECLARATION.) 2.2.1 Message received by 2.3 Staff Augmentatien Group (as directed by the Shif t Operatiens Supe rviso r/ CEO) . 2.3.1 Health Physics Section (Beeper available) / 2.3.2 Engineering / Technical Support Section (Eeeper / available) 2.4 riuclear Reculatory commission [ ENS phone: or '
/ ~
6: or Health Physics Network phone th): or 2.4.1 Itessage received by C"T.& THE MAIERI;.:. CONTAI!iED WI!HIN THE SYSTEttS (*) IS FROFRIETARY CR PRIVA!E INFCR:1ATICil. O l t I
~
l IN r- =
V s m IBireN5MWTION: ggggEggE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS .,- 1903.10 A PAGE 'J "J' O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision l '* oArE "i"i6* ' - CHANGE DATE I ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One I%'eRCPICY ACTION LEVEL RESPONSE /NOTIFICATICNS l'08"N01903.108 RIV . I' PC # Page 2 of 3 CATE INIT!ALS/ TIME l 2.5 Emergency Teams / Groups requiring imediate respense only. 2.5.1 Medical Team / l l NCTE l l If the Health Physics section of the l l 5taff Augmentation Group has been ac- l l tivated, the personnel on the Radia- l l tien Team are already being contacted.l 2.5.2 Radiatten Team / 2.5.3 Communicators / 2.6 Little Rock Centrol Center ( or centsct / either the CES or the MSS Dispat:n center and request them to nottfy the I.RCC). 2.6.1 Message recetved by 2.7 Emergency Ccordinator / l 2.8 General Manager i / 2.9 NRC Resident Inspectors (etther one): / l 2.9.1 Phil Harrell (3113/ *) 2.9.2 Stil .fohnson (3113/ ) l
- 3. Provide updates to the following vroups unless relieved of this responstbtitty.
3.1 thclear Regulatory Commitston (Include all available radiologtcal release information) L_ 3.2 Arkansas Department of Health i a C% THE ltATERI AL CC:JTAI!.ED WITHIN THE SY3! EMS (*) IS FRCFRIE!ARY CR IRIVAIE I:.FCFMA!.;:1. l O
' A c -
c - ,
i
- l fMhM^tMTION: Egggggy NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS . f 1903.10 IN 05 UI
,T U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aEvision 14 oATE U7/oiio4 - --
CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One l EhweRerNry tetinN t_E\Tf. prgpnNv /NOTYFirATTnNg lF0"NO-1901.10B REY. #1* PC # Page 3 of 3 DATE IN!+1A1.S/ TIME
- 4. At the termination of the event, this form and other applicable information should be turned over to the Duty Emergency Coordinator.
Shift Administrattve Assistant O m i i C*A O m V
gggygTION: g g g g E g g g E: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. IESPONSE/ NOTIFICATIONS f 1903.10 I ,r's PAGE '5 N U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE REVISION A '* DATE UI/ O U/ b'* CHANCE DATE 7.0 ALERT \ 7.1 Classification >Criterio The following are classification criteria typical of indications re-quiring declaration of an Alert: 7.1.1 Projected summed releases from either unit exceed 10 times MPC for one hour at the site boundary assuming annual av,er-age x/Q. 7.1.2 Abnormal RCS conditions: A. Margin to saturation of the RCSLas indicated on in-stalled instrumentation or as calculated is less than 20?F for 10 minutes with no indication for immediate recovery. B. RCS I132 dose equivalent activity is greater than 100 pC;/gm. C. RCS leakage is greater than normal makeup capacity. O (_) D. Inability to make or maintain the reaqtor subcritical when intended. 7.1.3 Ongoing security threat within the protected area security fence, but outside of plant buildings. 7.1.4 Evacuation of the Control Room required. 7.1.5 Loss of all redundant means of core cooling. 7.1.6 All safety-related annunicators lost for more than 5 minutes when above cold shutdown. 7.1.7 The occurrrence of other unusual events: A. Earthquakes resulting in 0.lg trigger alarms actuation. (Refer to Emergency Telephone Directory for Earthquake Information Center phone numbers). B. Lake Dardanelle level is greater than or equal to 350' (above sea level). 7.1.8 Radiation levels at two or more area radiation monitors in the Reactor Building increase by 2,000 mR/hr, or raddetion /~T levels at two or more area radiation monitors in the Auxi- \-) liary Building or the Fuel Building increase by 100 mR/hr due to a severe degradation in the control of radioactive 1 materials. 4
f 1 gggAgTION: gggggggy NO: ! IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS / 1903. 0 A PAGE 10 ON D# U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE REVISION 14 DATE U // U V/ oi CHANGE DATE 7.2 Personnel Responsibilities and Required Actions Responsibility for notification and offsite Protective Action Recommen-dations shall be transferred from (1) the Shift Operations Supervisor (acting as the Duty Emergency Coordinator) to (2) the Duty Emergency Coordinator to (3) the Emergency Coordinator to (4) the EOFD This transfer shall be accomplished in accordance with 1903.51, " Turnover of Responsibilities". l NOTE: l l When completing notification forms; the order of notificationi l may be re-arranged as dictated by the situation with approvall l of the Shift operations Supervisor /DEC/EC. The groups shouldl
] be contacted by the most expedient means available (paging, I l contacting the appropriate response center for relaying in- l l formation, direct phone call, radio contact, etc.). Phone l l number for emergency response personnel are listed in the l l Emergency Telephone Directory. l For the Alert Emergency Class, the following actions shall be taken l by members of the Initial Response Staff / Initial Response Organization, as defined in the Emergency Plan:
A
\~ / 7.2.1 shift operations Supervisor A. Once the Shif t Operations Supervisor has determined that the Alert Emergency Class should be declared, he shall:
- 1. Assure the appropriate procedures are being imple-mented to mitigate the consequences of the unusual plant conditions.
- 2. implement the Alert Shift Operations Supervisor /
DEC Notification List and Record, Form 1903.10C of this procedure.
- 3. Continue to monitor plant conditions in order to determine if escalating to a higher Emergency Class becomes necessary.
- 4. Direct the activities of the Initial Response Staff until relieved by the Duty Emergency coordinator.
- 5. Direct Operations personnel and unit operations.
7.2.2 Shift Technical Advisor l [ ! A. The Shift Technical Advisor shall assist the Shift Operations Supervisor in incident assessment.
~
t l
El'!$'MMW^hE[tgBON: ggggggggg NQ IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 A l' OL D' U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision i* o*Te u'/ ov/ ' CHANGE DATE 7.2.3 shift Administrative Assistant A. When directed by the Shift Operations Supervisor, the Shift Administrative Assistant shall initiate the Alert SAA/ Communicator Notification List and Record, Form 1903.10D of this procedure. The Shift Admini-strative Assistant shall also respond to incoming calls to the Control Room during the incident. B. If additional assistance is needed, the Shift Operations Supervisor may appoint individuals to assist in performing notifications (e.g. the Shif t Administrative Assistant from the unaffected unit). C. The Shift Adminstrative Assistant shall assist opera-tions personnel as directed by the Shift Operations Supervisor. 7.2.4 Duty Emergency Coordinator A. If not on site, the Duty Emergency Coordinator shall report to the site when notified of an Alert. He (~} N-shall direct emergency response operations so as to free the Shift Operations Supervisor to oversee re-actor operations. B. The Duty Emergency Coordinator shall initiate or con-tinue the Alert Shift operations Supervisor /DEC Noti-fication List and Record, Form 1903.10C of this proce-dure. 7.2.5 Communicator A. When directed by the Duty Emergency Coordinator, the Communicator shall initiate or continue the Alert SAA/ Communicator Notification List and Record, Form 1903.10D of this procedure. 7.2.6 Emergency Response Team / Fire Brigade Leaders A. The Emergency Response Team / Fire Brigade Leaders or Alternates are notified by the Shift Administrative Assistant or Communicator that an Alert has been declared. O l
pgggAQJyjTION: EflS$b E N " IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10
,r 3 F PAGE 10 N 5#
V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision 2* o^re v ' e u"/ o'+ CHANGE DATE B. For situations requiring the support of a*particular Emergency Response Team or the Fire Brigade, the Team / Brigade Leader or Alternate shall be requested to call out and assemble the team. The Team Leader or Alternate shall report to the Duty Emergency Coordinator when the team is assembled. C. For situations not requiring the immediate support of an Emergency Response Team, the Team Leader or Alter-nate shall contact the other team members and appraise them of the situation. The team members shall remain on call until notified that the emergency has been ter-minated. 7.3 Termination or Escalation Of Emergency Class 7.3.1 The Alert Emergency Class may be de-escalated to a lower Emergency Class or be terminated by recovery from the event. 7.3.2 The Alert Emergency Class shall be escalated to a higher Emergency Class if the criteria of Sections 8.0 or 9.0 are met, f)i
\- 7.3.3 The Alert Emergency Class may be closed out after being ter-minated by a verbal summary from the Duty Emergency Coordinator to offsite authorities who were contacted during the event.
7.3.4 The Emergency Planning Coordinator (s) shall ensure the fol-lowing items are completed following the termination of an Alert: A. A written summary is submitted to Licensing for trans-mittal to the Arkansas Department of Health. B. A written summary is submitted to Licensing for trans-mittal to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (an LER 1 may be sumitted in lieu of a formal letter). C. The PSC reviews the documentation / correspondence asso-ciated with any Emergency Class declaration prior to its submittal to Licensing. D. The appropriate documentation is forwarded to Records for filing in the ANO Records Management System (File , Under Record Type: OSEAL). O
. \
gggAgTION: ggggggy NO-IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 r~N PAGE 17 "N UI U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision 2 '- oaTE v'iu"i
- CHANGE DATE E. The written summary should include the following:
- 1. A description of the incident including cause and chronology of events:
- 2. measures taken to return the plant to normal opera-tions including recovery problems.
- 3. measures and actions needed to prevent recurrence;
- 4. critique of overall AP&L response including a summary of problem areas and suggested improvements in company response;
- 5. measures taken to assess impact from radioactive material releases offsite, including short term and long term action plans;
- 6. summary of offsite radiation exposure impact estimates including direct radiation and ingestion pathway zone measurements; and
{} 7. review of suggested improvements in emergency prepared-s_- ness training, procedures, and equipment. 7.4 Fo rms 7.4.1 The following forms describe the notifications and records to be made by the appropriate individuals for the Alert Emergency Class. Date the form where indicated (if the date changes before the form is complete, indicate the new date on the appropriate initial / time line). As notifications are completed, initials and time should be placqd on the line in the right hand margin by each step. Other pertinent data (e.g. person contacted) may also be noted adjacent to each step, as appropriate. 7.4.2 e Form 1903.10C - Alert Shift operations Supervisor /DEC Notification List and Record. i 7.4.3 Form 1903.10D - Alert SAA/ Communicator !!otification List and Record. l O l u, ,--- -
. i 1
th a b w w H rdi = memewefwme
- i IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 N y PAGE (V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision "
o*Ts " " " ' ' ' ' -' CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One N MERGENCY ACTION LEVEL RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS l FORM NOl903.10C REV. d PC
- ALERT Page 1 of 3 Shif t Operations Supervisor /DEC Notification List And Record l NOTIFICATIONS MAD 2 FROM: l DATE l(Check One) o Control Room l l a TSC l INITIALS / TIME l l c EOF l l 1. An Alert Emergency Class has been declared based en the /
.l following conditions (List): O
- 2. Record the time that the Shif t Operations Supervisor was relieved of Duty Emergency Coordinator responsibilities (if applicable).
/
3. Direct the Shift Technical Advisor to the Control Room. /
- 4. Determine which of the following sections of the Staff Aug-mentation Group are needed, if any, to report onsite to aid in mitigating the consequences of the emergency situation (inform the Shift Administrative Assistant / Communicator of the section(s) that must be notified):
4.1 Health Physics 4.2 Engineering / Technical Support Section ( 4.3 None of the above
- 5. Direct the Shift Administrative Assistant / Communicator to /
initiate the notifications specified on Form 1903.10D. Assign / contact personnel to assist, as necessary. ~
- 6. If a radiological release is involved (unless previously relieved of this responsibility):
6.1 Direct appropriate personnel to perform the calcul- / attons per 1904.01, "Offsite Dose Projections - GERMS Computer Graphics Method" or 1904.02, "Offsite Dose C"1Li Projection - Focket Computer Methoda as appropriate. l O i b.. l
m g{gygTION: g g g g E g g M Q E: N O: IMPLEMENTING PROC. 1ESPONSE/ NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 v] ( PAGE " "## ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN 14 CHANGE o^TE 'O'*/34 ' - DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One D % MERGENCY eCTION LEVEL RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS l FORM NO1903.10C
~~
REV. N PC # Page 2 of 3 DATE INITIALS / TIME 6.2 Direct the implementation of appropriate onsite pro-tective actions.
- 7. Make the following announcement over the Public Address System:
" Attention all personnelf Attention all personnel!
An Alert Emergency Class has been declared based on the following conditions ... (See Step 1.0)". Emergency response personnel report to your respective assembly areas. All other personnel continue normal activities unless instructed otherwise." / l 8. If requested by the State, dispatch individual to the National s Guard Armory to act as the TCCC Liasion with the Department of Health. 8.1 Refer to Emergency Telephone Directory. /
- 9. If deemed necessary, activate the Technical Support Center staff.
/
- 10. If deemed necessary, activate the Operational Support Center staff.
/
- 11. If deemed necessary, assign personnel to perform the following duties:
11.1 Dispatch the Emergency Operations Facility Maintenance I Coordinator to activate the Emergency Operations Facility.
/
11.2 Dispatch EOF Communicators to the Emergency Operations Facility.
/
11.3 Man the Training Center Switchboard and the ANO Plant Switchboard (contact J. Davis). / L--- CT l O m l N ._ r
W SMN$$^hb[tgTION: EN M NNN^.N.' " IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 O AA V5 E V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision l '* o*TE U 7 '~ 6 * " - CHANGE DATE i yl F ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY ! Arkansas Nuclear One : TITLE FMFRCFNCY ACTIOM I.EVEL RESPONSE /N0flFICATIONS 1903 10C
. l FON NO.
REV. # PC # Page 3 of 3 DATE INITIALS / TIM
- 12. At the termination of the event, the following summaries shall be provided:
12.1 A verbal summary to: 12.1.1 Nuclear Regulatory Commission / 12.1.2 Arkansas Department of Health /
- 13. At the termination of the event, this Notification List and Record, a written summary, and other pertinent docu-g ments should be turned over to the ANO Emergency Planning Coordinator.
shift OPERAfIONS SUPERVISOR /Utc l L __ t CM l O b.-
~ -
L7 - L' y-N
m {ggApgTION: ggggggggy NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 PAGE " " "#__ V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision l '* CHANGE o*Te DATE "7 / ' *i a'* - - l ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One N MERGENCY ACTICN LEVEL RESPCNSE/NOTIFICA!!CNS l FCRM N01903.10D REV. #' PC # ALERT Page 1 of 4 SAA/ Communicator Notification List And Record lNOTIFICATICNS MACE FRCM: l DATE l(Check Cr.e) :s Control Room l l c TSC l INITIALS / TIME l l c EOF l l l NOTE: l l Uss Emergency Telephone Directory for telephone num.bers l l not provided in this list. l
- 1. Complete as much of Form 1903.101. " Emergency Class Notification" as available information and time allows.
- 2. Provide the initial information on Form 1903.101 to the following groups (additionally, for ANO groups, provide the required respo'ise and suggested protective actions. if r.ecessary):
2.1 Cuty Emergency Ccordinator; beeper available. / l 2.2 [orcor. tact / Arkansas the CES ( @M aror %*nt use theofCESHealth [ radio channell request them to notify the Health Cepartment. (THIS NOTI-and FICATION Is REQUIRED TO BE MACE WITHIN 15 MItIUTES OF AN EMER0ENCY CLASS CECLARATICN.) 2.2.1 Message received by 2.2.2 If a decision is made by the Arkansas Department / of Health to activate the Early Warning System, the SAA should disable the Mt. Nebo radio repeater upon request. 2.2.3 System returned to normal as directed by the / Arkansas Cepartment of Health. L-- a I i C% THE ;'A!ERIAL CCf4 TAI!iED WITHIN THE SYMECLS ( *) IS FROFBIETARY CR FRI'/ ATE I:!FCF.!!ATICN. i,
- t i V l '
L-_ E rm - - r- -
Ml EdhggApgTION: ggggyg N &. IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 . P 2'* N E d ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision l'* oAra " '*7 6 '* ' - CHANGE DATE I i 1 ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY ; Arkansas Nuclear One NMTRGENCY ACT!CN LE'IEL RESPONSE /NCTIFICATICNS l Fcau No;903.10D R.E V . #' PC # Page 2 of 4 DATE INITIALS /II::E 2.3 Staff Augmentation Group (as directed by the Shift Cperations Supervisor / CEC). 2.3.1 Health Physics Section (Beeper available) / 2.3.2 Engineering / Technical Support Section (Beeper / available) 2.4 Nuclear Re? Ccmmission [ ENS phoner or '
/
r Health Physics Network phone 2.4.1 Message received by 2.5 Emergency Teams requiring immediate response. / 2.5.1 Medical Team / l NOTE: l l If the Health Physics section of the l l Staff Augumentation Group has been ac-l l tivated, the personnel on the Radia- l l tion Team are already being contacted.l 2.5.2 Radiaticn Team / 2.5.3 Cenmunicators / L~ C"""% f5E ttAIERIAL CONIA!!;ED WIIH!N THE SY".BOLS (*) IS FRCFRIETARY OR PRIVATE !;FOR!!AT!;N. O -, b_ 'T k ( [7 _ L7 N. - -
s m gggMgTION: g g g g g g g E: NO:
- IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS ,,- 1903.10 F 25 5 UI j O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aEvisioN l '* oATE ' 7 <~ o *' 34 - -'
CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One MEMENCY ACTICN LEVEL RESPONSE /MOTIFICATIONS l FORM N01903.lCD l R.EV . O . . PC 4 , - .. , CATE ! IM!!!ALS/ TIME 2.6 Cperations Management (contact c_ne of the following / individuals): 2.6.1 *B. A. Baker 2.6.2 *S. J. McWilliam 2.6.3 *R. P. Wewer 2.7 Little Rock Control Cente or contact / i either the CES or the MSS Dispaten Center and request i them to notify the LRCC). 2.7.1 Message received by 2.3 Emergency Teams not requiring im adiate response. Advise the team leader (or first person contacted) of the time that the team is placed "cn call" if appropriate. 1 NOTE: l l The first person contacted is responsible for l l { contacting the remaining team members. l
, 2.8.1 Medical Team /
f 2.8.? Radiation Team / l 2.9 Emergency Coordinator / 2.10 General Manager .
/
2.11 NRC Resident Inspectors (either one) / 2.11.1 Phil Harrell (3113/ *) 2.11.2 Bill Johnson (3113/ ) g_ Notify the Duty Emergency Coordinator that the initial / 3. rottf tcatiens have been made (Inform him of any individuals that contact could not be made with). C"-- fHE :tAffRIAL CdiTAINED WITHIM THE SY!!BCLS (*) IS FRCFRIETARY GR FRIVA!E !!:TCR:'AIICM. iO m ____ _. -r -_ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _
s m ggggApgTION: Efgggg g g yp NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS f 1903.10 PAGE ' V' 3'__ s ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE a EvisiO s l '* CHANGE DATE Ui/ U *i 6'* - - DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY F Arkansas Nuclear One _ I bn ver, c.. . r,. , m.
. vrt rr eternver tenTirir sTinne l Foh NO. on t .1(9 REV. fII. PC #
Page 4 of 4
- 4. Provide updates to the following groups until relieved of this responsibility:
4.1 Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Include all available radiological release information) 4.2 Arkansas Department of Health (at least hourly or as directed)
- 5. Unless required to report onsite, at the termination of the /
event, notify the individuals contacted in Step 2.8 above to secure from "on call" status.
- 6. At the termination of the e rent, this form and other applicable information should be turned over to the Duty Emergency Coordinator.
O SAA/ Communicator l s _ O m 1 1
s [lfggggTION: g g g E g g g g E: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. 3ESPONSE/ NOTIFICATIONS f 1903.10
/~~' PAGE IU ^ UI O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 14 o^rE 67/65/ "
CHANGE DATE 8.0 SITE AREA EMERGENCY 8.1 Classifications Criteria The following are classification criteria typical of indications requiring declaration of a Site Area Emergency. 8.1.1 Projected summed offsite dose rates from either unit ex-ceed 50mR/hr whole body or 150 mR/hr thyroid dose rate assuming actual meteorological conditions. 8.1.2 Installed instrumentation or as calculated indicates the RCS is in a saturated condition. 8.1.3 Ongoing security threat within plant buildings, but not within the Control Room or vital areas. 8.1.4 Evacuation of the Control Room required and control of systems required for maintaining the unit in a safe condition cannot be established. 8.2 Personnel Responsibilities and Required Actions ()
\-) Responsibility for notification and offsite Protective Action Recom-mendations shall be transferred from (1) the Shift Operations Supervisor (acting as the Duty Emergency Coordinator) to (2) the Duty Emergency Coordinator to (3) the Energency Coordinator to (4) the EOFD. This transfer shall be accomplished in accordance with 1903.51, " Turnover of Responsibility". '
l NOTE: l l When completing notification forms, the order of notificationi l may be re-arranged as dictated by the situation with approvall l of the Shift operations Supervisor /DEC/EC/EOFD. The groups l l should be contacted by the most expedient means available l l (paging, contacting the appropriate response center for re- l l laying information, direct phone call, radio contact, etc.). l l Phone numbers for emergency response personnel are also l l listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory. l For the Site Area Emergency Class, the following actions shall be taken by members of the Initial Response Staff / Initial Response Organ-
- ization and the Emergency Response Organization, as defined in the Emer-
! gency Plan: l l l l l \ i v\
?
l .
' l E!ggggygTION: ggggggggE: NO:
l IMPLEMENTING PROC. IESPONSE/ NOTIFICATIONS f 1903.10
~ 1
() V PAGE AU 5U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN ** oaTE CHANGE v'iv*/ * ' DATE 8.2.1 Shift operations Supervisor A. Once the Shift Operations Supervisor has determined that the Site Area Emergency should be delcared, he shall:
- 1. Assure the appropriate procedures are being imple-mented to mitigate the consequences of the unusual plant conditions.
- 2. Implement the Site Area Energency Shift Opera-tions Supervisor /DEC Notification List and Record, Form 1903.10E of this procedure.
- 3. Continue to monitor plant conditions in order to determine if escalating to a higher Emergency Class becomes necessary.
- 4. Direct the activities of the Initial Response Staff /
Initial Response Organization until relieved by the Duty Emergency Coordinator. () 5. Direct Operations personnel and unit operations. 8.2.2 Shift Technical Advisor A. The Shift Technical Advisor shall assist the Shift Operations Supervisor in incident assessment. 8.2.3 Shif t Administrative Assistant A. When directed by the Shif t operations Supervisor, the Shift Adminstrative Assistant shall initiate the Site Area Emergency SAA/ Communicator Notification List and Record, Form 1903.10F of this procedure. The Shift Ad-ministrative Assistant shall also respond to incoming calls to the Control Room during the incident. I B. If additional assistance is needed, the Shift operations Supervisor may appoint individuals to assist in performing notifications (e.g. the Shift Administrative Assistant from the unaffected unit). C. The Shift Administrative Assistant shall assist opera-tions personnel as directed by the Shift operations Supervisor. O V
ggggTION: ; g g @ E g g Jf g E: NO: ) IMPLEMENTING PROC. :lESPONSE/ NOTIFICATIONS ,,- 1903.10
) PAGE "' J' 'd '7 / o 'i" ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN "
CHANGE oarE DATE 8.2.4 Duty Emergency Coordinator A. If not on site, the Duty Emergency Coordinator shall report to the site when notified of a Site Area Emergency. He shall direct emergency response operations so as to free the Shift Operations Supervisor to oversee reactor operations. B. The Duty Emergency Coordinator shall initiate or con-tinue the Site Area Emergency Shif t operations Supervisor / DEC Notification List and Record, Form 1903.10E of this procedure. C. If a radiological release is involved, the Duty Emer-gency Coordinator shall direct the implementation of appropriate onsite protective actions, and shall pro-vide offsite authorities responsible for implementing offsite emergency measures with offsite Protective Action Recommendations. 8.2.5 Communicator O A. When directed by the DEC/EC or EOFD, the communicator shall initiate the Site Area Emergency SAA/ Communicator Notification List and Record, Form 1903.10F of this procedure. l 8.2.6 Emergency Response Team / Fire Brigade Leaders A. The Emergency Response Team / Fire Brigade Leaders or l Alternates are notified by the SAA/ Communicator that a Site Area Emergency has been declared. B. The Emergency Response Team / Fire Brigade Leader or Alternates shall call out and assemble the teams / brigades. The Team Leader or Alternate shall report to the Duty Emergency Coordinator when the team is assembled. 8.2.7 Emergency Operations Facility Director A. The Emergency operations Facility Director is notified by the Little Rock Control Center or LRCO that a Site Area Emergency has been declared. l l B. The Emergency Operations Facility Director shall report l to the Emergency Operations Facility when notified that l a Site Area Emergency has been declared. l O C. The Emergency Operations Facility Director shall activate the General office portions of the Emerge 1cy Response Organization, as needed.
gggggTION: JgggggTgE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. IESPONSE/ NOTIFICATIONS f 1903.10
-'N UU N E U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aavision l '* o*TE 67/oii" CHANGE DATE 8.2.8 Emergency Coordinator A. The Emergency Coordinator is notified by the SAA/Communi-l cator that a Site Area Emergency has been declared.
B. The Emergency coordinator shall immediately report to the l Technical Support Center when notified that a Site Area Emergency has been declared. 8.2.9 Operations Manager A. The Operations Manager is notified by the SAA/Communi-cator that a Site Area Emergency has been declared. B. The Operations Manager shall immediately report to the Technical Support Center when notified that a Site Area Emergency has been declared. 8.2.10 Maintenance Manager A. The Maintenance Manager is notified ty the SAA/Communi-cator that a Site Area Emergency has been declared. A V B. The Maintenance Manager shall immediately report to the Technical Support Center when notified that a Site Area Emergency has been declared. 8.2.11 Operations Superintendents A. The operations Superintendents are notified by the SAA/ Communicator that a Site Area Emergency has been declared. B. The Operations Superintendents shall immediately re-port to the Control Rooms of their respective Units and each shall inform the Technical Support Center of his presence in the Control Room. 8.2.12 Technical Analysis Superintendent A. The Technical Analysis Superintendent is notified by the SAA/ Communicator that a Site Area Emergency has been declared. B. The Technical Analysis Superintendent shall immediately i report to the Technical Support Center when notified { that a Site Area Emergency has been declared. n G
s MM5M4MTION: ggggggE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. .tESPONSE/ NOTIFICATIONS . f 1903.10 ' f'~1 PAGE 31 U UI U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE revision 14 oATE Ui/U5/34 CHANGE DATE . l 8.2.13 Health Physics Superintendent A. The Health Physics Superintendent is notified by the SAA/ Communicator that a Site Area Emergency has been declared. B. The Health Physics Superintendent shall immediately report to the Technical Support Center when notified that a Site Area Emergency has been declared. l 8.2.14 Engineering and Technical Support Manager A. The Engineering and Technical Support Superintendent
! is notified by the SAA/ Communicator that a Site Area Emergency has been declared.
B. The Engineering and Technical Support Manager shall immediately report to the Technical Support Center when notified that a Site Area Emergency has been declared. 8.2.15 Maintenance Superintendents A. The Maintenance Superintendents are notified by the (~)3 s m SAA/ Communicator that a Site Area Emergency has been declared. B. The Maintenance Superintendents shall immediately report to the Operational Support Center when noti-fied that e. Site Area Emergency has been declared. 8.3 Termination or Escalation of Emergency Class 1 8.3.1 The Site Area Emergency may be de-escalated to a lower Emergency Class or be terminated by reccvery from the event. l 8.3.2 The Site Area Emergency shall be escalated to a General Emergency Class if the criteria of section 9.0 are met. 8.3.3 The Site Area Emergency may be closed out after being l terminated by a briefing by the EOFD to the appropriate offsite authorities. b v
fM5MANTION: Jgggggggy NO: IMPLEMENTING FROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS i 1903.10 f'N PAGE 44 OI D# V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision ** oarE v '/ u"/ a* CHANGE DATE 8.3.4 The Emergency Planning Coordinators shall ensure the following items are completed following the termination of a Site Area Emergency: A. A written summary'is submitted to Licensing for transmittal to the Arkansas Department of Health. B. A written summary is submitted to Licensing for transmittel to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (an LER may be sub-mitted in lieu of a formal letter). C. The PSC reviews the documentation / correspondence associated with any Emergency Class declaration prior to its sub-mittal to Licensing. D. The appropriate documentation is forwarded to Records for filing in the ANO Records Management System (Tile under Record Type: OSEAL). E. The written summary should include the following:
- 1. A description of the incident including cause and
) chronology of events;
- 2. measures taken to return the plant to normal opera-tions including recovery problems.
- 3. measures and actions needed to prevent recurrence; I
- 4. critique of overall AP&L response including a summary of problem areas and suggested improvements in company response
- 5. measures taken to assess impact from radioactive ma-terial releases offsite, including short term and long term action plans;
- 6. summary of offsite radiation exposure impact estimates including direct radiation and ingestion pathway zone measurements; and
- 7. review of suggested improvements in emergency prepared-ness training, procedures, and equipment.
(m /
s ggggTION: g g g E g g M Q g E: NO-IMPLEMENTING PROC. ItESPONSE/ NOTIFICATIONS ,,- 1903.10 d' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aev:sioN " 3 3 oATE o7/65/34 CHANGE DATE 8.4 Forms 8.4.1 The following forms describe the notifications and records 1 to be made by the appropriate individuals for a Site Area Emergency. Date the form where indicated (if the date changes before the form is complete, indicate the new date on the appropriate initial / time line). As notifications are completed, initials and time should be placed on the line in the right hand margin by each step. Other pertinent data (e.g. person contacted) may also be noted adjacent to each step, as appropriate. 8.4.2 Form 1903.10E - Site Area Emergency Shift Operations Supervisor / DEC Notification List and Record. 8.4.3 Form 1903.10F - Site Area Emergency SAA/ Communicator Notification List and Record. O i V l
~
. 1 se*T I gggAgTION: gf}ggg g / g g NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS f 1903.10 ( b] ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE " ' * " U# aavision l '* o*TE UUo#" ' - CHANGE DATE yl F ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One wron w y vtf 0V f nTr pFcPONcE/NftflFICATIONS l FOW NO.1903. l0E REV. #14 PC f Page 1 of 3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY
~ ' ~ ~
Shift Operations Superv6or/DEC Notification List And Hecord [ NOTIFICATIONS MADE kHOM: i l DATE
](ChEci'One)' ~~ 0 ' Control Hoom
'~
~~
l " ^ ^ O T3C INITIALS / TIME l 0 EOF l l 1. A Site Area Emergency has been declared, based on tt e following conditions (list): / O ' 2. Record the time that the Shitt Operations Supervisor was relieved of Duty Emergency Coordinator responsibilities (if applicable). ' '
/
3. Cirect the Shitt Technical Advisor to the Control Hoom. / 4. Direct the Shif t Administrative Assistant / Communicator to initiate the notifications specified on Form 1903.106. Assign / contact personnel to assist as necessary. ~
/
5. If a radiological release is involved (unless previously relieved ot, this responsibility): 5.1 Direct appropriate personnel to perform the calcula-tions per 1904.01, "Offsite Dose Projections - GEHMS Computer Graphics Method" or 1904.02, "Of f site Dose Projection - Pocket Comp 2ter Method" as applicable. / 5.2 Direct the implementation of appropriate onsite pro-tective actions (unless previously relieved of this responsibility). L_ 6
/
Make the tollowing announcement over the Public Address System:
" Attention all personne1f Attention all personnel! A Site Area Emergency has been declared. All emergency response personnel report to your respective assembly areas immediately. All other personnel f o!!aw plant evacuation procedures and assemble at (des i gna t ed assembly area). (If applicable, also state the evacu-atton route to be used and/or any other special protec-tive measures.)
l O m
thenm4asTION: gg TgE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 PAGE
's ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 14 oATE 67/63/34 - -
CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One M PERGENCY ACTION LEVEL RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS l FORM NOl903.lCE REV. i' PC # Page 2 of 3 DATE INITIALS / TIME Sound the plant evacuation alarm for 30 seconds. Repeat the announcement above in a slow, clear tone of voice several times alternating the announcement with the sounding of the plant evacuation alarm (30 second duration).
- 7. Activate the Technical Support Center Staff, if not pre-viously done. /
- 8. Activate the Operational Support Center Staff, if not pre-O
/
viously done.
- 9. Notify remaining (plant staff) Emergency Response Organiza- /
tion personnel.
- 10. Assign personnel to perform the following duties if not previously done:
10.1 Dispatch the Err.ergency Cperations Facilities Main-tenance Coordinator to activate the Emergency Opera-tions Facility. / 10.2 Dispatch EOF Communicators to the Emergency Operations Facility. / 10.3 Staff the Training Center St.itchboard and the ANO Plant Switchboard (contact J. Davis). /
- 11. Dispatch the Offsite Radiological Monitoring Section of the /
Emergency Radiation Team to assess the effects of the situa-tion on the environment.
- 12. Consider use of the following protective actions E
12.1 Limit access to site. 12.2 Plant Evacuation. (Reference Procedure 1903.30). l 12.3 Exclusion Area Eracuation. (Reference Procedure 1903.30) c-m O m V
~
m, gggAgTION: JgggggggE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 0' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevisioN " 36 vf 57 oATE v""" - - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
** W rY VTTM YrVFI. DF9PON9F/ NOTIFICATIONS l NfW NO 1903.10E REV. # A* PC #
Page 3 of 3 DATE INITIALS / TIME 12.4 Area Evacuation (if an Area Evacuation is deemed necessary, contact og of the following groups per 1903.30, " Evacuation" (call in the order indi-cated until contact l's made): 12.4.1 Arkansas Department of Health or Technical Operations Control Center las directed) / I 12.4.2 Nuclear Planning & Response Program (968-?l?l) / A l 12.4.3 Appropriate Warning Points (refer to "Emer-G gency Telephone Directory", for phone numbers) /
- 13. At the termination of the event, verbal summaries shall l be provided to the following:
, 13.1 Nuclear Regulatory Commission / 13.2 Arkansas Department of Health /
- 14. At the termination of the emergency, this Notification List and Record, a written summary, and other pertinent l documents should be turned over to the ANO Emergency Planning Coordinator.
Shitt Operations Supervisor /DEC i k-. CT1 O m
M dl$.ggUgTION: r gggEigggE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. :tESPONSE/NCTIFICATIONS 1903.10 p PAGE J'?d'__ V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision " o*TE " " " ' * - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansa: Nuclear One N MER0ENCY ACTION LEVEL FESPCNSE/NOTIFICATICNS l FCAM N01903.10F REV. 8" PC 8 l SITE AREA EMERGENCY Page 1 of 4 SAA/Ccmmur.icator Notification list And Record l NOTIFICATIONS MADE FRCMs l DATE l(Check Cne) o control Room] I a TSC l INITIALS / TIME l } o ECF l l NOTE: l l Use Emergency Telephone Directory for telephone numbers l l not provided in this list. I
- 1. C:mplete as much of Form 1903.10I. " Emergency Class Notification" as available information and time allews.
- 2. Provide the initial information on Form 1903.101 to the following N
groups (additionally, for ANO groups, provide the required re-spense and suggested protective actions. if necessary): 2.1 Outy Emergency Coordinator, beeper available. / l l NOTE: l l If the Technical Operations Control Center [ l l has been activated, the Techntcal Operations Control l l Officer may be contacted in lieu of the Health Cepartment.l 2.2 Arkansas C= tment of Health [ or contact / the CES ( or use the CEa radio channel) and request them to notify the Health Department]. (THIS NOTIFICATION IS FEQUIREC TO BE MACE WITH 15 MINUTES OF AN EMERGENCY CLASS CECLARATION.) 2.2.1 Message received by 2.2.2 If a decision is made by the Arkansas Department of Health to activate the Early warning System, the SAA should disaole the Mt. !!ebo radio repeater upcn request / 2.2.3 System returned to normal as directed by the '- Arkansas Cepartment of Health. /
!HE MATERIAL CONTAINED WIIHIN IHE SYMSOLS (*) IS FRCFRIETARY CR PRIVAIE INFCPf!ATION. C'T &
I l O l - i l
~
_D w - _
M gggygTION: ggggggg NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 lO, ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE N 05 E aEvisioH ' ' ' o*TE o 'iv >< o- - - CHANGE DATE 4 ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY f Arkansas Nuclear One I'I N MEROEN"Y ACTICN I.EVEI. RESPCNSE/NOTIFICATICNS l FOW NQlg33,1CF REV. # PC f Page 2 of 4 c CATE INITI AI.S / TIME 2.3 Staf f Aug=entation Group (as directed by the Shif t Operations Supervisor / CEC). 2.3.1 Health Physics Section (Seeper available) / 2.3.2 Engineering / Technical Support Section (Beeper / available) 2.4 Nuet er Reculatcry Commission [ ENS phone r or
/
cr Health Physics tietwork phor. er 2.4.1 Message received by 2.5 Emergency Teams requiring i.cediate respor.se. 2.5.1 Medical Team / I NOTE: l l If the Health Physics section of the l l Staff Augumentation Group has been l 1 activated, the personnel on the Radia-l l tion Team are being centacted by this l l means. l L l CT THE !!AIERI AL CCtJTAltiED WITHI!! IHE dY:'.BCLS ( *) IS FRCPRIETARY CR FRIVait I:lfCS:tATIC:1. O m l 1 - [
l ' e -v gggygTION: Jpgg yy NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 33 uf M O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision " oarE o7/oii" - - CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
- N MERGENCY ACTION LEVEL RESPCNSE/ NOTIFICATIONS l FOM NOl903.10F REY. # PC f Page 3 of 4 OATE IMITIALS/ TIME 2.5.2 Radiation Team /
2.5.3 Communicators / l NOTE l l If the Emergenet' Cpeiadens Facility has l 1 been activated, the EOFD may be contacted l l in lieu of the Little Rock Control Center. l 2.6 Little Rock Control Cen:er t or contact either / O the CES or the MSS Dispatch Center and request them to notify the LRCC). 2.6.1 Message received by 2.7 Emergency Teams rg requiring immediate respense. l MCIE: l l The first person contacted is responsible for I l contacting the remaining team members. Refer l l to the attach: rents for rosters if personnel are l l not currently on site. l
! 2.7.1 Medical Team /
2.7.2 Radiation Team / 2.10 Technical Support Center Personnel. / 2.11 Cperational Support Center Personnel. / 2.12 Other Emergency Response Organization persor.nel. / 2.13 NRC Resident Inspectors (either one) / l 2.13.1 Phil Harrell 2.13.2 Bill Johnson i C""" i TF7. MAIERIAL CCNIAI!;EO W!Iii!!i IHE SYMBOL 5 (*) IS FRCPRfEtXUI CR FRIVA!E :iF0F::AIION. f
<O m
f, C%
~ \ LM m
M fee 9sro": m e m e%e s w e "* IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10
'N '* O O f U (V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision l '* oats ""u"' * - -
CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One l TITLE-i u m -e v.--? te*tre v re rf Frenetrer inyat ry mynt,q l FORM NO p n1,1 y REV. f 14 PC # Page 4 of 4 DATE INITIAIS/ TIME Notify the Duty Emergency Coordinator / Emergency Coordinator / l 3. that the initial notifications have been made (inform him of any individuals that contact could not be made with).
- 4. Provide updates to the following groups until relieved of responsibility:
4.1 Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Include all availabic radiological release information) 4.2 Arkansas Department of Health or Technical Operations
+
Control Center (at least hourly or as directed). t $. At the termination of the event, this form and other applicable information I should be turned over to the Duty Emergency Coordinator / Emergency Coordinator. SAA/COMMl'NICATOR L-l l l c:-w O m (. - - - - . .- __ _
AfM52ugnon: ggggggymygg m IMPLEMENTING PROC. 3ESPONSE/NJTIFICATIONS 1903.10 PAGE NA Of 5' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision " CHANGE oarE 0'/u"/64 DATE 9.0 GENERAL EMERGENCY 9.1 Classification Criteria The following are classification criteric typical of indications re-quiring declaration of a General Emergency. 9.1.1 Projected or measured dose rates at the site boundary from either unit exceedd 250 mR/hr whole body or 500 mR/hr to the thyroid for actual meterological conditions. 9.1.2 Loss of two out of three fission product barriers with a potential loss of the third barrier. Loss of fuel cladding integrity must involve greater than 1% failed fuel (or equivalent reactor coolant system activity); loss of reactor coolant system integrity must involve leakage in excess of makeup capacityr loss of containment integrity must involve mechanical equipment failure (containment purge valves not closed, airlock cannot be closed) or structural damage which would result in uncontrolled leakage from the reactor building. (~) 9.1.3 Ongoing security threat within the Control Room or vital areas. 9.2 Personnel Responsibilities And Required Actions Responsibility for notification and Offsite Protective Action Recommen-dations shall be transferred from (1) the Shift Operations Supervisor (acting as the Duty Emergency coordinator) to (2) the Duty Emergency coordinator to (3) the Emergency Coordinator to (4) the EOFD. This transfer shall be accomplished in accordance with 1903.51, " Turnover of Responsibility". I NOTE: l l When completing notification forms, the order of notificationi l may be re-arranged as dictated by the situation with approval l l of the Shift operations Supervisor /DEC/EC/EOFD. The groups l l should be contacted by the most expedient means available l l (paging, contacting the appropriate response center for re- l l laying information, direct phone call, radio contact, etc.). l l Phone numbers for emergency response personnel are also l l listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory. _l For a General Emergency the following actions shall be taken by members of the Initial Response Staff / Initial Response Organization and Emer-gency Response Organization, as defined in the Emergency Plan:
S thtMElWY4tIRDON: ggggggEggfdQAg{g NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS 1903.10 s PAGE 4A 05 UI ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE revision CHANGE
" oars m **
DATE 9.2.1 Shift operations Supervisor A. Once the Shift Operations Supervisor has determined that a General Emergency should be declared, he shall
- 1. Assure the appropriate procedures are being imple-mented to mitigate the consequences of the unusual plant conditions.
- 2. Implement the General Emergency Shift Operations Supervisor /DEC Notification List and Record, Form 1903.10G of this procedure.
- 3. Direct the activities of the Initial Response Staff /
Initial Response Organization until relieved by the Duty Emergency Coordinator.
- 4. Direct Operations personnel and unit operations.
9.2.2 Shift Technical Advisor A. The Shift Technical Advisor shall assist the Shift
's Operations Supervisor in incident assessment.
(G 9.2.3 shift Administrative Assistant A. When directed by the Shif t Operations Supervisor, the Shift Administrative Assistant shall initiate the General Emergency SAA/ Communicator Notification List and Record, Form 1903.10H of this procedure. The Shift Administrative Assistant shall also respond to incoming calls to the control room during the incident. B. If additional assistance is needed, the Shift operations Supervisor may appoint individuals to assist in performing notifications (e.g. the Shift Adm'nistrative Assistant from the unaffected unit). C. The Shif t Adminstrative Assistant shall assist opera-tions personnel as directed by the Shift operations Supervisor. O v
x; L % 4 gggygTION: ggggggE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. TESPONSE/ NOTIFICATIONS f 1903.10
,. N y C G 5 E' PAGE U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE asvision " oars v ' / u"' +
l' CHANGE DATE
, 9.2.4 Duty Emergency Coordinator A. If not on site, the Duty Emergency Coordinator shall report to the site when notified of a General Emer-gency. He shall direct emergency response operations so as to free the Shift Operations Supervisor to over-see reactor operations.
B. The Duty Emergency Coordinator shall initiate or con-tinue the General Omergency Shift Operations Supervisor / DEC Notification List and Record, Form 1903.10G of this procedure. C. If a radiological release is involved, the Duty Emer-gency Coordinator shall direct the implementation of appropriate onsite protective actions, and shall pro-vide offsite authorities responsible for implementing off-
.te emergency measures with offsite Protective Action Recommendations.
l NOTE: l l Upon declaration of any General Emergency, make l (')
\>
I the following recommendations to Arkansas De- l l partment of Health personnel: As a minimum, l l recommend sheltering within a 2-mile radius of l l the plant and 5 miles in the downwind direction,l l (i.e. , downwind sector plus the two adjacent l l sectors). l 9.2.5 Communicator A. When directed by the DEC/EC or EOFD, the Communicator shall initiate the General Emergency SAA/ Communicator Notification List and Record, Form 1903.20H of this procedure. 9.2.6 Emergency Response Team / Fire Brigade Leaders A. The Emergency Response Team / Fire Brigade Leaders or i Alternates are notified by the Shift Administrative Assistant or Communicator that a General Emergency has been declared. l B. The Emergency Response Team Leader or Alternates shall call out and assemble the teams. The Team Leader or i Alternate shall report to the Duty Emergency Coordina-l , tor when the team is assembled. l (n) 9.2.7 Emergency Operations Facility Director A. The Emergency Operations Facility Director is notified by the Little Rock Control Center that a General Emergency has been declared.
gggygTION: ffp@ggggggE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS / 1903.10
, j 'PAGE ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision CHANGE oare " " " ' ' "
DATE B. The Emergency Operations Facility Director shall report to the Emergency Operations Facility when notified that a General Emergency has been declared. I C. The Emergency Operations Facility Director shall activate the General office portions of the Emergency Response organization, as needed. 9.2.8 Emergency Coordinator
! A. The Emergency Coordinator is notified by the SAA/Communi-
'cator that a General Emergency has been declared.
B. The Emergency Coordinator shall immediately report to the Technical Support Center when notified that a General Emergency has been declared. 9.2.9 Operations Manager A. The Operations Manager is notified by the SAA/ Communicator that a General Emergency has been declared. (^) V B. The Operations Manager shall immediately report to the Technical Support Center when notified that a General Emergency has been declared. 9.2.10 Maintenance Manager A. The Maintenance Manager is notified by the SAA/com-municator that a General Emergency has been declared. B. The Maintenance Manager shall immediately report to the Technical Support Center when notified that a General Emergency has been declared. 9.2.11 Operations Superintendents A. The Operations Superintendents are notified by the SAA/ Communicator that a General Emergency has been declared. B. The operations Superintendents shall immediately re-port to the Control Rooms of their respective Units and each shall inform the Technical Support Center of l his presence in the Control Room. 9.2.12 Technical Analysis Superintendent O" A. The Technical Analysis Superintendent is notified by the SAA/ Communicator that a General Emergency has been declared.
s EhhhhMAppggTION: gggggggg N& IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS f 1903.10
/'~S PAGE *b 05 E V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision " o^re u ' < u "'
- CHANGE DATE B. The Technical Analysis Superintendent shall immediately report to the Technical Support Center when notified that a General Emergency has been declared.
9.2.13 Health Physics Superin'tendent A. The Health Physics Superintendent is notified by the SAA/ Communicator that a General Emergency has been declared. B. The Health Physics Superintendent shall immediately report to the Technical Support Center when notified that a General Emergency has been declared. 9.2.14 Engineering and Technical Support Manager l A. The Engineering and Technical Support Superintendent is notified by the SAA/ Communicator that a General Emergency has been declared. B. The Engineering and Technical Support Superintendent shall immediately report to the Technical Support ('~J) Center when notified that a General Emergency has been declared. 9.2.15 Maintenance Superintendents A. The Maintenance Superintendents are notified by the SAA/ Communicator that a General Emergency has been declared. B. The Maintenance Superintendents shall immediately report to the Operational Support Center when notified that a General Emergency has been declared. 9.3 Termination of Emergency Action Class l 9.3.1 The General Emergency may be de-escalated to a lower Emer-gency Class or be terminated by recovery from the event. 9.3.2 The General Emergency may be closed out after being termi-nated by a briefing by the EOFD of the appropriate offsite authorities. O V
i LME06UhsgTION: gggEggggE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. RESPONSE / NOTIFICATIONS i 1903.10 (N N "5 b #
' ' PAGE ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision ^* o*Te "'/""'"*
CHANGE DATE 9.3.3 The Emergency Planning Coordinators shall ensure the following items are completed following the termination of a General Emergency: A. A written summary is submitted to Licensing for trans-mittal to the Arkansas Department of Health. B. A written summary is submitted to Licensing for trans-mittal to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (an LER may be sumitted in lieu of a formal letter). C. The PSC reviews the documentation / correspondence asso-ciated with any Emergency Class declaration prior to its submittal to Licensing. D. The appropriate documentation is forwarded to Records for filing in the ANO Records Management System (File Under Record Type: OSEAL). E. The written summary should include the following:
- 1. A description of the incident including cause and
/~T chronology of events; O
- 2. measures taken to return the plant to normal opera-tiens including recovery problems.
l 3. measures and actions neeced to prevent recurrence;
- 4. critique of overall AP&L response including a summary of problem areas and suggested improvements in company response;
- 5. measures taken to assess impact from radioactive material releases offsite, including short term and long term action plans;
- 6. summary of offsite radiation exposure impact estimates including direct radiation and ingestion pathway zone measurements; and
- 7. review of suggested improvements in emergency prepared-ness training, procedures, and equipment.
l l p) R-
r ,
. l fhtEMT. 4MBTION: #RSERPX6fMMMhE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. IESPONSE/ NOTIFICATIONS f 1903.10
(~s PAGE NI 05 UI U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 1* oarE oii"i6*
CHANGE DATE 9.4 Forms 9.4.1 The following forms describe the notificatians and records to be made by the appropriate individuals for the General Emergency. Date the form where indicated (if the date changes before the form is complete, indicate the new date on the appropriate initial / time line). As notifications are completed, initials and time should be placed on the line in the right hand margin by each step. Other pertinent data (e.g. person contacted) may also be noted adjacent to each step, as appropriate.
9.4.2 Form 1903.10G - General Emergency shift Operations Super-visor /DEC Notification List and Record.
9.4.3 Form 1903.10H - General Emergency SAA/ Communicator Notification List and Record.
O 1 .7 ep V[A S PAGE REV PC// '
ll L w G G b n #
P5G5 R'Ehb N N 3 $d N N Y Pb/ ' hAdE REV PC(i M ^#
PAGE REV PC//
1 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 O
1 l
APPROVED BY:
APPROVAL DATE QW&;f 4. Aj;4_ 7dffEoEPrtCrivEoArE:
<c _ .1 M...Ee,,
ggy
4 gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. FIRE OR EXPLOSION / 1903.22 . f'N PAGE 1 OI
- U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN ' o^re v"iu'**
CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidance to personnel on the actions to be taken in the event of a fire or explosion at ANO. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure is appliccole to a fire or explosion affecting Unit one and/or Unit Two.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Procedure Preparation: 3.1.1 Emergency Plan 3.1.2 Fire Protection Program Manual 3.1.3 Letter of Agreement frcm the Russellville Fire Department 3.2 Procedures Used in Conjunction with this Procedure: (-] 3.2.1 1903.10, " Emergency Action Level Response / Notifications" %) 3.3 Related ANO Procedures: 3.3.1 1025.07, " Fire Brigade Organization and Responsibilities" 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are j implemented in this procedure: I i None 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Fire Watch - The use of personnel to watch for, detect and respond appropriately to fires in potential hazard areas. 4.2 Fire Brigade - Composed of personnel trained in accordance with i 1063.20, " Fire Plan / Fire Brigade Training Program", and qualified per Section 7.0 of Procedure 1063.20. l 4.3 Emergency Fire Team - A support group composed of personnel trained in accordance with 1063.20, " Fire Plan / Fire Brigade Training Program", and qualified per Section 7.0 of Procedure 1063.20. 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES /~% 5.1 The affected unit's Shift operations Supervisor is responsible for the k- continued safe operation of the unit.
-r ,
s ggg$gTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: No: IMPLEMENTING PROC. FIRE OR EXPLOSION f 1903.22' 7m PAGE A 05
- U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE LaEvisioN o*TE v " 2 u' **
CHANGE DATE 5.2 The responsibilities of the Fire Brigade and Emergency Fire Team l personnel are delineated in Procedure 1015.07, " Fire Brigade organi- ' zation and Responsibilities". 6.0 PRECAUTIONS The following precautions shall be used in responding to fires or explosions: 6.1 After an explosion, fire is the greatest threat to the plant and to personnel who may be injured or trapped in the area where the explo-sien occurred. Therefore, the area should be inspected for fire as soon as possible following the explosion. 6.2 Do not use water to fight fire in the new fuel storage area. 6.3 Do not use water or dry chemicals to fight fire in areas containing electronic equipment unless necessary to control the fire or prevent it from spreading. 6.4 Protective breathing apparatus should be worn when fighting fire in the controlled access area or any contaminated area regardless of how minor the fire may appear to be. p 7.0 IMMEDIATE ACTIONS \~ ! l NOTE: l l Unless a fire is extremely small, the Shift operations Super- l l visor should always be notified first, before any actions are l l taken to fight the fire. Personnel at the scene of the fire l l may then ta<e action to e:ctinguish the fire if it is small, l l confined and with little smoke generation. Otherwise, per- l l sonnel should evacuate the area and stand by to direct the Firel l Brigade to the location of the fire. l 7.1 Any individual who discovers a fire or explosion should immediately contact the Shift Operations Supervisor of the affected unit and provide a description of the location and severity of the fire. If the fire or explosion occurs in an area which is not specific to one unit, either Shift operations Supervisor may be notified. 7.2 Upon notification, the Shift operations Supervisor or a designee shall notify the Fire Brigade by the most expedient means and provide them with the location of the fire or explosion. Additional fire fighting support may be obtained from the following: 7.2.1 Emergency Fire Team (onsite during normal working hours) 7.2.2 Russellville Fire Department (24-hour availablility) /'S 7.3 The onsite emergency fire response personnel shall proceed to the scene (_) of the fire or explosion upon notification. 7.4 Shift operations personnel not involved with the Fire Brigade should report to the Control Room.
s gggAgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. FIRE OR EXPLOSION / 1903.22 e ~3 PAGE 4 OI
- U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision < oarE v'/2u'o*
CHANGE DATE S.0 FOLLOW-UP ACTIONS 8.1 Plant conditions shall be monitored in accordance with 1903.10,
" Emergency Action Level Response / Notifications" to determine if an Emergency Class should be declared. A Notification of Unusual Event Emergency Class shall be declared by the Shift Operations Supervisor if a fire in a vital area is not under control within 10 minutes, or an explosion onsite results in equipment damage and/or personnel injury requiring hospitalization.
8.2 The Fire Brigade shall take action to extinguish the fire under the direction of the Fire Brigade Leader. CAUTION: *
. IF HULTIPLE DELUGE SYSTEMS OR MULTIPLE FIBE HOSE USAGE IS .
. REQUIRED WITHIN EITHER UNITS AUXILIARY BUILDING, PERSONNEL.
. SHOULD BE DISPATCHED, WHERE POSSIBLE, TO ISOLATE ALL WATER.
. TIGHT DOORS AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT ROOM FLOOR DRAINS ON THE .
317' ELEV. FLOOR OF THE AFFECTED AREA.
- 8.3 The Fire Brigade Leader, under the cognizance of the affected Unit's
(")3
\s Shif t Operations Supervisor shall be responsible for directing the initial fire fighting efforts. After assessing the extent of the fire, the Fita Brigade Leader shall report to the Shift operations Supervisor whether the fire can be extinguished by the Fire Brigade alone or if further assistance is required.
8.4 The affected unit's Shift operations Supervisor should determine, based on the Fire Brigade Leader's report, whether additional assistance is required from the Russellville Fire Department and/or the Emergency Radiation Team. Notifications should be made, as nec-essary. (Refer to Emergency Telephone Directory). 8.4.1 Russellville Fire Department (R.F.D.), (968-8110) 8.4.2 Remaining emergency teams l NOTE: l 1 The above groups should be provided with the l l following information, if known, as applicable: I I l l A. Description of the fire i l I l B. Location of the fire i I i l C. Pre-fire plan number (R.F.D. only)
/~T l l \~ / l l D. Access point, if other than the North Gate !
l (R.F.D. only) l l
p, e *9 \ i gggAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO IMPLEMENTING PROC. FIRE OR EXPLOSION f 1903.22 ex * "U
- U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision ' o^re v"2u'a*
CHANGE DATE 8.5 If the assistance of the Russellville Fire Department is required, the Main Guard Station should be notified to be ready to receive and direct them to the affected area. Two security guards should be dispatched to meet them at the North Gate, unless otherwise dir-ected. 8.5.1 At the scene of the fire, the Russellville Fire Department shall coordinate its activities with the ANO Fire Brigade Lead 7r. 8.5.2 If a fire occurs in a radiation area, ANO personnel trained in radiation protection shall be available to assist the fire fighting personnel. Fire-fighters should follow the instructions given by these ANO personnel for their protec-tion: A.
- Security personnel should escort the fire department personnel to the appropriate dress-out area.
B. A Health Physics representative should provide the following assistance, as apprcpriate: [) 1. Assist in dressing out.
- 2. Provide dosimetry devices (these may be obtained from the Control Room emergency kit if necessary).
- 3. Provide a brief description of conditions to, in and from the emergency location.
- 4. Provide special information to perform the task.
- 5. Provide HP escort.
- 6. Assist in exiting the Controlled Access Area (to include any necessary decontamination).
8.6 After the fire has been extir.guished, the Shift Operations Super-visor of the affected unit shall determine if Fire Watches should be posted and, if so, assign personnel to the areas of concern. 9.0 ATTACHMENTS AMD FORMS None f3 (,)
A2
,d ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY o
tJ C33,3 Arkansas Nuclear One TITLE: TRANSMITTAL FORM NO. 1013.02H REV. # 20 PC # Arkansas Nuclear One . Russellville, Arkansas - Date 8-30-84 MEMORASDUM T0: /O["MN-( Ul
- RETURN T0:
~
ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
ANO MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.54 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE REOUEST FOR ADDITIONAL PERSON?EL PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.55 REV. # 0 PC # TC # O raoctoUnz Tltte StCuR1rr 10 Arst ovrs 18 vic t r es PROCEDURE NUMBER 1903.63 REV. # 0 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE FMFRGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS The following pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or proprietary material. PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, ETC.PLEASE REMOV PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) Ill PROCEDURE (S) IIAS BEEN PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TIIE PLANT MANU IjPROCEDURE (S) SHOULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF THE PLAST MANUAL. O v SIGNATURE DATE UPDA' LED
c I N i l- 9[ ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY
;2* Arkansas Nuclear One O 'd ON HO.
*
- RECORD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS 1000.06A j EMERGENCY PLAN I!!PLE!IENTING PROCEDURE REV. # 12 PC # / l t 1 Safety Related YES VNO O 4, s?-f j REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL PERSONNuL -
)
f': 9 ,_ 190 REV,. O. "g
, ' ' G.'2 l
(p a c- i ; a =qrhn.3 9. ~.p.54 cm. c if L' W .
,- 1 Y .b ,b Y 1if -
FAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# I O
)
2 0 i 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 O l I I l APPROVED BY: APPROVAL DATE oI[d5to,J4 (5-Mm via/e/ REQUIRED EFFECTIVE DATE:
/ W eneral Manager)
/
l l i j gggApgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: l IMPLEMENTING PROC. REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL 1903.54 1 uU # C, ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision u oaTE ua'e</a* CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides guidance on how additional support personnel, either technical or non-technical, is requested and obtained. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure is applicable to emergency situations involving Unit one and/or Unit Two. This procedure does not apply to requests for law en-forcement assistance, medical assistance, or fire protection assistance. These requests are handled under the respective procedures listed in Sec-tion 3.3, below.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Procedure Preparation: 3.1.1 Emergency Plan 3.1.2 Arkansas Nuclear One Security Plan 3.1.3 AP&L Ccrporate Security Plan 3.1.4 Procedure 1903.55, " Security for AP&L Offsite Facilities" 3.1.5 Letter of Agreement between Babcock and Nilcox and Arkansas Power & Light Company 3.1.6 Letter of Agreement between Combustion Engineering and Arkansas cower & Light Company 3.1.7 Letter of Agreement between Bechtel and Arkansas Power & Light Company 3.1.8 Nuclear Pcver Plant Voluntary Assistance Agreement (INPO) 3.1.9 Mutual Assistance Plan (AP&L, Gulf States Utilities, LP&L, MP&L, Middle South Services, Inc.) 3.2 References used in conjunction with this procedure: None 3.3 Related ANO Procedures 3.3.1 Procedure 1903.22, " Fire or Explosion" 3.3.2 Procedure 1903.23, " Personnel Emergency" [) 3.3.3 Procedure 1903.71, " Pope County Sheriff's Department" l i (
r ggggAggTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL 1903.54 (~3 PAGE 4 I # v ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u o*Te ua'"e'** CHANGE DALE 3.4 Regulatory Correspondence containing NRC commitments which are imple-mented in this procedure: None 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Technical Personnel - Individuals trained and experienced in plant operations and plant functions (i.e., Engineers, Operators, Mechanics, Health Thysicists, Chemists, etc.). 4.2 Non-Technical Personnel - Individuals who will assist the ERO person-nel with administrative duties (i.e., Clerks, Typists, Draftsmen, etc.). 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 Support Manager 5.1.1 Responsible for coordinating all requests for additional personnel. 5.1.2 Responsible for obtaining the approval of the EOFD for re-
~~T quests for additional personnel.
(O 5.1.3 Responsible for acquiring the required additional personnel. 5.1.4 Responsible for making transportation and housing arrange-ments for additional personnel. 5.1.5 Responsible for coordinating the initial AP&L request for assistance from INPO and other utility organizations through the EOFD. 5.1.6 Responsible for advising the Security coordinator of authori-zation for such support personnel to gain access to the designated emergency center. 5.1.7 Responsible for coordinating all requects for security sup-port in accordance with Procedure 1903 a., " Security for AP&L Offsite Facilities", the ANO Security Plan, and the AP&L Corporate Security Plan. 5.2 Emergency Operations Facility Director (EOFD) 5.2.1 Responsible for evaluating all requests for additional per- l sonnel in terms of the overall emergency responce with the l assistance of appropriate members of the ERO. i
/~N 5.2.2 Responsible for approving or disapproving all requests for \J additional personnel.
l l l (___ _ -
r gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL 1903.54 3 v5 I C ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aEvisioN u oaTE u /"ei"* CHANrsE DATE 5.3 Supervisors 5.3.1 Responsible for initiating all requests for additional per-sonnel for their respe.ctive areas. 6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Technical Personnel 6.1.1 Requests for additional technical personnel support shculd be telephoned after approval to the Support Manager. The requestor should be prepared to provide the support Manager's staff with the information necessary to complete Part I of the Personnel Request Form, Form 1903.54A. The Support Manager's staff will complete the form in order to docu-ment and track the request. The request should specify if personnel with special qualifi-cations or from a specific organization will be required. The purpose for the request should be stated as specifically as possible and should not be merely identified as " emergency support". If the request has already been approved by the EOFD,
/~~) this information should also be provided to the Support Manager D and documented on Part II of the Personnel Request Form.
6.1.2 Unless the request has already been approved by the EOFD, the Support Manager's staff shall contact the EOFD as soon as practical to relay the request. The EOFD is responsible for evaluating the request in terms of the overall emergency re-sponse, with the assistance of appropriate members of the ERO, and approving or disapproving the request. The decision of the EOFD shall be documented by the Support Manager's staff on Part II of the Personnel Request Form and relayed back to the re-questor as soon as practical. 6.1.3 If a personnel request is approved, the Support Manager will acquire the personnel and make arrangements for transportation and housing. The Support Manager may require the assistance of the requestor in making these arrangements. These arrange-ments shall be docun,ented by the Support Manager's staff on Part III of the Personnel Request Form. In addition, if a personnel request is approved, the Support Manager's staff will advise the Security Coordinator and/or Corporate Security of authorization for such support person-nel to gain access to the designated emergency center, i Hotification to Security shall be documented on Part IV of l the Personnel Request Form, t
gg@AgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL 1903.54
/N PAGE '* U N A O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN u o^Te v ' " e ' '*
CHANGE DATE 6.1.4 The completed Personnel Request Forms shall be retained by the Support Manager and turned over to the EOFD at the termination of the emergency response. 6.1.5 The initial AP&L request for assistance from INPo, and other utility organizations should be coordinated by the Support Manager through the EOFD. Once communications are established with these groups, coordination of their assistance may be by the Emergency Coordinator, the Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager and the communications Manager through the Support Manager. 6.2 Non-Technical Personnel 6.2.1 Requests for additional non-technical personnel support should be telephoned to the Support Manager. The requestor should be prepared to provide the information necessary to complete Part I of the Personnel Request Form, Form 1903.54A. The support Manager's staff will complete the form in order to document and track the request. The request shou'd 1 specify if personnel with special qualifi-cations or from a specific organization will be required. The (')N
\_ purpose for the request should be stated as specifically as possible and should not be merely identified as " emergency support". If the request has already been approved by the Support Manager or the EOFD, this information should also be provided to the Support Manager's staff and documented on Part II of the Personnel Request Form.
6.2.2 Unless the request has already been approved by the Support Manager or the EOFD, the support Manager's staff shall con-tact the EOFD as soon as practical to relay the request. The EOFD is responsible for evaluating the request in terms of the overall emergency response, with the assistance of appropriate members of the ERO, and approving or disap-proving the request. The decision of the EOFD shall be documented by the Support Manager's staff on Part II of the Personnel Request Form and relayed back to the requestor as soon as practical. 6.2.3 If a personnel request is approved, the Support Manager's staff will obtain the personnel and make arrangements for transportation and housing. The Support Manager's staff may require the assistance of the requestor in making these arrangements. These arrangements shall be docu-mented by the Support Manager's staff on Part III of the Personnel Request Form. O j _ l
(. l gggAggTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE- NO: IM"IEMENTING PROC. REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL .1903.54
'PAGE D OI #
O,x ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN u CHANGE o^re DATE va/ee'"* In addition, if a personnel request is approved, the support Manager's staff will advise the Security Coordinator and/or Corporate Security of authorization for such support person-nel to gain access to the designated emergency center. Notification to Security shall be documented on Part IV of the Personnel Request Form. 6.2.4 The initial AP&L request for assistance from INPO, and other utility organizations should be coordinated by the Support Manager through the EOFD. Once communications are established with these groups, coordination of their assistance may be by the Emergency Coordinator, Radiological / Environmental Assess-ment Manager and the Communications Manager through the Support Manager. 6.2.5 The completed Personnel Request Forms shall be retained by the Support Manager and turned over to the EOFD at the termina-tion of the emergency respen:s. 7.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS 7.1 Form 1903.54A - Personnel Request Form O m
f > m gghggAppgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. REQUESTS FOR A'DDITIONAL PERSONNEL 1903.54
'O PAGE O OI #
V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision 6 oATE v*/ee/** ' - CHANGE DATE
' >t
) .
1 T ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY
~ f i Arkansas Nuclear One s\ TITLE: l FORM NO. ,
i t.nc.,v... i.& a #i.o . 4 vra ,, . PC'# Page I of 2 i I. R quest Number: Date: Time: Position
Title:
Phone No. Requestor's Name: Personnel Required: Technical l [ Non-Technical l~l Qualifications / Quantity / Source: Date Needed: Duration: Location needed:
Purpose:
r
\
II. Response Action /Approvil: Time: Date: Recorded By: Approved by: Call back to requestor: Time: Date: , f I III. Personnel Arrangements: f l L._ l l ( -! l s
~
Date: Time: By: l O m_ I l % l W X {~} " ' ' * * ' ' " ' g l
I M I ghggAggTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL 1903.54 PAGE ' ON # C% ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisiON u CHANGE oare u ' ee' ** DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY
\
Arkansas Nuclear One "R._..-.~,m-,. .--m. l '0"" "0% s aa REV. #0 PC # Page 2 of 2 IV. Access authorization to ? l~j LRSC l l EOF District Office Names / Affiliation: 1. 6.
- 2. 7.
- 3. 8.
- 4. 9.
- 5. 10.
Security Coordinator (or ) advised: (alternate) Date/ Time
,r . Responsible AP&L contact at access point: Name:
N' Phone: l s , j C"- l l l O e-
~ - l u r L .c m '
I l
.. ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY n
?,d. h. Arkansas Nuclear One FOW NO.
- A. M RECdRD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS 1000.06A EMERGENCY PLAN > IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REV. # 12 FC # ,
s' Safety Related YES M NO O
,s,-y('
' i.'t SECURITY FOR AP&L OFFSITE FACILIT;;E5
, N. t> .) 1903.55 REV. 0
;)6
~ -
% ;> :D" p rp, .an n;f q, g .w 3 3 w qg W
~
J " fi n ;
- 1 ] Y $ $ h-Q' ^* ' ,)q*tqbi V l PAGE REV PC[ PAGE REY [C#' PhIE REV PE N,PAGE REV PC# D AGE REV PC#
s 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 O l l APPROVED BY: APPROVAL DATE
-( - /S 'C. ~ W{ f O
f g,,M b ' % ~( y ///, REQUIRED EFFECTIVE DATE: d (Genei ger) ' s
gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. SECURITY FOR AP&L OFFSITE FACILITIES .1903.55 O PAGE 1 OI 4 i V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision u o*Te uo'e2/o* CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to address activities related to main-taining security in AP&L's offsite emergency centers in the event of an emergency at ANO. Guidance is provided for all AP&L employees on steps to take to facilitate their entry, as well as arranging access for non-AP&L personnel, into emergency centers. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure is applicable to emergency situations involving Unit one and/or Unit Two.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References used in procedure preparation: 3.1.1 ANO Security Plan 3.1.2 AP&L Corporate Security Plan 3.1.3 Emergency Plan (n 3.2 References used in conjunction with this procedure: 3.2.1 1903.30, " Evacuation" 3.2.2 1903.34, " Emergency Operations Facility Evacuation" 3.2.3 1043.34, " Security at ANO and the EOF During an Emergency" 3.3 Related ANO procedures: 3.3.1 1043.XX, Security series procedures 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this procedure: None 4.0 DEFINITIONS None l 5.0 NOTES AND PRECAUTIONS This procedure does not address evacuation and/or accountability. The details of evacuation and accountability may be found in the procedures ()<
~
referenced in Section 3.2 of this procedure.
gggygTION: PROCEDUREAVORK PLAN TITLE: NO: l IMPLEMENTING PROC. SECURITY FOR AP&L OFFSITE FACILITIES 1903.55 4 "I
- Q PAGE O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavisioN u oarE u 'e /"+
CHANGE DATE 6.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 ANO Security 6.1.1 Administrative Manager - Responsible for coordinating security at ANO and the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). He is also responsible for coordinating support from Local Law Enforcement Agencies. 6.1.2 Security Coordinator - Responsible for the implementation of this procedure and for coordination with corporate security personnel. 6.2 Corporate Security 6.2.1 EOF Support Superintendent - Responsible for coordinating security at the Corporate Offices. He is also responsible ~ for interfacing with private guard services. 7.0 INSTRUCTIONS 7.1 First Commercial Bank Building - Access control to AP&L offices in (~N the First Commercial Bank Building during an emergency at ANO shall s/ be determined by the AP&L Building Security Manager, Corporate Secu-rity, and AP&L Management. The security provided in the First Com-mercial Bank Building may range from standard security measures to placing security guards on each floor where AP&L has offices. To gain entry into AP&L offices in the First Commercial Bank Building, these steps should be followed: 7.1.1 All AP&L employees should be prepared to display their com-pany identification badges for entry into AP&L offices. Unavailability of the AP&L identification badge will cause delays for entry. In such cases, individuals should be prepared to provide personal identification and a contact in the office who could give verification and entry autho-rization to security personnel. 7.1.2 Non-AP&L personnel arriving at the Corporate offices to assist in the emergency response should be prepared to provide identificaiton to Security. Non-AP&L personnel who have not received prior entry authorization should be prepared to provide an AP&L contact to Security for veri-fication and access authorization. Non-AP&L personnel may be issued unrestricted access visi-tors badges to alleviate continuous escort by AP&L person-
/~T nel.
U; 7.1.3 Control of media personnel is coordinated by Media Rela- , tions Personnel with assistance from corporate security personnel. 1 i
l l gggAgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. SECURITY FOR AP&L OFFSITE FACILITIES .1903.55 ( F PAGE J OI '* U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN u DaTE ua'"/ a* CHANGE DATE A. Media personnel will be be required to display their respective news agency identifications at all check points. B. Media personnel who cannot present proper credentials and do not have prior authorization shall be verified by Media Relations personnel prior to entry. C. News Media personnel will have access only to the Media Center on the 23rd floor unless special arrange-ments are made through Media Relations or Corporate Security personnel. 7.2 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) - Personnel (both AP&L and non-AP&L) must have individual security authorization to gain access to designated controlled areas within the Emergency Operations Facility. Restricted areas within the EOF will be secured by locked doors or by posting security guards. 7.2.1 All non-AP&L personnel seeking admittance to the ANO site area shall report to the security desk at the Emergency operations Facility for security screening and access. Q D 7.2.2 All AP&L emergency response personnel seeking admittance to the controlled portion of the EOF shall report to the security desk at the west end of the EOF and present their emergency identification badge for security screening and access. 7.2.3 AP&L emergency response personnel shall display their emergency identification badge at all times while in AP&L offsite emer-gency response centers. 7.2.4 Media, Federal, State, and local officials will be granted access to uncontrolled areas within the Emergency Opera-tions Facility. A. As appropriate, Media personnel will be requested to display their respective news agency identification at guard stations, check points, or roadblocks to faci-litate their entry to the Emergency Operations Faci-lity. B. Access of Media personnel to areas other than the un-controlled areas of the EOF will be restricted unless approved by the Emergency Operations Facility Director. 7,3 Alternate Emergency Operations Facility - Should the EOF be evacuated, the alternate EOF (Russellville Local Office) will be activated. Per-l C) V sonnel (both AP&L and non-AP&L) must have individual security autho-rization to gain access to this facility.
1 1 gggggAggTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN 11TLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. SECURITY FOR AP&L OFFSITE FACILITIES 1903.55 g-sg PAGE
- OI
- v ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN u naTE ua/ei/"*
CHANGE DATE 7.4 Access to Russellville will be restricted as follows: 7.4.1 Access to the Russellville area via Interstate or State highways may be restricted by State or local police road-blocks. AP&L personnel should be prepared to display their AP&L identification badge in order to pass through road-blocks. 7.4.2 Access to the EOF and ANO exclusion area vill be controlled by ANO security and State police by means of roadblocks on State Highway 333. All individuals reporting to the EOF for duty should be advised to approach the site through the eastern roadblock. AP&L personnel should be prepared to display their AP&L identification badge in order to gain access through this check point. 8.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS None O l l I () p - - - - . , . - ew g- - --- -
4 s
"A i
o C 5k' h'> ARKANSAS
^ -
Arkansas Nuclear POWER One & LIGHT CO i x(h ., . TITLE: RECORD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS FORM NO. 1000.06A EMERGENCY' PLAN I!!PLEMENTING PROCEDURE REV. # 12 PC # /
? ff' EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS g ,[gt. Q ,, 19%.63,REV.0 ._ ,, ,.
m ) ;
, t ,
) _
PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PC# 1 0 19 0 2 0 20 0 l 3 0 1 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 l lO 9 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 13 0 14 0 15 0 l 16 0 17 0 18 0 p APPROVED BY: AP ROVAL DATE b ff ' W5? 1 1Ai % 24 d_ caeacral nanager> atouinto errecravt o^rt: g/zq/gp \ P
I fgggApgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS 1903.63 ,7 PAGE A 5 #O U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE REVISLJN O DATE UD/ D/ 04 CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to describe the various AP&L emergency response centers that may be activated in the event of an emergency at ANO. For each' response center, a drawing of the center is proviced with anticipated staffing indicated. 2.0 SCOPE This procedure applies to the emergency response centers that would be used during an emergency situation at ANO.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References used in procedure preparation: 3.1.1 Emergency Plan 3.2 References used in conjunction with this procedure: 3.2.1 None r~ 3.3 Related ANO procedures (_s} 3.3.1 None 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing URC commitments which are imple-mented in this procedure: 3.4.1 Mone 4.0 DEFINITIONS None 5.0 UOTES AND PRECAUTIONS The location of personnel will vary depending upon the incident. To de-termine the location of personnel during an actual incident, contact the Little Rock Support Center. 6.0 INSTRUCTIOUS 6.1 Little Roch Media Center A drawing of the Little Rock Media Center is provided in Attachment 5. For minor events, this center is the primary location for directing the public communications response. For major events, primary direc-tion of the public communications response will shift to the Emergency (~} '- Operations Facility, and the Little Rock Media Center will serve to address the Little Rock area media and the internal AP&L response. Refer to ANO EOF Attachments 8, 9, 10, and 11 for location of person-nel for a major event.
gggAgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: j IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS .1903.63
,7 PAGE 4 "I
- U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN u o*Te u*'"<a*
CHANGE DATE 6.2 Little Rock Support Center The location of the Little Rock Support Center is provided in Attach-ment 6. This center is the location for support personnel who will augment coordination of engineering and technical .suppert, admini-strative support, and logistical support. 6.3 Emergency Operations Facility Drawings of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF), located approxi-mately 0.65 miles Northeast of ANO, are provided in Attachments 8, 9, 10, and 11. When the Emergency Operations Facility Staff (EOFS) is activated the EOF shall serve as both a response center and a media center. The radiologically habitable portion of the EOF shall serve as the primary location for coordination between AP&L and State, local, and Federal agencies. In addition, this portion of the EOF shall also serve as the central coordinating point for AP&L offsite radiological monitoring and as the primary location for coordinating both technical and non-technical support activities of personnel brought in to assist in the emergency response and recovery. The media portion of the EOF shall be utilized for joint press conferences.
,Q The EOF shall be activated at a Site Area Emergency, or sooner as in-V structed by the DEC/ Emergency Coordinator.
For an accident condition which would require the evacuation of the ANO Administration Building, the EOF shall also serve as a secondary TSC and OSC. The secondary TSC is shown in Attachment 8 and is equipped with the same instrumentation as the primary TSC. The locations of key ERO personnel for a major event are shown in Attachments 8, 9, 10, and 11. 6.4 Technical Support center A drawing of the Technical Support Center (TSC) is provided in At-tachment 4. The TSC is located on the third floor of the ANO Admini-stration Building, south end. The TSC will function to provide plant management and technical support to plant operations personnel during l emergency conditions. The plant recovery effort will be directed ! from this location. In the event of the necessity to evacuate the Technical Support Center due to radiation or other hazards, a second- ) ary TSC is provided in the Emergency Operations Facility. l O i
gggpygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE- NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS 1903.63 r~s PAGE 3 5 AU U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisiON CHANGE U oaTE 6 /"ia* DATE 6.5 Operational Support Center The Operational Support Center is located in the ANO administration buildings. OSC personnel will function out of their normal work space unless evacuated. 7.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS 7.1 Attachment 1 " EOF Activation" 7.2 Attachment 2 " EOF Activation Checklist" 7.3 Attachment 3 " Activation Instruction" 7.4 Attachment 4 " Technical Support Center" 7.5 Attachment 5 "Little Rock Media Center" 7.6 Attachment 6 "Little Rock Support Center" 7.7 Attachment 7 " Dose Assessment Room - Rm. 260" (g 7.8 Attachment 8 " Emergency Operations Facility; Second Floor,
\/ West Side (Floor Plan and Room Assignments)"
7.9 Attachment 9 " Emergency Operations Facility; Second Floor, East Side (Floor Plan and Room Assignments)" 7.10 Attachment 10 " Emergency Operations Facility; First Floor, West Side (Floor Plan and Room Assignments)" 7.11 Attachment 11 " Emergency Operations Facility; First Floor, East Side (Floor Plan and Room Assignments)" O(~N l
. gggAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS 1903.63 /~^ PAGE O UN AU U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision o oATE u / "io'* CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 1 Page 1 of 2 EOF ACTIVATION The EOF Maintenance ' Coordinator shall ensure that the following actions are performed and completed as quickly as possible: ACTION INITIATED A. BUILDING SECURITY
- 1. If security guards are present, verify that they have estab-lished building se:urity.
- 2. If security guards are not present
- a. Contact ANO Security and request assistance, and
- b. Secure all outside doors; entrances should be via First Floor West End and Second Floor East End only.
B. NOTIFICATIONS (refer to the Emergency Telephone Directory) (O _) 1. Notify one of the following Training Section individuals and inform him of EOF activation and the need to suspend training activities and use of the facility:
- a. Jimmy Vandergrift
- b. Dennis Barton
- c. Ed Force
- 2. Notify the following individuals to assist in setting up the Secondary Technical Support Center (Room 259) per Attachment 8.
- a. Charles Shingleur
- b. Chuck Hicks
- 3. Notify the following individuals for support with the video system:
- a. Dennis Barton
- b. Joe Waid l
(} c. Burl Heal 1
gggApgTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: 1 IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS 1903.63 y PAGE U Uf AO I Cs' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision U oaTE 66/'5/6' CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 1 Page 2 of 2
- 4. Notify the EOF Support Superintendent or his designee to advise and request further assistance with communications equipment as necessary:
- 5. Notify the EOF Health Physics Supervisor.
C. EOF RADIATION MONITORS
- 1. Verify that the building radiation monitoring system is operable:
- a. Activate test button for system check; then
- b. Start the air filter system after upper and lower habitable area hallway doors have been closed.
- 2. Notify the Duty Emergency Coordinator / Emergency Coordinator if there are any valid alarms on the radiation monitoring system.
/~T
(_) D. FOLLOW-UP ACTIONS Initiate and verify that the tasks identified in Attachment 2 EOF Activation Checklist have been completed. I i 1 1
ggg3gTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY kESPONSE CENTERS 1903.63 r~ PAGE U Of 20 Ug ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision U oarE "oe "io* CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 2 EOF ACTIVATION CHECKLIST The EOF Maintenance Coordinator should verify that the following initial and follow-up tasks have been completed: TASK COMPLETED
- 1. Building security actions
- 2. Verify operability of EOF Radiation Monitoring and Ventilation System.
- 3. Unlock classrooms, offices and closets not in media area.
- 4. Set-up telephones in building per EOF Communications Activation Instructions.
l NOTE: l l EOF Communications Activation Instructions are located in the ! ('] l Emergency Communications Kit, Room 261 of the EOF. l V
- 5. Open curtain in auditorium and make general preparations to receive media personnel.
- 6. Inst tilation and checkout of closed circuit television monitors in Rooms 258, 259, and 223.
- 7. Put radiation survey portal monitors (Room 156) in place at the First Floor West End entrance and Second Floor Main entrance.
- 8. Perform a test start of the diesel generator and verify adequate fuel supply for 24-hour continuous use.
I t lCE) t i
ggggApggTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: I!!PLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS 1903.63 ,' 's PAGE I 5 Au U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN u oarE u/ */ o* CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 3 ACTIVATION INSTRUCTION Set-up Rooms 258 and 259 as follows:
- 1. Arrange rooms as shown in Attachment 8.
- 2. Close dividing curtain.
- 3. Place name, position, and station tags over each table consistent with Attachment 8.
- 4. Set-up the status boards.
- 5. Remove the liquid chalk board which covers the Communicator's window.
6 Place the following items on each tables
- a. One Emergency Telephone Directory
- b. Two pads of paper
- c. Two pencils or pens Set-up Room 242 as follows:
- 1. Move the following equipment ir.*.o the room:
- a. Two typewriters
- b. Two typing stands
- 2. Ensure that there is a table and a desk in the room.
j 2 4
~ 58mO " ?gZ 5re -
z s s snw$ ZO O nmM8MZ4
$gm* a Am]
b' w Owhw - o- s . 2%K C pm 2 Og17 1 y>o ym$ oz> m z C O' H O -4m c - %aV O 4N e i
> g$.
qmO"3aWWH ? 0" gs , S U0 T4 A/ T0 S8 h t r o N [ a
)
G l
- o. D 1 L m E#
L [ f. B 4 N
/
t O IT A
, R T
S I R NC5I E M1
. T DO AT H
C N OT E NNE E TR
&C E
R E C A E r C AL A I L A fl A c T ;CA CK M NA R SD IM R E C - N O MDL P OI O l E E5T. r O V P O 0 A3 . I TA t NO Ri P t T[ U Et IP GP f4 m T NU E f, g Q,
, l A
M o S S Cc NAP F. N L ER $ A EE D R C g- y,, r O H C FNfI I C 51 5 O C P E N Of Ooc Y S L H Y C THah _ L W A.
- C N 1, E A N E
O I u T E U s O 4 P L A C C R T A , - T S E C . mh Im, R a OP EU T M E
/
C I F I T 3 O O L TS E O F L N dr 3 ( I a [ 3 I l D A R E 1 S C W n a l A r Ct u Se Tc o O Ii jI 1 r ) l j4l4 i: , i:! ; {' r : aI
gggygTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS 1903.63 PAGE 5 05 40 Og ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN
- oara " a ' 2 : *
CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 5 Little Rock Media Center (23rd Floor First Commercial Bank Building) COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Phone 371-4423 371-4279 371-4289 371-4021 371-4383 371-4136 COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA RELATIONS 371-4278 MANAGER Telecopiers/371-7869
\
\ C M
/
n IN TERNAL O' PRESS CONF. U COMMUNICATIONS
/
( XXX LOBBY XXX l O 1 l _ _ _ . _ _ _ . ~ _ . _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . . . _ _ _ . - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . . .. __ _ _. _
r ggggAppgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS 1903.63 l
,/" 'N PAGE AU "5 2U l V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision U o*TE " /25/"* l CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 6 LITTLE ROCK SUPPORT CENTER
' (8th Floor First Commercial Bank Building)
Little Rock COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT 371-4492 371-4014 371-8231 371-8213 and 371-8215 AP&L Telecopier/371-4380 O STAIR p LOBBY ( LUNCII ROOM LADIES ; TEN ( " SUPPORT CENTER STAIR PLANNING AND SCllEDULING FINANCIAL SERVICES 0FFICE SERVICES 2V ENGINEERING O I
m gggggApgTION: PROCEDUREN/ORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS .1903.63 7 4- uf AO
'(J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aavision u o^te u '2"'"* ' -
j CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 7 Dose Assessment Room - Room 260 1 Observer Area r;RC HP cuene me oe s Field 'O' Cose
'OO' E, e E,D,
*"' lbnitoring
- c. -a -,4 3 n ,-
Assessment 2 "5
%-a -.4 e e.
s O. R g 2
- "2 f, U$$ s
= -
O Uo Za a '
~
Q E I
; o !
o I e .
- O j m 80 8 S%
a aE d C o' F.ccords Supplies " y s.:=- CT. I l o 1 C ~ 1 -
h E saa ae
;8 !lE 3>
m E* clu - o. p 2 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY $
\ 2nd FLOOR -WEST SIDE $ $5*
P I
\ '
g -
't , = Z s, 4 k ,
y% W W W a-o-. $e+ $b 4 O El 2 ~l y r- *8" 239 239 i 237 236 235 234 233 232 231 230 229 O Ifl ha= m .,
- b- h -- [l.}T- b b- b.b- --[ .
v av247 ,n v242 ~ ? o Mnez
.1 rl -
264 248 245 244 241 R l n d-4 { o y m
= _ _ _ _ . LN 1 "!f
- t. ' -
-__ I,I -/ b- -
'L- -
i _ ,___ g d 260 259 !!PS 258 g j j cn EC TAS REAM CL y h $ 3M ET&S -- -
$ 6*
"l gg g EOFD SM .-- C>V>
. y; g u _= - rm. 4 It__,1 gig p. __2i t.5 ic 23 ia ---- r ' - [f - -t I
i m g g r, c a-M 1
~
s' ~g P., ;- 8" w g r, i r- r 4 i r_. I i .
gggggTION: PROCEDUREIWORK PLA N TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS 1903.63 fx PAGE A3 Of AO (J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN o CHANGE oATE DATE voi"/o* ATTACHMENT 8 Page 2 of 3 (ROOM ASSIGNMENTS) Position / Group Room Number Arkansas Department of Health 229 Technical Assistants 230 EOF Support Superintendent 231 Communications Liaison 231 Engineering and Technical Support Manager 232 Maintenance Manager 232 NRC 233 NRC 234 NRC 235 HP Superintendent 236 Technical Analysis Superintendent 236 Radiological / Environmental Assessment Manager 237 Support Manager 237 Purchasing and Procurement 238 operations Technical Engineering 239 Planning and Scheduling 239 Word Processing 239 ( ,x) Drafting 239 office Services 241 Word Processing 242 Emergency Operations Facility Director 244
- Emergency Coordinator 245 Operations Manager 245
- Administrative !!anager 247 Emergency Operations Facility Maintenance Coordinator 247 EOF HP Supervisor 248
- Dose Assessment Supervisor 248 COMMAND ROOM 258 Emergency Operations Facility Director 258 Communications Liaison 258 Radiological / Environmental Assessment !!anager 258 Support Manager 258 Command Room Status Board Keeper 258 SECONDARY TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (STSC) 259 Emergency Coordinator 259 Engineering and Technical Support Manager 259 HP Superintendent 259 Technical Analysis Superintendent 259 Administrative !!anager 259 Maintenance llanager 259 STSC Status Board Keeper 259
[ m
I ggggyApgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS ,1903.63 A'* 05 AO {J ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aevision 6 o*Te uo'
- 5' a'*
CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 8 Page 3 of 3 (ROOM ASSIGNMENTS) Posit' ion / Group Room Number DOSE ASSESSMENT 260 Dose Assessment Supervisor 260 Offsite Monitoring Supervisor 260 ERO Dose Assessment Team 260 Telecommunications 261
- Denotes office space allocated for use during protracted operations.
O O
O O O . .r1 n E
~' > R_$
) EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY 33 E h Pli 0 2nd FLOOR - EAST SIDE " -,,r1
> 4E4 20, T
,fR , z eg W yy
- - ~ ~ ~ ~
, ~ ~
s f / l
> 89
'F
/ pt
- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ! M ' "
e i I 2 g, d n - o
, h L
=jx> n a n$a 0
!] ,
217 7; g g h _ 214 f , 213 g o r g
=8 Qg 3 I
!h >
; 221 220'
[ 204 R$ j l
% y 1
L 3 A. NN /[ ' o O m55z 223 222w 222 E a__-
-~[ ,
I l & n d h 4 ' h l N r
' = __ r m = 5e
/ g 9
w
, < o a
N Q
; . o
.=. =. A m ,
D, -) i) ..l k ' e ?,\ l Mi ..
/ y e 3 e E
i
\ ,
/ 1
- a S" j- b
?, I i 1 1
J I r l
gg gApgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS 1903.63 ('N PAGE 10 Of N U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision u o^te u*/2oi
- CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 9 Page 2 of 2 (ROOM ASSIGNMENTS)
Position / Group Room Number Media Work Area 201 Media Work Area 204 EOF Switchboard 213 Media Relations Personnel 214 Communications Manager 215 Media Relations Manager (IRO only) 215 Utility Communications 216 Governmental Communications 217 Conference 220 Conference 221 Auditorium (for Media Briefings) 222 East Auditorium (for Media Briefings) 222 West Emergency Conference Room 223 O () i 1
'J
%g3mEUg-- 3oQoEk$ i;g" Z
_53b5 as-O E >3 pz(n>co zcOrm)3 0zm MmQ24 m@0;aMa 3
;b g D c g2 tE, ,' s'
?M
?M W OYg r
C C ' i
>M# E5 ma. H O * "
m I < -- 1 1
- 1 U
7 '\ t r r_ W"' < f n M' J '
' f Y A T
I L I L o . C E V x A F D " U I 0 S S 3 N T M 1 O SE 5 / I T A W N R - D4 2 E R " O P O OO f U Y L C F ~ 7 %& _ N E G t s > ' 7r_ Ts 51 W3 i 4 r' 1
#E I
R E 6 5 - M 1 E' - i;js,Q j1 h
,y ,d
=
1 3 1 c
,3 =
!l
/ 4 b r ,
i T R
,il O i U f 5
O i I l r k i ,'
, 1 ,; il
" I : ; ;;
j pghgAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS 1903.63 r"N PAGE A ON EU U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision u o*TE oa/ m a* CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 10 Page 2 of 2 (ROOM ASSIGNMENTS) Posit' ion / Group Room Humber Emergency Kits (Mechanical Equipment Room) 130 Security 131 Emergency Medical Team 133 Recovery Team Staging Area 138 Mechanical Maintenance Staff 139 I&C Staff 140 Electrical Maintenance Staff 142 Offsite Monitoring Staging Area 143 Chemistry Personnel 143 Radiochemistry Personnel 143 Radwaste Personnel 143 Count Room 156 Electrical Equipment Room 157 O O
s-w'w O O U O i k E C J EE h -
=
> ex EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY 5 s "U j*
I st. FLOOR - EAST SIDE C ' 4*s X
.' /
i l > 5c G4
.g C- a G i j' *\
le,-u ~, . . - ~ , , , ~ . ,'.,J . l Z *Q W Q4 r i n 1 i 4 P<g .- n g j x, IC6 IC5 . C $$ C Mjh ' h _, ' f) O eR 3 11 , b -
> r- =8 TT v z) n Qm m m
~
N o f i85 m r I n o y. 1 I20 9 j 7 o .
. N- . J r - g?
a e 1 L, y qu
/ e,+ UU J
-- =
,r-
!!5 n,
rrs l !
;y f23 y /
O N Y z m > i
~ ,
/ > $ 0 I I N #
- E V. t / h o p i F / m z
- g!l t
t % 49 ll ,/ c,# v I: " [! u] l
- e f,' e
~
Nt-Y u- -. j y h h [ x 3/ s = = g / N
' l C N 2
's I R 89 I
's O b'/ o E
s .", o { f F 1 8 l t I I -
r 1
~
pgggApgTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: IMPLEMENTING PROC. E!!ERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS ,1903.63 PAGE AV 05 2V V(N ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN u oATE uai"< o+ CHANGE DATE ATTACHMENT 11 Page 2 of 2 (ROOM ASSIGN!!ENTS) Posit 1on/ Group Room Number Custodian 102 Not Assigned 103 Not Assigned 105 Nuclear Planning t.nd Response Program Storage Area 106 Media Work Area 115 Break Room 120 Engineers 121 Media Work Area 122 Media Work Area 123 Nuclear Planning and Response Program Offices 126 O l l l 1 l
l l i
. , El ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY
(~y Arkansas Nuclear One TITLE: TRANSilITTAL FORMP40. 1013.0211 REV. # 20 PC d Arkansas Nuclear One . Russellville, Arkansas . Date 8-30-84 MEMORANDUM T0: _)O h- $/M [))M . RETl'RN T0: ' ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE FROM: Document Control ANO DOCUMENT CONTROL Admin. Bldg. - 4th Floor
SUBJECT:
AN0 MASTER PLANT MANUAL UPDATE PROCEDURE NUMBER 1904.06 REV. # 5 PC # TC # PROCEDURE TITLE RADIOLOGICAL PLUME TRACKING & DOSE INTEGRATION PROCEDURE NUMBER 1904.07 REV. # 4 PC # TC # O eROCEDURt 11TtE rROTEC11vE iCr10x REC 0xxEsoir10NS PROCEDURE NUMBER 1904.08 REV. # 1 PC # TC # PROCEGURE TITLE U9E OF 'rHE WSI WEATHER INFORMATION SERVICE The followit,, pages of the indicated procedure (s) contains items which involve personal privacy or proprietary material. PRIOR TO DISTRIBUTION TO PUBLIC DOCUMENT ROOMS, ETC. PLEASE REMOVE TIE INDICATED MATERIAL PROCEDURE (S) PAGE(S) I l PROCEDURE (S) IIAS BEEN PLAED IN YOUR SET OF TIE PLANT MA:UAL. ( I Wl PROCEDURE (S) SHOULD BE PLACED IN YOUR SET OF TIE PLA SIGNATURE DATE UPDATED
,~
ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY O 1 Arkansas Nuclear One ON NO. M E NECORD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS 1000.06A EPIP - 0FFSITE DQSE PROJECTIONS REV. f12 FC # f s:. h : s s ;-J' l Safety Related YES Ef NO O
. ,g s RADIOLOGICAL PLUME TRACKING AND DOSE INTEGRATION
^ ,$, ':fv 1904.06 REV. 5 m
my. Y'1
,73s) . qq.. . s *y g
a ce3 1 .,
.;>(, li
- 3 a-g,, .,. ,r,, "j h- k(
,7 k \pAGE REV PC# PAGE REV'.PCE; i'PAGEdlEd P'C#d #$PAbE REV PC# PAGE REV PC#
i@-en', - k',
, 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 5 6 5 7 5 8 5 9 5 10 5 11 5 12 5 O terRovto 81: AeeR0vit DATE
, q . .s sk,/ w
~da < c7. 4). 5,C REQUIRED EFFECTIVE DATE:
j 4 (GeTeral Manager) g
~
~
fMF M%%METION: ggggggig g g g pTgg{ggygg NO:
. DOSE PROJECTIONS AND DOSE INTEGRATION 1904.06 . ~'s A Of 12 (d
ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aavision 5 o^re " ' / 2 2' ** CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides a manual method for estimating the location of airborne radioactive materials offsite under changing release and meteo-rological conditions, and for estimating the maximum integrated dose com-mitments at 0.65, 2.0, 5.0, and 10.0 mile radii. 2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure is applicable to airborne radioactive releases from either ANO-1 or ANO-2. 2.2 This procedure does not calculate the fine structure (actual distri-bution) of integrated doses offsite. 2.3 This procedure does not take into account effects caused by precipi-tation and terrain channelling. 2.4 The data generated from this procedure is used as input for procedure 1904.07, " Protective Action Recommendations" and no notifications are required.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References Used in Procedure Preparation 3.1.1 Emergency Dose Calculation Package Methodology Manual, Applied Physical Technology, July 1981 3.2 References Used in conjunction with this Procedure l 3.2.1 1904.01, "Offsite Dose Projections - GERMS Computer Graphics Method" 3.2.2 1904.02, "Offsite Dose Projections - Pocket Computer Method" i 3.2.3 1904.07, " Protective Action Recommendations" 3.2.4 1903.30, " Evacuation" ! 3.3 Related AMO References None l l 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are imple-mented in this procedure () 3.4.1 0CANO38313, Item 2 3.4.2 QCAN058203, Item 46
. fMF MMNf" MSEBBN%MNMx1NG N:
DOSE PROJECTIONS MID DOSE INTEGRATION 1904.06
'") /
ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE 4 OI " aavision > oars u'/**'** CHANGE DATE 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 The Dose Assessment Supervisor in the Emergency Response Organiza-tion, or his designee, is responsible for long-term radiological plume tracking and dose integration. 4.2 The Duty Emergency Coordinator, or his designee, should initiate radiological plume tracking and dose integration as soon as possi-ble after the TSC is activated and continue until relieved by the Dose Assessment Supervisor. 5.0 LIMITS AND PRECAUTIONS 5.1 Actual integrated doses will generally be lower than predicted by this procedure due to typical wind direction meander. 5.2 In order to be meaningful, the dose integration must cover the entire release period (i.e. all plume segments). 5.3 If dose calculations were made during the initial portion of a radio-active release incident using the GERMS computers, and these compu-ters are no longer available, perform procedure Section 12.0 one time O te ce# vert the otans o#tret 1 te a #d-c 1c=1 tio# ferm t-6.0 DEFINITIONS 6.1 Plume Segment - An air parcel containing radioactive material emitted at a relatively uniform release rate and under relatively uniform meteorological conditions. 7.0 DOSE RATE PROJECTION
SUMMARY
7.1 Transfer the dose projection input and output data from Form 1904.02A to Form 1904.06A for each dose projection as it is performed, i.e. therefore the oldest data will appear closer to the top of the form. Include all dose projections previously calculated by Control Room personnel since the beginning of the release. The time on Form 1904.06A refers to the time recorded on 1904.02A. 7.2 For each projection, compute the " segment length (miles)" by multi-plying the then-current windspeed (mph) by the total elasped time between the current and previous data collection times (hours). Re-cord the " segment length" on Form 1904.06A for each dose projection (plume segment). l NOTE: l l The elasped time for the first plume segment is the time l g l period from the start of the release to the first data col- l V l lection time. I i
r
.' EMF M61gpTION: g3ggy,gg g g g g }Jh[dKING NO:
DOSE PROJECTIONS iND DOSE INTEGRATION 1904.06 ["h
'J PAGE 4 05 1 A ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision 6 o^Ts u'/22/**
CHANGE DATE
~7.3 Combine sequential dose projections which have similar meteorological and release rate characteristics into a single plume segment. This reduces subsequent plotting and integration tasks.
7.3.1 The criteria for grouping are: Wind direction 10' Wind speed 1 MPH under 5 MPH or 20% over 5 MPH Stability class no change Release rates i 20% All tolerances are expressed as maximum deviation from the first segment in the group. 7.3.2 Draw brackets on the left hand margin of 1904.06A to in-dicate the grouping of segments. 7.3.3 The characteristics of the combined segment are those of the first segment of the group. 8.0 PLUME CENTERLINE PLOTTING f~#) 8.1 Obtain a 360 protractor, ruler, stability class overlays, map, cal-culator, and pad of tracing paper (11" x 17", ruled 10 x 10 to the inch) from the appropriate emergency kit: 8.1.1 Technical Support Center 8.1.2 Emergency Operations Facility 8.2 Select an origin and north-south axis on the tracing paper, taking into consideration the general direction of plume development. 8.3 Refer to Form 1904.06A to determine the downwind direction and seg-ment length of the most recently emitted plume segment. 8.4 Center the protractor on the origin of the tracing paper. 8.5 Turn the protractor until the downwind direction angle (indicate 3 on the outer ring) is aligned with either the north or the south direc-l tion on the tracing paper. 8.6 Draw the segment centerline along the indicated side of the protrac-tor's central straightedge, depending on whether the downwind angle was aligned with north or south on the paper. 8.7 Use a ruler to draw the plume segment length to scale (1" = 1 mile). m (_) 8.8 Mark the segment endpoint. This is the starting point for the next (older) plume se#nent.
l
,' - EMUMM1ygTION: ggggg g g g g Tf g KING "
DOSE PROJECTIONS 1ND DOSE INTEGRATION 1904.06 (~'l PAGE
- 05 14 ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision >
CHANGE oaTE DATE v'/22/a* 8.9 Label the segment centerline with its initial release time. Mark the segment endpoint with the total broken-path plume length at that point. 8.10 Center the protractor over the starting point for the next older segment. 8.11 Refer to Form 1904.06A to determine the downwind directions and lengths of successively older plume segments, repeating Steps 8.5 through 8.10 until all plume segments have been plotted which fall within a 10-mile radius of ANO. 8.12 If any radioactive material released during the time when the GERMS computers were being used for dose calculations is still within 10 miles of ANO: 8.12.1 Obtain the " GERMS" centerline tracing prepared in Step 12.0 of this procedure. 8.12.2 Position the " GERM 5" tracing over the centerline plot from 8.11. ()' 8.12.3 Align the origin of the "GERHS" tracing with the outermost (oldest) point of the plot from 8.11, and ensure that the
" north" arrows on the two pages are parallel.
8.12.4 Hold the plots together along one edge and slide a piece of carbon paper, inked side down, between the sheets. 8.12.5 Trace the " GERMS" centerline on to the plot from 8.11. Portions of the " GERMS" centerline more than 10 miles from ANO need not be transferred. 9.0 PLUME OUTLINE DRAWING l NOTE: l l This section should normally be completed once every 30 minutes. Itl l is not practical to draw the outline of portions of the plume which l l were previously tracked by the GERMS computers. For these portions,l l field data must be relied upon for plume width and dose rate infor- l l mation. l 9.1 ,For each plume segment, beginning with the one emitted most recently: 9.1.1 Select the overlay corresponding to the atmospheric sta-bility when that segment was released. G V
I ,. l
." fdMMffgTION: gggg{g g g LP g g g7gg NO:
DOS'E PROJECTIONS (ND DOSE INTEGRATION 1904.06 . PAGE 3 OI 14 [ j ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevisioN > CHANGE oaTE DATE v'/22/o* 9.1.2 Using the total broken-path distance to the segment starting point (as recorded on the centerline plot), mark the segment starting point on the centerline of the stability overlay. 9.1.3 Place the o'verlay under the tracing paper bearing the cen-terline plot, aligning the segment starting points and centerlines. 9.1.4 Trace the bounding X/Q lines for the segment, connecting smoothly with the adjacent segment. (It is usually helpful to extend the boundary lines an inch or so beyond the seg-ment endpoint). 9.2 Darken the plume outline. 9.3 Affix the tracing sheet to a 10-mile radius emergency planning map, aligning the north-south directions, and centering the starting point of the youngest plume segment over the plant site. Carbon paper may be used to transfer the plume centerline and outline to multiple emergency planning maps, if necessary.
, 10.0 DOSE COMMITMENT INTEGRATION \-
10.1 At the top, lef tmost open column on each page of Form 1904.06B, list the starting and ending times for the earliest segment not previously listed. 10.2 Subtract the starting time from the ending time to determine the duration of this integration period in hours. l NOTE: l l A separate set of forms must be maintained for whole body and l l for child thyroid doses. I 10.3 Compare the plume centerline plotted in Section 8.0 with the dose projection summary on Form 1904.06A. Determine which set of dose ( projection data on 1904.06A applies to the portion of the plume l currently crossing the 0.65 mile map radius. Copy the mR/hr dose rates (child thyroid and whole body) to page 1 of Form 1904.06B. Each dose rate should be recorded on the line on 1904.06B which corresponds to the map sector where the intersection occurs. l NOTE: l l If portions of the plume were previously drawn by the GERMS l l computers. there will be no centerline data for them on Form l l 1904.06A. Interpolate among the field dose rates reported by l l the Offsite Monitoring Supervisor. l (-)s (_ 10.4 Multiply the dose rates obtained in Step 10.3 times the duration of the integration period to determine the incremental whole body and child thyroid integrated doses. Record these in the 'A' Dose column on the whole body and child thyroid worksheets (Form 1504.06B), on the appropriate sector / radius line.
ggpT 64ggTION: g pgggy,g g gyf;g g KING " DOSE PROJECTIONS AND DOSE INTEGRATION 1904.06
,/' ~'\ PAGE D OI 14 V
ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEv'sion 5 CHANGE oarE ""**/'* DATE l NOTE: l l When the plume centerline falls between two sectors, addl l the incremental doses to both sectors. l 10.5 For each sector / radius line on Form 1904.06B, add the entry in the current 'A' Dose column to the entry in the previous 'I' Dose column and record the new total integrated dose in the current 'E' Dose column. This will result in a running total being generated from left to right across the page. l NOTE: l l The integrated doses at all offsite locations are as- l l sumed to be zero prior to an incident; therefore, the l l first 'E' Dose column of an incident will equal the l l first 'A' Dose column. l 10.6 Circle the highest integrated exposure value for each major radius l (0.65, 2.0, 5.0, and 10.0 miles) and for both dose types (whole body and child thyroid).
,. 11.0 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS V 11.1 Refer to procedure 1904.07, " Protective Action Recommendations" to develop offsite protective action recommendations based on current best estimates of plant and meteorological trends.
12.0 CONVERSION FROM GERMS TO MANUAL (TRS-80) CALCULATICNS l NOTE: l l This portion of the procedure should only be completed in case of I l failure of the GERMS computers during a radiological release in- l l cident. It is to be performed only once, immediately following l l the failure. l 12.1 Transfer the " Release Start" and " Plume Update" times from the most recent Form 1904.01D to the "From (Time)" and "Until (Time)" lines in the leftmost column of each page of Form 1904.06B. Mark one set of Form 1904.06B's for "Whole Body", and one for " Child Thyroid". 12.2 Write "From CERMS" on the irrst-column " Duration (hr)" line. O I
fHF461PON: qfggg{gggg{0 g g yJEfdKING N2 DOSE PROJECTIONS AND DOSE INTEGRATION 1904.06 I ['} PAGE # O 12 ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision > o*TE " ' / * * / o* l l CHANGE DATE 12.3 Transfer the child thyroid cumulative doses from page 1 of the most l recent Form 1904.01F to the leftmost "I Dose" column of the " child I thyroid" set of 1904.06B forms. The sector # lines correspond ex-actly between the two forms, but the radii do not. 12.3.1 Copy the data from the 0.62 mile radius column of Form 1904.01F to page 1 (0.65 mile radius) of Form 1904.06B. 12.3.2 Copy the data from the 1.45 mile radius column of Form 1904.01F to page 2 (2.0 mile radius) of Form 1904.06B. 12.3.3 Copy the data from the 3.46 mile radius column of Form 1904.0?f to page 3 (5.0 mile radius) of Form 1904.06B. 12.3.4 Copy the data from the 7.25 mile radius column of Form 1904.01F to page 4 (10.0 mile radius) of Form 1904.06B. 12.4 Transfer the whole body cumulative doses from the most recent page 2 of Form 1904.01F to the "whole body" set of 1904.06B forms as in 12.3 above. 12.5 Use Form 1904.01D to estimate the location of the plume centerline, (~)h
% and draw it on a full-sized emergency planning map.
12.6 Lay a sheet of tracing paper over the emergency planning map and trace the plume centerline. 12.7 Mark the location of the origin with an x-mark, label the " north" direction with an arrow and the letter N, and label the tracing with the words "GERHS CENTERLINE" and the "LAST UPDATE" time from Form 1904.01D. 12.8 If newer offsite dose data is available from Procedure 1904.02, re-turn to Step 7.0 of this procedure. 13.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS 13.1 Form 1904.06A - Dose Projection Summary 13.2 Form 1904.06B - Integrated Exposure Worksheet
/m l
er
,' EMF MA@fbpfgTION: RE36E E E TIN N KING NO:
DOSE PROJECTIONS DID DOSE INTEGRATION 1904.06 . (~) PAGE O Of N ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisioN 6 CHANGE o*TE DATE
""22'o* -- -
l 1 fy ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY F .- E Arkansas Nuclear One N ene, run ,emn.r y..m.3 cv e~1 lREV
' ".# " 4 PC #
DOSE PROJECTION
SUMMARY
j RADIUS l WHOLE l CHILD l (ACTUAL METEOROLOGY) BODY THYROID (MILES) (MR/HR) (MR/HR) 1.0 TIME: WINDSPEED: (MPH) 0.65 l DOWNWIND DIRECTION: (DEG) //////////// STABILITY CLASS: 2.0 BOUNDING X/Q: (SEC/M4 ) 5.0 SEGMENT LENGTH: (MILES) 10.0 Q-GAS: (Ci/Sec) 0-I n,: (Ci/Sec) l i l l INITIAL: l l l l l 2.0 i TIME: WINDSPEED: (MPH) 0.65 l DOWNWIND DIRECTION: (DEG) //////////// 1 STABILITY CLASS: 2.0 l BOUNDING X/Q: (SEC/M4) 5.0 SEGMENT LENGTH: (MILES) 10.0 t Q-GAS: (Ci/Sec) b Q-I,2,: (C1/Sec) l l l l INITIAL: l l l l 3.0 TIME: WINDSPEED: (MPH) 0.65 l DOWNWIND DIBECTION: (DEG) //////////// STABILITY CLASS: 2.0 BOUNDIfJG X/Q: (SEC/H*) 5.0 SEGIlENT LENGTH: (MILES) 10.0 Q-GAS: (Ci/Sec) Q-Itat: (Ci/Sec) l l l INITIAL: l l l 4.0 TIME: WIfiDSPEED: (MPH) 0.65 l DOWNWIND DIRECTION: (DEG) //////////// STABILITY CLASS: 2.0 BOUNDING X/Q: (SEC/M4) 5.0 SEGMENT LENGTH: (MILES) 10.0 Q-GAS: (Ci/Sec) Q-I t ar: (Ci/Sec) l l l INITIAL: l l l l 5.0 TIME: WINDSPEED: L__ (MFH) 0.65 DOWNWIND DIRECTION: (DEG) l //////////// STABILITY CLASS: 2.0 BOUNDING X/Q: (SEC/M-) 5.0 dEG!ENT LENGTH: (MILES) 10.0 Q-GAS: (C1/Sec) Q-1,nir (Ci/Sec) l l l INITIAL: l l l l l l l l Reviewed By u 7 L~ r N
m
. fHli4tiWNfTION: ggggggg[g g gfp gbkKING No.
DOSE PROJECTIONS AND DOSE INTEGRATION 1904.06 { PAGE S ON " ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvision 5 CHANGE oarE DATE
"'/22/ a " -
I ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
= _ . .. . _. _. ... l 'oa= ., _
' REV. # 3 FC # "
O M10LE BODY O OIILD T!!YROID l i l l l 1 l FROM (TIME) l l f l l l l l l l l l UNTIL (TIME) l l l l l 1 1 I i i l l DURATION (HR) l l l' l l l lDosel a l1 IDose i a l 1 IDosel A ii JDose i A i 1l l SECTCR/R?.DIUS lRatel Dose lDoselRste lDosel DoselRatel DoselDoselRate lDoselDosel l l l l l l 1 I l l l l l l 1 1 0.65 mil l l l l l l l l l l l l t i i i i i l i i i i i i i i I 2 l l l l 1 I I I l l l I 1 , I I I I I I I i i i l i i i I 3 I I f I l O I I I l l 1 1 I ; I i i i l i i i i l i i i i I 4 l l l l l 1 l l 1 l l l I 1 i i i i i l i i l i i i i i I 5 I I I I I I I t i I l l 1 i l I l i i i i i i i l i I I 6 I I I I l l l l l l 1 l l i l i i l i i i i i l i i l l l 7 l l l l l l l l I i l l l l l l l l l l 1 I i l i l i I a I i l l l l l l t l l t l I I I i l i i i i i i i i i j l 9 I I I I I I I I I I f I f I i 1 1 I i l l l l l 1 I I i 10 I I I i l l I I I l f I I I I I I I l l i I I i i ; i i 11 l I l l 1 1 1 l l l l l I I I I I l l l 1 1 1 I I I i i 12 l 1 I i l t l I I I l I l l l l l I i i i i i l i i i i 13 I l I I I l l t i I I I l 1 i i i i i i i i l i i l i l 14 I I I I I I I l l l 1 I I i 1 I i i i i i i l i e i I l 15 l l l l 1 l l l l l l l l h_ l i I I I i i i i i i i l i i 16 l l l l l l l l l l I l I I i l i l i I Initial l l l l l , NOTE: All dose rates in mR/hr. All doses in mR. Reviewed By O l
l m
,' {MyT tog.gg(: TION: ggggg{gg g g g g gggg NO:
DOSE PROJECTIONS WD DOSE INTEGRATION 1904.06 . I PAGE Av oI u ' l ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aavision 5 CHANGE oare v " 2 2'" DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY
. Arkansas Nuclear One
- nern m rn e.rac.+er ..em-rm-e+ I '0"" "0- -.m~
REV. # 3 PC f Page 2 of 4 0 WHOLE BODY O CHILD THYROID I i i i l I i FROM (TIME) l l l l l 1 1 l l 1 I i UNTIL (TIME) l l l l l l l 1 l l l 1 DURATION (FR L I I l l l 1 IDosel A i1 jDose i A i 1 IDosel A i1 l Dose I a l 1l l SECTOR / RADIUS IRatei DoseiDosel Rate iDosel Dose l Rate l Dose l Dose l Rate ! Dose lDosel i I i i l i i i l i l i l I l 1 2.0 mi l l l l l 1 I i l l I I l l l 1 i i i l i i i l i i l l 2 I I I i l l l I I ! I I I I i i i i i l i i i i i i i I 3 I I I I I l l l l 1 1 I I f' i ( I l 4 I I i I l I l I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I I I i l 1 l l I l 1 i i i i l 1 I i l i i i I 5 I I I I I I I i i l I I I i i l i l i i J i l i l i i e ' I 6 ! l I I I I F i l I i i I i i ! I I I I I I l l I I i l 7 l l l l l l l l l l 1 1 I I I i i l i I I I I I i l i I 8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I l l l l 1 i i i i i l i i i I 9 I I I I I I I I I I I I I i l i l i i i i l i l i i l i 10 I I I l l l l I I I I I I I I I i i l i l i l i i l l l 11 I I i 1 l l l 1 1 I I I I i ! i i i i i l I i i i l i i 12 I I I I I I l l I I I I I I I I I i i i i i l i l I i l 13 I I I I I I I I I l i I I i 1 1 I I I I I I I I i l i i 14 I i l I I I i l l I I i l I i i l i l I 1 1 I i i l I i 15 I I I I I I I I I I I I I c-1 I I I i l I i l I i i i l l 16 I I I l l I I I I I l l I I I I I I I I Initial I l 1 l l NOTE: All dose rates in mR/hr. All doses in mR. Reviewed By C'-- O m
% m _
k [ . _ . _ V l .__ e
m a f DH4^3MNfTION: ggggggggg g gyf! N fh[CKING " DOSE PROJECTIONS AND DOSE INTEGRATION 1904.06 I
' ') PAGE 11 OL "
ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision 5 CHANGE oars "**' * ' DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One N . -r--. - 7.w ._ r . .,m.- m e. l FORM NO. ,,_ REV. # 3 P'C # ~ Page 3 of 4 0 WHOLE BODY O CHILD TiflROID I I I i l l l FROM (TIME) l l l l l l l I i i I l UNTIL (TIME) l l l l I i i i l i l l j_ DURATION (HR) l l l l l i l IDosel a l1 IDose j A i 1 IDosel a i1 IDose l A i 1l l SECTOR / RADIUS lRatel Dose lDoselRate IDosel Dose lRatel DoselDosel Rate lDoselDosel 1 1 I I I l 8 ! I I I i l i i i l 1 5.0 mi ! I i l l l l l l l l l l 1 1 I i I i i i i i i i i I l 2 I l l t l I I l l l l l l 1 1 I I I i l l l l 1 1 1 I I 3 l t t l l l l l t f I ( I I ()/ i l 4 I I I I i I I i l l l i l i l l l i l i I i f i I I I ' i i i l i i i i i i i i i i s i I l f f i i I l l l 1 I I I I I i I I I l i l i i i I I 6 l I f I I I I I l l l l l l 1 I i l I i i i l i i i i I 7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i l I i i l I . I a I i i l l l l ! l l l l 1 l 1 I I l l l i 1 t i i i l i I 9 I I l l l l i I ! l l l l 1 1 i i I i l i i i l l I I i 10 l l I I I I f I I l l l 1 i l I I I i i i i i i i i i l 11 l l l l l l l l l l l { i l i I I I i l i i l i i 1 l l 12 l l l l l l l l l l l I l 1 l i I I i l I i l I i l i , i 13 I l l l l l t l l l l l l 1 1 I I I i l i i l i l i I i i 14 l l l l l l l l l l l l [ l i I I I I l l 1 1 I I l l l 15 l l l l l l l } l l l l l C - 1 I i i i i i i i i l i l i l 16 l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l 1 I i l Initial l l l l l NOTE: All dose rates in mR/hr. All doses in mR. Reviewed By O G \ m [ N . _ r - . r
m l fM'F toA&thfffTION: gggg{ggpeg g gggTf g KING NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS WD DOSE INTEGRATION 1904.06 .
~h 14 05 14
[V ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aavision " o*Ts u '/ * */ " CHANGE DATE O ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY f I Arkansas Nuclear One m'o 1..,- ,,. - ,- ,.. ,,.m ,. Pa=- -. - REV. # 3 PC i Page 4 of 4 O WHOLE BODY O CHILD THYROID I i i I i I l FROM (TIME) l l 1 ( l i l l i i I l UNTIL (TIME) l l l l l , I I i i i 1 l DURATION (HR) l l l l l l lDosel a j1 IDose Ia i 1 IDosel A i1 IDose i A j 11 I SECTOR / RADIUS lRatel DoselDoselRate IDosel DoselRatel Dose lDoselRate IDoselDosel j i l i i l i I I i 1 i i i I I 1 10.0 mil l I l l l l l l l l l l 1 I I I i i 1 I i i l i i i I 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i i l I i l i l i l I i l 3 l 1 I I I I I I I I i l i l i i i l l l l l l l l 1 i d i 4 I l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i i i l i i i I i l i 1 5 I I I l l l l l l l l l l 1 1 I i 1 i i l i i l I i i l 6 I l i I I I I I I I I I i l i i i l i I I i I i i l i l l 7 l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l i i i 1 i i i i I ,
. I 8 I I I I I I I I I I l l l 1 i i i l i l i i i i i i i i I I 9 I I I l i I I I I l 1 1 I I
I I I i l i i i l I 1 i i i i 10 I I I I I I I I i 1 l I I I I l i i l i i i I i i i l i 11 I l l I I i l I I i i l I I i l i i i i i i i l i l i i 12 I i l l 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I i l i i l l i i i l l 13 l l l l l l l l l l l 1 l l 1 I I I I I i l I i I i i i 14 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i 1 1 1 1 i i l i l l l 15 l l l l l l l l l l l l l L.- 1 i i i i i I i l I i i l i i 16 l l l l l 1 ( l l i l l I I I I I i i 1 Initial l l l l l NOTE: All dose rates in mR/hr. All doses in mR. Reviewed By I P1 V s:-
~ _
. 1-
. ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY O
- A Arkansas Nuclear One FOW NO.
W $ECbkD OF CHANGES AND REVISIONS 1000.06A EPIP ,0FFSITE.p0SE PROJECTIONS PROCEDURE REV. #12 PC # , y gG' l Safety Related YES tf NO O 9 av
'M, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS
~
M - IllTW.i"(fdf $ii! hfly h\O PAGE REV PC# PAC'E REh Yb(/ '"'b' bk REh" 50 ) PAGE REV PC# PAGE REV PCr/ 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 9 4 10 4 11 4 12 4 13 4 l r l l O teraovEo 8v: eeR0yit oA1E g
/
Q //[ Manager) ' REQ I 5 FEC VE DATE:
gTLAggTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS ?ROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS .1904.07 ('v ) PAGE 1 05 O ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision '* oaTE "' "/ o* CHANGE DATE 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides a rapid and reproducible method for generating offsite protective action recommendations due to airborne radiological releases based 'upon current best estimates of plant and meteorological trends. 2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure is primarily a screening procedure which can be used to determine if immediate action is needed, or if additional time is available to wait for improved conditions which are reasonably cer-tain to occur, but whose timing is unknown. 2.2 Some subjective factors are included, the importance of which must be evaluated at the time of the incident.
3.0 REFERENCES
3.1 References used in procedure preparation: 3.1.1 " Manual of Protective! Action Guides and Protective Actions (} for Nuclear Incidents", Environmental Protection Agency; Revised February I?F0 3.1.2 " Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates," U.S. De-partment of Health, Education, and Welfare, D. Bruce Turner, 1970 3.1.3 " Meteorology and Atomic Energy", U.S. Atomic Energy Com-mission, D. H. Slade, July 1968 3.1.4 " Arkansas Nuclear One Evacuation Time Study", ANO Emergency Plar. Appendix 5, March 1981 3.1.5 1904.05, " Atmospheric Stability Class Determination" l 3.2 References used in conjunction with this procedure: 3.2.1 1904.01, "Offsite Dose Projections - GERMS Computer Graphics Method" l l 3.2.2 1904.02, "Offsite Dose Projections - Pocket Computer Method" 3.2.3 1904.06, " Radiological Plume Tracking and Dose In*.egration" 3.2.4 1904.08, "Use of the WSI Weather Information Service" () 3.2.5 1903.10, " Emergency Action Level Response / Notifications" 3.3 Related ANO references: None
gT tdAggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS' .1904.07 i PAGE 4 OE AJ V(~ ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision '* CHANGE oarE DATE v'/2e/a* 3.4 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are imple-mented in this procedure: 3.4.1 ,0CAN038313, Item 2 4.0 DEFINITIONS None 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 Shift Administrative Assistant (SAA) 5.1.1 Responsible for communicating protective action recommendations to the Duty Emergency Coordinator for the initial notifications per procedure 1904.01, "Offsite Dose Projections - GERMS Com-puter Graphics Method" or 1904.02, !'Offsite Dose Projections - Pocket Computer Method". 5.2 Duty Emergency Coordinator 5.2.1 The Duty Emergency Coordinator shall review and approve protec-() tive action recommendations formulated by the SAA. He shall i also enLure that these recommendations are communicated to the j appropriate offsite authorities.
, 5.3 Technical Analysis Superintendent 5.3.1 Responsible to ensure that protective action recommendations are formulated by the Initial Response Organization (IRO) sec-tion of the Dose Assessment Team and that these results are com-municated to the Emergency Coordinator (EC).
5.4 Emergency Coordinator 5.4.1 The Emergency Coordinator shall review and approve protective action recommendations formulated by the IRO section of the dose assessment team. He shall also ensure that these recom-mendations are communicated to the appropriate offsite authorities. 5.5 Dose Assessment Supervisor 5.5.1 Responsible to ensure that protective action recommendations are formulated by the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) i section of the Dose Assessment Team and that these results are communicated to the EOF Director.
_ gT t.AggTION: PROCEDUREAVORK PLAN TITLE: NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS .1904.07 [" 'l y PACE J OI 14 ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision
- CHANGE oars u "*e/"+
DATE l 5.6 EOF Director 5.6.1 The EOF Director shall review and approve protective action recommendations formulated by the ERO section of the Dose Assessment Team. He shall also ensure that these recommen-dations are communicated to the appropriate offsite authorities. 6.0 LIMITS AND PRECAUTIONS 6.1 The " latest evacuation start time" calculated in this procedure al-lows one hour for preliminary governmental actions, sufficient time for evacuation, plus two hours for verification of evacuation. 6.2 If the current Emergency Action Level is " Notification of Unusual Event" or "None", this procedure need not be completed. 6.3 Calculations in this procedure are conservative; however, actual offsite doses and decision times may be higher or lower, and new recommendations should be considered whenever updated information becomes available. 6.4 Integrated offsite doses are required as input for this procedure. This data may be obtained from: [s) v 6.4.1 Procedure 1904.06, " Radiological Plume Tracking and Dose Integration". 6.4.2 Direct measurements (i.e. from portable ion chambers, TLD's, etc.). 6.4.3 Integrated doses supplied by other computer models such as the NRC, state and GERMS. 7.0 EVACUATION RECOMMENDATIONS
- 7.1 Attach form 1904.07A to the most recent offsite dose projection forms l (1904.02A-C or 1904.01A-F and I).
7.2 Complete form 1904.07A to determine the appropriate evacuation recom-mendation. 7.3 If box d) is checked in section 18 of form 1904.07A, consider a recom-mendation of delaying evacuation due to the factors listed af ter the evacuation recommendation statements. 7.4 If evacuation is recommended for any radius, rerun this procedure to determine protective action recommendations for the next larger evac-uation test radius. U i l
{QpT LAgggggpTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATICNS' 1904.07
O f 13 V PAGE ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aevision '*
CHANGE oaTE DATE v'iiei6* 8.0 NOTIFICATIONS Make notifications and continue with offsite dose projections by re-starting procedure 1904.02, "Offsite Dose Projee. ions - Pocket Computer Method" from St'ep 11.2, or procedure 1904.01, "I 'fsite Dose Projections GERMS Computer Graphics Method" from Step 13.2. 9.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS 9.1 Form 1904.07A - Protective Action' Selection 9.2 Attachment 1 - X/Q Ratios O O ( t
gTMggTION: PROCEDURElWORK PLAN TITLE: NO: DOSE PROJECTIONS ?ROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS 1904.07 U 05 N [") PAGE ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE aEvisiON '* CHANGE oaTE DATE
""*e/o* 1 ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY
- Arkansas Nuclear One
* .-,m-,.r l FORM NO.
Time Stamp of Dose Projection Data Page 1 of 5 1.0 Check current Emergency Action level: 1 2 3 4 5 O O O O O O.K. N.U.E. ALERT S.A.E. G.E. I If box 1 or 2 was checked, check box a) in section 18.0 and terminate the procedure. l Request the forecast average airborne radioactive release rate for the 2.0 duration of the incident, based upoa considerations of system temperature, pressure, planned remedial actions, probable failures, etc. (factor above current) from the Shif t Operations Supervisor: (factor) 3.0 Request the forecast release continuation time in hours from the Shif t Operations Supervisor and/or the Emergency Coordinator: O. (hours) If a General Emergency has been declared, ensure the following recommenda-tion has been made to the Arkansas Department of Health. As a minimum, recommend sheltering within a 2 mile radius of the plant and S miles in the downwind direction, (i.e. downwind sector plus the two adjacent sectors). 4.0 Refer to the table in Attachment I which applies to the current date and most closely approximates the current sky conditions. Select the predicted X/Q ratio which corresponds to the release continuation time from line 3.0. NOTE: For overcast (i.e.,100% cloud cover) sky conditions, the predicted X/Q ratio is always 1.0. Predicted X/Q rstio: 5.0 f.ecord the current windspeed and direction from Form 1904.02A or 1904.01D*: Wind direction (from) Wind speed (MPH) f
*Windspeed (MPH) = Windspeed (Meters /Sec) x 2.24 6.0 Obtain a weather forecast using procedure 1904.08 and record the windspeeds (averages, not gusts) and directions forecast for the duration of the re-lease pcriod only:
- a. L Wind Direction (from) Wind Speed (MPH) Time Period _
b. Wind Speed (MPH) Time Period Wind Direction (from)
- c. ~
Wind Speed (MPH) Time Period Wand Direction (from) b d. C""'T.- Wind Speed (MPH) Time Period Wind Direction (from) THE MATED! AL CONTAINED WITHIN THESE SYMBOLS (e) [S PROPRIETARY OR PRIVATE INFORMATION m A V ( __
' m gT MggTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
DOSE PROJECTIONS PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS 1904.07 PAGE O Of U
' aevision
- v ' / "/ a* '
ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE o*TE CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One TITLE: PROTECTIVE ACTION SELECTION l FORM NO. 1904,07A REV. O PC # Page 2 of 5 NOTE: The National Weather Service uses the following forecasting periods: TODAY - 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. Standar1 (7-7 daylight) TONIGHT - 6 p.m. to 6 a.m. Standard (7-7 daylight) TOMORROW - 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. Standard (7-7 daylight) TOMORROW NIG*iT - 6 p.m. to 6 a.m. Standard (7-7 daylight) 7.0 Average the current windspeed from line 5.0 with all forecast windspeeds (use the midpoint of forecast ranges of windspeed from Section 6.0): MFH {8.0 Divide the current windspeed in line 5) by the average windspeed from line 7.0 to cbtain the windspeed ratio (ratio) f 9.0 Based upon the current and forecast wind directions. check the boxes for potentially affected sectors, include any sectors covered by the transi-tion between forecast wind directions. Affected Wind Direction Downwind Direction Evacuation Sector (from) (degrees) Zone a 1 S 348.8 - 11.3 London
- o 2 SSW 11.3 - 33.8 Russellville o 3 SW 33.8 - 56.3 Russellville c 4 WSW 56.3 - 78.8 Russellville a 5 W 78.8 - 101.3 Russellville a 6 WNW 101.3 - II
- .8 , Russellville a 7 NW 123.8 - 146.3 Russellville o 8 NNW 146.3 - 168.8 Dardanelle l c=- ._
l O
%m -
u 7.. - - - . _ . - - L - - . r - .-- L
. m I {QIpT LAgpgTION: PROCEDURE / WORK PLAN TITLE: NO:
DOSE PROJECTIONS PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS' 1904.07 D # 0 N [U ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE PAGE aEvisioN
- oATE v'/ie/o* - -
CHANGE DATE ARKANSAS POWER & LIGHT COMPANY Arkansas Nuclear One
" h 0TECTTW. ACTIOM SELFCTION FON M1904.07A REV. f4 PC #
Page 3 of 5 Wind Direction Downwind Direction Evacuation Affected Zone Sector ( frc. ) (degrees) o 9 N 168.8 - 191.3 Dardanelle o 10 NNE 191.3 - 213.8 Dardanelle a 11 NE 213.8 - 236.3 Delaware o 12 ENE 236.3 - 258.8 Delaware o 13 E 258.8 - 281-3 Delaware 281.3 - 303.8 London a 14 ESE 303.8 - 326.3 London a 15 SE 326.3 - 348.8 London a 16 SSE NOTE: If Sector 10 was checked as an affected sector, also include Sectors 9 and 11. If Sector 11 was checked as an affected sector, also include Sectors 10 and 12. 10.0 Check the largest standard radius for which a protective action recem-mendation has been issued in the downwind directions checked abovesi (GER:ts) None or 0.62 mi 1.45 mi 3.46 mi 7.25 mi. O O O O (TRS40) None or 0.65 mi 2.0 mi 5.0 mi 10 mi. 11.0 Complete the following table using data for the radius from 10.0 above and from the instructions in the note below: l Column 1 l Column 2 l Column 3 i Column 4 l l Current l Forecast l Current l Forec'aE l l Doserate i Average l tiax. In- l tiax. In- l 1 (mR/hr) l Doserate ' tegrated I tegrated I f l l (mR/hr) i Dose l Cose (mR){ l l l Downwind l l CT l l l (mR) l l Yes No ! l l j a) Whole j l l \ l Exceeds l l l}}